Nelson Textbook of Pediatrics [20 ed.] 9781455775668, 9780323353076

Cleaned hardcover version with corrected pagination, page orientation and bookmarks.

6,652 784 127MB

English Pages 5315 Year 2016

Report DMCA / Copyright

DOWNLOAD PDF FILE

Table of contents :
Introduction
Copyright page
Dedication
Contributors
Preface
Videos
Part I: The Field of Pediatrics
Chapter 1: Overview of Pediatrics
Vital Statistics About Child Health (See Also Chapter 1.1)
The Changing Pediatric World
Morbidities among Children
Situational Special-Risk Populations
Children in Urban Settings
Children in Poverty
Children of Immigrants and Racial Minority Groups Including U.S. Native Americans
Children of Migrant Workers
Homeless Children
Runaway and Thrown-Away Children
Children Directly Affected By War and Other Forms of Direct Violence
Inherent Strengths in Vulnerable Children and Interventions
Global Warming
The Challenge to Pediatricians
Patterns of Healthcare
Planning and Implementing a System of Care
Health Services for At-Risk Populations
Evaluation of Healthcare
The Information Explosion of the 21St Century
Organization of the Profession and the Growth of Specialization
Bibliography
1.1 Innovations in Addressing Child Health and Survival in Low-Income Settings
Global Burden and Mortality Trends
Causes of Newborn and Child Deaths
Understanding Social Determinants and Barriers for Care
Evidence-Based Interventions and Innovations to Address Inequities
Community Health Workers for Newborn and Child Health
The Role of Information Technology and mHealth Platforms
Cash Transfers to Reduce Poverty Barriers and Improve Child Health
Other Technologies and Innovations
Bibliography
Chapter 2: Quality and Safety in Healthcare for Children
The Need for Quality Improvement
What is Quality?
Definitions of Quality-Related Terms
Framework for Quality
Developing Guidelines to Establish the Standard for Quality
Improving Quality
Model for Improvement
Six Sigma
LEAN
Management Sciences
Measuring Quality
Analyzing Quality Data
Comparing and Reporting Quality
Quality and Patient Safety
Medical Errors in Children’s Healthcare
Key Issues in Patient Safety
Systems Approach
Developing a Culture of Safety
Communication.
Teamwork and Authority Gradients.
Human Factors Engineering.
Reliability.
Implications of the U.S. Healthcare Reform for Quality
The Evolution of Quality to Outcomes to Value
Information Technology and Quality Improvement
Quality Improvement or Research?
Expanding Individual Quality Improvement Initiatives to Scale
International Efforts for Quality Improvement
Bibliography
Chapter 3: Ethics in Pediatric Care
Assent and Parental Permission
Treatment of Critically Ill Children
Transitioning the Goals of Care
Withholding and Withdrawing Life-Sustaining Treatment
Advance Directives.
Artificial Hydration and Nutrition.
The Doctrine of Double Effect.
Care of Disabled Newborns
Declaring Death and Organ Donation
Death by Neurologic Criteria
Circulatory Death
Religious or Cultural Objections to Treatment
Pediatric Ethics Committees and Ethics Consultation
Newborn Screening and Genetic Testing
Adolescent Healthcare
Adolescent Assent and Consent
Chronic Illness
Decisions in Terminally Ill Adolescents
Research
Balancing Maternal and Fetal Interests
Justice and Pediatric Ethics
Emerging Issues
Bibliography
Chapter 4: Cultural Issues in Pediatric Care
The Importance of Culture to Medical Practice
Newly Recognized Cultural Groups
The Culture of the Medical Profession
Cultural Competence
Cultural Awareness
Cultural Knowledge
Cultural Skill
Cultural Encounters
Cultural Desire
Bibliography
Chapter 5: Maximizing Children’s Health: Screening, Anticipatory Guidance, and Counseling
Periodicity
Guidelines
Tasks of Well-Child Care
Infancy and Early Childhood
Middle Childhood and Adolescence
Office Intervention for Behavioral and Mental Health Issues
Strength-Based Approaches and Framework
Office System Change for Quality Improvement
Evidence
Caring for the Child and Youth in the Context of the Family and Community
Bibliography
5.1 Injury Control
Injury Control (Formerly Called Accident Prevention)
Scope of the Problem
Mortality
Nonfatal Injuries
Global Child Injuries
Principles of Injury Control
Risk Factors for Childhood Injuries
Age
Gender
Race and Ethnicity
Socioeconomic Status
Rural–Urban Location
Environment
Mechanisms of Injury
Motor Vehicle Injuries
Occupants
Teenage Drivers
All-Terrain Vehicles.
Bicycle Injuries.
Pedestrian Injuries.
Ski- and Snowboard-Related Head Injuries.
Fire- and Burn-Related Injuries.
Poisoning.
Drowning.
Traumatic Brain Injury.
Firearm Injuries.
Falls.
Violent Behavior and Aggression.
Psychosocial Consequences of Injuries
Bibliography
Part II: Growth, Development, and Behavior
Chapter 6: Overview and Assessment of Variability
Biopsychosocial Model and Ecobiodevelopmental Framework: Models of Development
Biologic Influences
Psychologic Influences: Attachment and Contingency
Social Factors: Family Systems and the Ecologic Model
Unifying Concepts: The Transactional Model, Risk, and Resilience
Developmental Domains and Theories of Emotion and Cognition
Psychoanalytic Theories
Cognitive Theories
Behavioral Theory
Theories Commonly Employed in Behavioral Interventions
Statistics Used in Describing Growth and Development
Bibliography
Chapter 7: Cognitive Development: Domains and Theories
Methodologies
Physical Knowledge Development
Social Knowledge Development
Theories of Cognitive Development
Bibliography
7.1 The Reggio Emilia Educational Approach and Child Development and Learning
The Emotional Component
The Ethical Component
The Aesthetic Component
Pedagogic Thinking: Core Concepts Around 3 Major Areas
The Image of the Child
The Image of the Educator
The Image of the Contextual Community
The Developmental Theories of Greenspan, Vygotsky, and Malaguzzi
Greenspan on Well-Being and the Sense of Self
Vygotsky and the Reggio Emilia Approach
Reggio Approach and Relationships with Parents
Bibliography
Chapter 8: Assessment of Fetal Growth and Development
Somatic Development
Embryonic Period
Fetal Period
Neurologic Development
Behavioral Development
Psychologic Changes in Parents
Threats to Fetal Development
Bibliography
Chapter 9: The Newborn
Parental Role in Mother–Infant Attachment
Prenatal Factors
Peripartum and Postpartum Influences
The Infant’s Role in Mother–Infant Attachment
Physical Examination
Interactional Abilities
Modulation of Arousal
Behavioral States
Mutual Regulation
Implications for the Pediatrician
Optimal Practices
Assessing Parent–Infant Interactions
Teaching About Individual Competencies
Bibliography
Chapter 10: The First Year
Age 0-2 Months
Physical Development
Cognitive Development
Emotional Development
Implications for Parents and Pediatricians
Age 2-6 Months
Physical Development
Cognitive Development
Emotional Development and Communication
Implications for Parents and Pediatricians
Age 6-12 Months
Physical Development
Cognitive Development
Emotional Development
Communication
Implications for Parents and Pediatricians
Bibliography
Chapter 11: The Second Year
Age 12-18 Months
Physical Development
Cognitive Development
Emotional Development
Linguistic Development
Implications for Parents and Pediatricians
Age 18-24 Months
Physical Development
Cognitive Development
Emotional Development
Linguistic Development
Implications for Parents and Pediatricians
Bibliography
Chapter 12: The Preschool Years
Structural Development of the Brain
Physical Development
Implications for Parents and Pediatricians
Language, Cognition, and Play
Language
Cognition
Play
Implications for Parents and Pediatricians
Emotional and Moral Development
Implications for Parents and Pediatricians
Bibliography
Chapter 13: Middle Childhood
Physical Development
Implications for Parents and Pediatricians
Cognitive Development
Implications for Parents and Pediatricians
Social, Emotional, and Moral Development
Social and Emotional Development
Moral Development
Implications for Parents and Pediatricians
Bibliography
Chapter 14: Adolescence
Chapter 15: Assessment of Growth
Procedures for Accurate Measurement
Derivation and Interpretation of Growth Charts
Analysis of Growth Patterns
Other Indices of Growth
Body Proportions
Skeletal Maturation
Dental Development
Bibliography
Chapter 16: Developmental-Behavioral Screening and Surveillance
Measurable Delays
Psychosocial Risk
Early Intervention Services and Eligibility Criteria
Primary Care Challenges in Early Detection
Policies of the American Academy of Pediatrics
Overcoming Logistical Challenges in Primary Care Early Detection and Intervention
Evidence-Based Tools
A Workable Process: Step-By-Step
Bibliography
Chapter 17: Childcare: How Pediatricians Can Support Children and Families
Provision and Regulation of Childcare in America
Childcare Settings
Childcare Licensing, Regulation, and Accreditation
Sick Children
Childcare’s Role in Child Health and Development
Characteristics of Childcare and Associations with Child Developmental Outcomes
Childcare and Child Health
Childcare and Children with Special Needs
Role of Pediatric Providers in Childcare
Advising Parents on Childcare Selection
Advising Parents on Childcare Health Issues
Helping Children with Special Needs
Consulting and Partnering with Childcare Providers
Bibliography
Chapter 18: Loss, Separation, and Bereavement
Separation and Loss
Divorce
Move/Family Relocation
Separation Because of Hospitalization
Military Families
Parental/Sibling Death
Grief and Bereavement
Developmental Perspective
Role of the Pediatrician in Grief
Treatment
Spiritual Issues
Bibliography
Chapter 19: Sleep Medicine
Common Sleep Disorders
Insomnia of Childhood
Obstructive Sleep Apnea
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Parasomnias
Etiology
Epidemiology
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
Sleep-Related Movement Disorders: Restless Legs Syndrome/Periodic Limb Movement Disorder and Rhythmic Movements
Etiology
Epidemiology
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
Narcolepsy
Etiology
Epidemiology
Clinical Manifestations and Diagnosis
Treatment
Delayed Sleep Phase Disorder
Etiology
Epidemiology
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
Health Supervision
Evaluation of Pediatric Sleep Problems
Bibliography
Part III: Behavioral and Psychiatric Disorders
Chapter 20: Assessment and Interviewing
Aims of Assessment
Presenting Problems
General Principles of the Psychosocial Interview
Indications for Referral
Psychiatric Diagnostic Evaluation
Special Considerations in the Diagnostic Evaluation of Infants and Young Children
Bibliography
Chapter 21: Psychological Treatment of Children and Adolescents
Bibliography
21.1 Psychopharmacology
Stimulants and other Adhd Medications
Antidepressants
Antipsychotics
Mood Stabilizers
Medication Use in Physical Illness
Hepatic Disease
Gastrointestinal Disease
Kidney Disease
Heart Disease
Respiratory Disease
Neurologic Disease
Neuroleptic Malignant Syndrome
Serotonin Syndrome
Bibliography
21.2 Psychotherapy
Behavior Therapy
Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy
Family Therapy
Psychodynamic Psychotherapy
Supportive Psychotherapy
Parenting Interventions
Bibliography
21.3 Psychiatric Hospitalization
Bibliography
Chapter 22: Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders
Epidemiology
Risk Factors
Family and Environmental
Genetic
Symptom Modeling
Parental Responses
School and Family Stressors
Trauma
Individual
Childhood Physical Illness
Temperament/Coping Styles
Learned Behavior
Psychiatric Comorbidity
Other Biologic Factors
Assessment
Medical
Psychological
Differential Diagnoses
Management
Treatment
Treatment Setting
Bibliography
Chapter 23: Rumination and Pica
23.1 Rumination Disorder
Epidemiology
Etiology and Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
23.2 Pica
Epidemiology
Etiology and Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
23.3 Enuresis (Bed-Wetting)
23.4 Encopresis
Chapter 24: Motor Disorders and Habits
24.1 Tic Disorders
Description
Clinical Course
Epidemiology
Differential Diagnosis
Comorbidities
Etiology
Sequelae
Screening
Assessment
Treatment
24.2 Stereotypic Movement Disorder
Description
Clinical Course
Epidemiology
Comorbidity
Differential Diagnosis
Etiology
Treatment
Habits
Thumb Sucking
Bruxism
Bibliography
Chapter 25: Anxiety Disorders
Anxiety Associated with Medical Conditions
Safety and Efficacy Concerns About SSRIs
Bibliography
Chapter 26: Mood Disorders
26.1 Major and Other Depressive Disorders
Description
Epidemiology
Clinical Course
Differential Diagnosis
Comorbidity
Sequelae
Etiology and Risk Factors
Prevention
Screening/Case Finding
Stepped Management
Early Intervention
Treatment
Level of Care
Bibliography
26.2 Bipolar and Related Disorders
Description
Epidemiology
Clinical Course
Differential Diagnosis
Comorbidity
Sequelae
Etiology/Risk Factors
Prevention
Case Finding
Treatment
Level of Care
Bibliography
Chapter 27: Suicide and Attempted Suicide
Epidemiology
Suicidal Ideation and Attempts
Suicide Completions
Risk Factors
Preexisting Mental Disorder
Cognitive Distortions
Biologic Factors
Social, Environmental, and Cultural Factors
Protective Factors
Assessment and Intervention
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 28: Eating Disorders
Definitions
Epidemiology
Pathology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Differential Diagnosis
Laboratory Findings
Complications
Treatment
Principles Guiding Primary Care Treatment
Nutrition and Physical Activity
Primary Care Treatment
Referral to Mental Health Services
Referral to an Interdisciplinary Eating Disorder Team
Supportive Care
Prognosis
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 29: Disruptive, Impulse-Control, and Conduct Disorders
Description
Epidemiology
Clinical Course
Differential Diagnosis
Comorbidity
Sequelae
Etiology and Risk Factors
Prevention
Screening/Case Finding
Stepped Management
Early Intervention
Treatment
Level of Care
Bibliography
29.1 Age-Specific Behavioral Disturbances
Infancy and Toddlerhood
Childhood and Adolescence
Lying
Stealing
Truancy and Running Away
Fire Setting
Aggression and Bullying
Cutting and Other Self-Injurious Behaviors
Bibliography
Chapter 30: Autism Spectrum Disorder
Description
Social Communication and Interaction Deficits
Restricted and Repetitive Patterns
Severity
Specifiers/Associated Features
Epidemiology
Etiology/Risk Factors
Genetic and Familial Factors
Neurobiologic Factors
Neuropathology Factors
Clinical Course
Differential Diagnosis
Comorbidities
Sequelae
Screening/Case Finding
Assessment
Treatment
Psychosocial Interventions
Pharmacotherapy
Bibliography
Chapter 31: Childhood Psychoses
31.1 Schizophrenia Spectrum and Other Psychotic Disorders
Description
Epidemiology
Clinical Course
Differential Diagnosis
Comorbidity
Sequelae
Etiology and Risk Factors
Genetic Factors
Environmental Factors
Neuroanatomical Abnormalities
Prevention
Screening/Case Finding
Assessment
Treatment
Pharmacotherapy
Bibliography
31.2 Psychosis Associated with Epilepsy
Bibliography
31.3 Catatonia in Children and Adolescents
Diagnosis and Treatment
Bibliography
31.4 Acute Phobic Hallucinations of Childhood
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis and Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
Part IV: Learning Disorders
Chapter 32: Neurodevelopmental Function and Dysfunction in the School-Age Child
Terminology and Epidemiology
Etiology and Pathogenesis
Core Neurodevelopmental Functions
Sensory and Motor Development
Language
Visual–Spatial/Visual–Perceptual Function
Intellectual Function
Frontal Lobe Functioning
Attention
Executive Functioning
Memory
Social Cognition
Clinical Manifestations
Reading
Spelling and Writing
Mathematics
Nonacademic Problems
Assessment and Diagnosis
Treatment
Demystification
Bypass Strategies (Accommodations)
Interventions (Remediation of Skills)
Developmental Therapy
Curriculum Modifications
Strengthening of Strengths
Individual and Family Counseling
Controversial Therapies
Medication
Bibliography
Chapter 33: Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis and Differential Diagnosis
Clinical Interview and History
Behavior Rating Scales
Physical Examination and Laboratory Findings
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Psychosocial Treatments
Behaviorally Oriented Treatments
Medications
Prognosis
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 34: Dyslexia
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Management
Prognosis
Bibliography
Chapter 35: Language Development and Communication Disorders
Normal Language Development
Receptive Language Development
Expressive Language Development
Variations of Normal
Language and Communication Disorders
Epidemiology
Etiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Classification
Specific Language Impairment
Higher-Level Language Disorder
Intellectual Disability
Autism and Pervasive Developmental Disorders
Asperger Syndrome
Selective Mutism
Isolated Expressive Language Disorder
Motor Speech Disorders
Dysarthria
Childhood Apraxia of Speech
Phonologic Disorder
Hearing Impairment
Hydrocephalus
Rare Causes of Language Impairment
Hyperlexia
Landau-Kleffner Syndrome (Verbal Auditory Agnosia)
Metabolic and Neurodegenerative Disorders
Screening
Noncauses of Language Delay
Diagnostic Evaluation
Psychologic Evaluation
Cognitive Assessment
Evaluation of Social Behaviors
Relationship of Language and Social Behaviors to Mental Age
Speech and Language Evaluation
Medical Evaluation
Treatment
Prognosis
Academic Disorders
Comorbid Disorders
Emotional and Behavioral Difficulty
Motor and Coordination Delays
Bibliography
35.1 Childhood-Onset Fluency Disorder: Dysfluency (Stuttering, Stammering)
Epidemiology and Etiology
Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 36: Intellectual Disability
Definition
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Differential Diagnosis
Diagnostic Psychologic Testing
Complications
Prevention
Treatment
Supportive Care and Management
Primary Care
Interdisciplinary Management
Periodic Reevaluation
Educational Services
Leisure and Recreational Activities
Family Counseling
Prognosis
Bibliography
Part V: Children with Special Needs
Chapter 37: Adoption
Role of Pediatricians
Preadoption Medical Record Reviews
Postadoption Medical Care
Arrival Visit–International Adoption
Developmental Delays
Growth Delays
Language Development
Eating Concerns
Sleep Concerns
Social and Emotional Development
Racial Identity Development
Toxic Stress
Family Support
Adoption Narrative
Bibliography
37.1 Medical Evaluation of Immigrant (Foreign-Born) Children for Infectious Diseases
Commonly Encountered Infections
Hepatitis B
Hepatitis A
Hepatitis C
Intestinal Pathogens
Tuberculosis
Congenital Syphilis
HIV Infection
Immunizations
Bibliography
Chapter 38: Foster and Kinship Care
Epidemiology
Legislation in the United States
Early Childhood Trauma Leads to Poor Health Outcomes
Health Issues
Healthcare for Children and Adolescents in Foster Care
Bibliography
Chapter 39: Impact of Violence on Children
Impacts of Violence
Diagnosis and Follow-up
Bibliography
Websites
39.1 Bullying, Cyberbullying, and School Violence
Bullying (“Traditional Bullying”)
Cyberbullying
Epidemiology
Health Outcomes
School Violence
Epidemiology
Risk Factors
Treatment and Prevention of Bullying and School Violence
Bibliography
Website Resources
39.2 Effects of War on Children
Susceptibility of Children in Times of War
Psychologic Impact of War
Efforts to Protect Children From the Effects of War
International Conventions
Humanitarian Efforts
The Role of Pediatricians and Allied Health Professionals
Bibliography
Chapter 40: Abused and Neglected Children
Definitions
Incidence and Prevalence
Global Situation
Situation in the United States
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
General Principles for Assessing Possible Abuse and Neglect
General Principles for Addressing Child Maltreatment
Outcomes of Child Maltreatment
Prevention of Child Abuse and Neglect
Advocacy
Bibliography
General References
Physical Abuse
Neglect
Prevention
Professional Issues
American Academy of Pediatrics Policy Statements
40.1 Sexual Abuse
Definition
Presentation of Sexual Abuse
The Role of the General Pediatrician in the Assessment and Management of Possible Sexual Abuse
Physical Examination of the Child with Suspected Sexual Abuse
Sexual Abuse Prevention
Bibliography
40.2 Medical Child Abuse (Factitious Disorder by Proxy, Munchausen Syndrome by Proxy)
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 41: Failure to Thrive
Clinical Manifestations
Etiology and Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Bibliography
Chapter 42: Chronic Illness in Childhood
Epidemiology
Enhanced Needs of Children with Chronic Illness and Their Families
Financial Costs
Complex Clinical Management
Pain
Behavioral and Adjustment Issues
Impact on Families
Comprehensive Care and the Medical Home
Preventive Services
Continuity of Care
Access to Urgent Care
Access to Specialty Care
Enhanced Information Systems
Linkage to Schools, Support Groups, and Community Services
Logistic Access
Cultural Sensitivity and Language Concordance
Nondiscrimination in Access and Clinical Decision Making
Bibliography
Chapter 43: Pediatric Palliative Care
Care Settings
Primary and Subspecialty Palliative Care
Communication, Advance Care Planning, and Anticipatory Guidance
The Parents
The Child
The Siblings
The Staff
Goals of Care and Decision Making
Resuscitation Status
Symptom Management
Intensive Symptom Management
The Terminal Phase
The Pediatrician
Bibliography
Part VI: Nutrition
Chapter 44: Nutritional Requirements
Dietary Reference Intakes
Energy
Fat
Proteins
Carbohydrates
Fiber
Micronutrients
Water
Measuring Nutritional Adequacy
Bibliography
Chapter 45: Feeding Healthy Infants, Children, and Adolescents
Feeding During the First Year of Life
Breastfeeding
Nipple Pain
Engorgement
Mastitis
Inadequate Milk Intake
Jaundice
Collecting Breast Milk
Growth of the Breastfed Infant
Formula Feeding (Fig. 45-1)
Cow Milk Protein–Based Formulas
Soy Formulas
Protein Hydrolysate Formula
Amino Acid Formulas
Milk and Other Fluids
Complementary Feeding
Feeding Toddlers and Preschool-Age Children
Feeding Practices
Eating in the Daycare Setting
Feeding School-Age Children and Adolescents
MyPlate
Eating at Home
Eating at School
Eating Out
Nutrition Issues of Importance Across Pediatric Ages
Food Environment
Using Food as Reward
Cultural Considerations in Nutrition and Feeding
Vegetarianism
Organic Foods
Nutrition as Part of Complementary and Alternative Medicine, Functional Foods, Dietary Supplements, Vitamin Supplements, and Botanical and Herbal Products
Food Safety
Nutritional Programming
Preventive Nutrition Counseling in Pediatric Primary Care
Food Assistance Programs in the USA
Bibliography
Chapter 46: Nutrition, Food Security, and Health
Malnutrition as the Intersection of Food Insecurity and Health Insecurity
Food Security
Measuring Food Insecurity
Nutrition, Food Security, and Poverty
Food Security and Nutrition Targets
Future Food Security
Undernutrition
Measurement of Undernutrition
Prevalence of Undernutrition
Consequences of Undernutrition
Key Interventions
Clinical Manifestations and Treatment of Undernutrition
Severe Acute Malnutrition
Clinical Manifestations of Severe Acute Malnutrition (Table 46-6)
Pathophysiology
Principles of Treatment
46.1 Refeeding Syndrome
Bibliography
Chapter 47: Overweight and Obesity
Epidemiology
Body Mass Index
Etiology
Environmental Changes
Genetics
Endocrine and Neural Physiology
Comorbidities
Identification
Evaluation
Intervention
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 48: Vitamin A Deficiencies and Excess
Overview of Vitamin A
Metabolism of Vitamin A
Vitamin A Status in Neonates
Inflammation as a Cause of Low Plasma Retinol
Functions of Vitamin a and Mechanisms of Action
Vitamin a Deficiency
Clinical Manifestations of Vitamin A Deficiency
Diagnosis
Epidemiology and Public Health Issues
Dietary Reference Intakes for the Healthy Population
Vitamin A for Treatment of Deficiency
Hypervitaminosis A
Bibliography
Chapter 49: Vitamin B Complex Deficiencies and Excess
49.1 Thiamine (Vitamin B1)
Deficiency
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Prevention
Treatment
Toxicity
Bibliography
49.2 Riboflavin (Vitamin B2)
Deficiency
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Prevention
Treatment
Toxicity
Bibliography
49.3 Niacin (Vitamin B3)
Deficiency
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Prevention
Treatment
Toxicity
Bibliography
49.4 Vitamin B6 (Pyridoxine)
Deficiency
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Prevention
Treatment
Toxicity
Bibliography
49.5 Biotin
Bibliography
49.6 Folate
Deficiency
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Prevention
Treatment
Toxicity
Bibliography
49.7 Vitamin B12 (Cobalamin)
Deficiency
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 50: Vitamin C (Ascorbic Acid)
Dietary Needs and Sources
Deficiency
Clinical Features
Laboratory Findings and Diagnosis
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Prevention
Toxicity
Bibliography
Chapter 51: Rickets and Hypervitaminosis D
Rickets
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Radiology
Diagnosis
Clinical Evaluation
Vitamin D Disorders
Vitamin D Physiology
Nutritional Vitamin D Deficiency
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Diagnosis and Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Prevention
Congenital Vitamin D Deficiency
Secondary Vitamin D Deficiency
Etiology
Treatment
Vitamin D–Dependent Rickets, Type 1
Treatment
Vitamin D–Dependent Rickets, Type 2
Treatment
Chronic Kidney Disease (See Chapter 535.2)
Treatment
Calcium Deficiency
Pathophysiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Phosphorous Deficiency
Inadequate Intake
Fibroblast Growth Factor-23
X-Linked Hypophosphatemic Rickets
Pathophysiology
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Treatment
Prognosis
Autosomal Dominant Hypophosphatemic Rickets
Autosomal Recessive Hypophosphatemic Rickets
Hereditary Hypophosphatemic Rickets with Hypercalciuria
Pathophysiology
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Treatment
Overproduction of FGF-23
Fanconi Syndrome
Dent Disease (See Chapter 531.3)
Rickets of Prematurity (See Chapter 106)
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Diagnosis
Prevention
Treatment
Distal Renal Tubular Acidosis (See Chapter 530)
Hypervitaminosis D
Etiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Diagnosis and Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Bibliography
Chapter 52: Vitamin E Deficiency
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Diagnosis and Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 53: Vitamin K Deficiency
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Diagnosis and Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 54: Micronutrient Mineral Deficiencies
Bibliography
Part VII: Fluid and Electrolyte Disorders
Chapter 55: Electrolyte and Acid-Base Disorders
55.1 Composition of Body Fluids
Total Body Water
Fluid Compartments
Electrolyte Composition
Osmolality
Bibliography
55.2 Regulation of Osmolality and Volume
Regulation of Osmolality
Regulation of Volume
Bibliography
55.3 Sodium
Sodium Metabolism
Body Content and Physiologic Function
Intake
Excretion
Hypernatremia
Etiology and Pathophysiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Hyponatremia
Etiology and Pathophysiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
55.4 Potassium
Potassium Metabolism
Body Content and Physiologic Function
Intake
Excretion
Hyperkalemia
Etiology and Pathophysiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Hypokalemia
Etiology and Pathophysiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
55.5 Magnesium
Magnesium Metabolism
Body Content and Physiologic Function
Intake
Excretion
Hypomagnesemia
Etiology and Pathophysiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Hypermagnesemia
Etiology and Pathophysiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
55.6 Phosphorus
Phosphorus Metabolism
Body Content and Physiologic Function
Intake
Excretion
Hypophosphatemia
Etiology and Pathophysiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Hyperphosphatemia
Etiology and Pathophysiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
55.7 Acid–Base Balance
Acid–Base Physiology
Introduction and Terminology
Physiologic Buffers
Normal Acid–Base Balance
Renal Mechanisms
Clinical Assessment of Acid–Base Disorders
Terminology
Diagnosis
Metabolic Acidosis
Etiology and Pathophysiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Metabolic Alkalosis
Etiology and Pathophysiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Respiratory Acidosis
Etiology and Pathophysiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Respiratory Alkalosis
Etiology and Pathophysiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 56: Maintenance and Replacement Therapy
Maintenance Therapy
Maintenance Water
Intravenous Solutions
Glucose
Selection of Maintenance Fluids
Variations in Maintenance Water and Electrolytes
Replacement Fluids
Bibliography
Chapter 57: Deficit Therapy
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Calculation of the Fluid Deficit
Approach to Severe Dehydration
Monitoring and Adjusting Therapy
Hyponatremic Dehydration
Hypernatremic Dehydration
Bibliography
Chapter 58: Fluid and Electrolyte Treatment of Specific Disorders
Acute Diarrhea
Pyloric Stenosis
Perioperative Fluids
Part VIII: Pediatric Drug Therapy
Chapter 59: Pediatric Pharmacogenetics, Pharmacogenomics, and Pharmacoproteomics
Pharmacogenetics, Pharmacogenomics, and the Concept of Personalized Medicine
Definition of Pharmacogenetic Terms
Developmental or Pediatric Pharmacogenetics and Pharmacogenomics
Pharmacogenetic, Pharmacogenomic, and Pharmacoproteomic and Metabolomic Tools
Developmental Pharmacogenetics of Drug Biotransformation: Applications to Pediatric Drug Therapy Practice
CYP2D6
CYP2C9
CYP2C19
CYP3A4, CYP3A5, and CYP3A7
Glucuronosyltransferases
Arylamine N-Acetyltransferases
Thiopurine S-Methyltransferase
Pharmacogenetics of Drug Transporters
The Adenosine Triphosphate–Binding Cassette Superfamily
Organic Anion Transporting Polypeptides
Organic Cation Transporters
Pharmacogenetics of Drug Response: Polymorphisms in Drug Receptors, Ion Channels, and Other Drug Targets During Growth and Development
Current and Future Applications for Pharmacogenetics and Pharmacogenomics in Pediatrics
Bibliography
Chapter 60: Principles of Drug Therapy
General Pharmacokinetic and Pharmacodynamic Principles
The Impact of Ontogeny on Drug Disposition
Drug Absorption
Peroral Absorption
Extravascular Drug Absorption
Drug Distribution
Drug Metabolism
Renal Drug Elimination
Impact of Ontogeny on Pharmacodynamics
Surrogate End Points
Additional Considerations in Pediatric Therapeutics
Drug-Level Monitoring
Drug Formulation and Administration
Peroral Drug Administration
Parenteral Drug Administration
Other Routes for Drug Administration
Adherence and Compliance
Drug–Drug Interactions
Adverse Drug Reactions
Personalized Medicine
Bibliography
Chapter 61: Anesthesia, Perioperative Care, and Sedation
General Anesthesia
Analgesia
Hypnosis and Amnesia
Akinesia (Immobility or Muscular Relaxation)
Physiologic Support
Vigilance
Induction of General Anesthesia
Inhalational Anesthetics
Respiratory Effects
Cardiovascular Effects
Specific Anesthetics
Sevoflurane
Isoflurane
Desflurane
Nitrous Oxide
Intravenous Anesthetic Agents
Propofol
Barbiturates
Etomidate
Ketamine
Opioids
Benzodiazepines
Dexmedetomidine
Complications During Induction of Anesthesia
Parental Presence During Induction of Anesthesia
Maintenance of Anesthesia
Fluid Maintenance During Surgery and Anesthesia
Recovery from Anesthesia
Postanesthesia Care Unit
Complications in the Postanesthesia Care Unit
Respiratory Depression
Awareness During Anesthesia
Postoperative Nausea and Vomiting
Thermoregulation and Malignant Hyperthermia
Postoperative Apnea
Preanesthetic Evaluation
Airway Evaluation
Mediastinal Masses
Down Syndrome
Cardiovascular System
Neurobehavioral Considerations
Preoperative Preparation
Preoperative Fasting
The Full Stomach
Postoperative Pain Management
Regional Anesthesia
Bibliography
61.1 Sedation and Procedural Pain
Bibliography
61.2 Anesthetic Neurotoxicity
Bibliography
Chapter 62: Pediatric Pain Management
Definition and Categories of Pain
The Assessment and Measurement of Pain in Children
Age-Specific and Developmentally Specific Measures
The Newborn and Infant
The Older Child
The Cognitively Impaired Child
A Conceptual Framework for the Treatment of Pediatric Pain
Pharmacologic Treatment of Pain
Developmental Pharmacology
Acetaminophen, Aspirin, Nonsteroidal Antiinflammatory, and Coxib Drugs
Opioids
Local Anesthetics
Unconventional Medications in Pediatric Pain
Antidepressant Medications
Tricyclic Antidepressants
Serotonin and Serotonin-Norepinephrine Reuptake Inhibitors
Antiepileptic Drugs
Benzodiazepines
Antipsychotics and Major Sedatives
Nonpharmacologic Treatment of Pain
Other Psychologic or Psychiatric Treatment
Invasive Interventions in Treating Pain
Head and Neck Blocks
Upper-Extremity Blocks
Trunk and Abdominal Visceral Blocks
Lower-Extremity Blocks
Sympathetic Blocks
Epidural Anesthesia (Thoracic, Lumbar, and Caudal)
Intrathecal Analgesia
Nerve Ablation and Destruction
Considerations for Special Pediatric Populations
Pain Perception and Effects of Pain on Newborns and Infants
Children with Cancer Pain
Children with Pain Associated with Advanced Disease
Examples of Chronic and Recurrent Pain Syndromes
Complex Regional Pain Syndromes
Myofascial Pain Disorders and Fibromyalgia
Erythromelalgia
Other Chronic Pain Conditions in Children
Managing Complex Chronic Pain Problems
Bibliography
Chapter 63: Poisoning
Prevention
Approach to the Poisoned Patient
Initial Evaluation
History
Description of the Exposure
Symptoms
Past Medical History
Social History
Physical Examination
Laboratory Evaluation
Additional Diagnostic Testing
Principles of Management
Supportive Care
Antidotes
Decontamination
Syrup of Ipecac
Gastric Lavage
Single-Dose Activated Charcoal
Whole-Bowel Irrigation
Enhanced Elimination
Urinary Alkalinization
Hemodialysis
Multiple-Dose Activated Charcoal
Intralipid Emulsion Therapy
Selected Compounds Commonly Involved in Pediatric Poisonings
Pharmaceuticals
Analgesics
Acetaminophen.
Pathophysiology.
Clinical and Laboratory Manifestations.
Treatment.
Salicylates.
Pathophysiology.
Clinical and Laboratory Manifestations.
Treatment.
Ibuprofen and Other Nonsteroidal Antiinflammatory Drugs.
Pathophysiology.
Clinical and Laboratory Manifestations.
Treatment.
Oral Opioids.
Pathophysiology.
Clinical and Laboratory Manifestations.
Treatment.
Cardiovascular Medications
β-Adrenergic Receptor Blockers.
Pathophysiology.
Clinical and Laboratory Manifestations.
Treatment.
Calcium Channel Blockers.
Pathophysiology.
Clinical and Laboratory Manifestations.
Treatment.
Clonidine.
Pathophysiology.
Clinical and Laboratory Manifestations.
Treatment.
Digoxin.
Pathophysiology.
Clinical and Laboratory Manifestations.
Treatment.
Iron.
Pathophysiology.
Clinical and Laboratory Manifestations.
Treatment.
Oral Hypoglycemics
Pathophysiology.
Clinical and Laboratory Manifestations.
Treatment.
Psychiatric Medications: Antidepressants
Tricyclic Antidepressants.
Pathophysiology.
Clinical and Laboratory Manifestations.
Treatment.
Selective Serotonin Reuptake Inhibitors.
Pathophysiology.
Clinical and Laboratory Manifestations.
Treatment.
Atypical Antidepressants.
Clinical and Laboratory Manifestations.
Treatment.
Monoamine Oxidase Inhibitors.
Psychiatric Medications: Antipsychotics
Pathophysiology.
Clinical and Laboratory Manifestations.
Management.
Household Products
Caustics
Pathophysiology.
Clinical Manifestations.
Treatment.
Cholinesterase-Inhibiting Insecticides
Pathophysiology.
Clinical and Laboratory Manifestations.
Treatment.
Hydrocarbons
Pathophysiology.
Clinical and Laboratory Manifestations.
Treatment.
Toxic Alcohols
Methanol.
Pathophysiology.
Clinical and Laboratory Manifestations.
Treatment.
Ethylene Glycol.
Pathophysiology.
Clinical and Laboratory Manifestations.
Treatment.
Plants
Toxic Gases
Carbon Monoxide
Pathophysiology.
Clinical and Laboratory Manifestations.
Treatment.
Hydrogen Cyanide
Pathophysiology.
Clinical and Laboratory Manifestations.
Treatment.
Some Miscellaneous Toxic Agents Found in the Home
Single-Use Detergent Sacs
Electric Dishwasher Detergent
Magnets
Batteries
Bibliography
Chapter 64: Complementary Therapies and Integrative Medicine
Dietary Supplements
Dietary Supplement Safety
Dietary Supplement Efficacy
Massage and Chiropractic
Mind–Body Therapies
Acupuncture
Bibliography
Internet Resources
Part IX: The Acutely Ill Child
Chapter 65: Evaluation of the Sick Child in the Office and Clinic
History
Physical Exam
Risk Factors
Management
Disposition
Bibliography
Chapter 66: Emergency Medical Services for Children
The Primary Care Physician and Office Preparedness
Staff Training and Continuing Education
Protocols
Resuscitation Equipment
Transport
Pediatric Prehospital Care
Access to the EMS System
Provider Capability
Destination Determination
The Emergency Department
Emerging Issues in EMSC
Disaster Preparedness
Bibliography
66.1 Interfacility Transport of the Seriously Ill or Injured Pediatric Patient
Communications and Dispatch Center
Medical Control Physician
Transport Team
Ground Versus Air Ambulance
Transport Physiology
Safety
Family-Centered Care
Referring Hospital Responsibilities
Educational Outreach
Bibliography
66.2 Outcomes and Risk Adjustment
Outcome Measures in Emergency Medical Services for Children
Risk Adjustment
Risk Adjustment Tools in EMSC
Pediatric Risk of Admission II
Revised Pediatric Emergency Assessment Tool
Bibliography
66.3 Principles Applicable to the Developing World
EMSC and the Continuum of Care Model
Applying the Continuum of Care Model to the Developing World
Prevention
Infectious Diseases
Injuries
Out-of-Hospital Care
Access to Care
Prehospital Care
Methods of Transport
Hospital-Based Care
Triage
Pediatric-Specific Emergency Centers
Practitioners
Clinical Guidelines
Trauma
Equipment
Inpatient Services
Humanitarian Disasters
Exchange and Dissemination of Information
Bibliography
Chapter 67: Pediatric Emergencies and Resuscitation
Approach to the Emergency Evaluation of a Child
General Assessment
Primary Assessment
Airway and Breathing
Circulation
Disability
The Alert, Verbal, Pain, Unresponsive Pediatric Response Scale.
The Glasgow Coma Scale.
Exposure
Secondary Assessment
Tertiary Assessment
Recognition and Treatment of Respiratory Distress and Failure
Airway Obstruction
Airway Narrowing
Parenchymal Lung Disease
Advanced Airway Management Techniques
Bag-Valve-Mask Positive Pressure Ventilation
Endotracheal Intubation
Recognition and Management of Shock
Recognition of Bradyarrhythmias and Tachyarrhythmias
Bradyarrhythmias
Tachyarrhythmias
Recognition and Management of Cardiac Arrest
Vascular Access
Venous Access
Intraosseous Access
Arterial Access
Nonvascular Emergency Procedures
Thoracentesis and Chest Tube Placement
Pericardiocentesis
Postresuscitation Care
Bibliography
Chapter 68: Neurologic Emergencies and Stabilization
Neurocritical Care Principles
Traumatic Brain Injury
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Diagnosis and Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Supportive Care
Prognosis
Bibliography
68.1 Brain Death
Epidemiology
Clinical Manifestations and Diagnosis
Coma
Brainstem Reflexes
Apnea
Observation Periods
Ancillary Studies
Documentation
Supportive Care
Objections to the Idea of Brain Death
Bibliography
Chapter 69: Syncope
Epidemiology
Mechanisms
Evaluation
Treatment
Bibliography
69.1 Disorders of Orthostatic Intolerance
Bibliography
Chapter 70: Shock
Epidemiology
Definition
Pathophysiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Laboratory Findings
Treatment
Initial Management
Additional Early Considerations
Considerations for Continued Therapy
Prognosis
Bibliography
Chapter 71: Respiratory Distress and Failure
Respiratory Distress
Respiratory Disease Manifesting as Respiratory Distress
Respiratory Distress without Respiratory Disease
Cardiovascular Disease Manifesting as Respiratory Distress
Neurologic Disease Manifesting as Respiratory Distress
Toxic-Metabolic States Manifesting as Respiratory Distress
Other Nonpulmonary Entities Manifesting as Respiratory Distress
Respiratory Failure
Pathophysiology of Respiratory Failure
Ventilation–Perfusion Mismatch, Venous Admixture, Intrapulmonary Shunt
Diffusion
Monitoring a Child in Respiratory Distress and Respiratory Failure
Clinical Examination
Blood Gas Abnormalities in Respiratory Distress and Respiratory Failure
Acid–Base Abnormalities in a Child with Respiratory Distress and Respiratory Failure
Metabolic Acidosis with Respiratory Compensation
Respiratory Acidosis with Metabolic Compensation
Assessment of Oxygenation and Ventilation Deficits
Management
Oxygen Administration
Airway Adjuncts
Inhaled Gases
Positive-Pressure Respiratory Support
Endotracheal Intubation and Mechanical Ventilation
Transient Manual Ventilation in the Immediate Preintubation and Postintubation Periods
Bibliography
71.1 Mechanical Ventilation
Basic Concepts of Ventilator Management
Equation of Motion
Functional Residual Capacity
Time Constant
Critical Opening Pressure
Phases of Mechanical Ventilation
Initiation of Inspiration and the Control Variable (Mode)
Control Modes
Intermittent Mandatory Ventilation Mode
Assist-Control Mode
Control Variable
Support Modes
Inspiratory Phase Characteristics
Termination of Inspiration (Cycle)
Expiratory Phase Maneuvers
Additional Ventilatory Modalities
Airway Pressure Release Ventilation
High-Frequency Ventilation
Conventional Ventilator Settings
Fio2
Mode
Tidal Volume and Rate
Inspiratory Time and Expiratory Time
Positive End-Expiratory Pressure
Patient-Ventilator Asynchrony
Triggering the Ventilator
Selection of Appropriate Inspiratory Time
Selection of Inspiratory Flow Pattern
Use of Support Modes
Use of Sedation and Pharmacologic Paralysis
Cardiopulmonary Interactions
Monitoring Respiratory Mechanics
Exhaled Tidal Volume
Peak Inspiratory Pressure
Respiratory System Dynamic Compliance and Static Compliance
Assessment of Auto-PEEP
Assessment of Dead Space Ventilation
Ventilator-Induced LUNG Injury
Ventilator-Associated Pneumonia
Weaning
Bibliography
71.2 Long-Term Mechanical Ventilation
Chapter 72: Acute Care of the Victim of Multiple Trauma
Epidemiology
Regionalization and Trauma Teams
Primary Survey
Airway/Cervical Spine
Breathing
Circulation
Neurologic Deficit
Exposure and Environmental Control
Secondary Survey
Head Trauma
Cervical Spine Trauma
Thoracic Trauma
Abdominal Trauma
Pelvic Trauma
Lower Genitourinary Trauma
Extremity Trauma
Radiologic and Laboratory Evaluation
Psychological and Social Support
Bibliography
72.1 Care of Abrasions and Minor Lacerations
Lacerations and Cuts
Epidemiology
Evaluation
Treatment
Abrasions
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 73: Altitude-Associated Illness in Children (Acute Mountain Sickness)
Etiology
Definitions
Environmental Considerations
General Effects of Hypobaric Hypoxia
Acclimatization
Acute Mountain Sickness
Epidemiology and Risk Factors
Pathophysiology
Diagnosis
Periodic Breathing
Management
Prevention
High Altitude Cerebral Edema
Epidemiology and Risk Factors
Pathophysiology
Diagnosis
Management
High Altitude Pulmonary Edema
Epidemiology and Risk Factors
Physiology
Diagnosis
Management
Special Considerations
Reentry HAPE
Symptomatic High-Altitude Pulmonary Hypertension
Travel With Young Infants
Sickle Trait/Disease
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 74: Drowning and Submersion Injury
Etiology
Epidemiology
Children Younger Than 1 Year of Age
Children 1-4 Years of Age
School-age Children
Adolescents
Underlying Conditions
Alcohol Use
Sports and Recreation
Global Impact of Drowning
Pathophysiology
Anoxic–Ischemic Injury
Pulmonary Injury
Cold Water Injury
Management
Initial Evaluation and Resuscitation
Hospital-Based Evaluation and Treatment
Cardiorespiratory Management
Neurologic Management
Other Management Issues
Hypothermia Management
Prognosis
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 75: Burn Injuries
Epidemiology
Prevention
Acute Care, Resuscitation, and Assessment
Indications for Admission
First Aid Measures
Emergency Care
Classification of Burns
Estimation of Body Surface Area for a Burn
Treatment
Outpatient Management of Minor Burns
Fluid Resuscitation
Prevention of Infection and Surgical Management of the Burn Wound
Nutritional Support
Topical Therapy
Inhalational Injury
Pain Relief and Psychologic Adjustment
Reconstruction and Rehabilitation
School Reentry and Long-Term Outcome
Special Situations
Electrical Burns
Bibliography
Useful Links
Chapter 76: Cold Injuries
Pathophysiology
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Frostnip
Immersion Foot (Trench Foot)
Frostbite
Hypothermia
Chilblain (Pernio)
Cold-Induced Fat Necrosis (Panniculitis)
Bibliography
Part X: Human Genetics
Chapter 77: Integration of Genetics Into Pediatric Practice
Diagnostic Testing
Predictive Testing
Predispositional Testing
Pharmacogenetic Testing
77.1 Genetic Counseling
Talking to Families
Genetic Counseling
Specific Condition or Conditions
Knowledge of the Diagnosis of the Particular Condition
Natural History of the Condition
Genetic Aspects of the Condition and Recurrence Risk
Prenatal Diagnosis and Prevention
Therapies and Referral
Support Groups
Follow-up
Nondirective Counseling
77.2 Management and Treatment of Genetic Disorders
Physiologic Therapies
Replacement Therapies
Enzyme Replacement
Transplantation
Bibliography
Chapter 78: The Genetic Approach in Pediatric Medicine
The Burden of Genetic Disorders in Childhood
The Changing Paradigm of Genetics in Medicine
Ethics Issues
Bibliography
Chapter 79: The Human Genome
Fundamentals of Molecular Genetics
Genetic Variation
Genotype-Phenotype Correlations in Genetic Disease
Human Genome Project
Bibliography
Chapter 80: Patterns of Genetic Transmission
Family History and Pedigree Notation
Mendelian Inheritance
Autosomal Dominant Inheritance
Autosomal Recessive Inheritance
Pseudodominant Inheritance
X-Linked Inheritance
Y-Linked Inheritance
Digenic Inheritance
Pseudogenetic Inheritance and Familial Clustering
Nontraditional Inheritance
Mitochondrial Inheritance
Triplet Repeat Expansion Disorders
Genetic Imprinting
Multifactorial and Polygenic Inheritance
Bibliography
Chapter 81: Cytogenetics
81.1 Methods of Chromosome Analysis
Bibliography
81.2 Down Syndrome and Other Abnormalities of Chromosome Number
Aneuploidy and Polyploidy
Down Syndrome
Bibliography
81.3 Abnormalities of Chromosome Structure
Translocations
Inversions
Deletions and Duplications
Insertions
Isochromosomes
Marker and Ring Chromosomes
Bibliography
81.4 Sex Chromosome Aneuploidy
Turner Syndrome
Klinefelter Syndrome
47,XYY
Bibliography
81.5 Fragile Chromosome Sites
Bibliography
81.6 Mosaicism
Pallister-Killian Syndrome
Hypomelanosis of Ito
81.7 Chromosome Instability Syndromes
81.8 Uniparental Disomy and Imprinting
Uniparental Disomy
Imprinting
Bibliography
Chapter 82: Genetics of Common Disorders
82.1 Major Genetic Approaches to the Study of Common Pediatric Disorders
Linkage Mapping
Genetic Association
Bibliography
Chapter 83: Genetic Approaches to Rare and Undiagnosed Diseases
Scope of Genetic Disease
Clinical Evaluation
Available Commercial Laboratory Genetic Studies
Single-Nucleotide Polymorphism Arrays
Exome Sequencing
Gene Function Studies
Pediatric Issues
Considerations for Families of Undiagnosed Children
The Diagnostic Spectrum
Bibliography
Part XI: Metabolic Disorders
Chapter 84: An Approach to Inborn Errors of Metabolism
Common Characteristics of Genetic Disorders of Metabolism
Mass Screening of Newborn Infants
Clinical Manifestations of Genetic Metabolic Diseases
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 85: Defects in Metabolism of Amino Acids
85.1 Phenylalanine
Classic Phenylketonuria
Clinical Manifestations
Nonphenylketonuria Hyperphenylalaninemias (Milder Forms of Hyperphenylalaninemia)
Diagnosis
Neonatal Screening for Hyperphenylalaninemia
Treatment
Pregnancy in Women with Hyperphenylalaninemia (Maternal Phenylketonuria)
Hyperphenylalaninemia Caused by Deficiency of the Cofactor Tetrahydrobiopterin
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Genetics and Prevalence
Tetrahydrobiopterin Defects Without Hyperphenylalaninemia
Bibliography
85.2 Tyrosine
Tyrosinemia Type I (Tyrosinosis, Hereditary Tyrosinemia, Hepatorenal Tyrosinemia)
Clinical Manifestations and Natural History
Laboratory Findings
Treatment and Outcome
Genetics and Prevalence
Tyrosinemia Type II (Richner-Hanhart Syndrome, Oculocutaneous Tyrosinemia)
Tyrosinemia Type III (Primary Deficiency of 4-Hydroxyphenylpyruvate Dioxygenase [4-HPPD])
Hawkinsinuria
Transient Tyrosinemia of the Newborn
Alkaptonuria
Tyrosine Hydroxylase Deficiency
Albinism (See also Chapters 622 and 653)
Oculocutaneous (Generalized) Albinism
OCA1 (Tyrosinase-Deficient Albinism)
OCA1 A (Tyrosinase-Negative OCA)
OCA1 B
OCA2 (Tyrosinase-Positive OCA)
OCA3 (Rufous Albinism)
OCA4
Ocular Albinism
Ocular Albinism 1 (Nettleship-Falls Type)
Syndromic Forms of Generalized Albinism
Hermansky-Pudlak Syndrome
Chédiak-Higashi Syndrome
Localized Albinism
Piebaldism
Waardenburg Syndrome
Bibliography
85.3 Methionine
Homocystinuria (Homocystinemia)
Homocystinuria Caused by Cystathionine β-Synthase Deficiency (Classic Homocystinuria)
Homocystinuria Caused by Defects in Methylcobalamin Formation
Homocystinuria Caused by Deficiency of Methylenetetrahydrofolate Reductase
Hypermethioninemia
Primary (Genetic) Hypermethioninemia
Acquired (Nongenetic) Hypermethioninemia
Cystathioninemia (Cystathioninuria)
Bibliography
85.4 Cysteine/Cystine
Sulfite Oxidase Deficiency (Molybdenum Cofactor Deficiency)
Bibliography
85.5 Tryptophan
Hartnup Disorder
Bibliography
85.6 Valine, Leucine, Isoleucine, and Related Organic Acidemias
Maple Syrup Urine Disease
Classic Maple Syrup Urine Disease
Intermediate (Mild) Maple Syrup Urine Disease
Intermittent Maple Syrup Urine Disease
Thiamine-Responsive Maple Syrup Urine Disease
Maple Syrup Urine Disease Caused by a Deficiency of E3 Subunit (Maple Syrup Urine Disease Type 3)
Genetics and Prevalence of Maple Syrup Urine Disease
Isovaleric Acidemia
Multiple Carboxylase Deficiencies (Defects in Utilization of Biotin)
Holocarboxylase Synthetase Deficiency (Multiple Carboxylase Deficiency Neonatal or Early Form)
Biotinidase Deficiency (Multiple Carboxylase Deficiency—Juvenile or Late Form)
Multiple Carboxylase Deficiency Because of Dietary Biotin Deficiency
Isolated 3-Methylcrotonyl Coenzyme a (CoA) Carboxylase Deficiency
3-Methylglutaconic Aciduria
3-Methylglutaconic Aciduria Type I (3-Methylglutaconyl Coenzyme A Hydratase Deficiency)
3-Methylglutaconic Aciduria Type II (X-Linked Cardiomyopathy, Neutropenia, Growth Retardation, and 3-Methylglutaconic Aciduria with Normal 3-Methylglutaconyl Coenzyme A Hydratase, Barth Syndrome)
3-Methylglutaconic Aciduria Type III (Costeff Optic Atrophy Syndrome)
β-Ketothiolase (3-Oxothiolase) Deficiency (Mitochondrial Acetoacetyl Coenzyme a Thiolase [T2] Deficiency)
Cytosolic Acetoacetyl Coenzyme a Thiolase Deficiency
Mitochondrial 3-Hydroxy-3-Methylglutaryl Coenzyme a Synthase Deficiency
3-Hydroxy-3-Methylglutaric Aciduria
Succinyl Coenzyme A:3-Ketoacid Coenzyme a Transferase (SCOT) Deficiency
Mevalonic Aciduria
Mevalonic Aciduria, Severe Form
Periodic Fever with Hyperimmunoglobulinemia D (Mevalonic Aciduria, Mild Form)
Treatment
Propionic Acidemia (Propionyl Coenzyme a Carboxylase Deficiency)
Methylmalonic Acidemia
Defects in Metabolism of Vitamin B12 (Cobalamin)
Combined Methylmalonic Aciduria and Homocystinuria (cblC, cblD, cblF, cblJ, and cblX Defects)
Bibliography
85.7 Glycine
Hypoglycinemia
Hyperglycinemia
Nonketotic Hyperglycinemia, Glycine Encephalopathy
Neonatal Hyperglycemia
Infantile Nonketotic Hyperglycinemia
Late-Onset Nonketotic Hyperglycinemia, Mild Episodic Form
Transient Nonketotic Hyperglycinemia
Sarcosinemia
d-Glyceric Aciduria
Trimethylaminuria
Hyperoxaluria and Oxalosis
Primary Hyperoxaluria Type 1
Primary Hyperoxaluria Type 2 (l-Glyceric Aciduria)
Primary Hyperoxaluria Type 3
Creatine Deficiency
Bibliography
85.8 Serine
3-Phosphoglycerate Dehydrogenase Deficiency
Phosphoserine Aminotransferase Deficiency
Bibliography
85.9 Proline
Hyperprolinemia
Hyperprolinemia Type I
Hyperprolinemia Type II
Prolidase Deficiency
Bibliography
85.10 Glutamic Acid
Glutathione Synthetase Deficiency
Glutathione Synthetase Deficiency, Severe Form (Pyroglutamic Acidemia, Severe 5-Oxoprolinuria) and Moderate Form
Glutathione Synthetase Deficiency, Mild Form
5-Oxoprolinase Deficiency (5-Oxoprolinuria)
γ-Glutamylcysteine Synthetase Deficiency
Glutathionemia (γ-Glutamyl Transpeptidase Deficiency)
Genetic Disorders of Metabolism of γ-Aminobutyric Acid
Congenital Glutamine Deficiency
Bibliography
85.11 Genetic Disorders of Neurotransmitters
Tyrosine Hydroxylase Deficiency (Infantile Parkinsonism, Autosomal Recessive Dopa-Responsive Dystonia, Segawa Syndrome, Autosomal Recessive Form)
Aromatic l-Amino Acid Decarboxylase Deficiency
Tetrahydrobiopterin Deficiency
Tetrahydrobiopterin Deficiency with Hyperphenylalaninemia
Tetrahydrobiopterin Deficiency Without Hyperphenylalaninemia
Hereditary Progressive Dystonia, Autosomal Dominant Dopa-Responsive Dystonia, Segawa Syndrome, Autosomal Dominant Form
Sepiapterin Reductase Deficiency
Dopamine β-Hydroxylase Deficiency
Monoamine Oxidase (MAO) Deficiency
γ-Aminobutyric Acid (GABA)
γ-Aminobutyric Acid Transaminase Deficiency
Succinic Semialdehyde Dehydrogenase Deficiency (γ-Hydroxybutyric Aciduria)
Defects in Neurotransmitters Transporter Proteins
Dopamine Transporter Protein Deficiency
Dopamine–Serotonin Vesicular Transporter Disease (Vesicular Monoamine Transporter Deficiency)
Histidine Decarboxylase Deficiency
Hyperprolinemia
3-Phosphoglycerate Dehydrogenase Deficiency
Phosphoserine Aminotransferase Deficiency
Nonketotic Hyperglycinemia
Bibliography
85.12 Urea Cycle and Hyperammonemia (Arginine, Citrulline, Ornithine)
Genetic Causes of Hyperammonemia
Clinical Manifestations of Hyperammonemia
Diagnosis
Treatment of Acute Hyperammonemia
Long-Term Therapy
Carbamyl Phosphate Synthetase and N-Acetylglutamate Synthetase Deficiencies
Ornithine Transcarbamylase Deficiency
Argininosuccinate Synthetase (ASS) Deficiency (Citrullinemia)
Citrullinemia Type I (Classic Citrullinemia)
Citrullinemia Resulting From Citrin Deficiency (Citrullinemia Type II)
Neonatal Intrahepatic Cholestasis (Citrullinemia Type II—Neonatal Form)
Citrullinemia Type II, Adult Form (Adult-Onset Citrullinemia, Citrullinemia Type II—Mild Form)
Argininosuccinate Lyase Deficiency (Argininosuccinic Aciduria)
Arginase Deficiency (Hyperargininemia)
Transient Hyperammonemia of the Newborn
Ornithine
Gyrate Atrophy of the Retina and Choroid
Hyperammonemia-Hyperornithinemia-Homocitrullinemia Syndrome
Bibliography
85.13 Histidine
Bibliography
85.14 Lysine
Pyridoxine (Vitamin B6)-Dependent Epilepsy
Antiquitin (α-Aminoadipic Semialdehyde Dehydrogenase) Deficiency
Sulfite Oxidase Deficiency (Molybdenum Cofactor Deficiency)
Hyperprolinemia Type II
Hypophosphatasia
Glutaric Aciduria Type I
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Treatment
Lysinuric Protein Intolerance (Familial Protein Intolerance)
Bibliography
85.15 Aspartic Acid (Canavan Disease)
Etiology and Pathology
Clinical Manifestations
Atypical Canavan Disease
Diagnosis
Treatment and Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 86: Defects in Metabolism of Lipids
86.1 Disorders of Mitochondrial Fatty Acid β-Oxidation
Defects in the β-Oxidation Cycle
Medium-Chain Acyl-Coenzyme A Dehydrogenase Deficiency
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Treatment
Prognosis
Very-Long-Chain Acyl-Coenzyme A Dehydrogenase Deficiency
Short-Chain Acyl-Coenzyme A Dehydrogenase Deficiency
Long-Chain 3-Hydroxyacyl-CoA Dehydrogenase/Mitochondrial Trifunctional Protein Deficiency
Short-Chain 3-Hydroxyacyl-Coenzyme A Dehydrogenase Deficiency
Defects in the Carnitine Cycle
Plasma Membrane Carnitine Transport Defect (Primary Carnitine Deficiency)
Carnitine Palmitoyltransferase-IA Deficiency
Carnitine:Acylcarnitine Translocase Deficiency
Carnitine Palmitoyltransferase-II Deficiency
Defects in the Electron Transfer Pathway
Electron Transfer Flavoprotein and Electron Transfer Flavoprotein Dehydrogenase Deficiencies (Glutaric Acidemia Type 2, Multiple Acyl-Coenzyme A Dehydrogenation Defects)
Defects in Ketone Synthesis Pathway
β-Hydroxy-β-Methylglutaryl-Coenzyme A Synthase Deficiency
β-Hydroxy-β-Methylglutaryl-Coenzyme A Lyase Deficiency
Defects in Ketone Body Utilization
Succinyl-Coenzyme A:3-Ketoacid-Coenzyme A Transferase Deficiency
β-Ketothiolase Deficiency
Bibliography
86.2 Disorders of Very Long Chain Fatty Acids
Peroxisomal Disorders
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathology
Pathogenesis
Peroxisomal Biogenesis Disorders with Milder or Atypical Phenotypes
Rhizomelic Chondrodysplasia Punctata
Isolated Defects of Peroxisomal Fatty Acid Oxidation
Isolated Defects of Plasmalogen Synthesis
Classic Refsum Disease
2-Methylacyl-Coenzyme A Racemase Deficiency
Laboratory Findings
Level 1: Does the Patient Have a Peroxisomal Disorder?
Level 2: What Is the Precise Nature of the Peroxisomal Disorder?
Level 3: What Is the Molecular Defect?
Diagnosis
Complications
Treatment
Genetic Counseling
Adrenoleukodystrophy (X-Linked)
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory and Radiographic Findings
Neuroimaging
Impaired Adrenal Function
Diagnosis and Differential Diagnosis
Complications
Treatment
Bone Marrow Transplantation
Lorenzo’s Oil Therapy
Supportive Therapy
Genetic Counseling and Prevention
Bibliography
Peroxisomal Disorders
Adrenoleukodystrophy (X-Linked)
86.3 Disorders of Lipoprotein Metabolism and Transport
Epidemiology of Blood Lipids and Cardiovascular Disease
Blood Lipids and Atherogenesis
Plasma Lipoprotein Metabolism and Transport
Transport of Exogenous (Dietary) Lipids
Transport of Endogenous Lipids from the Liver
High-Density Lipoprotein and Reverse Cholesterol Transport
Hyperlipoproteinemias
Hypercholesterolemia
Familial Hypercholesterolemia
Homozygous Familial Hypercholesterolemia
Heterozygous Familial Hypercholesterolemia
Familial Defective ApoB-100
Autosomal Recessive Hypercholesterolemia
Sitosterolemia
Polygenic Hypercholesterolemia
Hypercholesterolemia with Hypertriglyceridemia
Familial Combined Hyperlipidemia
Familial Dysbetalipoproteinemia (Type III Hyperlipoproteinemia)
Hypertriglyceridemias
Familial Chylomicronemia (Type I Hyperlipidemia)
Familial Hypertriglyceridemia (Type IV Hyperlipidemia)
Hepatic Lipase Deficiency
Disorders of High-Density Lipoprotein Metabolism
Primary Hypoalphalipoproteinemia
Familial Hyperalphalipoproteinemia
Familial Apolipoprotein A-I Deficiency
Tangier Disease
Familial Lecithin–Cholesterol Acyltransferase Deficiency
Cholesteryl Ester Transfer Protein Deficiency
Conditions Associated with Low Cholesterol
Abetalipoproteinemia
Familial Hypobetalipoproteinemia
Smith-Lemli-Opitz Syndrome
Disorders of Intracellular Cholesterol Metabolism
Cerebrotendinous Xanthomatosis
Wolman Disease and Cholesterol Ester Storage Disease
Niemann-Pick Disease Type C
Lipoprotein Patterns in Children and Adolescents
Blood Cholesterol Screening
Risk Assessment and Treatment of Hyperlipidemia
Pharmacologic Therapy.
Bibliography
86.4 Lipidoses (Lysosomal Storage Disorders)
GM1 Gangliosidosis
The GM2 Gangliosidoses
Gaucher Disease
Niemann-Pick Disease
Fabry Disease
Fucosidosis
Schindler Disease
Metachromatic Leukodystrophy
Multiple Sulfatase Deficiency
Krabbe Disease
Farber Disease
Wolman Disease and Cholesterol Ester Storage Disease
Bibliography
86.5 Mucolipidoses
I-Cell Disease
Pseudo-Hurler Polydystrophy
Bibliography
Chapter 87: Defects in Metabolism of Carbohydrates
87.1 Glycogen Storage Diseases
Liver Glycogenoses
Type I Glycogen Storage Disease (Glucose-6-Phosphatase or Translocase Deficiency, Von Gierke Disease)
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Type III Glycogen Storage Disease (Debrancher Deficiency, Limit Dextrinosis)
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Type IV Glycogen Storage Disease (Branching Enzyme Deficiency, Amylopectinosis, or Andersen Disease)
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Type VI Glycogen Storage Disease (Liver Phosphorylase Deficiency, Hers Disease)
Type IX Glycogen Storage Disease (Phosphorylase Kinase Deficiency)
X-Linked Liver Phosphorylase Kinase Deficiency
Autosomal Liver and Muscle Phosphorylase Kinase Deficiency
Autosomal Liver Phosphorylase Kinase Deficiency
Muscle-Specific Phosphorylase Kinase Deficiency
Phosphorylase Kinase Deficiency Limited to Heart
Diagnosis
Treatment
Glycogen Synthase Deficiency
Muscle Glycogen Synthase Deficiency
Hepatic Glycogenosis with Renal Fanconi Syndrome (Fanconi-Bickel Syndrome)
Muscle Glycogenoses
Type II Glycogen Storage Disease (Lysosomal Acid α-1,4-Glucosidase Deficiency, Pompe Disease)
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Diagnosis
Treatment
Glycogen Storage Diseases Mimicking Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy
Type V Glycogen Storage Disease (Muscle Phosphorylase Deficiency, McArdle Disease)
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Type VII Glycogen Storage Disease (Muscle Phosphofructokinase Deficiency, Tarui Disease)
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Other Muscle Glycogenoses with Muscle Energy Impairment
Bibliography
87.2 Defects in Galactose Metabolism
Galactose-1-Phosphate Uridyl Transferase Deficiency Galactosemia
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Genetics
Treatment and Prognosis
Galactokinase Deficiency
Uridine Diphosphate Galactose-4-Epimerase Deficiency
Bibliography
87.3 Defects in Fructose Metabolism
Deficiency of Fructokinase (Essential or Benign Fructosuria)
Deficiency of Fructose-1,6-Bisphosphate Aldolase (Aldolase B, Hereditary Fructose Intolerance)
Epidemiology and Genetics
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
87.4 Defects in Intermediary Carbohydrate Metabolism Associated with Lactic Acidosis
Disorders of Gluconeogenesis
Deficiency of Glucose-6-Phosphatase (Type I Glycogen Storage Disease)
Fructose-1,6-Diphosphatase Deficiency
Phosphoenolpyruvate Carboxykinase Deficiency
Disorders of Pyruvate Metabolism
Pyruvate Dehydrogenase Complex Deficiency
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
Deficiency of Pyruvate Carboxylase
Deficiency of Pyruvate Carboxylase Secondary to Deficiency of Holocarboxylase Synthase or Biotinidase
Mitochondrial Respiratory Chain Defects (Oxidative Phosphorylation Disease)
Leigh Disease (Subacute Necrotizing Encephalomyelopathy)
Bibliography
87.5 Defects in Pentose Metabolism
Essential Pentosuria
Transaldolase Deficiency
Ribose-5-Phosphate Isomerase Deficiency
Bibliography
87.6 Disorders of Glycoprotein Degradation and Structure
Sialidosis and Galactosialidosis
Aspartylglucosaminuria
α-Mannosidosis
Congenital Disorders of Glycosylation
Bibliography
Chapter 88: Mucopolysaccharidoses
Clinical Entities
Mucopolysaccharidosis I
Hurler Disease
Hurler-Scheie Disease
Scheie Disease
Mucopolysaccharidosis II
Mucopolysaccharidosis III
Mucopolysaccharidosis IV
Mucopolysaccharidosis VI
Mucopolysaccharidosis VII
Mucopolysaccharidosis IX
Diagnosis and Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 89: Disorders of Purine and Pyrimidine Metabolism
Gout
Genetics
Treatment
Abnormalities in Purine Salvage
HPRT Deficiency
Genetics
Pathology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Adenine Phosphoribosyltransferase Deficiency (Dihydroxyadeninuria)
Genetics
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory
Treatment
Disorders Linked to Purine Nucleotide Synthesis
Phosphoribosylpyrophosphate Synthetase Superactivity and Deficiency
Genetics
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory
Treatment
Adenylosuccinate Lyase Deficiency (Succinylpurinuria)
Genetics
Clinical Manifestations
Pathology
Treatment
Aminoimidazole Carboxamide Ribotide Transformylase/Inosine Monophosphate Cyclohydrolase Deficiency
Genetics
Clinical Features
Laboratory
Treatment
Disorders Resulting from Abnormalities in Purine Catabolism
Myoadenylate Deaminase Deficiency (Muscle Adenosine Monophosphate Deaminase Deficiency)
Clinical Manifestations
Genetics
Laboratory
Treatment
Adenosine Deaminase Deficiency
Purine Nucleoside Phosphorylase Deficiency
Xanthine Oxidoreductase Deficiency (Hereditary Xanthinuria/Molybdenum Cofactor Deficiency)
Genetics
Laboratory
Treatment
Disorders of Pyrimidine Metabolism
Uridine Monophosphate Synthase Type 1 Deficiency (Hereditary Orotic Aciduria)
Genetics
Clinical
Laboratory
Treatment
Dihydropyrimidine Dehydrogenase Deficiency (Thymine-Uraciluria, Pyrimidinuria)
Genetics
Laboratory
Treatment
Dihydropyrimidinase Deficiency (Dihydropyrimidinuria)
Genetics
Clinical
Laboratory
Deficiency of β-Ureidopropionase (N-Carbamyl-β-Amino Aciduria)
Genetics
Clinical
Laboratory
Treatment
Pyrimidine 5’-Nucleotidase Deficiency
Genetics
Laboratory
Treatment
Overactive Cytosolic 5’-Nucleotidase (Pyrimidine Nucleotide Depletion)
Clinical
Treatment
Thymidine Phosphorylase Deficiency (Mitochondrial Neurogastrointestinal Encephalomyopathy)
Genetics
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory
Treatment
Thymidine Kinase 2 Deficiency
Genetics
Clinical
Treatment
Acknowledgments
Bibliography
Gout
Abnormalities in Purine Salvage
Adenine Phosphoribosyltransferase Deficiency (Dihydroxyadeninuria)
Disorders Linked to Purine Nucleotide Synthesis
Adenylosuccinate Lyase Deficiency (Succinylpurinuria)
Aicar Transformylase/Imp Cyclohydrolase (ATIC) Deficiency (Aica-Ribosiduria)
Disorders Resulting from Abnormalities in Purine Catabolism
Xanthine Oxidoreductase Deficiency (Hereditary Xanthinuria/Molybdenum Cofactor Deficiency)
Disorders of Pyrimidine Metabolism
Dihydropyrimidine Dehydrogenase Deficiency (Thymine-Uraciluria, Pyrimidinuria)
Dihydropyrimidinase Deficiency (Dihydropyrimidinuria)
Deficiency of Beta-Ureidopropionase (N-Carbamyl-Beta-Amino Aciduria)
Pyrimidine 5′-Nucleotidase Deficiency
Overactive Cytosolic 5′ Nucleotidase (Pyrimidine Nucleotide Depletion)
Thymidine Phosphorylase Deficiency (Mitochondrial Neurogastrointestinal Encephalomyopathy-MNGIE)
Thymidine Kinase 2 (TK2) Deficiency
Chapter 90: Hutchinson-Gilford Progeria Syndrome
Clinical Manifestations
Dermatologic Changes
Failure to Thrive
Ocular Abnormalities
Dental Abnormalities
Bone and Cartilaginous Abnormalities
Hearing
Cardiovascular Disease
Cerebrovascular Arteriopathy and Stroke
Normally Functioning Systems
Laboratory Findings
Molecular Pathogenesis
Diagnosis and Differential Diagnosis
Prognosis, Treatment, and Patient Resources
Bibliography
Chapter 91: The Porphyrias
The Heme Biosynthetic Pathway
Classification and Diagnosis of Porphyrias
First-Line Laboratory Diagnostic Testing
Blistering Cutaneous Porphyrias
Nonblistering Cutaneous Porphyria
Second-Line Testing
Testing for Subclinical Porphyria
δ-Aminolevulinic Acid Dehydratase Porphyria
Etiology
Pathology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Diagnosis and Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Prevention and Genetic Counseling
Acute Intermittent Porphyria
Etiology
Pathology and Pathogenesis
Neurologic Mechanisms
Epidemiology
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Diagnosis and Differential Diagnosis
Complications
Treatment
Hemin
General and Supportive Measures
Carbohydrate Loading
Other Therapies
Seizures and Other Complications
Safe and Unsafe Drugs
Other Situations
Prognosis
Prevention
Genetic Counseling
Congenital Erythropoietic Porphyria
Etiology
Pathology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Diagnosis and Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Prevention and Genetic Counseling
Porphyria Cutanea Tarda
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathology and Pathogenesis
Susceptibility Factors
Iron
Hepatitis C
HIV
Ethanol
Smoking and Cytochrome P450 Enzymes
Antioxidant Status
Estrogens
Clinical Manifestations
Cutaneous Manifestations
Liver Abnormalities
Other Findings and Associations
Laboratory Findings
Diagnosis and Differential Diagnosis
Complications
Treatment
Prognosis
Prevention and Genetic Counseling
Hepatoerythropoietic Porphyria
Etiology
Pathology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Diagnosis and Differential Diagnosis
Treatment and Prognosis
Prevention and Genetic Counseling
Hereditary Coproporphyria
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Diagnosis and Differential Diagnosis
Treatment and Prognosis
Prevention and Genetic Counseling
Variegate Porphyria
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Diagnosis and Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis and Prevention
Genetic Counseling
Erythropoietic Protoporphyria
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Diagnosis and Differential Diagnosis
Complications
Treatment
Prognosis
Prevention
Genetic Counseling
Dual Porphyria
Porphyria Resulting from Tumors
Bibliography
General
Acute Porphyrias
Congenital Erythropoietic Porphyria
Porphyria Cutanea Tarda
Erythropoietic Protoporphyria
Chapter 92: Hypoglycemia
Definition
Significance and Sequelae
Substrate, Enzyme, and Hormonal Integration of Glucose Homeostasis
In the Newborn
In Older Infants and Children
Clinical Manifestations
Classification of Hypoglycemia in Infants and Children
Neonatal, Transient, Small for Gestational Age, and Premature Infants
Infants Born to Diabetic Mothers
Persistent or Recurrent Hypoglycemia in Infants and Children
Hyperinsulinism
Endocrine Deficiency
Substrate Limited
Ketotic Hypoglycemia
Branched-Chain Ketonuria (Maple Syrup Urine Disease)
Glycogen Storage Disease
Glucose-6-Phosphatase Deficiency (Type I Glycogen Storage Disease)
Amylo-1,6-Glucosidase Deficiency (Debrancher Enzyme Deficiency; Type III Glycogen Storage Disease)
Liver Phosphorylase Deficiency (Type VI Glycogen Storage Disease)
Glycogen Synthetase Deficiency
Disorders of Gluconeogenesis
Fructose-1,6-Diphosphatase Deficiency
Defects in Fatty Acid Oxidation
Acute Alcohol Intoxication
Salicylate Intoxication
Phosphoenolpyruvate Carboxykinase Deficiency
Pyruvate Carboxylase Deficiency
Other Enzyme Defects
Galactosemia (Galactose-1-Phosphate Uridyl Transferase Deficiency)
Fructose Intolerance (Fructose-1-Phosphate Aldolase Deficiency)
Defects in Glucose Transporters
Glut-1 Deficiency
Glut-2 Deficiency
Systemic Disorders
Diagnosis and Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Bibliography
Part XII: The Fetus and the Neonatal Infant
Chapter 93: Overview of Mortality and Morbidity
Bibliography
Chapter 94: The Newborn Infant
94.1 History in Neonatal Pediatrics
94.2 Physical Examination of the Newborn Infant
General Appearance
Skin
Skull
Face
Eyes
Ears
Nose
Mouth
Neck
Chest
Lungs
Heart
Abdomen
Genitals
Anus
Extremities
Neurologic Examination
Bibliography
94.3 Routine Delivery Room and Initial Care
Maintenance of Body Heat
Antiseptic Skin and Cord Care
Other Measures
Bibliography
94.4 Nursery Care
Bibliography
94.5 Parent–Infant Bonding
Nurseries and Breastfeeding
Drugs and Breastfeeding
Contraindications to Breastfeeding
Bibliography
Chapter 95: High-Risk Pregnancies
Genetic Factors
Maternal Factors
Bibliography
Chapter 96: The Fetus
96.1 Fetal Growth and Maturity
Bibliography
96.2 Fetal Distress
Bibliography
96.3 Maternal Disease and the Fetus
Infectious Diseases
Noninfectious Diseases
Bibliography
96.4 Maternal Medication and Toxin Exposure and the Fetus
Bibliography
96.5 Teratogens
Bibliography
96.6 Radiation
Bibliography
96.7 Intrauterine Diagnosis of Fetal Disease
Bibliography
96.8 Treatment and Prevention of Fetal Disease
Bibliography
Chapter 97: The High-Risk Infant
97.1 Multiple-Gestation Pregnancies
Incidence
Etiology
Monozygotic Versus Dizygotic Twins
Examination of the Placenta
Postnatal Identification
Prognosis
Treatment
Bibliography
97.2 Prematurity and Intrauterine Growth Restriction
Definitions
Incidence
Very Low Birthweight Infants
Factors Related to Premature Birth and Low Birthweight
Assessment of Gestational Age at Birth
Spectrum of Disease in Low-Birthweight Infants
Nursery Care
Thermal Control
Fluid Requirements
Parenteral Nutrition
Feeding
Initiation of Feeding
Vitamins
Prevention of Infection
Immaturity of Drug Metabolism
Prognosis
Predicting Neonatal Mortality
Discharge From the Hospital
Home Care
Bibliography
97.3 Postterm Infants
Clinical Manifestations
Prognosis
Management
97.4 Large-for-Gestational-Age Infants
97.5 Infant Transport
Bibliography
Chapter 98: Clinical Manifestations of Diseases in the Newborn Period
Congenital Anomalies
Bibliography
Chapter 99: Nervous System Disorders
99.1 The Cranium
99.2 Traumatic, Epidural, Subdural, and Subarachnoid Hemorrhage
99.3 Intracranial–Intraventricular Hemorrhage and Periventricular Leukomalacia
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Prognosis
Prevention
Treatment
Bibliography
99.4 Brain Injury from Inflammation, Infection, and Medications
Bibliography
99.5 Hypoxic–Ischemic Encephalopathy
Etiology
Pathophysiology and Pathology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Bibliography
99.6 Spine and Spinal Cord
Bibliography
99.7 Peripheral Nerve Injuries
Brachial Palsy
Phrenic Nerve Paralysis
Facial Nerve Palsy
Bibliography
Chapter 100: Delivery Room Emergencies
Respiratory Distress and Failure
Failure to Initiate or Sustain Respiration
Neonatal Resuscitation
Meconium
Shock
Pneumothorax
Airway Obstruction
Abdominal Wall Defects
Injury during Delivery
Central Nervous System
Viscera
Fractures
Clavicle
Extremities
Nose
Bibliography
Chapter 101: Respiratory Tract Disorders
101.1 Transition to Pulmonary Respiration
The First Breath
Breathing Patterns in Newborns
101.2 Apnea
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
Prognosis
Apnea and Sudden Infant Death Syndrome
Bibliography
101.3 Respiratory Distress Syndrome (Hyaline Membrane Disease)
Incidence
Etiology and Pathophysiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Prevention
Treatment
Pharmacologic Therapies
Complications of Respiratory Distress Syndrome and Intensive Care
Prognosis
Bibliography
101.4 Transient Tachypnea of the Newborn
Bibliography
101.5 Aspiration of Foreign Material (Fetal Aspiration Syndrome, Aspiration Pneumonia)
101.6 Meconium Aspiration
Clinical Manifestations
Prevention
Treatment
Prognosis
Bibliography
101.7 Persistent Pulmonary Hypertension of the Newborn (Persistent Fetal Circulation)
Pathophysiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Extracorporeal Membrane Oxygenation
Prognosis
Bibliography
101.8 Diaphragmatic Hernia
Congenital Diaphragmatic Hernia (Bochdalek)
Pathology and Etiology
Epidemiology
Diagnosis and Clinical Presentation
Treatment
Initial Management
Ventilation Strategies
Extracorporeal Membrane Oxygenation
Novel Strategies for Infants with Congenital Diaphragmatic Hernia
Surgical Repair
Outcome and Long-Term Survival
Bibliography
101.9 Foramen of Morgagni Hernia
101.10 Paraesophageal Hernia
101.11 Eventration
Bibliography
101.12 Extrapulmonary Air Leaks (Pneumothorax, Pneumomediastinum, Pulmonary Interstitial Emphysema, Pneumopericardium)
Etiology and Pathophysiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
101.13 Pulmonary Hemorrhage
Bibliography
Chapter 102: Digestive System Disorders
Vomiting
Diarrhea
Constipation
Meconium Plugs
102.1 Meconium Ileus in Cystic Fibrosis
Meconium Peritonitis
102.2 Necrotizing Enterocolitis
Pathology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Prevention
Bibliography
102.3 Jaundice and Hyperbilirubinemia in the Newborn
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Differential Diagnosis
Physiologic Jaundice (Icterus Neonatorum)
Pathologic Hyperbilirubinemia
Jaundice Associated with Breast-Feeding
Neonatal Hepatitis
Congenital Atresia of the Bile Ducts
Inspissated Bile Syndrome
Bibliography
102.4 Kernicterus
Clinical Manifestations
Incidence and Prognosis
Prevention
Treatment of Hyperbilirubinemia
Phototherapy
Intravenous Immunoglobulin
Metalloporphyrins
Exchange Transfusion
Bibliography
Chapter 103: Blood Disorders
103.1 Anemia in the Newborn Infant
Bibliography
103.2 Hemolytic Disease of the Newborn (Erythroblastosis Fetalis)
Hemolytic Disease of the Newborn Caused by Rh Incompatibility
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Data
Diagnosis
Antenatal Diagnosis
Postnatal Diagnosis
Treatment
Treatment of an Unborn Infant
Treatment of a Liveborn Infant
Exchange Transfusion
Intravenous Immunoglobulin
Late Complications
Prevention of Rh Sensitization
Hemolytic Disease of the Newborn Caused by Blood Group a and B Incompatibility
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Other Forms of Hemolytic Disease
Bibliography
103.3 Plethora in the Newborn Infant (Polycythemia)
Bibliography
103.4 Hemorrhage in the Newborn Infant
Hemorrhagic Disease of the Newborn
Neonatal Thrombocytopenic Purpura
Bibliography
Chapter 104: Genitourinary System
Renal Vein Thrombosis
Circumcision
Bibliography
Chapter 105: The Umbilicus
Umbilical Cord
Congenital Omphalocele
Tumors
Hemorrhage
Granuloma
Infections
Umbilical Hernia
Bibliography
Chapter 106: Metabolic Disturbances
Hyperthermia in the Newborn
Neonatal Cold Injury
Edema
Hypocalcemia (Tetany)
Metabolic Bone Disease
Hypomagnesemia
Hypermagnesemia
Substance Abuse and Neonatal Abstinence (Withdrawal)
Treatment
106.1 Maternal Selective Serotonin Reuptake Inhibitors and Neonatal Behavioral Syndromes
106.2 Fetal Alcohol Syndrome
Bibliography
Chapter 107: The Endocrine System
107.1 Infants of Diabetic Mothers
Pathophysiology
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
Prognosis
Bibliography
Bibliography
Chapter 108: Dysmorphology
Classification of Birth Defects
Malformations and/or Dysplasias
Deformations
Multiple Anomalies: Syndrome and Sequence
Disruption
Molecular Mechanisms of Malformations
Inborn Errors of Development
Sonic Hedgehog Pathway as Model
Chromosomal Imbalances
Approach to the Dysmorphic Child
History
Physical Examination
Imaging Studies
Laboratory Studies
Diagnosis
Management and Counseling
Bibliography
Chapter 109: Infections of the Neonatal Infant
109.1 Pathogenesis and Epidemiology
Bibliography
109.2 Modes of Transmission and Pathogenesis
Pathogenesis of Intrauterine Infection
Pathogenesis of Ascending Bacterial Infection
Pathogenesis of Late-Onset Postnatal Infections
Bibliography
109.3 Immunity
Immunoglobulin
Complement
Neutrophils
Neutrophil Function
Neutrophil Number
Natural Killer Cells
Cytokines/Inflammatory Mediators
Bibliography
109.4 Etiology of Fetal and Neonatal Infection
Bibliography
109.5 Epidemiology of Early- and Late-Onset Neonatal Infections
Prematurity
Bibliography
109.6 Healthcare–Associated Infections (HAI)
Bibliography
109.7 Clinical Manifestations of Transplacental Intrauterine Infections
Bacterial Sepsis
Systemic Inflammatory Response Syndrome
Fever
Rash
Omphalitis
Tetanus
Pneumonia
Bibliography
109.8 Intrapartum and Peripartum Infections
Suspected Intrauterine Infection
Bibliography
109.9 Suspected Bacterial or Fungal Infections
Pneumonia and Pneumonitis
Meningitis
Bibliography
109.10 Management
Empiric Therapy
Directed Therapy
Antimicrobial Resistance
Bacteremia
Pneumonia
Meningitis
Adjunctive Therapies
Bibliography
109.11 Complications and Prognosis
Bibliography
109.12 Prevention
Maternal Strategies
Antifungal Prophylaxis
Other Strategies for Prevention of Healthcare-Associated Infections
Antimicrobial Stewardship
Bibliography
Part XIII: Adolescent Medicine
Chapter 110: Adolescent Development
110.1 Adolescent Physical and Social Development
Physical Development
Sexual Development
Somatic Growth (See Also Fig. 13-1)
Neurologic, Cognitive, and Moral Development
Psychosocial Development
Implications for Providers and Parents
Bibliography
110.2 Sexual Identity Development
Terms and Definitions
Sex and Sexual Identity
Sex Assigned at Birth
Gender Identity, Gender Role, and Social Sex Role
Sexual Orientation and Behavior
Gender Variant and Transgender
Factors That Influence Sexual Identity Development
Gender Variance/Gender Role Nonconformity among Children and Adolescents
Prevalence
Etiology of Gender-Variant Behavior
Stigma, Stigma Management, and Advocacy
Gender-Variant and Transgender Identity Among Children and Adolescents
Prevalence
Etiology of a Gender Variant Identity
Clinical Presentation
The Diagnosis of Gender Dysphoria: Criteria and Critique
Transgender Identity Development
Interventions and Treatment
Bibliography
110.3 Gay, Lesbian, and Bisexual Adolescents
Definitions
Prevalence of Homosexuality and Bisexuality in Youth
Development of Sexual Orientation in Childhood and Adolescence
Stigma, Risk, and Resilience
Health and Mental Health
Depression and Suicidality
Sexually Transmitted Infections
Substance Abuse
Obesity and Disordered Eating
Psychosocial Problems
Recommendations for Care
Evaluation
Medical and Sexual Health
Mental Health
Bibliography
Chapter 111: The Epidemiology of Adolescent Health Problems
Access to Healthcare
Bibliography
Chapter 112: Delivery of Healthcare to Adolescents
112.1 Legal Issues
Bibliography
112.2 Screening Procedures
Interviewing the Adolescent
Psychosocial Assessment
Physical Examination
Vision Testing
Audiometry
Blood Pressure Determination
Scoliosis
Breast Examination
Scrotum Examination
Pelvic Examination
Laboratory Testing
Bibliography
112.3 Transitioning to Adult Care
Bibliography
Bibliography
Chapter 113: Violent Behavior
Epidemiology
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 114: Substance Abuse
Etiology
Epidemiology
Clinical Manifestations
Screening for Substance Abuse Disorders
Diagnosis
Complications
Treatment
Prognosis
Prevention
Bibliography
114.1 Alcohol
Pharmacology and Pathophysiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
114.2 Tobacco
Cigarettes
Pharmacology
Clinical Manifestations
Electronic Cigarettes (E-Cigarettes)
Smokeless Tobacco
Treatment
Bibliography
114.3 Marijuana
Clinical Manifestations
Synthetic Marijuana
Bibliography
114.4 Inhalants
Clinical Manifestations
Complications
Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
114.5 Hallucinogens
Lysergic Acid Diethylamide
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
Methylenedioxymethamphetamine
Clinical Manifestations
Phencyclidine
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
Bibliography
114.6 Cocaine
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
Bibliography
114.7 Amphetamines
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
Bibliography
114.8 Opiates
Clinical Manifestations
Withdrawal
Overdose Syndrome
Treatment
Bibliography
114.9 Bath Salts
Bibliography
Chapter 115: The Breast
Female Disorders
Male Disorders
Bibliography
Chapter 116: Menstrual Problems
Normal Menstruation
Menstrual Irregularities
Bibliography
116.1 Amenorrhea
History and Physical Examination
Laboratory Studies
Treatment
Bibliography
116.2 Abnormal Uterine Bleeding (AUB)
Irregular Menstrual Bleeding
Heavy and Prolonged Menstrual Bleeding
Laboratory Findings
Treatment
Bibliography
116.3 Dysmenorrhea
Bibliography
116.4 Premenstrual Syndrome and Premenstrual Dysphoric Disorder
Bibliography
Chapter 117: Contraception
Epidemiology
Sexual Activity
Contraceptive Use
Contraceptive Counseling
Bibliography
117.1 Long-Acting Reversible Contraception
Intrauterine Devices
Implants
Bibliography
Product Information
117.2 Other Progestin-Only Methods
Depo-Provera
Progestin-Only Pills
Bibliography
117.3 Combined Hormonal Contraceptives
Combined Oral Contraceptives
Transdermal Patch
Vaginal Ring
Bibliography
117.4 Emergency Contraception
Copper IUD
Ulipristal Acetate
Levonorgestrel
Bibliography
117.5 Dual Protection
Condoms
Bibliography
117.6 Other Barrier Methods
Diaphragm, Cervical Cap, and Sponge
117.7 Other Methods
Spermicides
Withdrawal
Fertility Awareness–Based Methods
Lactational Amenorrhea Method
Bibliography
Chapter 118: Adolescent Pregnancy
Epidemiology
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Pregnancy Counseling and Initial Management
Characteristics of Teen Parents
Medical Complications of Mothers and Babies
Psychosocial Outcomes/Risks for Mother and Child
Educational
Substance Use
Repeat Pregnancy
Behavioral, Educational, and Social Outcomes of Children Born to Teen Mothers
Prevention of Teen Pregnancies
Bibliography
Chapter 119: Adolescent Rape
Epidemiology
Types of Rape
Clinical Manifestations
Interview and Physical Examination
Laboratory Data
Treatment
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 120: Sexually Transmitted Infections
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Sexually Transmitted Infection Screening
Definitions, Etiology, and Clinical Manifestations
Urethritis
Epididymitis
Vaginitis
Cervicitis
Pelvic Inflammatory Disease
Genital Ulcer Syndromes
Genital Lesions and Ectoparasites
HIV Disease and Hepatitis B
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 121: Chronic Fatigue Syndrome
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Management
Prognosis
Bibliography
Part XIV: Immunology
Section 1: Evaluation of the Immune System
Chapter 122: Evaluation of Suspected Immunodeficiency
B Cells
T Cells
Natural Killer Cells
Phagocytic Cells
Complement
Bibliography
Section 2: The T-, B-, and NK-Cell Systems
Chapter 123: T Lymphocytes, B Lymphocytes, and Natural Killer Cells
Lymphopoiesis in the Fetus
Origin of the Lymphoid System
T-Cell Development and Differentiation
B-Cell Development and Differentiation
Natural Killer–Cell Development
Immune Cell Interactions
Postnatal Lymphopoiesis
T Cells and T-Cell Subsets
B Cells and Immunoglobulins
Natural Killer Cells
Lymphoid Organ Development
Inheritance of Abnormalities in T-, B-, and Natural Killer–Cell Development
Prenatal Diagnosis and Carrier Detection
Bibliography
Chapter 124: Primary Defects of Antibody Production
X-Linked Agammaglobulinemia
Genetics and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Common Variable Immunodeficiency
Genetics and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Selective IgA Deficiency
Clinical Manifestations
IgG Subclass Deficiencies
Immunoglobulin Heavy- and Light-Chain Deletions
Hyper-IgM Syndrome
X-Linked Hyper-IgM Caused By Mutations in the CD40 Ligand: Hyper-IgM Type 1
Genetics and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
X-Linked Hyper-IgM Caused By Mutations in the Gene Encoding Nuclear Factor κB Essential Modulator; XHM-ED
Autosomal Recessive Hyper-IgM Caused By Mutations in the Gene for Activation-Induced Cytidine Deaminase: Hyper-IgM Type 2
Genetics and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Autosomal Recessive Hyper-IgM Caused By Mutations in the Gene for Uracil DNA Glycosylase; Hyper-IgM Type 5
Genetics and Pathogenesis
Autosomal Recessive Hyper-IgM Caused By Mutations in CD40: Hyper-IgM Type 3
Genetics and Pathogenesis
Hyper-IgM Type 4
X-Linked Lymphoproliferative Disease
Genetics and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
CD27 Deficiency
Bibliography
124.1 Treatment of B-Cell Defects
Bibliography
Chapter 125: Primary Defects of Cellular Immunity
Thymic Hypoplasia (Digeorge Syndrome)
Genetics and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
Defective Expression of the T-Cell Receptor–CD3 Complex
T-Cell Activation Defects
CD8 Lymphocytopenia Caused by Mutations in the Gene Encoding Zeta-Associated Protein 70
T-Cell Defects Characterized By Epstein-Barr Virus Lymphoproliferation/Lymphoma
RhoH Deficiency
MST1/STK4 Deficiency
ITK Deficiency
Coronin-1a Deficiency
LCK Deficiency
Chronic Mucocutaneous Candidiasis
Autoimmune Polyendocrinopathy-Candidiasis Ectodermal Dysplasia
Bibliography
Chapter 126: Primary Combined Antibody and Cellular Immunodeficiencies
126.1 Severe Combined Immunodeficiency
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
X-Linked Severe Combined Immunodeficiency Caused by Mutations in the Gene Encoding the Common Cytokine Receptor γ Chain
Autosomal Recessive Severe Combined Immunodeficiency
Adenosine Deaminase Deficiency
Jak3 Deficiency
IL-7Rα Deficiency
RAG1 or RAG2 Deficiencies
Artemis Deficiency
CD45 Deficiency
CD3δ, CD3ε, and CD3ζ Deficiencies
Reticular Dysgenesis
126.2 Combined Immunodeficiency
Purine Nucleoside Phosphorylase Deficiency
Cartilage Hair Hypoplasia
Genetics and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Defective Expression of Major Histocompatibility Complex Antigens
Major Histocompatibility Complex Class I Antigen Deficiency
Major Histocompatibility Complex Class II Antigen Deficiency
Immunodeficiency with Thrombocytopenia and Eczema (Wiskott-Aldrich Syndrome)
Genetics and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
Ataxia-Telangiectasia
Genetics and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
126.3 Defects of Innate Immunity
Interferon-γ Receptors 1 and 2, IL-12 Receptor β1, and IL-12P40 Mutations
Germline STAT-1 Mutation
IL-1R–Associated Kinase 4 Deficiency and Myeloid Differentiation Factor 88
Natural Killer Cell Deficiency
Hyper-IgE Syndromes
Autosomal Dominant Hyper-IgE Syndrome
Genetics and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Autosomal Recessive Hyper-IgE Syndrome
Genetics and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
126.4 Treatment of Cellular or Combined Immunodeficiency
126.5 Immune Dysregulation with Autoimmunity or Lymphoproliferation
Autoimmune Lymphoproliferative Syndrome
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Immune-Dysregulation, Polyendocrinopathy, Enteropathy, X-Linked Syndrome
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
Bibliography
Section 3: The Phagocytic System
Chapter 127: Neutrophils
The Phagocytic Inflammatory Response
Hematopoiesis
Neutrophil Maturation and Kinetics
Neutrophil Function
Bibliography
Chapter 128: Monocytes, Macrophages, and Dendritic Cells
Development
Activation
Functional Activities
Dendritic Cells
Abnormalities of Monocyte-Macrophage or Dendritic Cell Function
Bibliography
Chapter 129: Eosinophils
Diseases Associated with Eosinophilia
Allergic Diseases
Infectious Diseases
Hypereosinophilic Syndrome
Miscellaneous Diseases
Bibliography
Chapter 130: Disorders of Phagocyte Function
Leukocyte Adhesion Deficiency
Genetics and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Treatment
Prognosis
Chédiak-Higashi Syndrome
Genetics and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Treatment
Myeloperoxidase Deficiency
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Treatment
Chronic Granulomatous Disease
Genetics and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Treatment
Genetic Counseling
Prognosis
Bibliography
Chapter 131: Leukopenia
Neutropenia
Clinical Manifestations of Neutropenia
Laboratory Findings
Acquired Neutropenia
Infection-Related Neutropenia.
Drug-Induced Neutropenia.
Nutrition-Related Neutropenia.
Immune-Mediated Neutropenia.
Neutropenia Secondary to Bone Marrow Replacement.
Neutropenia Secondary to Reticuloendothelial Sequestration.
Inherited Neutropenia
Primary Disorders of Granulocytopoiesis.
Disorders of Molecular Processing.
Vesicular Trafficking Disorders.
Disorders of Metabolism.
Neutropenia in Disorders of Immune Dysfunction.
Unclassified Neutropenic Disorders.
Treatment
Lymphopenia
Acquired Lymphopenia
Inherited Lymphopenia
Bibliography
Chapter 132: Leukocytosis
Neutrophilia
Acute Acquired Neutrophilia
Chronic Acquired Neutrophilia
Lifelong Neutrophilia
Monocytosis
Lymphocytosis
Basophilia
Bibliography
Section 4: The Complement System
Chapter 133: The Complement System
Classical and Lectin Pathways
Alternative Pathway
Membrane Attack Complex
Control Mechanisms
Participation in Host Defense
Bibliography
Chapter 134: Disorders of the Complement System
134.1 Evaluation of the Complement System
Bibliography
134.2 Genetic Deficiencies of Complement Components
Bibliography
134.3 Deficiencies of Plasma, Membrane, or Serosal Complement Control Proteins
Bibliography
134.4 Secondary Disorders of Complement
Bibliography
134.5 Treatment of Complement Disorders
Bibliography
Section 5: Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation
Chapter 135: Principles and Clinical Indications of Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation
Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation From an HLA-Identical Sibling Donor
Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia
Acute Myeloid Leukemia
Chronic Myelogenous Leukemia
Juvenile Myelomonocytic Leukemia
Myelodysplastic Syndromes Other Than Juvenile Myelomonocytic Leukemia
Non-Hodgkin Lymphoma and Hodgkin Disease
Acquired Aplastic Anemia
Constitutional Aplastic Anemia
Thalassemia
Sickle Cell Disease
Immunodeficiency Disorders
Bibliography
Chapter 136: Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation from Alternative Sources and Donors
Unrelated Donor Transplants
Umbilical Cord Blood Transplants
Haploidentical Transplants
Donor Versus Recipient Natural Killer–Cell Alloreactivity
Autologous Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation
Bibliography
Chapter 137: Graft-Versus-Host Disease, Rejection, and Venoocclusive Disease
Acute Graft-Versus-Host Disease
Chronic Graft-Versus-Host Disease
Venoocclusive Disease
Bibliography
Chapter 138: Infectious Complications of Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation
Chapter 139: Late Effects of Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation
Bibliography
Part XV: Allergic Disorders
Chapter 140: Allergy and the Immunologic Basis of Atopic Disease
Key Elements of Allergic Diseases
Allergens
T Cells
Antigen-Presenting Cells
Immunoglobulin E and its Receptors
Eosinophils
Mast Cells
Mechanisms of Allergic Tissue Inflammation
Genetic Basis of Atopy
Bibliography
Chapter 141: Diagnosis of Allergic Disease
Allergy History
Physical Examination
Diagnostic Testing
In Vitro Tests
In Vivo Tests
Bibliography
Chapter 142: Principles of Treatment of Allergic Disease
Environmental Control Measures
Pharmacologic Therapy
Adrenergic Agents
Anticholinergic Agents
Antihistamines
Chromones
Glucocorticoids
Leukotriene-Modifying Agents
Theophylline
Lodoxamide Tromethamine
Combination Mast Cell Stabilizer and Antihistamine
Antiimmunoglobulin E
Nasal Saline Irrigation
New Therapies
Allergen Immunotherapy
Indications and Contraindications
Allergen Extracts
Allergen Extract Administration
Efficacy
Bibliography
Chapter 143: Allergic Rhinitis
Etiology and Classification
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Differential Diagnosis
Complications
Laboratory Findings
Treatment
Prognosis
Bibliography
Chapter 144: Childhood Asthma
Etiology
Genetics
Environment
Epidemiology
Types of Childhood Asthma
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations and Diagnosis
Differential Diagnosis
Laboratory Findings
Pulmonary Function Testing
Radiology
Treatment
Component 1: Regular Assessment and Monitoring
Component 2: Patient Education
Adherence
Component 3: Control of Factors Contributing to Asthma Severity
Eliminating and Reducing Problematic Environmental Exposures
Treating Comorbid Conditions
Component 4: Principles of Asthma Pharmacotherapy
“Step-Up, Step-Down” Approach
Referral to Asthma Specialist
Long-Term Controller Medications
Inhaled Corticosteroids
Systemic Corticosteroids
Long-Acting Inhaled β-Agonists
Leukotriene-Modifying Agents
Nonsteroidal Antiinflammatory Agents
Theophylline
Anti–Immunoglobulin E (Omalizumab)
Quick-Reliever Medications
Short-Acting Inhaled β-Agonists
Anticholinergic Agents
Delivery Devices and Inhalation Technique
Asthma Exacerbations and Their Management
Home Management of Asthma Exacerbations
Emergency Department Management of Asthma Exacerbations
Hospital Management of Asthma Exacerbations
Special Management Circumstances
Management of Infants and Young Children.
Asthma Management in Pregnancy.
Asthma Management During Surgery.
Prognosis
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 145: Atopic Dermatitis (Atopic Eczema)
Etiology
Pathology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Diagnosis and Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Cutaneous Hydration
Topical Corticosteroids
Topical Calcineurin Inhibitors
Tar Preparations
Antihistamines
Systemic Corticosteroids
Cyclosporine
Antimetabolites
Phototherapy
Unproven Therapies
Interferon-γ
Omalizumab
Allergen Immunotherapy
Probiotics
Chinese Herbal Medications
Vitamin D
Avoiding Triggers
Irritants
Foods
Aeroallergens
Infections
Complications
Prognosis
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 146: Insect Allergy
Etiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Venom Immunotherapy
Inhalant Allergy
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 147: Ocular Allergies
Clinical Manifestations
Allergic Conjunctivitis
Vernal Keratoconjunctivitis
Atopic Keratoconjunctivitis
Giant Papillary Conjunctivitis
Contact Allergy
Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 148: Urticaria (Hives) and Angioedema
Etiology and Pathogenesis
Physical Urticaria
Cold-Dependent Disorders
Cholinergic Urticaria
Dermatographism
Pressure-Induced Urticaria and Angioedema
Solar Urticaria
Aquagenic Urticaria
Chronic Idiopathic Urticaria and Angioedema
Diagnosis
Treatment
Hereditary Angioedema
Bibliography
Chapter 149: Anaphylaxis
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations and Diagnosis
Laboratory Findings
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 150: Serum Sickness
Etiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Differential Diagnosis
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 151: Food Allergy and Adverse Reactions to Foods
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Gastrointestinal Manifestations
Skin Manifestations
Respiratory Manifestations
Anaphylaxis
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 152: Adverse Reactions to Drugs
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis and Clinical Manifestations
Drug Metabolism and Adverse Reactions
Risk Factors for Hypersensitivity Reactions
Diagnosis
Treatment
β-Lactam Hypersensitivity
Sulfonamides
Stevens-Johnson Syndrome and Toxic Epidermal Necrolysis
Hypersensitivity to Antiretroviral Agents
Chemotherapeutic Agents
Biologics
Vaccines
Perioperative Agents
Local Anesthetics
Insulin
Drug-Induced Hypersensitivity Syndrome
Red Man Syndrome
Radiocontrast Media
Narcotic Analgesics
Aspirin and Nonsteroidal Antiinflammatory Drugs
Bibliography
Part XVI: Rheumatic Diseases of Childhood
Chapter 153: Evaluation of Suspected Rheumatic Disease
Symptoms Suggestive of Rheumatic Disease
Signs Suggestive of Rheumatic Disease
Laboratory Testing
Imaging Studies
Bibliography
Chapter 154: Treatment of Rheumatic Diseases
Pediatric Rheumatology Teams and Primary Care Physicians
Therapeutics
Nonsteroidal Antiinflammatory Drugs
Nonbiologic Disease-Modifying Antirheumatic Drugs
Methotrexate
Hydroxychloroquine
Leflunomide
Sulfasalazine
Mycophenolate Mofetil
Glucocorticoids
Biologic Agents
Tumor Necrosis Factor-α Antagonists
Modulator of T-Cell Activation
B-Cell Depletion
Interleukin-1 Antagonists
Interleukin-6 Receptor Antagonist
Intravenous Immunoglobulin
Cytotoxics
Cyclophosphamide
Other Drugs
Bibliography
Chapter 155: Juvenile Idiopathic Arthritis
Epidemiology
Etiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Differential Diagnosis
Laboratory Findings
Treatment
Prognosis
Bibliography
Chapter 156: Ankylosing Spondylitis and Other Spondyloarthritides
Epidemiology
Etiology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations and Diagnosis
Enthesitis-Related Arthritis
Psoriatic Arthritis
Juvenile Ankylosing Spondylitis
Arthritis with Inflammatory Bowel Disease
Laboratory Findings
Imaging
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Bibliography
Chapter 157: Reactive and Postinfectious Arthritis
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations and Differential Diagnosis
Diagnosis
Treatment
Complications and Prognosis
Bibliography
Chapter 158: Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Differential Diagnosis
Laboratory Findings
Treatment
Complications
Prognosis
Bibliography
158.1 Neonatal Lupus
Bibliography
Chapter 159: Juvenile Dermatomyositis
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Laboratory Findings
Treatment
Complications
Prognosis
Bibliography
Chapter 160: Scleroderma and Raynaud Phenomenon
Etiology and Pathogenesis
Classification
Epidemiology
Clinical Manifestations
Localized Scleroderma
Systemic Scleroderma
Raynaud Phenomenon
Diagnosis
Differential Diagnosis
Laboratory Findings
Treatment
Prognosis
Bibliography
Chapter 161: Behçet Disease
Epidemiology
Etiology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations and Diagnosis
Diagnosis
Treatment and Prognosis
Bibliography
Chapter 162: Sjögren Syndrome
Epidemiology
Etiology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Complications and Prognosis
Bibliography
Chapter 163: Hereditary Periodic Fever Syndromes and Other Systemic Autoinflammatory Diseases
Familial Mediterranean Fever
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Complications and Prognosis
Hyperimmunoglobulinemia D with Periodic Fever Syndrome
The Tumor Necrosis Factor Receptor-Associated Periodic Syndrome
Cryopyrin-Associated Periodic Fever Syndromes
Other Mendelian Autoinflammatory Diseases
The Syndrome of Pyogenic Arthritis with Pyoderma Gangrenosum and Acne
Deficiency of the Interleukin-1 Receptor Antagonist
Blau Syndrome
Chronic Atypical Neutrophilic Dermatosis with Lipodystrophy and Elevated Temperature
Autoinflammation with Phospholipase Cγ2-Associated Antibody Deficiency and Immune Dysregulation
Deficiency of Adenosine Deaminase 2
Genetically Complex Autoinflammatory Diseases
Periodic Fever, Aphthous Stomatitis, Pharyngitis, and Adenitis
Chronic Recurrent Multifocal Osteomyelitis
Bibliography
Chapter 164: Amyloidosis
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Laboratory Findings
Treatment
Complications and Prognosis
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 165: Sarcoidosis
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Diagnosis
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Bibliography
Chapter 166: Kawasaki Disease
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathology
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory and Radiology Findings
Diagnosis
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Complications
Prognosis
Bibliography
Chapter 167: Vasculitis Syndromes
167.1 Henoch-Schönlein Purpura
Epidemiology
Pathology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Laboratory Findings
Treatment
Complications
Prognosis
Bibliography
167.2 Takayasu Arteritis
Epidemiology
Pathology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Differential Diagnosis
Laboratory Findings
Treatment
Complications
Prognosis
Bibliography
167.3 Polyarteritis Nodosa and Cutaneous Polyarteritis Nodosa
Epidemiology
Pathology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Differential Diagnosis
Laboratory Findings
Treatment
Complications
Prognosis
Bibliography
167.4 Antineutrophilic Cytoplasmic Antibody–Associated Vasculitis
Epidemiology
Pathology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Differential Diagnosis
Laboratory Findings
Treatment
Complications
Prognosis
Bibliography
167.5 Other Vasculitis Syndromes
Bibliography
Bibliography
Chapter 168: Musculoskeletal Pain Syndromes
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis and Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Complications and Prognosis
168.1 Growing Pains
168.2 Small Fiber Polyneuropathy
Bibliography
168.3 Fibromyalgia
Bibliography
168.4 Complex Regional Pain Syndrome
Bibliography
168.5 Erythromelalgia
Bibliography
Chapter 169: Miscellaneous Conditions Associated with Arthritis
Relapsing Polychondritis
Mucha-Habermann Disease/Pityriasis Lichenoides Et Varioliformis Acuta
Sweet Syndrome
Hypertrophic Osteoarthropathy
Plant Thorn Synovitis
Pigmented Villonodular Synovitis
Bibliography
Part XVII: Infectious Diseases
Section 1: General Considerations
Chapter 170: Diagnostic Microbiology
Specimen Collection
Laboratory Diagnosis of Bacterial and Fungal Infections
Microscopy
Isolation and Identification
Blood Culture
Cerebrospinal Fluid Culture
Urine Culture
Genital Culture
Throat and Respiratory Culture
Detection of Enteric Pathogens
Culture of Other Fluids and Tissues
Screening Cultures
Antimicrobial Susceptibility Testing
Fungal Cultures
Point-of-Care Diagnostics
Laboratory Detection of Parasitic Infections
Serologic Diagnosis
Laboratory Diagnosis of Viral Infections
Specimens
Antigen Detection Tests
Viral Culture
Molecular Diagnostics
Bibliography
Chapter 171: The Microbiome and Pediatric Health
Measuring the Microbiome
Early-Childhood Development of the Microbiome
The Microbiome and Physiologic Development
Microbiome and Metabolism
Microbiome, Inflammation, and Immunity
Microbiome-Neurobiologic Connections
Contributions of Microbiome to Disease
Microbiome of Premature Birth
Changes in the Microbiome with Necrotizing Enterocolitis
Microbiome and Allergic Disorders
Airway Microbiome of Cystic Fibrosis
Microbiome During Antibiotic-Associated Diarrhea and Clostridium difficile Colitis
Microbiome and Association with Inflammatory Bowel Disease
Microbiome of Obesity
Microbiome During Malnutrition
Therapeutic Manipulation of the Microbiome
Prebiotics
Probiotics
Bibliography
Section 2: Preventive Measures
Chapter 172: Immunization Practices
Passive Immunity
Intramuscular Immunoglobulin
Intravenous Immunoglobulin
Subcutaneous Immunoglobulin
Hyperimmune Animal Antisera Preparations
Monoclonal Antibodies
Active Immunization
Vaccination System in the United States
Vaccine Development
Vaccine Production
Vaccine Policy
Vaccine Financing
Vaccine Safety Monitoring
Vaccine Delivery
Recommended Immunization Schedule
Vaccines Recommended in Special Circumstances
Precautions and Contraindications
Improving Immunization Coverage
Bibliography
172.1 International Immunization Practices
Bibliography
Chapter 173: Infection Prevention and Control
Hand Hygiene
Standard Precautions
Isolation
Additional Measures
Surgical Prophylaxis
Employee Health
Bibliography
Chapter 174: Childcare and Communicable Diseases
Epidemiology
Respiratory Tract Infections
Gastrointestinal Tract Infections
Skin Diseases
Invasive Organisms
Herpesviruses
Blood-borne Pathogens
Antibiotic Use and Bacterial Resistance
Prevention
Standards
Bibliography
Chapter 175: Health Advice for Children Traveling Internationally
The Pediatric Travel Medicine Consultation
Pediatric Travelers Visiting Friends and Relatives
Safety and Preventive Counseling Topics
Health and Evacuation Insurance, Underlying Health Conditions, and Medications
Safety and Injury Prevention
Animal Contact
Routine Childhood Vaccinations Required for Pediatric Travel
Diphtheria-Tetanus-Pertussis
Haemophilus influenzae Type B
Hepatitis A
Hepatitis B
Influenza and Avian Influenza
Measles-Mumps-Rubella
Pneumococcal Vaccines
Polio Vaccine
Varicella
Specialized Pediatric Travel Vaccinations
Cholera
Hepatitis A Vaccination and Preexposure Immunoglobulin
Japanese Encephalitis
Meningococcal Vaccines
Rabies
Tuberculosis
Typhoid
Yellow Fever
Traveler’s Diarrhea
Guidance on Prevention of Traveler’s Diarrhea
Management of Traveler’s Diarrhea
Presumptive Antibiotic Treatment
Insect-Borne Infections
Malaria Chemoprophylaxis
The Returning Traveler
Bibliography
Chapter 176: Fever
Definition
Pathogenesis
Etiology
Clinical Features
Evaluation
Management
Bibliography
Chapter 177: Fever Without a Focus
Fever Without Localizing Signs
Neonates
1 to 3 Months of Age
3 to 36 Months of Age
Fever of Unknown Origin
Etiology
Diagnosis
History
Physical Examination
Laboratory Evaluation
Management
Prognosis
Bibliography
Chapter 178: Infections in Immunocompromised Persons
178.1 Infections Occurring with Primary Immunodeficiencies
Abnormalities of the Phagocytic System
Defective Splenic Function, Opsonization, or Complement Activity
B-Cell Defects (Humoral Immunodeficiencies)
T-Cell Defects (Cell-Mediated Immunodeficiencies)
Combined B-Cell and T-Cell Defects
Bibliography
178.2 Infections Occurring with Acquired Immunodeficiencies
Acquired Immunodeficiency From Infectious Agents
Malignancies
Fever and Neutropenia
Transplantation
Stem Cell Transplantation
Pretransplantation Period
Preengraftment Period
Postengraftment Period
Late Posttransplantation Period
Solid-Organ Transplantation
Timing
Bacterial and Fungal Infections
Viral Infections
Opportunistic Pathogens
Bibliography
178.3 Prevention of Infection in Immunocompromised Persons
Bibliography
Chapter 179: Infection Associated with Medical Devices
Intravascular Access Devices
Catheter Types
Catheter-Associated Skin and Soft Tissue Infection
Catheter-Related Bloodstream Infection
Prevention of Infection
Cerebrospinal Fluid Shunts
Prevention of Infection
Urethral Catheters
Prevention of Infection
Peritoneal Dialysis Catheters
Prevention of Infection
Orthopedic Prostheses
Bibliography
Section 3: Antibiotic Therapy
Chapter 180: Principles of Antibacterial Therapy
Age- and Risk-Specific Use of Antibiotics in Children
Neonates
Older Children
Immunocompromised and Hospitalized Patients
Infections Associated with Medical Devices
Antibiotics Commonly Used in Pediatric Practice
Penicillins
Cephalosporins
Carbapenems
Glycopeptides
Aminoglycosides
Tetracyclines
Sulfonamides
Macrolides
Lincosamides
Quinolones
Streptogramins and Oxazolidinones
Daptomycin
Miscellaneous Agents
Bibliography
Section 4: Gram-Positive Bacterial Infections
Chapter 181: Staphylococcus
181.1 Staphylococcus aureus
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Newborn
Skin
Respiratory Tract
Sepsis
Muscle
Bones and Joints
Central Nervous System
Heart
Kidney
Toxic Shock Syndrome
Intestinal Tract
Diagnosis
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Prevention
Bibliography
181.2 Toxic Shock Syndrome
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Prevention
Bibliography
181.3 Coagulase-Negative Staphylococci
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Bacteremia
Endocarditis
Central Venous Catheter Infection
Cerebrospinal Fluid Shunts
Urinary Tract Infection
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 182: Streptococcus pneumoniae (Pneumococcus)
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 183: Group A Streptococcus
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Respiratory Tract Infections
Scarlet Fever
Impetigo
Erysipelas
Perianal Dermatitis
Vaginitis
Severe Invasive Disease
Diagnosis
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Complications
Poststreptococcal Reactive Arthritis
Pediatric Autoimmune Neuropsychiatric Disorders Associated with Streptococcus pyogenes
Prognosis
Prevention
Bibliography
183.1 Rheumatic Fever
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations and Diagnosis
The 5 Major Criteria
Migratory Polyarthritis
Carditis
Chorea
Erythema Marginatum
Subcutaneous Nodules
Minor Criteria
Recent Group A Streptococcus Infection
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Antibiotic Therapy
Antiinflammatory Therapy
Sydenham Chorea
Complications
Prognosis
Prevention
Primary Prevention
Secondary Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 184: Group B Streptococcus
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Laboratory Findings
Treatment
Prognosis
Prevention
Chemoprophylaxis
Maternal Immunization
Bibliography
Chapter 185: Non–Group A or B Streptococci
Bibliography
Chapter 186: Enterococcus
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Antimicrobial Resistance
Clinical Manifestations
Neonatal Infections
Infections in Older Children
Treatment
Treatment of Vancomycin-Resistant Enterococci
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 187: Diphtheria (Corynebacterium diphtheriae)
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Respiratory Tract Diphtheria
Cutaneous Diphtheria
Infection at Other Sites
Diagnosis
Complications
Toxic Cardiomyopathy
Toxic Neuropathy
Treatment
Supportive Care
Prognosis
Prevention
Asymptomatic Case Contacts
Asymptomatic Carriers
Vaccine
Bibliography
Chapter 188: Listeria monocytogenes
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Listeriosis in Pregnancy
Neonatal Listeriosis
Postneonatal Infections
Diagnosis
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 189: Actinomyces
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Cervicofacial Actinomycosis
Abdominal and Pelvic Actinomycosis
Pulmonary Actinomycosis
Other Forms
Diagnosis and Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Bibliography
Chapter 190: Nocardia
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Bibliography
Section 5: Gram-Negative Bacterial Infections
Chapter 191: Neisseria meningitidis (Meningococcus)
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis and Pathophysiology
Immunity
Host Factors
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Antibiotics
Supportive Care
Complications
Prognosis
Prevention
Secondary Prevention
Vaccination
Bibliography
Chapter 192: Neisseria gonorrhoeae (Gonococcus)
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis and Pathology
Clinical Manifestations
Asymptomatic Gonorrhea
Uncomplicated Gonorrhea
Disseminated Gonococcal Infection
Diagnosis
Treatment
Adolescent and Adult Infections
Infant and Pediatric Infections
Pelvic Inflammatory Disease
Complications
Prognosis
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 193: Kingella kingae
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Disease
Septic Arthritis
Osteomyelitis
Spondylodiscitis
Occult Bacteremia
Endocarditis
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 194: Haemophilus influenzae
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Antibiotic Resistance
Immunity
Diagnosis
Clinical Manifestations and Treatment
Meningitis
Cellulitis
Preseptal Cellulitis
Orbital Cellulitis
Supraglottitis or Acute Epiglottitis
Pneumonia
Suppurative Arthritis
Pericarditis
Bacteremia Without an Associated Focus
Miscellaneous Infections
Invasive Disease in Neonates
Otitis Media
Conjunctivitis
Sinusitis
Prevention
Vaccine
Prophylaxis
Bibliography
Chapter 195: Chancroid (Haemophilus ducreyi)
Etiology and Epidemiology
Clinical Manifestations.
Diagnosis
Treatment
Complications
Bibliography
Chapter 196: Moraxella catarrhalis
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis of Infection
Clinical Manifestations
Acute Otitis Media
Recurrent Otitis Media and Otitis Media with Effusion
Sinusitis
Bacteremia
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 197: Pertussis (Bordetella pertussis and Bordetella parapertussis)
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Antibiotics
Adjunct Therapies
Isolation
Care of Household and Other Close Contacts
Complications
Prevention
DTaP Vaccines
Tdap Vaccines
Bibliography
Chapter 198: Salmonella
198.1 Nontyphoidal Salmonellosis
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Acute Enteritis
Bacteremia
Extraintestinal Focal Infections
Complications
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Prevention
Bibliography
198.2 Enteric Fever (Typhoid Fever)
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Features
Complications
Diagnosis
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 199: Shigella
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Immunity
Clinical Manifestations and Complications
Differential Diagnosis
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 200: Escherichia coli
Enterotoxigenic Escherichia Coli
Enteroinvasive Escherichia Coli
Enteropathogenic Escherichia Coli
Shiga Toxin–Producing Escherichia Coli
Enteroaggregative Escherichia Coli
Diffusely Adherent Escherichia Coli
Enteroaggregative Hemorrhagic Escherichia Coli
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prevention of Illness
Bibliography
Chapter 201: Cholera
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Diagnosis and Differential Diagnosis
Complications
Treatment
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 202: Campylobacter
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Acute Gastroenteritis
Bacteremia
Focal Extraintestinal Infections
Perinatal Infections
Diagnosis
Complications
Reactive Arthritis
Guillain-Barré Syndrome
Other Complications
Treatment
Prognosis
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 203: Yersinia
203.1 Yersinia enterocolitica
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Complications
Prevention
Bibliography
203.2 Yersinia pseudotuberculosis
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Complications
Prevention
Bibliography
203.3 Plague (Yersinia pestis)
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 204: Aeromonas and Plesiomonas
204.1 Aeromonas
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Enteritis
Skin and Soft-Tissue Infections
Septicemia
Other Infections
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prevention
Bibliography
204.2 Plesiomonas shigelloides
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 205: Pseudomonas, Burkholderia, and Stenotrophomonas
205.1 Pseudomonas aeruginosa
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Burns and Wound Infection
Cystic Fibrosis
Immunocompromised Persons
Nosocomial Pneumonia
Infants
Diagnosis
Treatment
Supportive Care
Prognosis
Prevention
Bibliography
205.2 Burkholderia cepacia Complex
Burkholderia Mallei (Glanders)
Burkholderia Pseudomallei (Melioidosis)
Bibliography
Burkholderia cepacia Complex
Burkholderia mallei
Burkholderia pseudomallei
205.3 Stenotrophomonas
Bibliography
Chapter 206: Tularemia (Francisella tularensis)
Etiology
Epidemiology
Transmission
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 207: Brucella
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 208: Legionella
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Bibliography
Chapter 209: Bartonella
209.1 Cat-Scratch Disease (Bartonella henselae)
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Differential Diagnosis
Laboratory Findings
Treatment
Complications
Prognosis
Prevention
Bibliography
209.2 Bartonellosis (Bartonella bacilliformis)
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prevention
Bibliography
209.3 Trench Fever (Bartonella quintana)
Etiology
Epidemiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
209.4 Bacillary Angiomatosis and Bacillary Peliosis Hepatis (Bartonella henselae and Bartonella quintana)
Bacillary Angiomatosis
Bacillary Peliosis
Bacteremia and Endocarditis
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prevention
Bibliography
Bibliography
Section 6: Anaerobic Bacterial Infections
Chapter 210: Botulism (Clostridium botulinum)
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Supportive Care
Complications
Prognosis
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 211: Tetanus (Clostridium tetani)
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Supportive Care
Complications
Prognosis
Prevention
Wound Management
Bibliography
Chapter 212: Clostridium difficile Infection
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 213: Other Anaerobic Infections
Clinical Manifestations
Bacteremia
Central Nervous System
Upper Respiratory Tract
Lower Respiratory Tract
Intraabdominal Infection
Genital Tract
Skin and Soft Tissue
Other Sites
Diagnosis
Treatment
Common Anaerobic Pathogens
Clostridium
Myonecrosis (Gas Gangrene)
Food Poisoning
Bacteroides and Prevotella
Fusobacterium
Veillonella
Anaerobic Cocci
Bibliography
Section 7: Mycobacterial Infections
Chapter 214: Principles of Antimycobacterial Therapy
Agents Used Against Mycobacterium Tuberculosis
Commonly Used Agents
Isoniazid
Rifamycins
Pyrazinamide
Ethambutol
Less Commonly Used Agents
Aminoglycosides
Cycloserine
Ethionamide
Fluoroquinolones
Linezolid
Paraaminosalicylic Acid
Bedaquiline Fumarate
Agents Used Against Mycobacterium Leprae
Dapsone
Clofazimine
Agents Used Against Nontuberculous Mycobacteria
Cefoxitin
Doxycycline
Macrolides
Trimethoprim-Sulfamethoxazole
Bibliography
Chapter 215: Tuberculosis (Mycobacterium tuberculosis)
Etiology
Terminology: Exposure, Infection, Disease
Epidemiology
Transmission
Pathogenesis
Immunity
Clinical Manifestations
Primary Pulmonary Disease
Progressive Primary Pulmonary Disease
Reactivation Tuberculosis
Pleural Effusion
Pericardial Disease
Lymphohematogenous (Disseminated) Disease
Upper Respiratory Tract Disease
Lymph Node Disease
Central Nervous System Disease
Cutaneous Disease
Bone and Joint Disease
Abdominal and Gastrointestinal Disease
Genitourinary Disease
Pregnancy and the Newborn
Perinatal Disease
Disease in HIV-Infected Children
Diagnostic Tools
Tuberculin Skin Testing
Interferon-γ Release Assays
Mycobacterial Sampling, Susceptibility and Culture
Nucleic Acid Amplification
Treatment
Drug-Resistant Tuberculosis
Corticosteroids
Supportive Care
Latent Mycobacterium tuberculosis Infection
Prevention
Bacille Calmette-Guérin Vaccination
Prevention of Perinatal Tuberculosis
Bibliography
Chapter 216: Hansen Disease (Mycobacterium leprae)
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Skin Involvement
Nerve Involvement
Other Involvement
Diagnosis
Treatment
Long-Term Complications
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 217: Nontuberculous Mycobacteria
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
Section 8: Spirochetal Infections
Chapter 218: Syphilis (Treponema pallidum)
Etiology
Epidemiology
Clinical Manifestations and Laboratory Findings
Congenital Infection
Diagnosis
Congenital Syphilis
Treatment
Acquired Syphilis
Syphilis in Pregnancy
Congenital Syphilis
Prevention
Congenital Syphilis
Bibliography
Chapter 219: Nonvenereal Treponemal Infections
219.1 Yaws (Treponema pertenue)
219.2 Bejel (Endemic Syphilis; Treponema pallidum endemicum)
219.3 Pinta (Treponema carateum)
Bibliography
Bibliography
Chapter 220: Leptospira
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Anicteric Leptospirosis
Icteric Leptospirosis (Weil Syndrome)
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 221: Relapsing Fever (Borrelia)
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 222: Lyme Disease (Borrelia burgdorferi)
Etiology
Epidemiology
Transmission
Pathology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Early Localized Disease
Early Disseminated Disease
Late Disease
Congenital Lyme Disease
Laboratory Findings
Diagnosis
Serology
Treatment
Prognosis
Prevention
Bibliography
Section 9: Mycoplasmal Infections
Chapter 223: Mycoplasma pneumoniae
The Organism
Epidemiology
Pathology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Respiratory Tract Disease
Extrapulmonary Disease
Diagnosis
Treatment
Antimicrobial Therapy
Adjunctive Therapy
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 224: Genital Mycoplasmas (Mycoplasma Hominis, Mycoplasma Genitalium, and Ureaplasma Urealyticum)
Etiology
Epidemiology
Transmission
Pathology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Intrauterine and Neonatal Infections
Genitourinary Infections
Nongenital Infections
Diagnosis
Genital Tract Infection
Neonates
Treatment
Adolescents and Adults
Neonates
Bibliography
Section 10: Chlamydial Infections
Chapter 225: Chlamydia (Chlamydophila) pneumoniae
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Bibliography
Chapter 226: Chlamydia trachomatis
226.1 Trachoma
Bibliography
226.2 Genital Tract Infections
Epidemiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Complications
Prevention
Bibliography
226.3 Conjunctivitis and Pneumonia in Newborns
Epidemiology
Inclusion Conjunctivitis
Pneumonia
Infections at Other Sites
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prevention
Bibliography
226.4 Lymphogranuloma Venereum
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 227: Psittacosis (Chlamydia psittaci)
Etiology
Epidemiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Prevention
Bibliography
Section 11: Rickettsial Infections
Chapter 228: Spotted Fever Group Rickettsioses
228.1 Rocky Mountain Spotted Fever (Rickettsia rickettsii)
Etiology
Epidemiology
Transmission
Pathology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Other
Laboratory Findings
Diagnosis
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Supportive Care
Complications
Prognosis
Prevention
228.2 Mediterranean Spotted Fever or Boutonneuse Fever (Rickettsia conorii)
Etiology
Epidemiology
Transmission
Pathology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations and Laboratory Findings
Diagnosis
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment and Supportive Care
Complications
Prevention
228.3 Rickettsialpox (Rickettsia akari)
Bibliography
Chapter 229: Scrub Typhus (Orientia tsutsugamushi)
Etiology
Epidemiology
Transmission
Pathology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations and Laboratory Findings
Diagnosis and Differential Diagnosis
Treatment and Supportive Care
Complications
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 230: Typhus Group Rickettsioses
230.1 Murine (Endemic or Flea-Borne) Typhus (Rickettsia typhi)
Etiology
Epidemiology
Transmission
Pathology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Diagnosis and Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Supportive Care
Complications
Prevention
230.2 Epidemic (Louse-Borne) Typhus (Rickettsia prowazekii)
Etiology
Epidemiology
Transmission
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 231: Ehrlichiosis and Anaplasmosis
Etiology
Epidemiology
Transmission
Pathology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Diagnosis
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Complications and Prognosis
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 232: Q Fever (Coxiella burnetii)
Etiology
Epidemiology
Transmission
Pathology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations and Complications
Acute Q Fever
Chronic Q Fever
Laboratory Findings
Diagnosis and Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Prevention
Bibliography
Section 12: Fungal Infections
Chapter 233: Principles of Antifungal Therapy
Polyenes
Amphotericin B
Pyrimidine Analogs
5-Fluorocytosine
Azoles
Fluconazole
Itraconazole
Voriconazole
Posaconazole
Echinocandins
Caspofungin
Micafungin
Anidulafungin
Bibliography
Chapter 234: Candida
234.1 Neonatal Infections
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Prophylaxis
Treatment
Prognosis
Bibliography
234.2 Infections in Immunocompetent Children and Adolescents
Oral Candidiasis
Diaper Dermatitis
Ungual and Periungual Infections
Vulvovaginitis
Bibliography
234.3 Infections in Immunocompromised Children and Adolescents
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
HIV-Infected Children
Cancer and Transplant Patients
Catheter-Associated Infections
Diagnosis
Treatment
Primary Immune Defects
Bibliography
Chapter 235: Cryptococcus neoformans
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Pneumonia
Disseminated Infection
Meningitis
Sepsis Syndrome
Cutaneous Infection
Skeletal Infection
Ocular Infection
Lymph Nodes
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 236: Malassezia
Bibliography
Chapter 237: Aspergillus
237.1 Allergic Disease (Hypersensitivity Syndromes)
Asthma
Extrinsic Alveolar Alveolitis
Allergic Bronchopulmonary Aspergillosis
Allergic Aspergillus Sinusitis
Bibliography
237.2 Saprophytic (Noninvasive) Syndromes
Pulmonary Aspergilloma
Chronic Pulmonary Aspergillosis
Sinusitis
Otomycosis
Bibliography
237.3 Invasive Disease
Invasive Pulmonary Aspergillosis
Diagnosis
Treatment
Special Populations
Cutaneous Aspergillosis
Invasive Sinonasal Disease
Central Nervous System
Eye
Bone
Heart
Empirical Antifungal Therapy
Bibliography
Chapter 238: Histoplasmosis (Histoplasma capsulatum)
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 239: Blastomycosis (Blastomyces dermatitidis)
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 240: Coccidioidomycosis (Coccidioides Species)
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Primary Coccidioidomycosis
Complicated Pulmonary Infection
Residual Pulmonary Coccidioidomycosis
Disseminated (Extrapulmonary) Infection
Diagnosis
Culture, Histopathologic Findings, and Antigen Detection
Serology
Imaging Procedures
Treatment
Primary Pulmonary Infection
Diffuse Pneumonia
Disseminated (Extrapulmonary) Infection
Meningitis
Surgical Management
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 241: Paracoccidioides brasiliensis
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 242: Sporotrichosis (Sporothrix schenckii)
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 243: Zygomycosis (Mucormycosis)
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 244: Pneumocystis jiroveci
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Pathology
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Diagnosis
Treatment
Supportive Care
Complications
Prognosis
Prevention
Bibliography
Section 13: Viral Infections
Chapter 245: Principles of Antiviral Therapy
Antivirals Used for Herpesviruses
Acyclovir
Valacyclovir
Penciclovir and Famciclovir
Ganciclovir
Foscarnet
Cidofovir
Trifluridine
Vidarabine
Fomivirsen
New Agents
Antivirals Used for Respiratory Viral Infections
Ribavirin
Amantadine and Rimantadine
Oseltamivir, Zanamivir, and Peramivir
Antiviral Immune Globulins
Bibliography
Chapter 246: Measles
Etiology
Epidemiology
Transmission
Pathology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Inapparent Measles Infection
Laboratory Findings
Diagnosis
Differential Diagnosis
Complications
Subacute Sclerosing Panencephalitis
Treatment
Vitamin A
Prognosis
Prevention
Vaccine
Postexposure Prophylaxis
Bibliography
Chapter 247: Rubella
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Diagnoses
Differential Diagnoses
Complications
Congenital Rubella Syndrome
Treatment
Supportive Care
Prognosis
Prevention
Vaccination
Bibliography
Chapter 248: Mumps
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Differential Diagnosis
Complications
Meningitis and Meningoencephalitis
Orchitis and Oophoritis
Pancreatitis
Cardiac Involvement
Arthritis
Thyroiditis
Treatment
Prognosis
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 249: Polioviruses
Etiology
Epidemiology
Transmission
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Abortive Poliomyelitis
Nonparalytic Poliomyelitis
Paralytic Poliomyelitis
Diagnosis
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Abortive Poliomyelitis
Nonparalytic Poliomyelitis
Paralytic Poliomyelitis
Complications
Prognosis
Postpolio Syndrome
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 250: Nonpolio Enteroviruses
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Nonspecific Febrile Illness
Hand-Foot-and-Mouth Disease
Herpangina
Respiratory Manifestations
Ocular Manifestations
Myocarditis and Pericarditis
Gastrointestinal and Genitourinary Manifestations
Neurologic Manifestations
Myositis and Arthritis
Neonatal Infections
Transplant Recipients and Patients with Malignancies
Diagnosis
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Complications and Prognosis
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 251: Parvoviruses
Etiology
Epidemiology
Parvovirus B19
Human Bocaviruses
Pathogenesis
Parvovirus B19
Human Bocaviruses
Clinical Manifestations
Parvovirus B19
Erythema Infectiosum (Fifth Disease)
Arthropathy
Transient Aplastic Crisis
Immunocompromised Persons
Fetal Infection
Myocarditis
Other Cutaneous Manifestations
Human Bocaviruses
Diagnosis
Parvovirus B19 Infection
Human Bocavirus Infections
Differential Diagnosis
Parvovirus B19
Human Bocavirus
Treatment
Parvovirus B19
Human Bocavirus
Complications
Parvovirus B19
Human Bocavirus
Prevention
Parvovirus B19
Human Bocavirus
Bibliography
Chapter 252: Herpes Simplex Virus
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Acute Oropharyngeal Infections
Herpes Labialis
Cutaneous Infections
Genital Herpes
Ocular Infections
Central Nervous System Infections
Infections in Immunocompromised Persons
Perinatal Infections
Diagnosis
Laboratory Findings
Treatment
Acute Mucocutaneous Infections
Genital Herpes
Ocular Infections
Central Nervous System Infections
Infections in Immunocompromised Persons
Perinatal Infections
Prognosis
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 253: Varicella-Zoster Virus
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Varicella in Unvaccinated Individuals
Varicelliform Rashes in Vaccinated Individuals
Neonatal Varicella
Congenital Varicella Syndrome
Complications
Bacterial Infections
Encephalitis and Cerebellar Ataxia
Pneumonia
Progressive Varicella
Herpes Zoster
Diagnosis
Treatment
Varicella
Herpes Zoster
Prognosis
Prevention
Vaccine
Vaccine-Associated Adverse Events
Postexposure Prophylaxis
Bibliography
Chapter 254: Epstein-Barr Virus
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Oncogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Differential Diagnosis
Laboratory Tests
Heterophile Antibody Test
Specific Epstein-Barr Virus Antibodies
Treatment
Complications
Prognosis
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 255: Cytomegalovirus
The Virus and Its Interaction with the Host
Epidemiology
Mechanisms of Disease Associated with Cytomegalovirus Infections
Clinical Manifestations
Immunocompromised Host
Congenital Infection
Perinatal Infection
Diagnosis
Congenital Infections
Noncongenital Infections
Treatment
Prevention
Passive Immunoprophylaxis
Active Immunoprophylaxis
Counseling
Bibliography
Chapter 256: Roseola (Human Herpesviruses 6 and 7)
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathology/Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Diagnosis
Differential Diagnosis
Complications
Treatment
Prognosis
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 257: Human Herpesvirus 8
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 258: Influenza Viruses
Etiology
Epidemiology
Antigenic Variation
Seasonal Influenza
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Complications
Laboratory Findings
Diagnosis and Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Supportive Care
Prognosis
Prevention
Vaccines
Chemoprophylaxis
Bibliography
Chapter 259: Parainfluenza Viruses
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis and Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Complications
Prognosis
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 260: Respiratory Syncytial Virus
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Prevention
Passive Immunoprophylaxis
Vaccine
Bibliography
Chapter 261: Human Metapneumovirus
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Diagnosis and Differential Diagnosis
Complications
Treatment
Supportive Care
Prognosis
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 262: Adenoviruses
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Acute Respiratory Disease
Ocular Infections
Gastrointestinal Infections
Hemorrhagic Cystitis
Other Complications
Adenoviruses in Immunocompromised Patients
Diagnosis
Complications
Treatment
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 263: Rhinoviruses
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Complications
Treatment
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 264: Coronaviruses
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Respiratory Infections
Nonrespiratory Sequelae
Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome–Associated Coronavirus
Middle East Respiratory Syndrome Coronavirus
Diagnosis
Treatment and Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 265: Rotaviruses, Caliciviruses, and Astroviruses
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Laboratory Findings
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Supportive Treatment
Prognosis
Prevention
Vaccines
Bibliography
Chapter 266: Human Papillomaviruses
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Skin Lesions
Genital Warts
Squamous Intraepithelial Lesions and Cancers
Laryngeal Papillomatosis
Diagnosis
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Complications
Prognosis
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 267: Arboviral Infections in North America
Etiology
Epidemiology
Eastern Equine Encephalitis
Western Equine Encephalitis
St. Louis Encephalitis
West Nile Encephalitis
Powassan Encephalitis
La Crosse/California Encephalitis
Colorado Tick Fever
Chikungunya Virus
Clinical Manifestations
Eastern Equine Encephalitis
Western Equine Encephalitis
St. Louis Encephalitis
West Nile Encephalitis
Powassan Encephalitis
Lacrosse/California Encephalitis
Colorado Tick Fever
Chikungunya Virus
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Eastern Equine Encephalitis
Western Equine Encephalitis
St. Louis Encephalitis
West Nile Encephalitis
Powassan Encephalitis
La Crosse or California Encephalitis
Colorado Tick Fever
Chikungunya
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 268: Arboviral Infections Outside North America
268.1 Venezuelan Equine Encephalitis
Etiology
Epidemiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Prevention
Bibliography
268.2 Japanese Encephalitis
Etiology
Epidemiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Prevention
Bibliography
268.3 Tickborne Encephalitis
Etiology
Epidemiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Prevention
Bibliography
268.4 West Nile Encephalitis
Chapter 269: Dengue Fever and Dengue Hemorrhagic Fever
Etiology
Epidemiology
Dengue-Like Diseases
Dengue Hemorrhagic Fever
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Dengue Fever
Dengue Hemorrhagic Fever
Diagnosis
Differential Diagnosis
Laboratory Findings
Treatment
Dengue Hemorrhagic Fever and Dengue Shock Syndrome
Complications
Prognosis
Dengue Fever
Dengue Hemorrhagic Fever
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 270: Yellow Fever
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Complications
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 271: Ebola and Other Viral Hemorrhagic Fevers
Etiology
Epidemiology and Clinical Manifestations
Crimean-Congo Hemorrhagic Fever
Kyasanur Forest Disease
Omsk Hemorrhagic Fever
Rift Valley Fever
Argentine Hemorrhagic Fever
Bolivian Hemorrhagic Fever
Venezuelan Hemorrhagic Fever
Lassa Fever
Marburg Disease
Ebola Hemorrhagic Fever
Hemorrhagic Fever with Renal Syndrome
Clinical Manifestations
Crimean-Congo Hemorrhagic Fever
Kyasanur Forest Disease and Omsk Hemorrhagic Fever
Rift Valley Fever
Argentine, Venezuelan, and Bolivian Hemorrhagic Fevers and Lassa Fever
Marburg Disease and Ebola Hemorrhagic Fever
Hemorrhagic Fever with Renal Syndrome
Diagnosis
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 272: Lymphocytic Choriomeningitis Virus
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Acquired (Postnatal) Lymphocytic Choriomeningitis Virus Infection
Congenital Lymphocytic Choriomeningitis Virus Infection
Laboratory Findings
Diagnosis and Differential Diagnosis
Complications
Treatment
Supportive Care
Prognosis
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 273: Hantavirus Pulmonary Syndrome
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Laboratory Findings
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 274: Rabies
Epidemiology
Transmission
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Differential Diagnosis
Diagnosis
Treatment and Prognosis
Prevention
Immunization and Fertility Control of Animal Reservoirs
Postexposure Prophylaxis
Preexposure Prophylaxis
Bibliography
Chapter 275: Polyomaviruses
Bibliography
Chapter 276: Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome (Human Immunodeficiency Virus)
Etiology
Epidemiology
Transmission
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Infections
Central Nervous System
Respiratory Tract
Cardiovascular System
Gastrointestinal and Hepatobiliary Tract
Renal Disease
Skin Manifestations
Hematologic and Malignant Diseases
Diagnosis
Treatment
Combination Therapy
Adherence
Initiation of Therapy
Dosing
Changing Antiretroviral Therapy
Monitoring Antiretroviral Therapy
Resistance to Antiretroviral Therapy
Supportive Care
Prognosis
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 277: Human T-Lymphotropic Viruses (1 and 2)
Etiology
Epidemiology
Diagnosis
Clinical Manifestations
Adult T-Cell Leukemia/Lymphoma
Human T-Cell Lymphotropic Virus-1–Associated Myelopathy
Human T-Cell Lymphotropic Virus-2
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 278: Transmissible Spongiform Encephalopathies
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis and Pathology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Laboratory Findings
Treatment
Genetic Counseling
Prognosis
Family Support
Prevention
Bibliography
Section 14: Antiparasitic Therapy
Chapter 279: Principles of Antiparasitic Therapy
Selected Antiparasitic Drugs for Protozoans
Nitazoxanide (Alinia)
Tinidazole (Tindamax)
Atovaquone/Proguanil (Malarone)
Artemisinin Derivatives and Artemether/Lumefantrine (Coartem, Artemether, Artesunate)
Selected Antiparasitic Drugs for Helminths
Albendazole (Albenza)
Ivermectin (Stromectol, Mectizan)
Praziquantel (Biltricide)
Section 15: Protozoan Diseases
Chapter 280: Primary Amebic Meningoencephalitis
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 281: Amebiasis
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Amebic Colitis
Amebic Liver Abscess
Men Who Have Sex with Men and HIV Coinfection
Laboratory Findings
Diagnosis and Differential Diagnosis
Complications
Treatment
Prognosis
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 282: Giardiasis and Balantidiasis
282.1 Giardia lamblia
Etiology
Epidemiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Prevention
Bibliography
282.2 Balantidiasis
Bibliography
Chapter 283: Cryptosporidium, Isospora, Cyclospora, and Microsporidia
Cryptosporidium
Etiology
Epidemiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Isospora
Cyclospora
Microsporidia
Bibliography
Chapter 284: Trichomoniasis (Trichomonas vaginalis)
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Complications
Treatment
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 285: Leishmaniasis (Leishmania)
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Localized Cutaneous Leishmaniasis
Diffuse Cutaneous Leishmaniasis
Mucosal Leishmaniasis
Visceral Leishmaniasis
Laboratory Findings
Differential Diagnosis
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 286: African Trypanosomiasis (Sleeping Sickness; Trypanosoma brucei Complex)
Etiology
Life Cycle
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Trypanosomal Chancre
Hemolymphatic Stage (Stage 1)
Meningoencephalitic Stage (Stage 2)
Diagnosis
Treatment
Stage 1 Treatment
Stage 2 Treatment
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 287: American Trypanosomiasis (Chagas Disease; Trypanosoma cruzi)
Etiology
Life Cycle
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Acute Disease
Chronic Disease
Clinical Manifestations
Immunocompromised Persons
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 288: Malaria (Plasmodium)
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Plasmodium Falciparum Malaria
Plasmodium Vivax, P. Ovale, P. Malariae, or P. Knowlesi Malaria
Complications of Plasmodium Falciparum Malaria
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 289: Babesiosis (Babesia)
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 290: Toxoplasmosis (Toxoplasma gondii)
Etiology
Epidemiology
Congenital Toxoplasmosis
Pathogenesis
Congenital Toxoplasmosis
Clinical Manifestations
Acquired Toxoplasmosis
Ocular Toxoplasmosis
Immunocompromised Persons
Congenital Toxoplasmosis
Systemic Signs
Skin
Endocrine Abnormalities
Central Nervous System
Eyes
Ears
Diagnosis
Isolation
Serologic Testing
Acquired Toxoplasmosis
Ocular Toxoplasmosis
Immunocompromised Persons
Congenital Toxoplasmosis
Treatment
Acquired Toxoplasmosis
Ocular Toxoplasmosis
Immunocompromised Persons
Congenital Toxoplasmosis
Pregnant Women with Toxoplasma gondii Infection
Prognosis
Prevention
Bibliography
Section 16: Helminthic Diseases
Chapter 291: Ascariasis (Ascaris lumbricoides)
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 292: Hookworms (Necator americanus and Ancylostoma Spp.)
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prevention
Bibliography
292.1 Cutaneous Larva Migrans
Etiology
Epidemiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 293: Trichuriasis (Trichuris trichiura)
Etiology
Epidemiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 294: Enterobiasis (Enterobius vermicularis)
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 295: Strongyloidiasis (Strongyloides stercoralis)
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 296: Lymphatic Filariasis (Brugia malayi, Brugia timori, and Wuchereria bancrofti)
Etiology
Epidemiology
Clinical Manifestations
Tropical Pulmonary Eosinophilia
Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 297: Other Tissue Nematodes
Onchocerciasis (Onchocerca Volvulus)
Loiasis (Loa Loa)
Infection with Animal Filariae
Angiostrongylus Cantonensis
Angiostrongylus Costaricensis
Dracunculiasis (Dracunculus Medinensis)
Gnathostoma Spinigerum
Bibliography
Onchocerciasis (Onchocerca Volvulus)
Loiasis (Loa Loa)
Infection with Animal Filariae
Angiostrongylus Cantonensis
Angiostrongylus Costaricensis
Dracunculiasis (Dracunculus Medinensis)
Gnathostoma Spinigerum
Chapter 298: Toxocariasis (Visceral and Ocular Larva Migrans)
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 299: Trichinellosis (Trichinella spiralis)
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 300: Schistosomiasis (Schistosoma)
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 301: Flukes (Liver, Lung, and Intestinal)
Liver Flukes
Fascioliasis (Fasciola Hepatica)
Clonorchiasis (Clonorchis Sinensis)
Opisthorchiasis (Opisthorchis Spp.)
Lung Flukes
Paragonimiasis (Paragonimus Spp.)
Intestinal Flukes
Bibliography
Chapter 302: Adult Tapeworm Infections
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Prevention
Diphyllobothriasis (Diphyllobothrium Species)
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Prevention
Hymenolepiasis (Hymenolepis)
Dipylidiasis (Dipylidium Caninum)
Bibliography
Chapter 303: Cysticercosis
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 304: Echinococcosis (Echinococcus granulosus and Echinococcus multilocularis)
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Prevention
Bibliography
Part XVIII: The Digestive System
Section 1: Clinical Manifestations of Gastrointestinal Disease
Chapter 305: Normal Digestive Tract Phenomena
Chapter 306: Major Symptoms and Signs of Digestive Tract Disorders
Dysphagia
Regurgitation
Anorexia
Vomiting
Diarrhea
Constipation
Abdominal Pain
Gastrointestinal Hemorrhage
Abdominal Distention and Abdominal Masses
Jaundice
Bibliography
Section 2: The Oral Cavity
Chapter 307: Development and Developmental Anomalies of the Teeth
Initiation
Histodifferentiation–Morphodifferentiation
Calcification
Eruption
Anomalies Associated with Tooth Development
Bibliography
Chapter 308: Disorders of the Oral Cavity Associated with Other Conditions
Chapter 309: Malocclusion
Variations in Growth Patterns
Crossbite
Open and Closed Bites
Dental Crowding
Digit Sucking
Chapter 310: Cleft Lip and Palate
Incidence and Epidemiology
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
Postoperative Management
Sequelae
Velopharyngeal Dysfunction
Clinical Manifestations
Bibliography
Chapter 311: Syndromes with Oral Manifestations
Bibliography
Chapter 312: Dental Caries
Etiology
Epidemiology
Clinical Manifestations
Complications
Treatment
Prevention
Fluoride
Oral Hygiene
Diet
Dental Sealant
Bibliography
Chapter 313: Periodontal Diseases
Gingivitis
Aggressive Periodontitis in Children (Prepubertal Periodontitis)
Aggressive Periodontitis in Adolescents (Localized Juvenile Periodontitis)
Teething
Cyclosporine- or Phenytoin-Induced Gingival Overgrowth
Acute Pericoronitis
Necrotizing Periodontal Disease (Acute Necrotizing Ulcerative Gingivitis)
Bibliography
Chapter 314: Dental Trauma
Injuries to Teeth
Injuries to Periodontal Structures
Concussion
Subluxation
Intrusion
Extrusion
Avulsion
Prevention
Additional Considerations
Bibliography
Chapter 315: Common Lesions of the Oral Soft Tissues
Oropharyngeal Candidiasis
Aphthous Ulcers
Herpetic Gingivostomatitis
Recurrent Herpes Labialis
Bohn Nodules
Dental Lamina Cysts
Fordyce Granules
Parulis
Cheilitis
Ankyloglossia
Geographic Tongue
Fissured Tongue
Chapter 316: Diseases of the Salivary Glands and Jaws
Parotitis
Ranula
Mucocele
Congenital Lip Pits
Eruption Cyst
Xerostomia
Salivary Gland Tumors
Histiocytic Disorders
Tumors of the Jaw
Bibliography
Chapter 317: Diagnostic Radiology in Dental Assessment
Section 3: The Esophagus
Chapter 318: Embryology, Anatomy, and Function of the Esophagus
Embryology
Anatomy
Function
Bibliography
318.1 Common Clinical Manifestations and Diagnostic Aids
Common Clinical Manifestations
Diagnostic Aids
Chapter 319: Congenital Anomalies
319.1 Esophageal Atresia and Tracheoesophageal Fistula
Presentation
Diagnosis
Management
Outcome
Bibliography
319.2 Laryngotracheoesophageal Clefts
Bibliography
Chapter 320: Obstructing and Motility Disorders of the Esophagus
Extrinsic
Intrinsic
Bibliography
Chapter 321: Dysmotility
Upper Esophageal and Upper Esophageal Sphincter Dysmotility (Striated Muscle)
Lower Esophageal and Lower Esophageal Sphincter Dysfunction (Smooth Muscle)
Bibliography
Chapter 322: Hiatal Hernia
Chapter 323: Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease
Pathophysiology
Epidemiology and Natural History
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Management
Bibliography
323.1 Complications of Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease
Esophageal: Esophagitis And Sequelae—Stricture, Barrett Esophagus, Adenocarcinoma
Nutritional
Extraesophageal: Respiratory (“Atypical”) Presentations
Apnea and Stridor
Bibliography
Chapter 324: Eosinophilic Esophagitis and Non–Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease Esophagitis
Eosinophilic Esophagitis
Infective Esophagitis
“Pill” Esophagitis
Bibliography
Chapter 325: Esophageal Perforation
Bibliography
Chapter 326: Esophageal Varices
Bibliography
Chapter 327: Ingestions
327.1 Foreign Bodies in the Esophagus
Bibliography
327.2 Caustic Ingestions
Bibliography
Section 4: Stomach and Intestines
Chapter 328: Normal Development, Structure, and Function
Development
Digestion and Absorption
Chapter 329: Pyloric Stenosis and Other Congenital Anomalies of the Stomach
329.1 Hypertrophic Pyloric Stenosis
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
329.2 Congenital Gastric Outlet Obstruction
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
329.3 Gastric Duplication
Bibliography
329.4 Gastric Volvulus
Bibliography
329.5 Hypertrophic Gastropathy
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis and Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 330: Intestinal Atresia, Stenosis, and Malrotation
330.1 Duodenal Obstruction
Clinical Manifestations and Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
330.2 Jejunal and Ileal Atresia and Obstruction
Clinical Manifestation and Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
330.3 Malrotation
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
Bibliography
Bibliography
Chapter 331: Intestinal Duplications, Meckel Diverticulum, and Other Remnants of the Omphalomesenteric Duct
331.1 Intestinal Duplication
Clinical Manifestations
331.2 Meckel Diverticulum and Other Remnants of the Omphalomesenteric Duct
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Bibliography
Chapter 332: Motility Disorders and Hirschsprung Disease
332.1 Chronic Intestinal Pseudoobstruction
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
332.2 Mitochondrial Neurogastrointestinal Encephalomyopathy
Bibliography
332.3 Encopresis and Functional Constipation
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
332.4 Congenital Aganglionic Megacolon (Hirschsprung Disease)
Pathology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
332.5 Intestinal Neuronal Dysplasia
Bibliography
332.6 Superior Mesenteric Artery Syndrome (Wilkie Syndrome, Cast Syndrome, Arteriomesenteric Duodenal Compression Syndrome)
Bibliography
Chapter 333: Ileus, Adhesions, Intussusception, and Closed-Loop Obstructions
333.1 Ileus
Bibliography
333.2 Adhesions
Bibliography
333.3 Intussusception
Etiology and Epidemiology
Pathology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Bibliography
333.4 Closed-Loop Obstructions
Bibliography
Chapter 334: Foreign Bodies and Bezoars
334.1 Foreign Bodies in the Stomach and Intestine
Bibliography
334.2 Bezoars
Bibliography
Chapter 335: Peptic Ulcer Disease in Children
335 Peptic Ulcer Disease in Children
Pathogenesis
Acid Secretion
Mucosal Defense
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Primary Ulcers
Helicobacter pylori Gastritis
Idiopathic Ulcers
Secondary Ulcers
Aspirin and Other Nonsteroidal Antiinflammatory Drugs
“Stress” Ulceration
Treatment
Treatment of Helicobacter pylori–Related Peptic Ulcer Disease
Surgical Therapy
Bibliography
335.1 Zollinger-Ellison Syndrome
Bibliography
Chapter 336: Inflammatory Bowel Disease
336.1 Chronic Ulcerative Colitis
Clinical Manifestations
Differential Diagnosis
Diagnosis
Treatment
Medical
Surgical
Support
Prognosis
Bibliography
336.2 Crohn Disease (Regional Enteritis, Regional Ileitis, Granulomatous Colitis)
Clinical Manifestations
Differential Diagnosis
Diagnosis
Treatment
Medical
5-Aminosalicylates
Antibiotics/Probiotics
Corticosteroids
Immunomodulators
Biologic Therapy
Enteral Nutritional Therapy
Surgery
Support
Prognosis
Bibliography
Chapter 337: Eosinophilic Gastroenteritis
Bibliography
Chapter 338: Disorders of Malabsorption
Clinical Approach
338.1 Evaluation of Children with Suspected Intestinal Malabsorption
Investigations for Carbohydrate Malabsorption
Investigations for Fat Malabsorption
Investigations for Protein-Losing Enteropathy
Investigations for Exocrine Pancreatic Function (Fig. 338-2)
Investigations for Intestinal Mucosal Disorders
Imaging Procedures
338.2 Celiac Disease (Gluten-Sensitive Enteropathy)
Etiology and Epidemiology
Genetics and Pathogenesis
Clinical Presentation and Associated Disorders
Diagnosis
Treatment
Nonceliac Gluten Sensitivity
Bibliography
338.3 Other Malabsorptive Syndromes
Congenital Intestinal Mucosal Defects
Microvillus Inclusion Disease (Congenital Microvillus Atrophy)
Tufting Enteropathy (Congenital Tufting Enteropathy)
Enteric Anendocrinosis
Proprotein Convertase 1/3 Deficiency
Carbohydrate-Deficient Glycoprotein Syndrome and Enterocyte Heparan Sulfate Deficiency
Syndromic Diarrhea
Autoimmune Enteropathy
Bile Acid Malabsorption
Intestinal Lymphangiectasia
Abetalipoproteinemia
Homozygous Hypobetalipoproteinemia
Chylomicron Retention Disease (Anderson Disease)
Wolman Disease
DGAT1 Mutation
Bibliography
338.4 Intestinal Infections and Infestations Associated with Malabsorption
Postinfectious Diarrhea
Bacterial Overgrowth
Tropical Sprue
Whipple Disease
Bibliography
338.5 Immunodeficiency Disorders
Bibliography
338.6 Immunoproliferative Small Intestinal Disease
Bibliography
338.7 Short Bowel Syndrome
Treatment
Complications
Bibliography
338.8 Chronic Malnutrition
Bibliography
338.9 Enzyme Deficiencies
Carbohydrate Malabsorption
Lactase Deficiency
Fructose Malabsorption
Sucrase–Isomaltase Deficiency
Glucose–Galactose Malabsorption
Exocrine Pancreatic Insufficiency
Enterokinase (Enteropeptidase) Deficiency
Trypsinogen Deficiency
338.10 Liver and Biliary Disorders Causing Malabsorption
338.11 Rare Inborn Defects Causing Malabsorption
Disorders of Carbohydrate Absorption
Disorders of Amino Acid and Peptide Absorption
Disorders of Fat Transport
Disorders of Vitamin Absorption
Disorders of Electrolyte and Mineral Absorption
Bibliography
338.12 Malabsorption in Eosinophilic Gastroenteritis
Bibliography
338.13 Malabsorption in Inflammatory Bowel Disease
Bibliography
Chapter 339: Intestinal Transplantation in Children with Intestinal Failure
Indications for Intestinal Transplant
Paucity of Venous Access
Life-Threatening Infections
Liver Disease
Transplantation Operation
Donor Selection
Types of Intestinal Grafts
The Recipient Operation
Postoperative Management
Immunosuppression
Allograft Assessment
Rejection and Graft-Versus-Host Disease
Infections
Outcomes
Bibliography
Chapter 340: Acute Gastroenteritis in Children
Epidemiology of Childhood Diarrhea
Etiology of Diarrhea
Pathogenesis of Infectious Diarrhea
Risk Factors for Gastroenteritis
Clinical Manifestation of Diarrhea
Complications
Diagnosis
Clinical Evaluation of Diarrhea
Stool Examination
Treatment
Oral Rehydration Therapy
Enteral Feeding and Diet Selection
Zinc Supplementation
Additional Therapies
Antibiotic Therapy
Prevention
Promotion of Exclusive Breastfeeding
Improved Complementary Feeding Practices
Rotavirus Immunization
Improved Water and Sanitary Facilities and Promotion of Personal and Domestic Hygiene
Improved Case Management of Diarrhea
Bibliography
340.1 Traveler’s Diarrhea
Treatment
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 341: Chronic Diarrhea
Definition and Epidemiology
Pathophysiology
Etiology
Genetic and Molecular Basis of the Protracted Diarrhea Syndrome
Evaluation of Patients
Investigations
Treatment
Bibliography
341.1 Diarrhea from Neuroendocrine Tumors
Chapter 342: Functional Abdominal Pain (Nonorganic Chronic Abdominal Pain)
Pathophysiology
Evaluation and Diagnosis
Treatment
Irritable Bowel Syndrome
Bibliography
Chapter 343: Acute Appendicitis
Pathology
Clinical Features
Physical Examination
Diagnostic Studies
Laboratory Findings
Radiologic Studies
Plain Radiographs
Ultrasound
CT Scan
MRI/White Blood Cell Scan
Differential Diagnosis
Diagnostic Approach
Treatment
Antibiotics
Interval Appendectomy
Surgical Technique
Complications
Incidental Appendicoliths
Bibliography
Chapter 344: Surgical Conditions of the Anus and Rectum
344.1 Anorectal Malformations
Embryology
Associated Anomalies
Manifestations and Diagnosis
Low Lesions
High Lesions
Persistent Cloaca
Rectal Atresia
Approach to the Patient
Operative Repair
Outcome
344.2 Anal Fissure
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
344.3 Perianal Abscess and Fistula
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
344.4 Hemorrhoids
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
344.5 Rectal Mucosal Prolapse
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
344.6 Pilonidal Sinus and Abscess
Bibliography
Chapter 345: Tumors of the Digestive Tract
Hamartomatous Tumors
Juvenile Polyposis Syndrome
Peutz-Jeghers Syndrome
PTEN Hamartoma Tumor Syndromes
Adenomatous Tumors
Adenomatous Polyposis Coli-Associated Polyposis Syndromes
Carcinoma
Other Gastrointestinal Tumors
Lymphoma
Nodular Lymphoid Hyperplasia
Carcinoid Tumor
Leiomyoma
Gastrointestinal Stromal Cell Tumors
Vascular Tumors
Bibliography
Chapter 346: Inguinal Hernias
Embryology and Pathogenesis
Genetics
Pathology
Incidence
Clinical Presentation
Evaluation of Acute Inguinal–Scrotal Swelling
Incarcerated Hernia
Ambiguous Genitalia
Management
Operative Management
Laparoscopic Inguinal Hernia Repair
Contralateral Inguinal Exploration
Direct Inguinal Hernia
Femoral Hernia
Complications
Wound Infection
Recurrent Hernia
Iatrogenic Cryptorchidism
Incarceration
Injury to the Vas Deferens and Male Fertility
Bibliography
Section 5: Exocrine Pancreas
Chapter 347: Embryology, Anatomy, and Physiology
347.1 Anatomic Abnormalities
Bibliography
347.2 Physiology
Bibliography
Bibliography
Chapter 348: Pancreatic Function Tests
Indirect Testing
Direct Testing
Bibliography
Chapter 349: Disorders of the Exocrine Pancreas
Disorders Associated with Pancreatic Insufficiency
Cystic Fibrosis
Shwachman-Diamond Syndrome
Pearson Syndrome
Johanson-Blizzard Syndrome
Isolated Enzyme Deficiencies
Other Syndromes Associated with Pancreatic Insufficiency
Bibliography
Chapter 350: Treatment of Pancreatic Insufficiency
Bibliography
Chapter 351: Pancreatitis
351.1 Acute Pancreatitis
Clinical Manifestations
Mild Acute Pancreatitis
Severe Acute Pancreatitis
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Bibliography
351.2 Chronic Pancreatitis
Bibliography
Chapter 352: Pseudocyst of the Pancreas
Bibliography
Chapter 353: Pancreatic Tumors
Bibliography
Section 6: The Liver and Biliary System
Chapter 354: Morphogenesis of the Liver and Biliary System
Hepatic Ultrastructure
Metabolic Functions of the Liver
Carbohydrate Metabolism
Protein Metabolism
Lipid Metabolism
Biotransformation
Hepatic Excretory Function
Bibliography
Chapter 355: Manifestations of Liver Disease
Pathologic Manifestations
Clinical Manifestations
Hepatomegaly
Jaundice (Icterus)
Pruritus
Spider Angiomas
Palmar Erythema
Xanthomas
Portal Hypertension
Ascites
Gastrointestinal Bleeding
Encephalopathy
Endocrine Abnormalities
Renal Dysfunction
Pulmonary Involvement
Recurrent Cholangitis
Miscellaneous Manifestations of Liver Dysfunction
Bibliography
355.1 Evaluation of Patients with Possible Liver Dysfunction
Biochemical Tests
Liver Biopsy
Hepatic Imaging Procedures
Diagnostic Approach to Infants with Jaundice
Bibliography
Chapter 356: Cholestasis
356.1 Neonatal Cholestasis
Mechanisms
Evaluation
Intrahepatic Cholestasis
Neonatal Hepatitis
Disorders of Transport, Secretion, Conjugation, and Biosynthesis of Bile Acids
Bile Acid–Coenzyme a Ligase Deficiency
Disorders of Embryogenesis
Biliary Atresia
Differentiation of Idiopathic Neonatal Hepatitis from Biliary Atresia
Management of Patients with Suspected Biliary Atresia
Management of Chronic Cholestasis
Prognosis
Bibliography
356.2 Cholestasis in the Older Child
Chapter 357: Metabolic Diseases of the Liver
357.1 Inherited Deficient Conjugation of Bilirubin (Familial Nonhemolytic Unconjugated Hyperbilirubinemia)
Crigler-Najjar Syndrome Type I (Glucuronyl Transferase Deficiency)
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Crigler-Najjar Syndrome Type II (Partial Glucuronyl Transferase Deficiency)
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Inherited Conjugated Hyperbilirubinemia
Dubin-Johnson Syndrome
Rotor Syndrome
Bibliography
357.2 Wilson Disease
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Pathology
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Bibliography
357.3 Indian Childhood Cirrhosis
Bibliography
357.4 Neonatal Iron Storage Disease
Bibliography
357.5 Miscellaneous Metabolic Diseases of the Liver
α1-Antitrypsin Deficiency
Citrin Deficiency
Bibliography
Chapter 358: Viral Hepatitis
Issues Common to All Forms of Viral Hepatitis
Differential Diagnosis
Pathogenesis
Common Biochemical Profiles in the Acute Infectious Phase
Hepatitis A
Etiology
Epidemiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Complications
Treatment
Prevention
Immunoglobulin
Vaccine
Prognosis
Hepatitis B
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Complications
Treatment
Treatment Strategies
Prevention
Hepatitis B Immunoglobulin
Universal Vaccination
Postexposure Prophylaxis
Special Populations
Prognosis
Hepatitis C
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Complications
Treatment
Newer Treatments
Prevention
Prognosis
Hepatitis D
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Complications
Treatment
Prevention
Hepatitis E
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Complications
Diagnosis
Prevention
Approach to Acute or Chronic Hepatitis
Bibliography
Hepatitis A
Hepatitis B
Hepatitis C
Hepatitis E
Chapter 359: Liver Abscess
Bibliography
Chapter 360: Liver Disease Associated with Systemic Disorders
Inflammatory Bowel Disease
Bacterial Sepsis
Celiac Disease
Cardiac Disease
Cholestasis Associated with Total Parenteral Nutrition
Cystic Fibrosis
Bone Marrow Transplantation
Hemoglobinopathies
Histiocytic Disorders
Bibliography
360.1 Nonalcoholic Fatty Liver Disease
Bibliography
Chapter 361: Mitochondrial Hepatopathies
Epidemiology
Clinical Manifestations
Primary Mitochondrial Hepatopathies
Neonatal Liver Failure
Alpers Syndrome (Alpers-Huttenlocher Syndrome or Alpers Hepatopathic Poliodystrophy)
Mitochondrial DNA Depletion Syndrome
Navajo Neurohepatopathy
Pearson Syndrome
Villous Atrophy Syndrome
GRACILE Syndrome
Mutations in Nuclear Translation and Elongation Factor Genes
Secondary Mitochondrial Hepatopathies
Treatment of Mitochondrial Hepatopathies
Bibliography
Chapter 362: Autoimmune Hepatitis
Etiology
Pathology
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Bibliography
Chapter 363: Drug- and Toxin-Induced Liver Injury
Treatment
Prognosis
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 364: Fulminant Hepatic Failure
Etiology
Pathology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Treatment
Prognosis
Bibliography
Chapter 365: Cystic Diseases of the Biliary Tract and Liver
Choledochal Cysts
Autosomal Recessive Polycystic Kidney Disease
Cystic Dilation of the Intrahepatic Bile Ducts (Caroli Disease)
Congenital Hepatic Fibrosis
Autosomal Dominant Polycystic Kidney Disease
Autosomal Dominant Polycystic Liver Disease
Bibliography
Choledochal Cysts
Caroli Disease
Congenital Hepatic Fibrosis
Polycystic Diseases of the Liver and Kidney
Chapter 366: Diseases of the Gallbladder
Anomalies
Acute Hydrops
Cholecystitis and Cholelithiasis
Biliary Dyskinesia
Bibliography
Chapter 367: Portal Hypertension and Varices
Etiology
Pathophysiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Bibliography
Chapter 368: Liver Transplantation
Indications
Technical Innovations
Immunosuppression
Complications
Outcomes
Bibliography
Section 7: Peritoneum
Chapter 369: Malformations
Bibliography
Chapter 370: Ascites
370.1 Chylous Ascites
Bibliography
Bibliography
Chapter 371: Peritonitis
371.1 Acute Primary Peritonitis
Etiology and Epidemiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis and Treatment
Bibliography
371.2 Acute Secondary Peritonitis
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
Bibliography
371.3 Acute Secondary Localized Peritonitis (Peritoneal Abscess)
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
Bibliography
Bibliography
Chapter 372: Epigastric Hernia
Clinical Presentation
Bibliography
372.1 Incisional Hernia
Bibliography
Part XIX: Respiratory System
Section 1: Development and Function
Chapter 373: Respiratory Pathophysiology and Regulation
373.1 Lung Volumes and Capacities in Health and Disease
Bibliography
373.2 Chest Wall
Bibliography
373.3 Pulmonary Mechanics and Work of Breathing in Health and Disease
Bibliography
373.4 Airway Dynamics in Health and Disease
Bibliography
373.5 Interpretation of Clinical Signs to Localize the Site of Pathology
Bibliography
373.6 Ventilation-Perfusion Relationship in Health and Disease
Bibliography
373.7 Gas Exchange in Health and Disease
Bibliography
373.8 Interpretation of Blood Gases
Bibliography
373.9 Pulmonary Vasculature in Health and Disease
Bibliography
373.10 Immune Response of the Lung to Injury
373.11 Regulation of Respiration
Central Respiratory Controller
Sensors
Lung Receptors
Effectors
Sleep States
Regulation of Respiration in Special Situations
Fetus, Newborns, and Young Infants
Chronic Hypoxia and Hypercarbia
Bibliography
Bibliography
Chapter 374: Diagnostic Approach to Respiratory Disease
History
Physical Examination
Blood Gas Analysis
Transillumination of the Chest
Radiographic Techniques
Chest X-Rays
Upper Airway Film
Sinus and Nasal Films
Chest Computed Tomography and Magnetic Resonance Imaging
Fluoroscopy
Barium Swallow
Pulmonary Arteriography and Aortograms
Radionuclide Lung Scans
Pulmonary Function Testing
Microbiology: Examination of Lung Secretions
Exercise Testing
Sleep Studies
Airway Visualization and Lung Specimen–Based Diagnostic Tests
Laryngoscopy
Bronchoscopy and Bronchoalveolar Lavage
Thoracoscopy
Thoracentesis
Lung Tap
Lung Biopsy
Sweat Testing
Bibliography
Chapter 375: Sudden Infant Death Syndrome
Epidemiology
Pathology
Environmental Risk Factors
Nonmodifiable Environmental Risk Factors
Modifiable Environmental Risk Factors
Pregnancy-Related Factors
Cigarette Smoking
Drug and Alcohol Use
Infant Sleep Environment
Infant Feeding Care Practices and Exposures
Genetic Risk Factors
Gene-and-Environment Interactions
Infant Groups at Increased Risk for Sudden Infant Death Syndrome
Unexplained Apparent Life-Threatening Events
Subsequent Siblings of a Sudden Infant Death Syndrome Victim
Prematurity
Physiologic Studies
Clinical Strategies
Home Monitoring
Reducing the Risk of Sudden Infant Death Syndrome
Bibliography
Section 2: Disorders of the Respiratory Tract
Chapter 376: Congenital Disorders of the Nose
Normal Newborn Nose
Physiology
Congenital Disorders
Choanal Atresia
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Congenital Defects of the Nasal Septum
Pyriform Aperture Stenosis
Congenital Midline Nasal Masses
Diagnosis and Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 377: Acquired Disorders of the Nose
377.1 Foreign Body
Etiology
Diagnosis
Treatment
Complications
Prevention
Bibliography
377.2 Epistaxis
Anatomy
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 378: Nasal Polyps
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis and Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 379: The Common Cold
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Laboratory Findings
Treatment
Antiviral Treatment
Supportive Care and Symptomatic Treatment
Fever
Nasal Obstruction
Rhinorrhea
Sore Throat
Cough
Ineffective Treatments
Complications
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 380: Sinusitis
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Complications
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 381: Acute Pharyngitis
Infectious Etiologies
Viruses
Bacteria Other Than Group A Streptococcus
Group A Streptococcus
Diagnosis
Treatment
Chronic Group a Streptococcus Carriers
Recurrent Pharyngitis
Complications and Prognosis
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 382: Retropharyngeal Abscess, Lateral Pharyngeal (Parapharyngeal) Abscess, and Peritonsillar Cellulitis/Abscess
Retropharyngeal and Lateral Pharyngeal Abscess
Peritonsillar Cellulitis and/or Abscess
Bibliography
Chapter 383: Tonsils and Adenoids
Anatomy
Normal Function
Pathology
Acute Infection
Chronic Infection
Airway Obstruction
Tonsillar Neoplasm
Clinical Manifestations
Acute Infection
Chronic Infection
Airway Obstruction
Tonsillar Neoplasm
Treatment
Medical Management
Tonsillectomy
Adenoidectomy
Tonsillectomy and Adenoidectomy
Complications
Poststreptococcal Glomerulonephritis and Acute Rheumatic Fever
Peritonsillar Infection
Retropharyngeal Space Infection
Parapharyngeal Space Infection
Recurrent or Chronic Pharyngotonsillitis
Chronic Airway Obstruction
Tonsillectomy and Adenoidectomy
Bibliography
Chapter 384: Chronic or Recurrent Respiratory Symptoms
Judging the Seriousness of Chronic Respiratory Complaints
Recurrent or Persistent Cough
Frequently Recurring or Persistent Stridor
Recurrent or Persistent Wheeze
Recurrent and Persistent Lung Infiltrates
Bibliography
Chapter 385: Acute Inflammatory Upper Airway Obstruction (Croup, Epiglottitis, Laryngitis, and Bacterial Tracheitis)
385.1 Infectious Upper Airway Obstruction
Etiology and Epidemiology
Clinical Manifestations
Croup (Laryngotracheobronchitis)
Acute Epiglottitis (Supraglottitis)
Acute Infectious Laryngitis
Spasmodic Croup
Differential Diagnosis
Complications
Treatment
Endotracheal/Nasotracheal Intubation and Tracheotomy
Prognosis
Bibliography
Laryngotracheobronchitis
Epiglottitis
385.2 Bacterial Tracheitis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Complications
Prognosis
Bibliography
Chapter 386: Congenital Anomalies of the Larynx, Trachea, and Bronchi
386.1 Laryngomalacia
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
386.2 Congenital Subglottic Stenosis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Bibliography
386.3 Vocal Cord Paralysis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
386.4 Congenital Laryngeal Webs and Atresia
Bibliography
386.5 Congenital Subglottic Hemangioma
Bibliography
386.6 Laryngoceles and Saccular Cysts
Bibliography
386.7 Posterior Laryngeal Cleft and Laryngotracheoesophageal Cleft
Bibliography
386.8 Vascular and Cardiac Anomalies
Bibliography
386.9 Tracheal Stenoses, Webs, and Atresia
Bibliography
386.10 Foregut Cysts
Bibliography
386.11 Tracheomalacia and Bronchomalacia
Bibliography
Chapter 387: Foreign Bodies in the Airway
Epidemiology and Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
387.1 Laryngeal Foreign Bodies
387.2 Tracheal Foreign Bodies
387.3 Bronchial Foreign Bodies
Bibliography
Chapter 388: Laryngotracheal Stenosis and Subglottic Stenosis
388.1 Congenital Subglottic Stenosis
388.2 Acquired Laryngotracheal Stenosis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 389: Bronchomalacia and Tracheomalacia
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Bibliography
Chapter 390: Neoplasms of the Larynx, Trachea, and Bronchi
390.1 Vocal Nodules
390.2 Recurrent Respiratory Papillomatosis
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
Bibliography
390.3 Congenital Subglottic Hemangioma
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
Bibliography
390.4 Vascular Anomalies
Bibliography
390.5 Other Laryngeal Neoplasms
390.6 Tracheal Neoplasms
390.7 Bronchial Tumors
Chapter 391: Wheezing, Bronchiolitis, and Bronchitis
391.1 Wheezing in Infants: Bronchiolitis
Definitions and General Pathophysiology
Etiology
Acute Bronchiolitis and Inflammation of the Airway
Other Causes
Clinical Manifestations
History and Physical Examination
Diagnostic Evaluation
Treatment
Prognosis
Prevention
Bibliography
391.2 Bronchitis
Acute Bronchitis
Clinical Manifestations
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Chronic Bronchitis
Cigarette Smoking and Air Pollution
Bibliography
391.3 Plastic Bronchitis
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Complications and Prognosis
Bibliography
Chapter 392: Emphysema and Overinflation
Localized Obstructive Overinflation
Unilateral Hyperlucent Lung
Swyer-James or Macleod Syndrome
Congenital Lobar Emphysema
Pulmonary Vascular Abnormalities
Generalized Obstructive Overinflation
Pathology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Bullous Emphysema
Subcutaneous Emphysema
Bibliography
Chapter 393: α1-Antitrypsin Deficiency and Emphysema
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Treatment
Supportive Therapy
Bibliography
Chapter 394: Other Distal Airway Diseases
394.1 Bronchiolitis Obliterans
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations and Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Bibliography
394.2 Follicular Bronchitis
Bibliography
394.3 Pulmonary Alveolar Microlithiasis
Epidemiology and Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Bibliography
Chapter 395: Congenital Disorders of the Lung
395.1 Pulmonary Agenesis and Aplasia
Etiology and Pathology
Clinical Manifestations and Prognosis
Diagnosis and Treatment
Bibliography
395.2 Pulmonary Hypoplasia
Etiology and Pathology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis and Treatment
Bibliography
395.3 Congenital Cystic Malformation
Pathology
Etiology
Diagnosis
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
Bibliography
395.4 Pulmonary Sequestration
Pathophysiology
Clinical Manifestations and Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
395.5 Bronchogenic Cysts
Etiology and Pathology
Clinical Manifestations and Treatment
Bibliography
395.6 Congenital Pulmonary Lymphangiectasia
Etiology and Pathology
Clinical Manifestations and Treatment
Bibliography
395.7 Lung Hernia
Etiology and Pathology
Clinical Manifestations and Treatment
Bibliography
395.8 Other Congenital Malformations of the Lung
Congenital Lobar Emphysema and Pulmonary Cysts
Pulmonary Arteriovenous Malformation
Bronchobiliary Fistula
Bibliography
Chapter 396: Pulmonary Edema
Pathophysiology
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 397: Aspiration Syndromes
Gastric Contents
Treatment
Prevention
Hydrocarbon Aspiration
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 398: Chronic Recurrent Aspiration
Etiology
Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 399: Immune and Inflammatory Lung Disease
399.1 Hypersensitivity Pneumonia
Etiology
Classification and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory
Lung Biopsy
Radiology
Antigen Challenge By Inhalation
Treatment
Bibliography
399.2 Occupational and Environmental Lung Disease
Classification and Pathogenesis
Occupational and Environmental Asthma
Reactive Airways Disease Syndrome and Irritant-Induced Asthma
Treatment
Bibliography
399.3 Granulomatous Lung Disease
Granulomatosis with Polyangiitis
Etiology and Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory and Pathology
Radiology
Treatment
Sarcoidosis
Epidemiology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnostic Laboratory Testing
Histopathology
Radiology
Treatment
Berylliosis
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Testing
Radiography
Treatment
Granulomatous Lung Disease in Primary Immune Deficiency
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations of Granulomatous Lung Disease in Primary Immune Deficiency
Radiography
Laboratory and Pulmonary Function Testing
Therapy
Bibliography
399.4 Eosinophilic Lung Disease
Etiology
Pathology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Chest Imaging
Löffler Syndrome
Acute Eosinophilic Pneumonia
Chronic Eosinophilic Pneumonia
Eosinophilic Granulomatosis with Polyangiitis (The Churg-Strauss Syndrome)
Allergic Bronchopulmonary Aspergillosis
Radiography
Treatment
Hypereosinophilic Syndrome
Bibliography
399.5 Interstitial Lung Disease
Classification and Pathology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Radiography
Pulmonary Function Tests
Bronchoalveolar Lavage
Treatment
Genetic Counseling
Prognosis
Goodpasture Disease
Pathophysiology
Immunology Factors
Genetic Factors
Environmental Factors
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory
Chest Radiography
Pulmonary Function Testing
Bronchoscopy and Bronchoalveolar Lavage
Lung Biopsy
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 400: Community-Acquired Pneumonia
Epidemiology
Etiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Complications
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 401: Bronchiectasis
Pathophysiology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Bibliography
Chapter 402: Pulmonary Abscess
Pathology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Bibliography
Chapter 403: Cystic Fibrosis
Genetics
Pathogenesis
Pathology
Clinical Manifestations
Respiratory Tract
Intestinal Tract
Biliary Tract
Cystic Fibrosis–Related Diabetes and Pancreatitis
Genitourinary Tract
Sweat Glands
Diagnosis and Assessment
Sweat Testing
DNA Testing
Other Diagnostic Tests
Pancreatic Function
Radiology
Pulmonary Function
Microbiologic Studies
Heterozygote Detection and Prenatal Diagnosis
Newborn Screening
Treatment
General Approach to Care
Pulmonary Therapy
Inhalation Therapy
Airway Clearance Therapy
Antibiotic Therapy
Oral Antibiotic Therapy
Aerosolized Antibiotic Therapy
Intravenous Antibiotic Therapy
Bronchodilator Therapy
Antiinflammatory Agents
Endoscopy and Lavage
Other Therapies
Emerging Therapies
Treatment of Pulmonary Complications
Atelectasis
Hemoptysis
Pneumothorax
Allergic Bronchopulmonary Aspergillosis
Nontuberculous Mycobacteria Infection
Bone and Joint Complications
Sleep-Disordered Breathing
Acute Respiratory Failure
Chronic Respiratory Failure
Heart Failure
Nutritional Therapy
Diet
Pancreatic Enzyme Replacement
Vitamin and Mineral Supplements
Treatment of Intestinal Complications
Meconium Ileus
Distal Intestinal Obstruction Syndrome (Meconium Ileus Equivalent) and Other Causes of Abdominal Symptoms
Gastroesophageal Reflux
Rectal Prolapse
Hepatobiliary Disease
Pancreatitis
Hyperglycemia
Other Therapy
Nasal Polyps
Rhinosinusitis
Salt Depletion
Growth and Maturation
Surgery
Prognosis
Bibliography
Chapter 404: Primary Ciliary Dyskinesia (Immotile Cilia Syndrome, Kartagener Syndrome)
Normal Ciliary Ultrastructure and Function
Genetics of Primary Ciliary Dyskinesia
Clinical Manifestations of Primary Ciliary Dyskinesia
Diagnosis of Primary Ciliary Dyskinesia
Treatment
Prognosis
Bibliography
Chapter 405: Diffuse Lung Diseases in Childhood
405.1 Inherited Disorders of Surfactant Metabolism
Pathology
Deficiency of Surfactant Protein B (Surfactant Metabolism Dysfunction, Pulmonary, 1; SMDP1; OMIM #265120)
Clinical Manifestations
Genetics
Diagnosis
Surfactant Protein C Gene Abnormalities (Surfactant Metabolism Dysfunction, Pulmonary, 2; SMDP2; OMIM #610913)
Clinical Manifestations
Genetics
Diagnosis
Disease Caused by Mutations in ABCA3 (Surfactant Metabolism Dysfunction, Pulmonary, 3; SMDP3; OMIM #610921)
Clinical Manifestations
Genetics
Diagnosis
Disease Caused by Mutations in NKX2-1 (Thyroid Transcription Factor 1, Choreoathetosis, Hypothyroidism, and Neonatal Respiratory Distress, OMIM #600635)
Clinical Manifestations
Genetics
Diagnosis
Treatment of Surfactant Dysfunction Disorders
Bibliography
405.2 Pulmonary Alveolar Proteinosis
Etiology and Pathophysiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 406: Pulmonary Hemosiderosis
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathology
Pathophysiology
Diffuse Alveolar Hemorrhage Associated with Pulmonary Capillaritis
Diffuse Alveolar Hemorrhage Not Associated with Pulmonary Capillaritis
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings and Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Bibliography
Chapter 407: Pulmonary Embolism, Infarction, and Hemorrhage
407.1 Pulmonary Embolus and Infarction
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathophysiology
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings and Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Bibliography
407.2 Pulmonary Hemorrhage and Hemoptysis
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathophysiology
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings and Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 408: Atelectasis
Pathophysiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 409: Pulmonary Tumors
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations and Evaluation
Bibliography
Chapter 410: Pleurisy, Pleural Effusions, and Empyema
410.1 Dry or Plastic Pleurisy (Pleural Effusion)
Etiology
Pathology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
410.2 Serofibrinous or Serosanguineous Pleurisy (Pleural Effusion)
Etiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Diagnosis and Differential Diagnosis
Complications
Treatment
Bibliography
410.3 Purulent Pleurisy or Empyema
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathology
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Complications
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 411: Pneumothorax
Etiology and Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis and Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 412: Pneumomediastinum
Etiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Complications
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 413: Hydrothorax
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 414: Hemothorax
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 415: Chylothorax
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Complications
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 416: Bronchopulmonary Dysplasia
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 417: Skeletal Diseases Influencing Pulmonary Function
417.1 Pectus Excavatum (Funnel Chest)
Etiology
Epidemiology
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Treatment
Bibliography
417.2 Pectus Carinatum and Sternal Clefts
Pectus Carinatum
Etiology and Epidemiology
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
Sternal Clefts
Bibliography
417.3 Asphyxiating Thoracic Dystrophy (Thoracic-Pelvic-Phalangeal Dystrophy)
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Bibliography
417.4 Achondroplasia
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Bibliography
417.5 Kyphoscoliosis: Adolescent Idiopathic Scoliosis and Congenital Scoliosis
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
417.6 Congenital Rib Anomalies
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 418: Chronic Severe Respiratory Insufficiency
418.1 Neuromuscular Diseases
Pathogenesis
Treatment
Bibliography
418.2 Congenital Central Hypoventilation Syndrome
Genetics
Ventilator Dependence
Hirschsprung Disease
Tumors of Neural Crest Origin
Cardiac Asystole
Autonomic Nervous System Dysregulation
Facial Phenotype
Neuropathology
Clinical Manifestations
Differential Diagnosis
Rapid-Onset Obesity with Hypothalamic Dysfunction, Hypoventilation, and Autonomic Dysregulation
Management
Supported Ventilation—Diaphragm Pacing
Monitoring in the Home
Bibliography
418.3 Other Conditions
Myelomeningocele with Arnold-Chiari Type II Malformation
Management
Rapid-Onset Obesity, Hypothalamic Dysfunction, and Autonomic Dysregulation
Obesity Hypoventilation Syndrome
Management
Acquired Alveolar Hypoventilation
Obstructive Sleep Apnea
Epidemiology
Pathophysiology
Clinical Presentation
Treatment
Spinal Cord Injury
Epidemiology
Pathophysiology
Management
Metabolic Disease
Mucopolysaccharidoses
Dysplasias
Glycogenosis Type Ii
Severe Tracheomalacia and/or Bronchomalacia (Airway Malacia)
Neuropathy of Severe Illness
Hematologic Stem-Cell Transplantation
Mitochondrial Diseases
Bibliography
418.4 Long-Term Mechanical Ventilation
Respiratory Equipment for Home Care
Noninvasive Equipment
Rocker Bed
Cuirasse
Iron Lung
Diaphragmatic Pacing
Positive-Pressure Ventilators
Airway Clearance
Physical Therapy, Occupational Therapy, and Speech Therapy
Infections
Monitoring
Weaning Off Ventilator Support
Discharge Process
Outpatient Follow Up
Transition of Care
Bibliography
Chapter 419: Extrapulmonary Diseases with Pulmonary Manifestations
Evaluation
Bibliography
Part XX: The Cardiovascular System
Section 1: Developmental Biology of the Cardiovascular System
Chapter 420: Cardiac Development
420.1 Early Cardiac Morphogenesis
420.2 Cardiac Looping
420.3 Cardiac Septation
420.4 Aortic Arch Development
420.5 Cardiac Differentiation
420.6 Developmental Changes in Cardiac Function
Bibliography
Chapter 421: The Fetal to Neonatal Circulatory Transition
421.1 The Fetal Circulation
421.2 The Transitional Circulation
421.3 The Neonatal Circulation
Bibliography
421.4 Persistent Pulmonary Hypertension of the Neonate (Persistence of Fetal Circulatory Pathways)
Section 2: Evaluation of the Cardiovascular System
Chapter 422: History and Physical Examination
History
General Physical Examination
Cardiac Examination
Bibliography
Chapter 423: Laboratory Evaluation
423.1 Radiologic Assessment
423.2 Electrocardiography
Developmental Changes
Rate and Rhythm
P Waves
QRS Complex
Right Ventricular Hypertrophy
Left Ventricular Hypertrophy
Bundle Branch Block
P-R and Q-T Intervals
ST Segment and T-Wave Abnormalities
Bibliography
423.3 Hematologic Data
423.4 Echocardiography
M-Mode Echocardiography
Two-Dimensional Echocardiography
Doppler Echocardiography
Three-Dimensional Echocardiography
Transesophageal Echocardiography
Fetal Echocardiography
Bibliography
423.5 Exercise Testing
Bibliography
423.6 MRI, MRA, CT, and Radionuclide Studies
Bibliography
423.7 Diagnostic and Interventional Cardiac Catheterization
Diagnostic Cardiac Catheterization
Thermodilution Measurement of Cardiac Output
Angiocardiography
Interventional Cardiac Catheterization
Bibliography
Section 3: Congenital Heart Disease
Chapter 424: Epidemiology and Genetic Basis of Congenital Heart Disease
Prevalence
Etiology
Genetic Counseling
Bibliography
Chapter 425: Evaluation and Screening of the Infant or Child with Congenital Heart Disease
Acyanotic Congenital Heart Lesions
Lesions Resulting in Increased Volume Load
Lesions Resulting in Increased Pressure Load
Cyanotic Congenital Heart Lesions
Cyanotic Lesions with Decreased Pulmonary Blood Flow
Cyanotic Lesions with Increased Pulmonary Blood Flow
Bibliography
Chapter 426: Acyanotic Congenital Heart Disease: Left-to-Right Shunt Lesions
426.1 Atrial Septal Defect
Bibliography
426.2 Ostium Secundum Defect
Pathophysiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Complications
Treatment
Prognosis
426.3 Sinus Venosus Atrial Septal Defect
426.4 Partial Anomalous Pulmonary Venous Return
426.5 Atrioventricular Septal Defects (Ostium Primum and Atrioventricular Canal or Endocardial Cushion Defects)
Pathophysiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Bibliography
426.6 Ventricular Septal Defect
Pathophysiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Bibliography
426.7 Supracristal Ventricular Septal Defect with Aortic Insufficiency
426.8 Patent Ductus Arteriosus
Pathophysiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Prognosis and Complications
Treatment
Patent Ductus Arteriosus in Low Birthweight Infants
Bibliography
426.9 Aortopulmonary Window Defect
426.10 Coronary Artery Fistula
426.11 Ruptured Sinus of Valsalva Aneurysm
Chapter 427: Acyanotic Congenital Heart Disease: Obstructive Lesions
427.1 Pulmonary Valve Stenosis with Intact Ventricular Septum
Pathophysiology
Clinical Manifestations and Laboratory Findings
Treatment
Prognosis and Complications
Bibliography
427.2 Infundibular Pulmonary Stenosis and Double-Chamber Right Ventricle
427.3 Pulmonary Stenosis in Combination with an Intracardiac Shunt
427.4 Peripheral Pulmonary Stenosis
427.5 Aortic Stenosis
Pathophysiology
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings and Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Bibliography
427.6 Coarctation of the Aorta
Pathophysiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Postcoarctectomy Syndrome
Prognosis
Bibliography
427.7 Coarctation with Ventricular Septal Defect
427.8 Coarctation with Other Cardiac Anomalies and Interrupted Aortic Arch
427.9 Congenital Mitral Stenosis
Bibliography
427.10 Pulmonary Venous Hypertension
Chapter 428: Acyanotic Congenital Heart Disease: Regurgitant Lesions
428.1 Pulmonary Valvular Insufficiency and Congenital Absence of the Pulmonary Valve
Bibliography
428.2 Congenital Mitral Insufficiency
428.3 Mitral Valve Prolapse
Bibliography
428.4 Tricuspid Regurgitation
Bibliography
Chapter 429: Cyanotic Congenital Heart Disease: Evaluation of the Critically Ill Neonate with Cyanosis and Respiratory Distress
Cardiac Disease Leading to Cyanosis
Differential Diagnosis
Chapter 430: Cyanotic Congenital Heart Lesions: Lesions Associated with Decreased Pulmonary Blood Flow
430.1 Tetralogy of Fallot
Pathophysiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Complications
Associated Anomalies
Treatment
Prognosis
Bibliography
430.2 Tetralogy of Fallot with Pulmonary Atresia
Pathophysiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
430.3 Pulmonary Atresia with Intact Ventricular Septum
Pathophysiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
430.4 Tricuspid Atresia
Pathophysiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
430.5 Double-Outlet Right Ventricle
430.6 Transposition of the Great Arteries with Ventricular Septal Defect and Pulmonary Stenosis
430.7 Ebstein Anomaly of the Tricuspid Valve
Pathophysiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Prognosis and Complications
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 431: Cyanotic Congenital Heart Disease: Lesions Associated with Increased Pulmonary Blood Flow
431.1 D-Transposition of the Great Arteries
431.2 D-Transposition of the Great Arteries with Intact Ventricular Septum
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
431.3 Transposition of the Great Arteries with Ventricular Septal Defect
431.4 L-Transposition of the Great Arteries (Corrected Transposition)
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Bibliography
431.5 Double-Outlet Right Ventricle Without Pulmonary Stenosis
431.6 Double-Outlet Right Ventricle with Malposition of the Great Arteries (Taussig-Bing Anomaly)
431.7 Total Anomalous Pulmonary Venous Return
Pathophysiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
431.8 Truncus Arteriosus
Pathophysiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Prognosis and Complications
Treatment
Bibliography
431.9 Single Ventricle (Double-Inlet Ventricle, Univentricular Heart)
Pathophysiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Prognosis and Complications
Treatment
431.10 Hypoplastic Left-Heart Syndrome
Pathophysiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Prognosis and Complications
Treatment
Prevention
Bibliography
431.11 Abnormal Positions of the Heart and the Heterotaxy Syndromes (Asplenia, Polysplenia)
Bibliography
Chapter 432: Other Congenital Heart and Vascular Malformations
432.1 Anomalies of the Aortic Arch
Right Aortic Arch
Vascular Rings
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
432.2 Anomalous Origin of the Coronary Arteries
Anomalous Origin of the Left Coronary Artery From the Pulmonary Artery
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment and Prognosis
Anomalous Origin of the Right Coronary Artery From the Pulmonary Artery
Ectopic Origin of the Coronary Artery From the Aorta with Aberrant Proximal Course
Bibliography
432.3 Pulmonary Arteriovenous Fistula
Bibliography
432.4 Ectopia Cordis
432.5 Diverticulum of the Left Ventricle
Chapter 433: Pulmonary Hypertension
433.1 Primary Pulmonary Hypertension
Pathophysiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Prognosis and Treatment
433.2 Pulmonary Vascular Disease (Eisenmenger Syndrome)
Pathophysiology
Pathology and Pathophysiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 434: General Principles of Treatment of Congenital Heart Disease
Postoperative Management
Long-Term Management
Bibliography
434.1 Congenital Heart Disease in Adults
Long-Term Medical Considerations
Specific Lesions
Left-to-Right Shunts
Atrial Septal Defects
Late Outcome Following Closure of Atrial Septal Defect
Ventricular Septal Defects
Complete Atrioventricular Canal
Patent Ductus Arteriosus
Cyanotic Heart Disease
Tetralogy of Fallot
Transposition of the Great Arteries
Pulmonary Valve Stenosis
Left-Sided Obstructive Lesions
Coarctation of the Aorta
Aortic Valve Stenosis
Endocarditis Prophylaxis
Pregnancy and Congenital Heart Disease
Contraception
Adolescent Transition
Bibliography
Section 4: Cardiac Arrhythmias
Chapter 435: Disturbances of Rate and Rhythm of the Heart
435.1 Principles of Antiarrhythmic Therapy
435.2 Sinus Arrhythmias and Extrasystoles
435.3 Supraventricular Tachycardia
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
435.4 Ventricular Tachyarrhythmias
435.5 Long QT Syndromes
435.6 Sinus Node Dysfunction
435.7 AV Block
Bibliography
Chapter 436: Sudden Death
Mechanism of Sudden Death
Congenital Heart Disease
Cardiomyopathy
Cardiac Arrhythmia
Miscellaneous Causes
Evaluation and Therapy for Resuscitated Patients
Medication for Attention-Deficit Disorder
Prevention of Sudden Death
Bibliography
Section 5: Acquired Heart Disease
Chapter 437: Infective Endocarditis
Etiology
Epidemiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Prognosis and Complications
Treatment
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 438: Rheumatic Heart Disease
Patterns of Valvular Disease
Mitral Insufficiency
Pathophysiology
Clinical Manifestations
Complications
Treatment
Mitral Stenosis
Pathophysiology
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
Aortic Insufficiency
Clinical Manifestations
Prognosis and Treatment
Tricuspid Valve Disease
Pulmonary Valve Disease
Bibliography
Section 6: Diseases of the Myocardium and Pericardium
Chapter 439: Diseases of the Myocardium
439.1 Dilated Cardiomyopathy
Etiology and Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Prognosis and Management
Bibliography
439.2 Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy
Etiology and Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Prognosis and Management
Bibliography
439.3 Restrictive Cardiomyopathy
Etiology and Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Prognosis and Management
Bibliography
439.4 Left Ventricular Noncompaction, Arrhythmogenic Right Ventricular Cardiomyopathy, and Endocardial Fibroelastosis
Bibliography
439.5 Myocarditis
Etiology and Epidemiology
Viral Infections
Bacterial Infections
Pathophysiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Bibliography
Bibliography
Chapter 440: Diseases of the Pericardium
440.1 Acute Pericarditis
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Differential Diagnosis
Infectious Pericarditis
Noninfectious Pericarditis
440.2 Constrictive Pericarditis
Bibliography
Chapter 441: Tumors of the Heart
Bibliography
Section 7: Cardiac Therapeutics
Chapter 442: Heart Failure
Pathophysiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
General Measures
Diet
Diuretics
Afterload Reducers, Including Angiotensin-Converting Enzyme Inhibitors and Angiotensin II Receptor Blockers
Digitalis Glycosides
α- and β-Adrenergic Agonists
Phosphodiesterase Inhibitors
Chronic Treatment with β-Blockers
Electrophysiologic Approaches to Heart Failure Management
442.1 Cardiogenic Shock
Bibliography
Chapter 443: Pediatric Heart and Heart-Lung Transplantation
443.1 Pediatric Heart Transplantation
Indications
Recipient and Donor Selection
Perioperative Management
Diagnosis and Management of Acute Graft Rejection
Complications of Immunosuppression
Infection
Growth Retardation
Hypertension
Renal Function
Neurologic Complications
Tumors
Chronic Rejection
Other Complications
Rehabilitation
Bibliography
443.2 Heart-Lung and Lung Transplantation
Bibliography
Section 8: Diseases of the Peripheral Vascular System
Chapter 444: Diseases of the Blood Vessels (Aneurysms and Fistulas)
444.1 Kawasaki Disease
444.2 Arteriovenous Fistulas
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
444.3 Generalized Arterial Calcification of Infancy/Idiopathic Infantile Arterial Calcification
444.4 Arterial Calcifications Caused by Deficiency of CD73
Bibliography
Chapter 445: Systemic Hypertension
Prevalence of Hypertension in Children
Definition of Hypertension
Measurement of BP in Children
Etiology and Pathophysiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Prevention
Treatment
Bibliography
Part XXI: Diseases of the Blood
Section 1: The Hematopoietic System
Chapter 446: Development of the Hematopoietic System
Hematopoiesis in the Human Embryo and Fetus
Fetal Granulocytopoiesis
Fetal Thrombopoiesis
Fetal Erythropoiesis
Hemoglobins in the Fetus and Neonate
Embryonic Hemoglobins
Fetal Hemoglobin
Adult Hemoglobins
Normal Relationships Among the Hemoglobins
Alterations of the Hemoglobins by Disease
Red Cell Life Span of the Fetus and Neonate
Bibliography
Chapter 447: The Anemias
History and Physical Examination
Laboratory Studies
Differential Diagnosis
Bibliography
Section 2: Anemias of Inadequate Production
Chapter 448: Congenital Hypoplastic Anemia (Diamond-Blackfan Anemia)
Etiology
Epidemiology
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Bibliography
Chapter 449: Pearson Syndrome
Bibliography
Chapter 450: Acquired Pure Red Blood Cell Anemia
Transient Erythroblastopenia of Childhood
Red Cell Aplasia Associated with Parvovirus B19 Infection
Chronic Hemolysis
Immunodeficiency
Miscarriage and Hydrops Fetalis
Other Red Cell Aplasias in Children
Bibliography
Chapter 451: Anemia of Chronic Disease and Renal Disease
451.1 Anemia of Chronic Disease
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Treatment
Bibliography
451.2 Anemia of Renal Disease
Etiology
Laboratory Findings
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 452: Congenital Dyserythropoietic Anemias
Type I Congenital Dyserythropoietic Anemia
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Treatment
Type II Congenital Dyserythropoietic Anemia
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Treatment
Type III Congenital Dyserythropoietic Anemia
Bibliography
Chapter 453: Physiologic Anemia of Infancy
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 454: Megaloblastic Anemias
454.1 Folic Acid Deficiency
Etiology
Inadequate Folate Intake
Decreased Folate Absorption
Congenital Abnormalities in Folate Transport and Metabolism
Drug-Induced Abnormalities in Folate Metabolism
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Treatment
Bibliography
454.2 Vitamin B12 (Cobalamin) Deficiency
Metabolism
Etiology
Inadequate Vitamin B12 Intake
Impaired Absorption
Absence of Vitamin B12 Transport Protein
Inborn Errors of Cobalamin Metabolism
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
454.3 Other Rare Megaloblastic Anemias
Bibliography
Chapter 455: Iron-Deficiency Anemia
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Differential Diagnosis
Prevention
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 456: Other Microcytic Anemias
Infantile Poikilocytosis and Hereditary Pyropoikilocytosis
Copper Deficiency
Defects of Iron Metabolism
Bibliography
Section 3: Hemolytic Anemias
Chapter 457: Definitions and Classification of Hemolytic Anemias
Chapter 458: Hereditary Spherocytosis
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
General Supportive Care
Guidelines for Splenectomy
Bibliography
Chapter 459: Hereditary Elliptocytosis
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 460: Hereditary Stomatocytosis
Hydrocytosis
Pathophysiology
Clinical Features
Xerocytosis
Pathophysiology
Clinical Features
Intermediate Syndromes
Other Disorders Associated with Stomatocytosis
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 461: Paroxysmal Nocturnal Hemoglobinuria and Acanthocytosis
Paroxysmal Nocturnal Hemoglobinuria
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Treatment
Acanthocytosis
Bibliography
Chapter 462: Hemoglobinopathies
Hemoglobin Disorders
462.1 Sickle Cell Disease
Pathophysiology
Diagnosis and Epidemiology
Clinical Manifestations and Treatment of Sickle Cell Anemia (Hb SS)
Fever and Bacteremia
Aplastic Crisis
Splenic Sequestration
Hepatic and Gallbladder Involvement
Sickle Cell Pain
Avascular Necrosis
Priapism
Neurologic Complications
Transcranial Doppler Ultrasonography
Pulmonary Complications
Renal Disease and Enuresis
Cognitive and Psychological Complications
Other Complications
Therapeutic Considerations
Hydroxyurea
Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation
Red Blood Cell Transfusions
Excessive Iron Stores
Other Sickle Cell Syndromes
Anticipatory Guidance
Spleen Palpation
Prophylactic Penicillin
Immunizations
Transcranial Doppler Ultrasound
Hydroxyurea
Regular Blood Transfusion Therapy
Pulmonary and Asthma Screening
Retinopathy
Renal
Echocardiography
Bibliography
462.2 Sickle Cell Trait (Hemoglobin AS)
462.3 Other Hemoglobinopathies
Hemoglobin C
Hemoglobin E
Hemoglobin D
462.4 Unstable Hemoglobin Disorders
462.5 Abnormal Hemoglobins with Increased Oxygen Affinity
462.6 Abnormal Hemoglobins Causing Cyanosis
462.7 Hereditary Methemoglobinemia
462.8 Hereditary Methemoglobinemia with Deficiency of NADH Cytochrome b5 Reductase
462.9 Syndromes of Hereditary Persistence of Fetal Hemoglobin
462.10 Thalassemia Syndromes
Epidemiology
Pathophysiology
Homozygous β-Thalassemia (Thalassemia Major, Cooley Anemia)
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Management and Treatment of Thalassemia
Transfusion Therapy
Guidelines for Transfusion Therapy.
Iron Overload Monitoring
Chelation Therapy
Hydroxyurea
Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation
Splenectomy
Surgical Asplenia
Preventative Monitoring of Thalassemia Patients
Cardiac.
Endocrine.
Psychosocial Support.
Other β-Thalassemia Syndromes
Nontransfusion-Dependent Thalassemia: β-Thalassemia Intermedia
α-Thalassemia Syndromes
Bibliography
Chapter 463: Enzymatic Defects
463.1 Pyruvate Kinase Deficiency
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations and Laboratory Findings
Treatment
463.2 Other Glycolytic Enzyme Deficiencies
Deficiencies of Enzymes of the Hexose Monophosphate Pathway
463.3 Glucose-6-Phosphate Dehydrogenase Deficiency and Related Deficiencies
Episodic or Induced Hemolytic Anemia
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Diagnosis
Prevention and Treatment
Chronic Hemolytic Anemias Associated with Deficiency of G6PD or Related Factors
Bibliography
Chapter 464: Hemolytic Anemias Resulting from Extracellular Factors—Immune Hemolytic Anemias
Autoimmune Hemolytic Anemias
Autoimmune Hemolytic Anemias Associated with “Warm” Antibodies
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Treatment
Course and Prognosis
Autoimmune Hemolytic Anemias Associated with “Cold” Antibodies
Cold Agglutinin Disease
Paroxysmal Cold Hemoglobinuria
Bibliography
Chapter 465: Hemolytic Anemias Secondary to Other Extracellular Factors
Fragmentation Hemolysis
Thermal Injury
Renal Disease
Liver Disease
Toxins and Venoms
Wilson Disease
Bibliography
Section 4: Polycythemia (Erythrocytosis)
Chapter 466: Polycythemia
Clonal (Primary) Polycythemia (Polycythemia Rubra Vera)
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 467: Non-Clonal Polycythemia
Pathogenesis
Congenital Polycythemia
Acquired Polycythemia
Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
Section 5: The Pancytopenias
Chapter 468: The Inherited Pancytopenias
Fanconi Anemia
Etiology and Epidemiology
Pathology
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Complications
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Shwachman-Diamond Syndrome
Etiology and Epidemiology
Pathology
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Diagnosis
Complications
Treatment
Prognosis
Dyskeratosis Congenita
Etiology and Epidemiology
Pathology
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Diagnosis
Complications
Treatment
Prognosis
Congenital Amegakaryocytic Thrombocytopenia
Etiology and Epidemiology
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Diagnosis
Complications
Therapy and Prognosis
Other Inherited Syndromes
Down Syndrome
Dubowitz Syndrome
Seckel Syndrome
Reticular Dysgenesis
Schimke Immunoosseous Dysplasia
Noonan Syndrome
Cartilage-Hair Hypoplasia
Unclassified Inherited Bone Marrow Failure Syndromes
Bibliography
Chapter 469: The Acquired Pancytopenias
Etiology and Epidemiology
Pathology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations, Laboratory Findings, and Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Complications
Prognosis
Pancytopenia Caused by Marrow Replacement
Bibliography
Section 6: Blood Component Transfusions
Chapter 470: Red Blood Cell Transfusions and Erythropoietin Therapy
Bibliography
Chapter 471: Platelet Transfusions
Bibliography
Chapter 472: Neutrophil (Granulocyte) Transfusions
Bibliography
Chapter 473: Plasma Transfusions
Bibliography
Chapter 474: Risks of Blood Transfusions
Bibliography
Section 7: Hemorrhagic and Thrombotic Diseases
Chapter 475: Hemostasis
The Process
Pathology
475.1 Clinical and Laboratory Evaluation of Hemostasis
History
Physical Examination
Laboratory Tests
Platelet Count
Prothrombin Time and Activated Partial Thromboplastin Time
Partial Thromboplastin Time
Thrombin Time
Reptilase Time
Mixing Studies
Bleeding Time
Platelet Function Analyzer
D-Dimer
Clotting Factor Assays
Platelet Aggregation
Testing for Thrombotic Predisposition
Elevated Homocysteine
Tests of the Fibrinolytic System
Developmental Hemostasis
Bibliography
Chapter 476: Hereditary Clotting Factor Deficiencies (Bleeding Disorders)
476.1 Factor VIII or Factor IX Deficiency (Hemophilia A or B)
Pathophysiology
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings and Diagnosis
Differential Diagnosis
Genetics and Classification
Treatment
Prophylaxis
Supportive Care
Chronic Complications
Inhibitor Formation
Comprehensive Care
Bibliography
476.2 Factor XI Deficiency (Hemophilia C)
Bibliography
476.3 Deficiencies of the Contact Factors (Nonbleeding Disorders)
476.4 Factor VII Deficiency
Bibliography
476.5 Factor X Deficiency
476.6 Prothrombin (Factor II) Deficiency
Bibliography
476.7 Factor V Deficiency
Bibliography
476.8 Combined Deficiency of Factors V and VIII
476.9 Fibrinogen (Factor I) Deficiency
476.10 Factor XIII Deficiency (Fibrin-Stabilizing Factor or Transglutaminase Deficiency)
Bibliography
476.11 Antiplasmin or Plasminogen Activator Inhibitor Deficiency
Bibliography
Chapter 477: Von Willebrand Disease
Pathophysiology
Classification
Laboratory Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 478: Hereditary Predisposition to Thrombosis
Bibliography
Chapter 479: Thrombotic Disorders in Children
Epidemiology
Clinical Manifestations
Extremity Deep Vein Thrombosis
Pulmonary Embolism
Cerebral Sinovenous Thrombosis
Renal Vein Thrombosis
Peripheral Arterial Thrombosis
Stroke
Rapidly Progressive Thrombosis/Thrombotic Storm
Diagnosis
Laboratory Testing
Treatment
Complications
479.1 Anticoagulant and Thrombolytic Therapy
Unfractionated Heparin
Heparin Dosing
Heparin Complications
Low-Molecular-Weight Heparin
Enoxaparin Dosing
Warfarin
Warfarin Dosing
Warfarin Complications
Direct Thrombin or Factor Xa Inhibitors
Thrombolytic Therapy
Dosing
Monitoring
Complications
Thromboprophylaxis
Antiplatelet Therapy
Bibliography
Chapter 480: Postneonatal Vitamin K Deficiency
Bibliography
Chapter 481: Liver Disease
Bibliography
Chapter 482: Acquired Inhibitors of Coagulation
Laboratory Findings
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 483: Disseminated Intravascular Coagulation
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 484: Platelet and Blood Vessel Disorders
Megakaryopoiesis
Thrombocytopenia
Bibliography
484.1 Idiopathic (Autoimmune) Thrombocytopenic Purpura
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Outcome
Laboratory Findings
Diagnosis/Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Chronic Autoimmune Thrombocytopenic Purpura
Bibliography
484.2 Drug-Induced Thrombocytopenia
Bibliography
484.3 Nonimmune Platelet Destruction
484.4 Hemolytic-Uremic Syndrome
484.5 Thrombotic Thrombocytopenic Purpura
Bibliography
484.6 Kasabach-Merritt Syndrome
484.7 Sequestration
484.8 Congenital Thrombocytopenic Syndromes
Bibliography
484.9 Neonatal Thrombocytopenia
Bibliography
484.10 Thrombocytopenia from Acquired Disorders Causing Decreased Production
484.11 Platelet Function Disorders
484.12 Acquired Disorders of Platelet Function
484.13 Congenital Abnormalities of Platelet Function
Other Hereditary Disorders of Platelet Function
Treatment of Patients with Platelet Dysfunction
Bibliography
484.14 Disorders of the Blood Vessels
Henoch-Schönlein Purpura
Ehlers-Danlos Syndrome
Other Acquired Disorders
Bibliography
Section 8: The Spleen
Chapter 485: Anatomy and Function of the Spleen
Anatomy
Function
Bibliography
Chapter 486: Splenomegaly
Clinical Manifestations
Differential Diagnosis
Pseudosplenomegaly
Hypersplenism
Congestive Splenomegaly (Banti Syndrome)
Bibliography
Chapter 487: Hyposplenism, Splenic Trauma, and Splenectomy
Hyposplenism
Splenic Trauma
Splenectomy
Bibliography
Section 9: The Lymphatic System
Chapter 488: Anatomy and Function of the Lymphatic System
Bibliography
Chapter 489: Abnormalities of Lymphatic Vessels
Bibliography
Chapter 490: Lymphadenopathy
Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
490.1 Kikuchi-Fujimoto Disease (Histiocytic Necrotizing Lymphadenitis)
Bibliography
490.2 Sinus Histiocytosis with Massive Lymphadenopathy (Rosai-Dorfman Disease)
Bibliography
490.3 Castleman Disease
Bibliography
Part XXII: Cancer and Benign Tumors
Chapter 491: Epidemiology of Childhood and Adolescent Cancer
Influencing the Incidence of Cancer
Bibliography
Chapter 492: Molecular and Cellular Biology of Cancer
Genes Involved in Oncogenesis
Syndromes Predisposing to Cancer
Other Factors Associated with Oncogenesis
Viruses
Genomic Imprinting
Telomerase
Bibliography
Chapter 493: Principles of Diagnosis
Signs and Symptoms
Physical Examination
Age-Related Manifestations
Early Detection
Ensuring the Diagnosis
Staging
Bibliography
Chapter 494: Principles of Treatment
Diagnosis and Staging
A Multimodal, Multidisciplinary Approach
Discussing the Treatment Plan with the Patient and Family
Treatments
Chemotherapy
Surgery
Radiation Therapy
Acute Toxic Effects and Supportive Care
Late Adverse Effects
Palliative Care
Bibliography
Chapter 495: The Leukemias
495.1 Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia
Epidemiology
Etiology
Cellular Classification
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Treatment of Relapse
Supportive Care
Prognosis
Bibliography
495.2 Acute Myelogenous Leukemia
Epidemiology
Cellular Classification
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Prognosis and Treatment
Bibliography
495.3 Down Syndrome and Acute Leukemia and Transient Myeloproliferative Disorder
Bibliography
495.4 Chronic Myelogenous Leukemia
Bibliography
495.5 Juvenile Myelomonocytic Leukemia
Bibliography
495.6 Infant Leukemia
Bibliography
Chapter 496: Lymphoma
496.1 Hodgkin Lymphoma
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Relapse
Prognosis
Bibliography
496.2 Non-Hodgkin Lymphoma
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Treatment
Burkitt Lymphoma and Diffuse Large B-cell Lymphoma
Lymphoblastic Lymphoma
Anaplastic Large Cell Lymphoma
Relapsed Non-Hodgkin Lymphoma
Complications
Prognosis
Bibliography
496.3 Late Effects in Children and Adolescents with Lymphoma
Chapter 497: Brain Tumors in Childhood
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Specific Tumors
Astrocytomas
Ependymal Tumors
Choroid Plexus Tumors
Embryonal Tumors
Pineal Parenchymal Tumors
Craniopharyngioma
Germ Cell Tumors
Tumors of the Brainstem
Metastatic Tumors
Complications and Long-Term Management
Bibliography
Chapter 498: Neuroblastoma
Epidemiology
Pathology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 499: Neoplasms of the Kidney
499.1 Wilms Tumor
Epidemiology
Etiology: Genetics and Molecular Biology
Clinical Presentation
Diagnosis and Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Recurrent Disease
Prognosis
Late Effects
499.2 Other Pediatric Renal Tumors
Mesoblastic Nephroma
Clear Cell Sarcoma of the Kidney
Rhabdoid Tumor of the Kidney
Renal Cell Carcinoma
Bibliography
Chapter 500: Soft Tissue Sarcomas
Rhabdomyosarcoma
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Other Soft Tissue Sarcomas
Bibliography
Chapter 501: Neoplasms of Bone
501.1 Malignant Tumors of Bone
Osteosarcoma
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Ewing Sarcoma
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
501.2 Benign Tumors and Tumor-Like Processes of Bone
Bibliography
Chapter 502: Retinoblastoma
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Bibliography
Chapter 503: Gonadal and Germ Cell Neoplasms
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations and Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Bibliography
Chapter 504: Neoplasms of the Liver
Hepatoblastoma
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Hepatocellular Carcinoma
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 505: Benign Vascular Tumors
505.1 Hemangiomas
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
Bibliography
505.2 Lymphangiomas and Cystic Hygromas
Bibliography
Chapter 506: Rare Tumors
506.1 Thyroid Tumors
Benign Thyroid Tumors
Malignant Thyroid Tumors
Bibliography
506.2 Melanoma
Bibliography
506.3 Nasopharyngeal Carcinoma
Bibliography
506.4 Adenocarcinoma of the Colon and Rectum
Bibliography
506.5 Adrenal Tumors
Bibliography
506.6 Desmoplastic Small Round Cell Tumor
Bibliography
Chapter 507: Histiocytosis Syndromes of Childhood
Classification and Pathology
507.1 Langerhans Cell Histiocytosis
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment and Prognosis
Bibliography
507.2 Hemophagocytic Lymphohistiocytosis
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment and Prognosis
Bibliography
507.3 Other Histiocytoses
Bibliography
Part XXIII: Nephrology
Section 1: Glomerular Disease
Chapter 508: Introduction to Glomerular Diseases
508.1 Anatomy of the Glomerulus
Bibliography
508.2 Glomerular Filtration
Bibliography
508.3 Glomerular Diseases
Pathogenesis
Pathology
Bibliography
Section 2: Conditions Particularly Associated with Hematuria
Chapter 509: Clinical Evaluation of the Child with Hematuria
Bibliography
Chapter 510: Isolated Glomerular Diseases with Recurrent Gross Hematuria
510.1 Immunoglobulin A Nephropathy (Berger Nephropathy)
Pathology and Pathologic Diagnosis
Clinical and Laboratory Manifestations
Prognosis and Treatment
Bibliography
510.2 Alport Syndrome
Genetics
Pathology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Prognosis and Treatment
Bibliography
510.3 Thin Basement Membrane Disease
Bibliography
Chapter 511: Glomerulonephritis Associated with Infections
511.1 Acute Poststreptococcal Glomerulonephritis
Etiology and Epidemiology
Pathology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Complications
Prevention
Treatment
Prognosis
Bibliography
511.2 Other Chronic Infections
Bibliography
Chapter 512: Membranous Nephropathy
Pathology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Prognosis and Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 513: Membranoproliferative Glomerulonephritis
Pathology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Differential Diagnosis
Prognosis and Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 514: Glomerulonephritis Associated with Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
Pathogenesis and Pathology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Bibliography
Chapter 515: Henoch-Schönlein Purpura Nephritis
Pathogenesis and Pathology
Clinical and Laboratory Manifestations
Prognosis and Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 516: Rapidly Progressive (Crescentic) Glomerulonephritis
Classification
Pathology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis and Differential Diagnosis
Prognosis and Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 517: Goodpasture Disease
Pathology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis and Differential Diagnosis
Prognosis and Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 518: Hemolytic-Uremic Syndrome
Etiology
Pathology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis and Differential Diagnosis
Prognosis and Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 519: Upper Urinary Tract Causes of Hematuria
519.1 Interstitial Nephritis
519.2 Toxic Nephropathy
519.3 Cortical Necrosis
519.4 Pyelonephritis
519.5 Nephrocalcinosis
519.6 Vascular Abnormalities
Bibliography
519.7 Renal Vein Thrombosis
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Bibliography
519.8 Idiopathic Hypercalciuria
Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 520: Hematologic Diseases Causing Hematuria
520.1 Sickle Cell Nephropathy
Etiology
Pathology
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
Prognosis
Bibliography
520.2 Coagulopathies and Thrombocytopenia
Chapter 521: Anatomic Abnormalities Associated with Hematuria
521.1 Congenital Anomalies
521.2 Autosomal Recessive Polycystic Kidney Disease
Pathology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Bibliography
521.3 Autosomal Dominant Polycystic Kidney Disease
Pathology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Presentation
Diagnosis
Treatment and Prognosis
Bibliography
521.4 Trauma
Bibliography
521.5 Renal Tumors
Chapter 522: Lower Urinary Tract Causes of Hematuria
522.1 Infectious Causes of Cystitis and Urethritis
522.2 Hemorrhagic Cystitis
Bibliography
522.3 Vigorous Exercise
Bibliography
Section 3: Conditions Particularly Associated with Proteinuria
Chapter 523: Introduction to the Child with Proteinuria
Normal Physiology
Pathophysiology of Proteinuria
Measurement of Urine Protein
Urine Dipstick Measurement of Protein
Urine Protein-to-Creatinine Ratio Measurement
Clinical Considerations
Bibliography
Chapter 524: Transient Proteinuria
Bibliography
Chapter 525: Orthostatic (Postural) Proteinuria
Bibliography
Chapter 526: Fixed Proteinuria
526.1 Glomerular Proteinuria
Bibliography
526.2 Tubular Proteinuria
Bibliography
Chapter 527: Nephrotic Syndrome
Etiology
Pathogenesis
Role of the Podocyte
Role of the Immune System
Clinical Consequences of Nephrotic Syndrome
Edema
Hyperlipidemia
Increased Susceptibility to Infections
Hypercoagulability
Bibliography
527.1 Idiopathic Nephrotic Syndrome
Pathology
Minimal Change Nephrotic Syndrome
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Recommendations for the Initial Evaluation of Children with Nephrotic Syndrome
Confirming the Diagnosis of Nephrotic Syndrome.
Treatment
Use of Corticosteroids to Treat Minimal Change Nephrotic Syndrome
Treatment of Initial Episode of Nephrotic Syndrome
Managing the Clinical Sequelae of Nephrotic Syndrome
Edema.
Dyslipidemia.
Infections.
Thromboembolism.
Obesity and Growth.
Relapse of Nephrotic Syndrome.
Steroid Resistance.
Implications of Steroid-Resistant Nephrotic Syndrome.
Alternative Therapies to Corticosteroids in the Treatment of Nephrotic Syndrome.
Immunizations in Children with Nephrotic Syndrome.
Prognosis
Bibliography
527.2 Secondary Nephrotic Syndrome
Bibliography
527.3 Congenital Nephrotic Syndrome
Bibliography
Section 4: Tubular Disorders
Chapter 528: Tubular Function
Sodium
Potassium
Calcium
Phosphate
Magnesium
Acidification and Concentrating Mechanisms
Developmental Considerations
Bibliography
Chapter 529: Renal Tubular Acidosis
Normal Urinary Acidification
529.1 Proximal (Type II) Renal Tubular Acidosis
Pathogenesis
Autosomal Recessive Disease
Cystinosis
Lowe Syndrome
Clinical Manifestations of Proximal Renal Tubular Acidosis and Fanconi Syndrome
529.2 Distal (Type I) Renal Tubular Acidosis
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
529.3 Hyperkalemic (Type IV) Renal Tubular Acidosis
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnostic Approach to Renal Tubular Acidosis
Treatment and Prognosis
Bibliography
529.4 Rickets Associated with Renal Tubular Acidosis
Chapter 530: Nephrogenic Diabetes Insipidus
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment and Prognosis
Bibliography
Chapter 531: Bartter and Gitelman Syndromes and Other Inherited Tubular Transport Abnormalities
531.1 Bartter Syndrome
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment and Prognosis
531.2 Gitelman Syndrome
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
531.3 Other Inherited Tubular Transport Abnormalities
Bibliography
Chapter 532: Tubulointerstitial Nephritis
Acute Tubulointerstitial Nephritis
Pathogenesis and Pathology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment and Prognosis
Chronic Tubulointerstitial Nephritis
Pathogenesis and Pathology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment and Prognosis
Bibliography
Section 5: Acute Kidney Injury and Chronic Kidney Disease
Chapter 533: Toxic Nephropathy
Bibliography
Chapter 534: Cortical Necrosis
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory and Radiologic Findings
Treatment
Prognosis
Bibliography
Chapter 535: Renal Failure
535.1 Acute Kidney Injury
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations and Diagnosis
Laboratory Findings
Treatment
Medical Management
Dialysis
Prognosis
Bibliography
535.2 Chronic Kidney Disease
Etiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Treatment
Nutrition
Renal Osteodystrophy
Adynamic Bone Disease
Fluid and Electrolyte Management
Acidosis
Growth
Anemia
Hypertension
Immunizations
Adjustment In Drug Dose
Progression of Disease
Bibliography
535.3 End-Stage Renal Disease
Bibliography
Chapter 536: Renal Transplantation
Incidence and Etiology
Indications
Characteristics of Donors and Recipients
Evaluation and Preparing for Transplantation
Immunosuppression
Induction Therapy
T-Cell Antibodies
Interleukin-2 Receptor Antibodies
Other Induction Therapies
Maintenance Immunosuppression
Calcineurin Inhibitors
Mycophenolate Mofetil
Sirolimus
Corticosteroids
Fluid Management in Infants and Small Children
Renal Biopsy
Rejection
Graft Survival
Complications with Immunosuppression Infections
Long-Term Outcome
Bibliography
Part XXIV: Urologic Disorders inInfants and Children
Chapter 537: Congenital Anomalies and Dysgenesis of the Kidneys
Embryonic Development
Renal Agenesis
Renal Dysgenesis: Dysplasia, Hypoplasia, and Cystic Anomalies
Anomalies in Shape and Position
Associated Physical Findings
Bibliography
Chapter 538: Urinary Tract Infections
Prevalence and Etiology
Clinical Manifestations and Classification
Clinical Pyelonephritis
Cystitis
Asymptomatic Bacteriuria
Pathogenesis and Pathology
Diagnosis
Treatment
Imaging Studies in Children with a Febrile UTI
Prophylaxis of Recurrent Urinary Tract Infection
Bibliography
Chapter 539: Vesicoureteral Reflux
Classification
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Natural History
Treatment
Observation
Antimicrobial Prophylaxis
Surgery
Current Vesicoureteral Reflux Guidelines
Bibliography
Chapter 540: Obstruction of the Urinary Tract
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Imaging Studies
Renal Ultrasonography
Voiding Cystourethrogram
Radioisotope Studies
Excretory Urogram
Magnetic Resonance Urography
Computed Tomography
Ancillary Studies
Specific Types of Urinary Tract Obstruction and Their Treatment
Hydrocalycosis
Ureteropelvic Junction Obstruction
Midureteral Obstruction
Ectopic Ureter
Ureterocele
Megaureter
Prune-Belly Syndrome
Bladder Neck Obstruction
Posterior Urethral Valves
Urethral Atresia
Urethral Hypoplasia
Urethral Strictures
Anterior Urethral Valves and Urethral Diverticula in the Male
Male Urethral Meatal Stenosis
Bibliography
Chapter 541: Anomalies of the Bladder
Bladder Exstrophy
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
Long-Term Prognosis
Other Exstrophy Anomalies
Bladder Diverticula
Urachal Anomalies
Bibliography
Chapter 542: Neuropathic Bladder
Neural Tube Defects
Clinical Manifestations and Diagnosis
Renal Damage
Urinary Incontinence
Complications of Augmentation Cystoplasty
Urinary Tract Infection
Metabolic Acidosis
Spontaneous Perforation
Bladder Calculi
Malignant Neoplasm
Future Management
Associated Disorders
Constipation
Latex Allergy
Occult Spinal Dysraphism
Sacral Agenesis
Imperforate Anus
Cerebral Palsy
Bibliography
Chapter 543: Enuresis and Voiding Dysfunction
Normal Voiding and Toilet Training
Diurnal Incontinence
Overactive Bladder (Diurnal Urge Syndrome)
Nonneurogenic Neurogenic Bladder (Hinman Syndrome)
Infrequent Voiding (Underactive Bladder)
Vaginal Voiding
Other Causes of Incontinence in Girls
Voiding Disorders without Incontinence
Nocturnal Enuresis
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations and Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 544: Anomalies of the Penis and Urethra
Hypospadias
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
Chordee Without Hypospadias
Phimosis and Paraphimosis
Circumcision
Penile Torsion
Inconspicuous Penis
Micropenis
Priapism
Other Penile Anomalies
Meatal Stenosis
Other Male Urethral Anomalies
Urethral Prolapse (Female)
Other Female Urethral Lesions
Bibliography
Chapter 545: Disorders and Anomalies of the Scrotal Contents
Undescended Testis (Cryptorchidism)
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
Scrotal Swelling
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings and Diagnosis
Testicular (Spermatic Cord) Torsion
Etiology
Diagnosis
Treatment
Torsion of the Appendix Testis
Epididymitis
Varicocele
Spermatocele
Hydrocele
Etiology
Diagnosis
Treatment
Inguinal Hernia
Testicular Tumor
Bibliography
Chapter 546: Trauma to the Genitourinary Tract
Etiology
Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 547: Urinary Lithiasis
Stone Formation
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Metabolic Evaluation
Pathogenesis of Specific Renal Calculi
Calcium Oxalate and Calcium Phosphate Calculi
Cystine Calculi
Struvite Calculi
Uric Acid Calculi
Indinavir Calculi
Nephrocalcinosis
Treatment
Bibliography
Part XXV: Gynecologic Problemsof Childhood
Chapter 548: History and Physical Examination
History
Gynecologic Examination
Neonates
Infants and Prepubertal Girls
Indications for Genital Examination
Preparation
Positioning
Documentation
Adolescents
Pelvic Examination
Bibliography
Chapter 549: Vulvovaginitis
Etiology
Epidemiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diaper Dermatitis
Physiologic Leukorrhea
Genital Ulcers
Dermatoses
Diagnosis and Differential Diagnosis
Treatment and Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 550: Bleeding
Bibliography
Chapter 551: Breast Concerns
Breast Development
Breast Examination
Breast Self-Examination
Abnormal Development
Neonatal Breast Abnormalities
Precocious Puberty
Amastia
Polymastia and Polythelia
Breast Asymmetry and Hypomastia
Juvenile or Virginal Hypertrophy
Infections
Trauma and Inflammation
Nipple Discharge
Galactorrhea
Bloody Discharge
Mastalgia
Breast Masses
Peripubertal Masses
Common Adolescent Breast Masses
Malignant Masses
Imaging of Breast Masses
Recommendations for Daughters of Women with Breast Cancer
Risk Reduction
Screening Procedures
Genetic Testing in Children
Cosmetic Surgery
Bibliography
Chapter 552: Polycystic Ovary Syndrome and Hirsutism
Polycystic Ovary Syndrome
Etiology and Definition
Pathology Pathogenesis and Genetics
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings, Diagnosis, and Differential Diagnosis
Complications and Long-Term Outlook
Treatment
Lifestyle Changes
Hormonal Contraceptives
Metformin
Antiandrogens
Hirsutism
Bibliography
Chapter 553: Neoplasms and Adolescent Screening for Human Papillomavirus
Gynecologic Malignancies
Impact of Cancer Therapy on Fertility
Ovaries
Neonatal and Pediatric Ovarian Cysts
Functional Cysts
Teratomas
Cystadenomas
Endometriomas
Pelvic Inflammatory Disease and Tuboovarian Abscess
Adnexal Torsion
Ovarian Carcinoma
Uterus
Vagina
Vulva
Cervix
Bibliography
Chapter 554: Vulvovaginal and Müllerian Anomalies
Embryology
Epidemiology
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Uterine Anomalies
Septate Uterus
Bicornuate Uterus
Unicornuate Uterus and Rudimentary Horns
Uterine Didelphys
Arcuate Uterus
Uterine Anomalies in Diethylstilbestrol-Exposed Patients
Treatment
Vaginal Anomalies
Abnormalities of the Hymen
Congenital Absence of the Vagina and Mayer-Rokitansky-Küster-Hauser Syndrome
Longitudinal Vaginal Septa
Transverse Vaginal Septa (Vertical Fusion Defects)
Treatment
Cervical Anomalies
Vulvar and Other Anomalies
Complete Vulvar Duplication
Labial Asymmetry and Hypertrophy
Clitoral Abnormalities
Cloacal Anomalies
Ductal Remnants
Bibliography
Chapter 555: Gynecologic Care for Girls with Special Needs
Sexuality and Sexual Education
Abuse
Pelvic Examination
Menstruation
Treatment of Menstruation
Nonhormonal Methods
Estrogen-Containing Methods
Oral Contraceptives
Contraceptive Ring
Contraceptive Patch
Estrogen Use, Venous Thromboembolism and Mobility Issues
Progestin-Only Methods
Intramuscular Medroxyprogesterone Acetate
Oral Progestins
Progesterone Intrauterine Device
Implants
Hormones and Antiepileptic Drugs
Surgical Methods
Contraception
Bibliography
555.1 Female Genital Mutilation/Cutting
Classifications
Management
Bibliography
Part XXVI: The Endocrine System
Section 1: Disorders of the Hypothalamus and Pituitary Gland
Chapter 556: Hormones of the Hypothalamus and Pituitary
Anatomy
Embryology
Vascular Supply
Anterior Pituitary Cell Types
Growth Hormone
Prolactin
Thyroid-Stimulating Hormone
Adrenocorticotropic Hormone
Luteinizing Hormone and Follicle-Stimulating Hormone
Posterior Pituitary Cell Types
Antidiuretic Hormone
Oxytocin
Bibliography
Chapter 557: Hypopituitarism
Multiple Pituitary Hormone Deficiency
Genetic Forms
PROP1
POU1F1 (PIT1)
HESX1
LHX3 and LHX4
Other Congenital Forms
Acquired Forms
Isolated Growth Hormone Deficiency and Insensitivity
Genetic Forms of Growth Hormone Deficiency
Growth Hormone–Releasing Hormone Receptor
GH1
X-Linked Isolated Growth Hormone Deficiency
Acquired Forms
Growth Hormone Insensitivity
Abnormalities of the Growth Hormone Receptor
Postreceptor Forms of Growth Hormone Insensitivity
IGF-1 Gene Abnormalities
Insulin-Like Growth Factor–Binding Protein Abnormalities
IGF-1 Receptor Gene Abnormalities
Clinical Manifestations
Congenital Hypopituitarism
Acquired Hypopituitarism
Laboratory Findings
Radiologic Findings
Differential Diagnosis
Constitutional Growth Delay
Primary Hypothyroidism
Psychosocial Causes
Treatment
Complications and Adverse Effects of GH Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 558: Diabetes Insipidus
Physiology of Water Balance
Approach to the Patient with Polyuria, Polydipsia, and Hypernatremia
Causes of Hypernatremia
Central Diabetes Insipidus
Nephrogenic Diabetes Insipidus
Treatment of Central Diabetes Insipidus
Fluid Therapy
Vasopressin Analogs
Aqueous Vasopressin
Treatment of Nephrogenic Diabetes Insipidus
Bibliography
Chapter 559: Other Abnormalities of Arginine Vasopressin Metabolism and Action
Causes of Hyponatremia
Syndrome of Inappropriate Antidiuretic Hormone Secretion
Nephrogenic Syndrome of Inappropriate Antidiuresis
Systemic Dehydration
Primary Salt Loss
Decreased Effective Plasma Volume
Primary Polydipsia (Increased Water Ingestion)
Decreased Free Water Clearance
Cerebral Salt Wasting
Runners’ Hyponatremia
Pseudohyponatremia and Other Causes of Hyponatremia
Treatment
Emergency Treatment of Hyponatremia
Treatment of Syndrome of Inappropriate Antidiuretic Hormone
Treatment of Cerebral Salt Wasting
Bibliography
Chapter 560: Hyperpituitarism, Tall Stature, and Overgrowth Syndromes
Hyperpituitarism
Tall Stature
Differential Diagnosis of Tall Stature
Overgrowth in the Fetus and Neonate
Overgrowth in Childhood or Adolescence
Sotos Syndrome (Cerebral Gigantism)
Treatment of Normal Variant Tall Stature
Excess Growth Hormone Secretion and Pituitary Gigantism
Diagnosis
Treatment
Hypersecretion of Other Pituitary Hormones
Prolactinoma
Corticotropinoma
Bibliography
Chapter 561: Physiology of Puberty
Bibliography
Chapter 562: Disorders of Pubertal Development
562.1 Central Precocious Puberty
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
562.2 Precocious Puberty Resulting from Organic Brain Lesions
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
562.3 Precocious Puberty Following Irradiation of the Brain
Treatment
562.4 Syndrome of Precocious Puberty and Hypothyroidism
562.5 Chorionic Gonadotropin-Secreting Tumors
Hepatic Tumors
Intracranial Tumors
Tumors in Other Locations
Peripheral Precocious Puberty
562.6 McCune-Albright Syndrome (Precocious Puberty with Polyostotic Fibrous Dysplasia and Abnormal Pigmentation)
Extragonadal Manifestations
562.7 Familial Male Gonadotropin-Independent Precocious Puberty
Treatment
562.8 Incomplete (Partial) Precocious Development
Premature Thelarche
Premature Pubarche (Adrenarche)
Premature Menarche
562.9 Medicational Precocity
Bibliography
Section 2: Disorders of the Thyroid Gland
Chapter 563: Thyroid Development and Physiology
Fetal Development
Thyroid Physiology
Thyroid Regulation
Bibliography
563.1 Thyroid Hormone Studies
Serum Thyroid Hormones
Fetal and Newborn Thyroid
Serum Thyroxine-Binding Globulin
In Vivo Radionuclide Studies
Thyroid Ultrasonographic Studies
Bibliography
Chapter 564: Defects of Thyroxine-Binding Globulin
Bibliography
Chapter 565: Hypothyroidism
Congenital Hypothyroidism
Epidemiology
Etiology
Primary Hypothyroidism
Thyroid Dysgenesis.
Defective Synthesis of Thyroxine (Dyshormonogenesis).
Defect of Iodide Transport.
Thyroid Peroxidase Defects of Organification and Coupling.
Defects of Thyroglobulin Synthesis.
Defects in Deiodination.
Thyrotropin Hormone Unresponsiveness.
Defects in Thyroid Hormone Transport.
Resistance to Thyroid Hormone
Thyrotropin Receptor-Blocking Antibody.
Radioiodine Administration.
Iodine Exposure.
Iodine-Deficiency Endemic Goiter.
Central (Hypopituitary) Hypothyroidism
Thyrotropin and Thyrotropin-Releasing Hormone Deficiency.
Thyrotropin-Releasing Hormone Receptor Abnormality.
Thyroid Function in Preterm Babies
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Treatment
Prognosis
Acquired Hypothyroidism
Epidemiology
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnostic Studies
Treatment and Prognosis
Bibliography
Congenital Hypothyroidism
Acquired Hypothyroidism
Chapter 566: Thyroiditis
Chronic Lymphocytic Thyroiditis (Hashimoto Thyroiditis, Autoimmune Thyroiditis)
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Treatment
Other Causes of Thyroiditis
Bibliography
Chapter 567: Goiter
567.1 Congenital Goiter
Bibliography
567.2 Intratracheal Goiter
567.3 Endemic Goiter and Cretinism
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Pathogenesis
Treatment
Bibliography
567.4 Acquired Goiter
Iodide Goiter
Simple Goiter (Colloid Goiter)
Multinodular Goiter
Toxic Goiter (Hyperthyroidism)
Bibliography
Chapter 568: Hyperthyroidism
568.1 Graves Disease
Epidemiology
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
568.2 Congenital Hyperthyroidism
Etiology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
Prognosis
Bibliography
Chapter 569: Carcinoma of the Thyroid
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Bibliography
569.1 Solitary Thyroid Nodule
Bibliography
569.2 Medullary Thyroid Carcinoma
Multiple Endocrine Neoplasia, Type 2A
Multiple Endocrine Neoplasia, Type 2B
Treatment
Bibliography
Section 3: Disorders of the Parathyroid Gland
Chapter 570: Hormones and Peptides of Calcium Homeostasis and Bone Metabolism
Parathyroid Hormone
Parathyroid Hormone–Related Peptide
Vitamin D
Calcitonin
Bibliography
Chapter 571: Hypoparathyroidism
Etiology
Aplasia or Hypoplasia of the Parathyroid Glands
X-Linked Recessive Hypoparathyroidism
Autosomal Recessive Hypoparathyroidism with Dysmorphic Features
Hypoparathyroidism, Sensorineural Deafness, and Renal Anomaly Syndrome
Suppression of Neonatal Parathyroid Hormone Secretion Because of Maternal Hyperparathyroidism
Autosomal Dominant Hypoparathyroidism
Hypoparathyroidism Associated with Mitochondrial Disorders
Surgical Hypoparathyroidism
Autoimmune Hypoparathyroidism
Idiopathic Hypoparathyroidism
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Treatment
Differential Diagnosis
Bibliography
Chapter 572: Pseudohypoparathyroidism (Albright Hereditary Osteodystrophy)
Type Ia
Type Ia with Precocious Puberty
Type Ib
Acrodysostosis with Hormone Resistance
Bibliography
Chapter 573: Hyperparathyroidism
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
573.1 Other Causes of Hypercalcemia
Familial Hypocalciuric Hypercalcemia (Familial Benign Hypercalcemia)
Granulomatous Diseases
Hypercalcemia of Malignancy
Miscellaneous Causes of Hypercalcemia
Bibliography
Section 4: Disorders of the Adrenal Gland
Chapter 574: Physiology of the Adrenal Gland
574.1 Histology and Embryology
Bibliography
574.2 Adrenal Steroid Biosynthesis
Zona Glomerulosa
Zona Fasciculata
Zona Reticularis
Fetoplacental Unit
Bibliography
574.3 Regulation of the Adrenal Cortex
Regulation of Cortisol Secretion
Regulation of Aldosterone Secretion
Regulation of Adrenal Androgen Secretion
Bibliography
574.4 Adrenal Steroid Hormone Actions
Actions of Glucocorticoids
Metabolic Effects
Circulatory and Renal Effects
Growth
Immunologic Effects
Effects on Skin, Bone, and Calcium
Central Nervous System Effects
Actions of Mineralocorticoids
Actions of the Adrenal Androgens
Synthetic Corticosteroids
Bibliography
574.5 Adrenal Medulla
Bibliography
Chapter 575: Adrenocortical Insufficiency
575.1 Primary Adrenal Insufficiency
Inherited Etiologies
Inborn Defects of Steroidogenesis
Adrenal Hypoplasia Congenita
Other Genetic Causes of Adrenal Hypoplasia
Adrenoleukodystrophy
Familial Glucocorticoid Deficiency
Type I Autoimmune Polyendocrinopathy
Disorders of Cholesterol Synthesis and Metabolism
Corticosteroid-Binding Globulin Deficiency and Decreased Cortisol-Binding Affinity
Acquired Etiologies
Autoimmune Addison Disease
Infection
Drugs
Hemorrhage into Adrenal Glands
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
575.2 Secondary and Tertiary Adrenal Insufficiency
Etiology
Abrupt Cessation of Administration of Corticosteroids
Corticotropin (Adrenocorticotropic Hormone) Deficiency
Clinical Presentation
Laboratory Findings
Treatment
Bibliography
575.3 Adrenal Insufficiency in the Critical Care Setting
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Treatment
Bibliography
575.4 Altered End-Organ Sensitivity to Corticosteroids
Generalized Glucocorticoid Resistance
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Cortisone Reductase Deficiency
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Altered End-Organ Sensitivity to Mineralocorticoids
Pseudohypoaldosteronism
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Apparent Mineralocorticoid Excess
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Liddle Syndrome
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations, Laboratory Findings, and Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
Generalized Glucocorticoid Resistance
Cortisone Reductase Deficiency
Altered End-Organ Sensitivity to Mineralocorticoids
Apparent Mineralocorticoid Excess
Liddle Syndrome
Chapter 576: Congenital Adrenal Hyperplasia and Related Disorders
576.1 Congenital Adrenal Hyperplasia Caused by 21-Hydroxylase Deficiency
Etiology
Epidemiology
Genetics
Pathogenesis and Clinical Manifestations
Aldosterone and Cortisol Deficiency
Prenatal Androgen Excess
Postnatal Androgen Excess
Adrenomedullary Dysfunction
Laboratory Findings
Differential Diagnosis
Prenatal Diagnosis
Newborn Screening
Treatment
Glucocorticoid Replacement
Mineralocorticoid Replacement
Surgical Management of Ambiguous Genitals
Prenatal Treatment
Bibliography
576.2 Congenital Adrenal Hyperplasia Caused by 11β-Hydroxylase Deficiency
Etiology
Epidemiology
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Treatment
Bibliography
576.3 Congenital Adrenal Hyperplasia Caused by 3β-Hydroxysteroid Dehydrogenase Deficiency
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
576.4 Congenital Adrenal Hyperplasia Caused by 17-Hydroxylase Deficiency
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations and Laboratory Findings
Treatment
Bibliography
576.5 Lipoid Adrenal Hyperplasia
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Treatment
Bibliography
576.6 Deficiency of P450 Oxidoreductase (Antley-Bixler Syndrome)
Etiology, Pathogenesis, and Clinical Manifestations
Epidemiology
Laboratory Findings
Differential Diagnosis
Bibliography
576.7 Aldosterone Synthase Deficiency
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
576.8 Glucocorticoid-Suppressible Hyperaldosteronism
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Genetic Counseling
Bibliography
Chapter 577: Cushing Syndrome
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 578: Primary Aldosteronism
Etiology
Epidemiology
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 579: Adrenocortical Tumors
Epidemiology
Etiology
579.1 Virilizing and Feminizing Adrenal Tumors
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Pathologic Findings
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 580: Pheochromocytoma
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 581: Adrenal Masses
581.1 Adrenal Incidentaloma
581.2 Adrenal Calcification
Bibliography
Section 5: Disorders of the Gonads
Chapter 582: Development and Function of the Gonads
Genetic Control of Embryonic Gonadal Differentiation
Function of the Testes
Function of the Ovaries
Diagnostic Testing
Therapeutic Use of Sex Steroids
Bibliography
Chapter 583: Hypofunction of the Testes
583.1 Hypergonadotropic Hypogonadism in the Male (Primary Hypogonadism)
Etiology
Congenital Anorchia or Testicular Regression Syndrome
Chemotherapy and Radiation-Induced Hypogonadism
Sertoli Cell–Only Syndrome
Other Causes of Testicular Hypofunction
Testicular Dysgenesis Syndrome
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Noonan Syndrome
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
Klinefelter Syndrome
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Klinefelter Variants and Other Poly-X Syndromes
Laboratory Findings
Management
XX Males
45,X Males
47,XXX Males
Bibliography
583.2 Hypogonadotropic Hypogonadism in the Male (Secondary Hypogonadism)
Etiology
Isolated Gonadotropin Deficiency
Hypogonadotropic Hypogonadism Without Anosmia
Other Disorders with Hypogonadotropic Hypogonadism
Hypogonadotropic Hypogonadism Associated with Other Pituitary Hormone Deficiencies
Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 584: Pseudoprecocity Resulting from Tumors of the Testes
Bibliography
Chapter 585: Gynecomastia
Physiologic Forms of Gynecomastia
Neonatal Gynecomastia
Pubertal Gynecomastia
Pathologic Gynecomastia
Evaluation of Gynecomastia
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 586: Hypofunction of the Ovaries
586.1 Hypergonadotropic Hypogonadism in the Female (Primary Hypogonadism)
Turner Syndrome
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Treatment
XX Gonadal Dysgenesis
45,X/46,XY Gonadal Dysgenesis
XXX, XXXX, and XXXXX Females
XXX Females
XXXX and XXXXX Females
Noonan Syndrome
Other Ovarian Defects
Bibliography
586.2 Hypogonadotropic Hypogonadism in the Female (Secondary Hypogonadism)
Etiology
Hypopituitarism
Isolated Deficiency of Gonadotropins
Diagnosis
Bibliography
Chapter 587: Pseudoprecocity Resulting from Lesions of the Ovary
Estrogenic Lesions of the Ovary
Juvenile Granulosa Cell Tumor
Clinical Manifestations and Diagnosis
Treatment and Prognosis
Follicular Cyst
Androgenic Lesions of the Ovary
Bibliography
Chapter 588: Disorders of Sex Development
Sex Differentiation
Diagnostic Approach to the Patient with Atypical or Ambiguous Genitalia
588.1 46,XX DSD
Congenital Adrenal Hyperplasia
Aromatase Deficiency
Glucocorticoid Receptor Gene Mutation
Virilizing Maternal Tumors
Administration of Androgenic Drugs to Women during Pregnancy
Bibliography
588.2 46,XY DSD
Defects in Testicular Differentiation
Denys-Drash Syndrome
WAGR Syndrome
Campomelic Syndrome
XY Pure Gonadal Dysgenesis (Swyer Syndrome)
XY Gonadal Agenesis Syndrome (Embryonic Testicular Regression Syndrome)
Defects in Testicular Hormones
Leydig Cell Aplasia
Lipoid Adrenal Hyperplasia
3β-Hydroxysteroid Dehydrogenase Deficiency
Deficiency of 17-Hydroxylase/17,20-Lyase
Deficiency of 17-Ketosteroid Reductase
Persistent Müllerian Duct Syndrome
Defects in Androgen Action
Dihydrotestosterone Deficiency
Androgen Insensitivity Syndromes
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment and Prognosis
Undetermined Causes
Bibliography
588.3 Ovotesticular DSD
Diagnosis and Management of Disorders of Sex Development
Bibliography
Section 6: Diabetes Mellitus in Children
Chapter 589: Diabetes Mellitus
589.1 Classification
Type 1 Diabetes Mellitus
Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus
Other Specific Types of Secondary Diabetes
Impaired Glucose Tolerance
589.2 Type 1 Diabetes Mellitus (Immune Mediated)
Epidemiology
Genetics
Monogenic Type 1 Diabetes Mellitus
Genes Altering the Risk of Autoimmune Type 1 Diabetes Mellitus
Major Histocompatibility Complex/Human Leukocyte Antigen Encoded Susceptibility to Type 1 Diabetes Mellitus
Role of Aspartate at Position 57 in DQB1
Role of Human Leukocyte Antigen Class I
Insulin Gene Locus, IDDM2
PTPN22 (Lymphoid Tyrosine Phosphatase)
Cytotoxic T Lymphocyte Antigen 4
Interleukin-2 Receptor
Interleukin-1 Receptor
Interferon-Induced Helicase
CYP27B1
Environmental Factors
Viral Infections
Congenital Rubella Syndrome
Enteroviruses
Mumps Virus
The Hygiene Hypothesis: Possible Protective Role of Infections
Diet
Psychologic Stress
Pathogenesis and Natural History of Type 1 Diabetes Mellitus
Initiation of Autoimmunity
Preclinical Autoimmunity with Progressive Loss of β-Cell Function
Role of Autoantibodies
Role of Genetics in Disease Progression
Role of Environmental Factors
Onset of Clinical Disease
Prediction and Prevention
Primary Prevention of Type 1 Diabetes Mellitus
Secondary Prevention
Pathophysiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Diabetic Ketoacidosis
Treatment
New-Onset Diabetes Without Ketoacidosis
Insulin Therapy
Insulin Pump Therapy
Continuous Glucose Monitoring Systems
Amylin-Based Adjunct Therapy
Basic and Advanced Diabetes Education
Ketoacidosis
Hyperglycemia and Dehydration
Catabolic Losses
Keto Acid Accumulation
Diabetic Ketoacidosis Protocol
Cerebral Edema
Nonketotic Hyperosmolar Coma
Nutritional Management
Monitoring
Real-Time Continuous Glucose Monitoring
Glycosylated Hemoglobin
Exercise
Benefits of Improved Glycemic Control
Current Intensive Insulin Replacement Regimens
Hypoglycemic Reactions
Dawn Phenomenon and Somogyi Phenomenon
Behavioral/Psychologic Aspects and Eating Disorders
Cognitive Function
Coping Styles
Nonadherence
Anxiety and Depression
Fear of Self-Injecting and Self-Testing
Eating Disorders
Management During Infections
Management During Surgery
Long-Term Complications: Relation to Glycemic Control
Diabetic Neuropathy
Prognosis
Pancreas and Islet Transplantation and Regeneration
589.3 Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus
Natural History
Epidemiology
Genetics
Epigenetics and Fetal Programming
Environmental and Lifestyle-Related Risk Factors
Clinical Features
Treatment
Complications
Prevention
589.4 Other Specific Types of Diabetes
Genetic Defects of β-Cell Function
Maturity-Onset Diabetes of Youth
MODY2
MODY3
Mitochondrial Gene Defects
Maternally Inherited Diabetes and Deafness.
Diabetes Mellitus of the Newborn
Transient Neonatal Diabetes Mellitus
Permanent Neonatal Diabetes Mellitus
IPEX Syndrome
Abnormalities of the Insulin Gene
Genetic Defects of Insulin Action
Donohue Syndrome
Rabson-Mendenhall Syndrome
Lipoatrophic Diabetes
Stiff-Person Syndrome
Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
Cystic Fibrosis–Related Diabetes
Autoimmune Diseases
Endocrinopathies
Drugs
Genetic Syndromes Associated with Diabetes Mellitus
Bibliography
Epidemiology, Etiology, Genetics, Pathology, Classification, and Prevention
Genetics
Diabetic Ketoacidosis
Management of Type 1 Diabetes in Children
Long-Term Outcome of Childhood Diabetes: Relation of Control to Development of Complications
Type 2 Diabetes and Diseases and Syndromes Associated with Diabetes
Diabetes of the Newborn
Hypoglycemia and Diabetes
Pancreas and Islet Transplantation
Part XXVII: The Nervous System
Chapter 590: Neurologic Evaluation
History
Neurologic Examination
Mental Status
Head
Cranial Nerves
Olfactory Nerve (Cranial Nerve I)
Optic Nerve (Cranial Nerve II)
Vision
Oculomotor (Cranial Nerve III), Trochlear (Cranial Nerve IV), and Abducens Nerves (Cranial Nerve VI)
Trigeminal Nerve (Cranial Nerve V)
Facial Nerve (Cranial Nerve VII)
Vestibulocochlear Nerve (Cranial Nerve VIII)
Glossopharyngeal Nerve (Cranial Nerve IX)
Vagus Nerve (Cranial Nerve X)
Accessory Nerve (Cranial Nerve XI)
Hypoglossal Nerve (Cranial Nerve XII)
Motor Examination
Bulk
Tone
Strength
Involuntary Movements
Sensory Examination
Reflexes
Deep Tendon Reflexes and the Plantar Response
Primitive Reflexes
Coordination
Station and Gait
General Examination
Special Diagnostic Procedures
Lumbar Puncture and Cerebrospinal Fluid Examination
Neuroradiologic Procedures
Electroencephalography
Evoked Potentials
Bibliography
Chapter 591: Congenital Anomalies of the Central Nervous System
591.1 Neural Tube Defects
591.2 Spina Bifida Occulta (Occult Spinal Dysraphism)
591.3 Meningocele
591.4 Myelomeningocele
Etiology
Prevention
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
Prognosis
Bibliography
591.5 Encephalocele
Bibliography
591.6 Anencephaly
591.7 Disorders of Neuronal Migration
Lissencephaly
Schizencephaly
Neuronal Heterotopias
Polymicrogyrias
Focal Cortical Dysplasias
Porencephaly
Bibliography
591.8 Agenesis of the Corpus Callosum
Holoprosencephaly
Bibliography
591.9 Agenesis of the Cranial Nerves and Dysgenesis of the Posterior Fossa
Congenital Cranial Dysinnervation Disorders
Brainstem and Cerebellar Disorders
Bibliography
591.10 Microcephaly
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations and Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
591.11 Hydrocephalus
Physiology
Pathophysiology and Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis and Differential Diagnosis
Megalencephaly
Hydranencephaly
Treatment
Prognosis
Bibliography
591.12 Craniosynostosis
Development and Etiology
Clinical Manifestations and Treatment
Bibliography
Bibliography
Chapter 592: Deformational Plagiocephaly
Epidemiology and Etiology
Incidence
Risk Factors
Causes
Examination and Differentiating between Deformational Plagiocephaly and Craniosynostosis
History and Physical Exam
Treatment
Prevention
Treatment Options
Outcomes
Bibliography
Chapter 593: Seizures in Childhood
Evaluation of the First Seizure
593.1 Febrile Seizures
Genetic Factors
Evaluation
Lumbar Puncture
Electroencephalogram
Blood Studies
Neuroimaging
Treatment
Bibliography
593.2 Unprovoked Seizures
History and Examination
Differential Diagnosis
Long-Term Approach to the Patient and Additional Testing
Bibliography
593.3 Partial Seizures and Related Epilepsy Syndromes
Focal Seizures without Impairment of Consciousness
Focal Seizures with Impairment of Consciousness
Secondary Generalized Seizures
Benign Epilepsy Syndromes with Focal Seizures
Severe Epilepsy Syndromes with Focal Seizures
593.4 Generalized Seizures and Related Epilepsy Syndromes
Absence Seizures
Generalized Motor Seizure
Benign Generalized Epilepsies
Severe Generalized Epilepsies
593.5 Mechanisms of Seizures
Bibliography
593.6 Treatment of Seizures and Epilepsy
Deciding on Long-Term Therapy
Counseling
Mechanisms of Action of Antiepileptic Drugs
Choice of Drug According to Seizure Type and Epilepsy Syndrome
Choice of Drug: Other Considerations
Initiating and Monitoring Therapy
Titration
Monitoring
Side Effects
Additional Treatments
Approach to Epilepsy Surgery
Discontinuation of Therapy
Sudden Unexpected Death in Epilepsy
Bibliography
593.7 Neonatal Seizures
Pathophysiology
Types of Neonatal Seizures
Subtle Seizures
Clonic Seizures
Tonic Seizures
Spasms
Myoclonic Seizures
Seizures vs Jitteriness
Etiology
Hypoxic–Ischemic Encephalopathy
Vascular Events
Intracranial Infections
Brain Malformations
Metabolic Disturbances
Drug Withdrawal
Neonatal Seizure Syndromes
Miscellaneous Conditions
Diagnosis
Prognosis
Treatment
Lorazepam
Diazepam
Midazolam
Phenobarbital
Phenytoin and Fosphenytoin
Other Medications
Duration of Therapy
Bibliography
593.8 Status Epilepticus
Etiology
Mechanisms
Therapy
Bibliography
593.9 Reflex Seizures (Stimulus Precipitated Seizures)
Bibliography
593.10 Nodding Syndrome
Bibliography
Chapter 594: Conditions That Mimic Seizures
Syncope and Other Generalized Paroxysms
Apnea
Breath-Holding Spells
Compulsive Valsalva
Neurally Mediated Syncope
Cardiac Syncope
Other Causes of Syncope
Sporadic and Familial Hemiplegic Migraine
Benign Paroxysmal Vertigo of Childhood
Cyclic Vomiting Syndrome
The “Alice in Wonderland” Syndrome
Migraine-Induced Syncope
Psychologic Disorders
Paroxysmal Extreme Pain Disorder
Autonomic Storms (Diencephalic Seizures)
Movement Disorders and Other Abnormal Movements and Postures
Neonatal Jitteriness and Clonus
Hyperekplexia (Stiff Baby Syndrome) and Pathologic Startles
Benign Paroxysmal Torticollis of Infancy
Sandifer Syndrome
Alternating Hemiplegia of Childhood
Paroxysmal Dyskinesias and Other Movement Disorders
Motor Tics
Episodic Ataxias
Benign Myoclonus of Early Infancy, Shuddering Attacks, and Chin Trembling
Brainstem Dysfunction
Psychologic Disorders
Oculomotor Abnormalities and Visual Hallucinations
Paroxysmal Tonic Upgaze of Childhood
Oculomotor Apraxia and Saccadic Intrusions
Spasmus Nutans
Opsoclonus Myoclonus Syndrome
Daydreaming and Behavioral Staring
Visual Hallucinations
Sleep Disorders
Benign Sleep Myoclonus and Neonatal Sleep Myoclonus
Nonrapid Eye Movement Partial Arousal Disorders
Rapid Eye Movement Sleep Disorders
Sleep Transition Disorders
Narcolepsy-Cataplexy Syndrome
Bibliography
Chapter 595: Headaches
595.1 Migraine
Epidemiology
Classification and Clinical Manifestations
Migraine Without Aura
Migraine with Aura
Diagnosis and Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Acute Treatment
Emergency Department Treatments for Intractable Headaches
Antidopaminergic Drugs: Prochlorperazine and Metoclopramide.
Nonsteroidal Antiinflammatory Drugs: Ketorolac.
Antiepileptic Drugs: Sodium Valproate.
Triptans.
Dihydroergotamine.
Inpatient Management of Intractable Migraine and Status Migrainosus
Dihydroergotamine.
Sodium Valproate.
Preventive Therapy
Biobehavioral Therapy
Bibliography
595.2 Secondary Headaches
Bibliography
595.3 Tension-Type Headaches
Bibliography
Chapter 596: Neurocutaneous Syndromes
596.1 Neurofibromatosis
Clinical Manifestations and Diagnosis
Management
Genetic Counseling
Bibliography
596.2 Tuberous Sclerosis
Clinical Manifestations and Diagnosis
Skin Lesions
Other Organ Involvement
Management
Bibliography
596.3 Sturge-Weber Syndrome
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Management
Bibliography
596.4 Von Hippel-Lindau Disease
Bibliography
596.5 Linear Nevus Syndrome
Bibliography
596.6 PHACE Syndrome
Bibliography
596.7 Incontinentia Pigmenti
Clinical Manifestations and Diagnosis
Management
Bibliography
Chapter 597: Movement Disorders
597.1 Ataxias
597.2 Chorea, Athetosis, Tremor
597.3 Dystonia
Inherited Primary Dystonias
Drug-Induced Dystonias
Cerebral Palsy
Metabolic Disorders
Other Disorders
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 598: Encephalopathies
598.1 Cerebral Palsy
Epidemiology and Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
598.2 Mitochondrial Encephalomyopathies
Mitochondrial Myopathy, Encephalopathy, Lactic Acidosis, and Strokelike Episodes
Myoclonus Epilepsy and Ragged Red Fibers
Neuropathy, Ataxia, and Retinitis Pigmentosa Syndrome
Leber Hereditary Optic Neuropathy
Kearns-Sayre Syndrome
Reversible Infantile Cytochrome C Oxidase Deficiency Myopathy
Leigh Disease (Subacute Necrotizing Encephalomyopathy)
Reye Syndrome
Bibliography
598.3 Other Encephalopathies
Hiv Encephalopathy
Lead Encephalopathy
Burn Encephalopathy
Hypertensive Encephalopathy
Radiation Encephalopathy
Acute Necrotizing Encephalopathy
Cystic Leukoencephalopathy
Bibliography
598.4 Autoimmune Encephalitis
Anti-N-Methyl-D-Aspartate Receptor Encephalitis
Limbic Encephalitis
Hashimoto Encephalopathy
Opsoclonus–Myoclonus and Other Brainstem–Cerebellar Encephalitides
Bickerstaff Encephalitis
Chronic Lymphocytic Inflammation with Pontine Perivascular Enhancement Responsive to Steroids
Autoimmune Encephalopathies Associated with Epilepsy and Status Epilepticus
Other Suspected Autoimmune Encephalitides
Bibliography
Chapter 599: Neurodegenerative Disorders of Childhood
599.1 Sphingolipidoses
Gangliosidoses
GM1 Gangliosidoses
GM2 Gangliosidoses
Krabbe Disease (Globoid Cell Leukodystrophy)
Metachromatic Leukodystrophy
Bibliography
599.2 Neuronal Ceroid Lipofuscinoses
Bibliography
599.3 Adrenoleukodystrophy
599.4 Sialidosis
Bibliography
599.5 Miscellaneous Disorders
Pelizaeus-Merzbacher Disease
Alexander Disease
Canavan Spongy Degeneration
Other Leukodystrophies
Menkes Disease
Rett Syndrome
Subacute Sclerosing Panencephalitis
Neurodegeneration with Brain Iron Accumulation
Bibliography
Chapter 600: Demyelinating Disorders of the Central Nervous System
600.1 Multiple Sclerosis
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Diagnosis and Differential Diagnosis
Complications
Treatment
Prognosis
Bibliography
600.2 Neuromyelitis Optica
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Diagnosis and Differential Diagnosis
Complications
Treatment
Prognosis
Bibliography
600.3 Acute Disseminated Encephalomyelitis
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Neuroimaging
Laboratory Findings
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Bibliography
Chapter 601: Pediatric Stroke
601.1 Arterial Ischemic Stroke
Perinatal Arterial Ischemic Stroke
Bibliography
601.2 Cerebral Sinovenous Thrombosis
Bibliography
601.3 Hemorrhagic Stroke
Bibliography
601.4 Differential Diagnosis of Stroke-Like Events
Migraine
Seizure
Infection
Demyelination
Hypoglycemia
Global Hypoxic–Ischemic Encephalopathy
Hypertensive Encephalopathy
Inborn Errors of Metabolism
Vestibulopathy/Ataxia
Channelopathies
Alternating Hemiplegia of Childhood
Chapter 602: Central Nervous System Vasculitis
Epidemiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Bibliography
Chapter 603: Central Nervous System Infections
603.1 Acute Bacterial Meningitis Beyond the Neonatal Period
Etiology
Epidemiology
Streptococcus pneumoniae
Neisseria meningitidis
Haemophilus influenzae Type B
Pathology and Pathophysiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Lumbar Puncture
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Initial Antibiotic Therapy
Duration of Antibiotic Therapy
Corticosteroids
Supportive Care
Complications
Prognosis
Prevention
Neisseria meningitidis
Haemophilus influenzae Type B
Streptococcus pneumoniae
Bibliography
603.2 Viral Meningoencephalitis
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis and Pathology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Differential Diagnosis
Laboratory Findings
Treatment
Prognosis
Prevention
Bibliography
603.3 Eosinophilic Meningitis
Etiology
Epidemiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Bibliography
Chapter 604: Brain Abscess
Pathology
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Bibliography
Chapter 605: Idiopathic Intracranial Hypertension/Pseudotumor Cerebri
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 606: Spinal Cord Disorders
606.1 Tethered Cord
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnostic Evaluation
Treatment
Outcome
Bibliography
606.2 Diastematomyelia
Diastematomyelia: Split-Cord Malformation
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnostic Evaluation
Treatment
Bibliography
606.3 Syringomyelia
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnostic Evaluation
Treatment
Bibliography
606.4 Spinal Cord Tumors
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnostic Evaluation
Treatment
Outcome
Bibliography
606.5 Spinal Cord Injuries in Children
Clinical Manifestations
Clearing the Cervical Spine in Children
Treatment
Prevention
Bibliography
606.6 Transverse Myelitis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnostic Evaluation
Treatment
Bibliography
606.7 Spinal Arteriovenous Malformations
Diagnostic Evaluation
Treatment
Part XXVIII: Neuromuscular Disorders
Chapter 607: Evaluation and Investigation
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Serum Enzymes
Molecular Genetic Markers
Nerve Conduction Velocity
Electromyography
Imaging of Muscle and Central Nervous System
Muscle Biopsy
Nerve Biopsy
Cardiac Assessment
Bibliography
Chapter 608: Developmental Disorders of Muscle
Myogenic Regulatory Genes and Genetic Loci of Inherited Diseases of Muscle
Bibliography
608.1 Myotubular Myopathy (Centronuclear Myopathy)
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Diagnosis
Genetics
Treatment
Prognosis
Bibliography
608.2 Congenital Muscle Fiber-Type Disproportion
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Diagnosis
Genetics
Treatment
Bibliography
608.3 Nemaline Rod Myopathy
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Genetics
Treatment and Prognosis
Bibliography
608.4 Central Core, Minicore, and Multicore Myopathies
Bibliography
608.5 Myofibrillar Myopathies
Bibliography
608.6 Brain Malformations and Muscle Development
Bibliography
608.7 Amyoplasia
608.8 Muscular Dysgenesis (Proteus Syndrome Myopathy)
Bibliography
608.9 Benign Congenital Hypotonia
Bibliography
608.10 Arthrogryposis
Bibliography
Chapter 609: Muscular Dystrophies
609.1 Duchenne and Becker Muscular Dystrophies
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Diagnosis
Genetic Etiology and Pathogenesis
Treatment
Bibliography
609.2 Emery-Dreifuss Muscular Dystrophy
Genetics
Diagnosis and Investigations
Bibliography
609.3 Myotonic Muscular Dystrophy
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Diagnosis
Genetics
Treatment
Other Myotonic Syndromes
Bibliography
609.4 Limb-Girdle Muscular Dystrophies
Bibliography
609.5 Facioscapulohumeral Muscular Dystrophy
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Diagnosis and Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
609.6 Congenital Muscular Dystrophies
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 610: Endocrine and Toxic Myopathies
Thyroid Myopathies
Steroid-Induced Myopathy
Bibliography
Chapter 611: Metabolic Myopathies
611.1 Periodic Paralyses (Potassium-Related) and Other Muscle Channelopathies
Treatment
Other Muscle Channelopathies
Bibliography
611.2 Malignant Hyperthermia
611.3 Glycogenoses
Bibliography
611.4 Mitochondrial Myopathies
Investigations
Treatment
Bibliography
611.5 Lipid Myopathies
Bibliography
611.6 Vitamin E Deficiency Myopathy
Bibliography
Chapter 612: Disorders of Neuromuscular Transmission and of Motor Neurons
612.1 Myasthenia Gravis
Autoimmune Myasthenia Gravis
Clinical Manifestations
Congenital Myasthenic Syndromes
Rare Other Causes of Myasthenia
Laboratory Findings and Diagnosis
Recommendations on the Use of Cholinesterase Inhibitors as a Diagnostic Test for Myasthenia Gravis in Infants and Children
Children 2 Yr and Older
For Children Younger Than 2 Yr
Treatment
Complications
Prognosis
Other Causes of Neuromuscular Blockade
Bibliography
612.2 Spinal Muscular Atrophies
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Diagnosis
Genetics
Treatment
Bibliography
612.3 Other Motor Neuron Diseases
Chapter 613: Hereditary Motor-Sensory Neuropathies
613.1 Peroneal Muscular Atrophy (Charcot-Marie-Tooth Disease, Hereditary Motor-Sensory Neuropathy Type IIa)
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings and Diagnosis
Treatment
613.2 Peroneal Muscular Atrophy (Axonal Type)
613.3 Congenital Hypomyelinating Neuropathy and Dejerine-Sottas Disease (Hereditary Motor-Sensory Neuropathy Type III)
613.4 Roussy-Lévy Syndrome
613.5 Refsum Disease (Hereditary Sensory Neuropathy Type IV) and Infantile Refsum Disease
613.6 Fabry Disease
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Treatment
613.7 Giant Axonal Neuropathy
613.8 Tomaculous (Hypermyelinating) Neuropathy; Hereditary Neuropathy with Liability to Pressure Palsies
613.9 Leukodystrophies
Bibliography
Chapter 614: Toxic Neuropathies
Bibliography
Chapter 615: Autonomic Neuropathies
615.1 Familial Dysautonomia
Pathology
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Bibliography
615.2 Other Autonomic Neuropathies
Congenital Insensitivity to Pain and Anhidrosis
Reflex Sympathetic Dystrophy
Bibliography
Chapter 616: Guillain-Barré Syndrome
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings and Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Bibliography
Chapter 617: Bell Palsy
Clinical Manifestations
Imaging the Facial Nerve and Its Bony Canal
Treatment
Prognosis
Facial Palsy at Birth
Bibliography
Part XXIX: Disorders of the Eye
Chapter 618: Growth and Development
Bibliography
Chapter 619: Examination of the Eye
Visual Acuity
Visual Field Assessment
Color Vision Testing
Pupillary Examination
Ocular Motility
Binocular Vision
External Examination
Biomicroscopy (Slit-Lamp Examination)
Fundus Examination (Ophthalmoscopy)
Refraction
Tonometry
Bibliography
Chapter 620: Abnormalities of Refraction and Accommodation
Hyperopia
Myopia
Astigmatism
Anisometropia
Accommodation
Bibliography
Chapter 621: Disorders of Vision
Amblyopia
Diplopia
Suppression
Amaurosis
Nyctalopia
Psychogenic Disturbances
Dyslexia
Bibliography
Chapter 622: Abnormalities of Pupil and Iris
Aniridia
Coloboma of the Iris
Microcoria
Congenital Mydriasis
Dyscoria and Corectopia
Anisocoria
Dilated Fixed Pupil
Tonic Pupil
Marcus Gunn Pupil
Horner Syndrome
Paradoxical Pupil Reaction
Persistent Pupillary Membrane
Heterochromia
Other Iris Lesions
Leukocoria
Bibliography
Chapter 623: Disorders of Eye Movement and Alignment
Strabismus
Diagnosis
Clinical Manifestations and Treatment
Comitant Strabismus
Noncomitant Strabismus
3rd Nerve Palsy
4th Nerve Palsy
6th Nerve Palsy
Strabismus Syndromes
Monocular Elevation Deficiency
Duane Syndrome
Möbius Syndrome
Brown Syndrome
Parinaud Syndrome
Congenital Ocular Motor Apraxia
Nystagmus
Other Abnormal Eye Movements
Opsoclonus
Ocular Motor Dysmetria
Flutter-Like Oscillations
Bibliography
Chapter 624: Abnormalities of the Lids
Ptosis
Epicanthal Folds
Lagophthalmos
Lid Retractions
Ectropion, Entropion, and Epiblepharon
Blepharospasm
Blepharitis
Hordeolum (Stye)
Chalazion
Coloboma of the Eyelid
Tumors of the Lid
Bibliography
Chapter 625: Disorders of the Lacrimal System
The Tear Film
Dacryostenosis
Alacrima and “Dry Eye”
Bibliography
Chapter 626: Disorders of the Conjunctiva
Conjunctivitis
Ophthalmia Neonatorum
Epidemiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis and Prevention
Acute Purulent Conjunctivitis
Viral Conjunctivitis
Epidemic Keratoconjunctivitis
Membranous and Pseudomembranous Conjunctivitis
Allergic Conjunctivitis
Vernal Conjunctivitis
Parinaud Oculoglandular Syndrome
Chemical Conjunctivitis
Other Conjunctival Disorders
Bibliography
Chapter 627: Abnormalities of the Cornea
Megalocornea
Microcornea
Keratoconus
Neonatal Corneal Opacities
Sclerocornea
Peters Anomaly
Corneal Dystrophies
Dermoids
Dendritic Keratitis
Corneal Ulcers
Phlyctenules
Interstitial Keratitis
Corneal Manifestations of Systemic Disease
Bibliography
Chapter 628: Abnormalities of the Lens
Cataracts
Differential Diagnosis
Developmental Variants
Prematurity
Mendelian Inheritance
Congenital Infection Syndrome
Metabolic Disorders
Chromosomal Defects
Drugs, Toxic Agents, and Trauma
Miscellaneous Disorders
Treatment
Prognosis
Ectopia Lentis
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment and Prognosis
Microspherophakia
Anterior Lenticonus
Posterior Lenticonus
Bibliography
Chapter 629: Disorders of the Uveal Tract
Uveitis (Iritis, Cyclitis, Chorioretinitis)
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 630: Disorders of the Retina and Vitreous
Retinopathy of Prematurity
Pathogenesis
Classification
Clinical Manifestations and Prognosis
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prevention
Persistent Fetal Vasculature
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
Retinoblastoma
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Retinitis Pigmentosa
Stargardt Disease (Fundus Flavimaculatus)
Best Vitelliform Degeneration
Cherry-Red Spot
Phakomas
Retinoschisis
Retinal Detachment
Coats Disease
Familial Exudative Vitreoretinopathy
Hypertensive Retinopathy
Diabetic Retinopathy
Treatment
Subacute Bacterial Endocarditis
Blood Disorders
Trauma-Related Retinopathy
Myelinated Nerve Fibers
Coloboma of the Fundus
Bibliography
Chapter 631: Abnormalities of the Optic Nerve
Optic Nerve Aplasia
Optic Nerve Hypoplasia
Optic Nerve Coloboma
Morning Glory Disc Anomaly
Tilted Disc
Drusen of the Optic Nerve
Papilledema
Optic Neuritis
Leber Optic Neuropathy
Optic Atrophy
Optic Nerve Glioma
Traumatic Optic Neuropathies
Bibliography
Chapter 632: Childhood Glaucoma
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis and Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 633: Orbital Abnormalities
Hypertelorism and Hypotelorism
Exophthalmos and Enophthalmos
Orbital Inflammation
Tumors of the Orbit
Bibliography
Chapter 634: Orbital Infections
Dacryoadenitis
Dacryocystitis
Preseptal Cellulitis
Orbital Cellulitis
Bibliography
Chapter 635: Injuries to the Eye
Ecchymosis and Swelling of the Eyelids
Lacerations of the Eyelids
Superficial Abrasions of the Cornea
Foreign Body Involving the Ocular Surface
Hyphema
Open Globe
Optic Nerve Trauma
Chemical Injuries
Orbital Fractures
Penetrating Wounds of the Orbit
Child Abuse
Fireworks-Related Injuries
Sports-Related Ocular Injuries and Their Prevention
Handheld Laser Retinal Injury
Bibliography
Part XXX: The Ear
Chapter 636: General Considerations and Evaluation
Clinical Manifestations
Facial Paralysis
Physical Examination
Bibliography
Chapter 637: Hearing Loss
Incidence and Prevalence
Types of Hearing Loss
Etiology
Infectious Causes
Genetic Causes
Physical Causes
Effects of Hearing Impairment
Hearing Screening
Identification of Hearing Impairment
Clinical Audiologic Evaluation
Audiometry
Speech-Recognition Threshold
Play Audiometry
Visual Reinforcement Audiometry
Behavioral Observation Audiometry
Acoustic Immittance Testing
Tympanometry
Tympanometry in Otitis Media with Effusion
Acoustic Reflex Test
Auditory Brainstem Response
Otoacoustic Emissions
Acoustic Reflectometry
Treatment
Genetic Counseling
Bibliography
Chapter 638: Congenital Malformations
Pinna Malformations
Congenital Stenosis or Atresia of the External Auditory Canal
Congenital Middle-Ear Malformations
Congenital Inner Ear Malformations
Congenital Cholesteatoma
Bibliography
Chapter 639: External Otitis (Otitis Externa)
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prevention
Other Diseases of the External Ear
Furunculosis
Acute Cellulitis
Perichondritis and Chondritis
Dermatoses
Herpes Simplex Virus
Bullous Myringitis
Exostoses and Osteomas
Bibliography
Chapter 640: Otitis Media
Epidemiology
Age
Gender
Race
Genetic Background
Socioeconomic Status
Breast Milk Compared to Formula Feeding
Exposure to Tobacco Smoke
Exposure to Other Children
Season
Congenital Anomalies
Vaccination Status
Other Factors
Etiology
Acute Otitis Media
Otitis Media with Effusion
Pathogenesis
Anatomic Factors
Host Factors
Viral Pathogens
Allergy
Clinical Manifestations
Examination of the Tympanic Membrane
Otoscopy
Clearing the External Auditory Canal
Tympanic Membrane Findings
Diagnosis
Conjunctivitis-Associated Otitis Media
Asymptomatic Purulent Otitis Media
Tympanometry
Prevention
Immunoprophylaxis
Treatment
Management of Acute Otitis Media
Bacterial Resistance
First-Line Antimicrobial Treatment
Duration of Treatment
Follow-Up
Unsatisfactory Response to First-Line Treatment
Second-Line Treatment
Antimicrobial Prophylaxis
Myringotomy and Tympanocentesis
Early Recurrence After Treatment
Myringotomy and Insertion of Tympanostomy Tubes
Tube Otorrhea
Management of Otitis Media with Effusion
Variables Influencing Otitis Media with Effusion Management Decisions
Medical Treatment
Myringotomy and Insertion of Tympanostomy Tubes
Adenoidectomy
Complications of Acute Otitis Media
Intratemporal Complications
Infectious Dermatitis
Tympanic Membrane Perforation
Chronic Suppurative Otitis Media
Acute Mastoiditis
Facial Paralysis
Cholesteatoma
Labyrinthitis
Intracranial Complications
Physical Sequelae
Possible Developmental Sequelae
Bibliography
Chapter 641: The Inner Ear and Diseases of the Bony Labyrinth
Viruses
Toxoplasmosis
Bacterial Meningitis
Syphilis
Other Diseases of the Inner Ear
Bibliography
Chapter 642: Traumatic Injuries of the Ear and Temporal Bone
Auricle and External Auditory Canal
Tympanic Membrane and Middle Ear
Temporal Bone Fractures
Acoustic Trauma
Bibliography
Chapter 643: Tumors of the Ear and Temporal Bone
Bibliography
Part XXXI: The Skin
Chapter 644: Morphology of the Skin
Epidermis
Dermis
Subcutaneous Tissue
Appendageal Structures
Hair Follicles
Sebaceous Glands
Apocrine Glands
Eccrine Sweat Glands
Nails
Bibliography
Chapter 645: Evaluation of the Patient
History and Physical Examination
Biopsy of Skin
Wood Lamp
Potassium Hydroxide Preparation
Tzanck Smear
Immunofluorescence Studies
645.1 Cutaneous Manifestations of Systemic Diseases
Connective Tissue Diseases
Lupus Erythematosus
Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
Neonatal Lupus Erythematosus
Discoid Lupus Erythematosus
Juvenile Dermatomyositis
Systemic Sclerosis
Vasculitides
Henoch-Schönlein Purpura (Immunoglobulin A Vasculitis)
Kawasaki Disease
Behçet Disease
Gastrointestinal Diseases
Inflammatory Bowel Disease
Cutaneous Manifestations of Malignancy
Sweet Syndrome
Necrolytic Migratory Erythema (Glucagonoma Syndrome)
Cutaneous Reactions in the Setting of Immunosuppression
Medication Reactions
Graft-Versus-Host Disease
Bibliography
645.2 Multisystem Medication Reactions
Drug Rash with Eosinophilia and Systemic Symptoms (DRESS Syndrome)
Serum Sickness–Like Reaction
Acute Generalized Exanthematous Pustulosis
Bibliography
Chapter 646: Principles of Therapy
Wet Dressings
Bath Oils, Colloids, Soaps
Lubricants
Shampoos
Shake Lotions
Powders
Pastes
Keratolytic Agents
Tar Compounds
Antifungal Agents
Topical Antibiotics
Topical Corticosteroids
Topical Nonsteroidal Antiinflammatory Agents
Sunscreens
Laser Therapy
Bibliography
Chapter 647: Diseases of the Neonate
Sebaceous Hyperplasia
Milia
Sucking Blisters
Cutis Marmorata
Harlequin Color Change
Nevus Simplex (Salmon Patch)
Dermal Melanocytosis (Mongolian Spots)
Erythema Toxicum
Transient Neonatal Pustular Melanosis
Infantile Acropustulosis
Eosinophilic Pustular Folliculitis
Bibliography
Chapter 648: Cutaneous Defects
Skin Dimples
Redundant Skin
Amniotic Constriction Bands
Preauricular Sinuses and Pits
Accessory Tragi
Branchial Cleft and Thyroglossal Cysts and Sinuses
Supernumerary Nipples
Aplasia Cutis Congenita (Congenital Absence of Skin)
Focal Facial Dermal Dysplasias
Focal Dermal Hypoplasia (Goltz Syndrome)
Dyskeratosis Congenita (Zinsser-Engman-Cole Syndrome)
Cutis Verticis Gyrata
Bibliography
Chapter 649: Ectodermal Dysplasias
Hypohidrotic Ectodermal Dysplasia
Hidrotic Ectodermal Dysplasia (Clouston Syndrome)
Bibliography
Chapter 650: Vascular Disorders
Vascular Malformations
Capillary Malformation (Port-Wine Stain)
Angiokeratoma Circumscriptum
Venous Malformation
Cutis Marmorata Telangiectatica Congenita
Blue Rubber Bleb Nevus Syndrome
Klippel-Trenaunay and Parkes-Weber Syndromes
Arteriovenous Malformation
Lymphatic Malformations
Phakomatosis Pigmentovascularis
Nevus Anemicus
Vascular Tumors
Infantile Hemangioma
Multifocal Infantile Hemangioma
Kaposiform Hemangioendothelioma
Kasabach-Merritt Phenomenon
Pyogenic Granuloma (Lobular Capillary Hemangioma)
Angiokeratoma of Mibelli
Spider Angioma
Maffucci Syndrome
Hereditary Hemorrhagic Telangiectasia (Osler-Weber-Rendu Disease)
Ataxia-Telangiectasia
Angiokeratoma Corporis Diffusum (Fabry Disease)
Bibliography
Chapter 651: Cutaneous Nevi
Acquired Melanocytic Nevus
Epidemiology
Clinical Manifestations
Prognosis and Treatment
Atypical Melanocytic Nevus
Congenital Melanocytic Nevus
Melanoma
Halo Nevus
Spitz Nevus (Spindle and Epithelioid Cell Nevus)
Zosteriform Lentiginous Nevus (Agminated Lentigines)
Nevus Spilus (Speckled Lentiginous Nevus)
Nevus of Ota and Nevus of Ito
Blue Nevi
Nevus Depigmentosus (Achromic Nevus)
Epidermal Nevi
Nevus Sebaceus (Jadassohn)
Becker Nevus (Becker Melanosis)
Nevus Comedonicus
Connective Tissue Nevus
Smooth Muscle Hamartoma
Bibliography
Chapter 652: Hyperpigmented Lesions
Disorders of Pigment
Ephelides (Freckles)
Lentigines
Café-Au-Lait Spots
Neurofibromatosis Type 1 (von Recklinghausen Disease)
Incontinentia Pigmenti (Bloch-Sulzberger Disease)
Postinflammatory Pigmentary Changes
Bibliography
Chapter 653: Hypopigmented Lesions
Albinism
Oculocutaneous Albinism with Melanosomal Abnormalities
Melanoblast Migration Abnormalities
Piebaldism
Waardenburg Syndrome
Tuberous Sclerosis Complex (TSC1, TSC2 Genes)
Hypomelanosis of Ito
Vitiligo
Epidemiology and Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 654: Vesiculobullous Disorders
654.1 Erythema Multiforme
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Pathogenesis
Pathology
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
654.2 Stevens-Johnson Syndrome
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Pathogenesis
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
654.3 Toxic Epidermal Necrolysis
Epidemiology and Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
Bibliography
654.4 Mechanobullous Disorders
Epidermolysis Bullosa
Epidermolysis Bullosa Simplex
Junctional Epidermolysis Bullosa
Dystrophic Epidermolysis Bullosa
Kindler Syndrome
Bibliography
654.5 Pemphigus
Pemphigus Vulgaris
Etiology/Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Pathology
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Pemphigus Foliaceus
Etiology/Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Pathology
Differential Diagnosis
Bullous Pemphigoid
Etiology/Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Pathology
Diagnosis and Differential Diagnoses
Treatment
Bibliography
654.6 Dermatitis Herpetiformis
Etiology/Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Pathology
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
654.7 Linear Immunoglobulin A Dermatosis (Chronic Bullous Dermatosis of Childhood)
Etiology/Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Pathology
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 655: Eczematous Disorders
655.1 Contact Dermatitis
Irritant Contact Dermatitis
Diaper Dermatitis
Allergic Contact Dermatitis
Bibliography
655.2 Nummular Eczema
Bibliography
655.3 Pityriasis Alba
Bibliography
655.4 Lichen Simplex Chronicus
655.5 Acute Palmoplantar Eczema (Dyshidrotic Eczema, Dyshidrosis, Pompholyx)
655.6 Seborrheic Dermatitis
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 656: Photosensitivity
Acute SUNBURN Reaction
Photosensitive Reactions
Porphyrias
Colloid Milium
Hydroa Vacciniforme
Solar Urticaria
Polymorphous Light Eruption
Actinic Prurigo
Cockayne Syndrome
Xeroderma Pigmentosum
Rothmund-Thomson Syndrome
Bloom Syndrome
Hartnup Disease
Bibliography
Chapter 657: Diseases of the Epidermis
657.1 Psoriasis
Etiology/Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Differential Diagnosis
Pathology
Treatment
Prognosis
Bibliography
657.2 Pityriasis Lichenoides
Etiology/Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Pathology
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
657.3 Keratosis Pilaris
657.4 Lichen Spinulosus
657.5 Pityriasis Rosea
Etiology/Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
657.6 Pityriasis Rubra Pilaris
Etiology/Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Differential Diagnosis
Histology
Treatment
Bibliography
657.7 Darier Disease (Keratosis Follicularis)
Etiology/Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Histology
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
657.8 Lichen Nitidus
Etiology/Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Differential Diagnosis
Histology
Treatment
Bibliography
657.9 Lichen Striatus
Etiology/Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
657.10 Lichen Planus
Etiology/Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Histology
Treatment
Bibliography
657.11 Porokeratosis
Etiology/Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Histology
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
657.12 Gianotti-Crosti Syndrome (Papular Acrodermatitis)
Etiology/Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Histology
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
657.13 Acanthosis Nigricans
Etiology/Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Histology
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 658: Disorders of Keratinization
Disorders of Cornification
Collodion Baby
Common Ichthyoses
Ichthyosis Vulgaris
Etiology/Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
X-Linked Ichthyosis
Etiology/Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
Autosomal Recessive Congenital Ichthyoses (ARCI)
Harlequin Ichthyosis
Etiology/Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
Lamellar Ichthyosis and Congenital Ichthyosiform Erythroderma (Nonbullous Congenital Ichthyosiform Erythroderma)
Etiology/Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
Keratinopathic Ichthyoses
Epidermolytic Ichthyosis (Bullous Congenital Ichthyosiform Erythroderma; Epidermolytic Hyperkeratosis)
Etiology/Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Histopathology
Treatment
Other Nonsyndromic Ichthyoses
Erythrokeratoderma Variabilis
Etiology/Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
Symmetric Progressive Erythrokeratoderma
Etiology/Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
Syndromic Ichthyoses
Sjögren-Larsson Syndrome
Etiology/Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
Netherton Syndrome
Etiology/Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
Refsum Syndrome
Etiology/Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
Chondrodysplasia Punctata
Etiology/Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Other Syndromes with Ichthyosis
Palmoplantar Keratodermas
Diffuse Hyperkeratosis of Palms and Soles (Unna-Thost, Vorner)
Mal De Meleda (SLURP-1 Gene)
Vohwinkel Palmoplantar Keratoderma (Mutilating Keratoderma)
Papillon-Lefèvre Syndrome (Cathepsin C Gene)
Other Syndromes
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 659: Diseases of the Dermis
Keloid
Etiology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Histology
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Striae Cutis Distensae (Stretch Marks)
Etiology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Corticosteroid-Induced Atrophy
Etiology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Histology
Treatment
Granuloma Annulare
Etiology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Differential Diagnosis
Histology
Treatment
Necrobiosis Lipoidica
Etiology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Histology
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Lichen Sclerosus
Etiology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Differential Diagnosis
Histology
Treatment
Morphea
Etiology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Differential Diagnosis
Histology
Treatment
Scleredema (Scleredema Adultorum, Scleredema of Buschke)
Etiology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Differential Diagnosis
Histology
Treatment
Lipoid Proteinosis (Urbach-Wiethe Disease, Hyalinosis Cutis Et Mucosae)
Etiology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Histology
Treatment
Macular Atrophy (Anetoderma)
Etiology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Histology
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Cutis Laxa (Dermatomegaly, Generalized Elastolysis)
Etiology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Histology
Treatment
Ehlers-Danlos Syndrome
Classification
Classic (COL5A1, COL5A2, COL1A1 Genes; Previously EDS Type I—Gravis, EDS Type II—MITIS)
Hypermobile (COL3A1 Gene; Previously EDS Type III)
Vascular (COL3A1 Gene; Previously EDS Type IV—Arterial Ecchymotic)
Kyphoscoliosis (Lysyl Hydroxylase [PLOD Gene] Deficiency; Previously EDS Type VI)
Arthrochalasia (COLA1A Gene, Type A; COL1A2 Gene, Type B; Previously EDS Types VIIA and B—Arthrochalasis Multiplex Congenita)
Dermatosparaxis (Type 1 Collagen N-Peptidase; Previously EDS Type VIIC)
Differential Diagnosis
Pseudoxanthoma Elasticum
Etiology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Pathology
Treatment
Elastosis Perforans Serpiginosa
Etiology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Histology
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Reactive Perforating Collagenosis
Etiology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Histology
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Xanthomas
Fabry Disease
Mucopolysaccharidoses
Mastocytosis
Etiology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Differential Diagnosis
Prognosis
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 660: Diseases of Subcutaneous Tissue
Corticosteroid-Induced Atrophy
660.1 Panniculitis and Erythema Nodosum
Erythema Nodosum
Etiology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Histology
Treatment
Post-Steroid Panniculitis
Etiology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Histology
Treatment
Lupus Erythematosus Profundus (Lupus Erythematosus Panniculitis)
Etiology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Histology
Treatment
α1-Antitrypsin Deficiency
Etiology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Histology
Treatment
Pancreatic Panniculitis
Etiology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Histology
Treatment
Subcutaneous Fat Necrosis
Etiology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Histology
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Sclerema Neonatorum
Etiology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Histology
Treatment
Cold Panniculitis
Etiology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Histology
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Chilblains (Pernio)
Etiology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Histology
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Factitial Panniculitis
Etiology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Histology
Treatment
Bibliography
660.2 Lipodystrophy
Partial Lipodystrophy
Generalized Lipodystrophy
Bibliography
Chapter 661: Disorders of the Sweat Glands
Anhidrosis
Hyperhidrosis
Etiology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
Miliaria
Etiology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Histology
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Bromhidrosis
Hidradenitis Suppurativa
Etiology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Histology
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Fox-Fordyce Disease
Etiology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Histology
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 662: Disorders of Hair
Hypertrichosis
Hypotrichosis and Alopecia
Traumatic Alopecia (Traction Alopecia, Hair Pulling, Trichotillomania)
Traction Alopecia
Hair Pulling
Trichotillomania
Etiology and Pathogenesis.
Clinical Manifestations.
Differential Diagnosis.
Histology.
Treatment.
Alopecia Areata
Etiology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Differential Diagnosis
Histology
Treatment
Acquired Diffuse Hair Loss
Telogen Effluvium
Toxic Alopecia (Anagen Effluvium)
Congenital Diffuse Hair Loss
Structural Defects of Hair
Trichorrhexis Nodosa
Acquired Trichorrhexis Nodosa
Pili Torti
Menkes Kinky Hair Syndrome (Trichopoliodystrophy)
Monilethrix
Trichothiodystrophy
Trichorrhexis Invaginata (Bamboo Hair)
Pili Annulati
Woolly Hair Disease
Uncombable Hair Syndrome (Spun-Glass Hair)
Bibliography
Chapter 663: Disorders of the Nails
Abnormalities in Nail Shape or Size
Changes in Nail Color
Nail Separation
Nail Changes Associated with Skin Disease
Trachyonychia (20-Nail Dystrophy)
Nail Infection
Paronychial Inflammation
Paronychial Tumors
Bibliography
Chapter 664: Disorders of the Mucous Membranes
Angular Cheilitis
Aphthous Stomatitis (Canker Sores)
Fordyce Spots
Epstein Pearls (Gingival Cysts of the Newborn)
Mucocele
Fissured Tongue
Geographic Tongue (Benign Migratory Glossitis)
Black Hairy Tongue
Oral Hairy Leukoplakia
Acute Necrotizing Ulcerative Gingivitis (Vincent Stomatitis, Fusospirochetal Gingivitis, Trench Mouth)
Noma
Cowden Syndrome (Multiple Hamartoma Syndrome)
Bibliography
Chapter 665: Cutaneous Bacterial Infections
665.1 Impetigo
Etiology/Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Nonbullous Impetigo
Bullous Impetigo
Differential Diagnosis
Complications
Treatment
Bibliography
665.2 Subcutaneous Tissue Infections
Cellulitis
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Necrotizing Fasciitis
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prognosis
Bibliography
665.3 Staphylococcal Scalded Skin Syndrome (Ritter Disease)
Etiology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Differential Diagnosis
Histology
Treatment
Bibliography
665.4 Ecthyma
Bibliography
665.5 Other Cutaneous Bacterial Infections
Blastomycosis-Like Pyoderma (Pyoderma Vegetans)
Blistering Distal Dactylitis
Perianal Infectious Dermatitis
Erysipelas
Folliculitis
Furuncles and Abscesses
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
Pitted Keratolysis
Erythrasma
Erysipeloid
Tuberculosis of the Skin
Bibliography
Chapter 666: Cutaneous Fungal Infections
Tinea Versicolor
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Dermatophytoses
Etiology
Epidemiology
Tinea Capitis
Clinical Manifestations
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Tinea Corporis
Clinical Manifestations
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Tinea Cruris
Clinical Manifestations
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Tinea Pedis
Clinical Manifestations
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Tinea Unguium
Clinical Manifestations
Differential Diagnosis
Tinea Nigra Palmaris
Candidal Infections (Candidosis, Candidiasis, and Moniliasis)
Oral Candidosis (Thrush)
Vaginal Candidosis
Congenital Cutaneous Candidosis
Candidal Diaper Dermatitis
Intertriginous Candidosis
Perianal Candidosis
Candidal Paronychia and Onychia
Candidal Granuloma
Bibliography
Chapter 667: Cutaneous Viral Infections
Wart (Verruca)
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Histology
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Molluscum Contagiosum
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Differential Diagnosis
Histology
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 668: Arthropod Bites and Infestations
668.1 Arthropod Bites
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
Bibliography
668.2 Scabies
Etiology and Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Norwegian Scabies
Canine Scabies
Other Types of Scabies
Bibliography
668.3 Pediculosis
Bibliography
668.4 Seabather’s Eruption
Chapter 669: Acne
Acne Vulgaris
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
Diet
Climate
Cleansing
Topical Therapy
Retinoids.
Benzoyl Peroxide.
Topical Antibiotics.
Azelaic Acid.
Systemic Therapy
Surgical Therapy
Drug-Induced Acne
Halogen Acne
Chloracne
Neonatal Acne
Infantile Acne
Tropical Acne
Acne Conglobata
Acne Fulminans (Acute Febrile Ulcerative Acne)
Bibliography
Chapter 670: Tumors of the Skin
Epidermal Inclusion Cyst (Epidermoid Cyst)
Milium
Fibrofolliculomas
Pilar Cyst (Trichilemmal Cyst)
Pilomatricoma
Trichoepithelioma
Eruptive Vellus Hair Cysts
Steatocystoma Multiplex
Syringoma
Infantile Digital Fibroma
Dermatofibroma (Histiocytoma)
Juvenile Xanthogranuloma
Lipoma
Basal Cell Carcinoma
Nevoid Basal Cell Carcinoma Syndrome (Basal Cell Nevus Syndrome, Gorlin Syndrome)
Mucosal Neuroma Syndrome (Multiple Endocrine Neoplasia Type IIB)
Bibliography
Chapter 671: Nutritional Dermatoses
Acrodermatitis Enteropathica
Essential Fatty Acid Deficiency
Kwashiorkor
Cystic Fibrosis
Pellagra
Scurvy (Vitamin C or Ascorbic Acid Deficiency)
Vitamin a Deficiency
Bibliography
Part XXXII: Bone and Joint Disorders
Section 1: Orthopedic Problems
Chapter 672: Growth and Development
In Utero Positioning
Growth and Development
Centers of Ossification
Anatomic Locations: Descriptive Terms
Important Growth and Developmental Milestones
Growth Patterns in Upper and Lower Extremities
Gait/Functional Maturation
Bibliography
Chapter 673: Evaluation of the Child
History
Physical Examination
Inspection
Palpation
Range of Motion
Gait Assessment
Limping
Back Pain
Neurologic Evaluation
Radiographic Assessment
Plain Radiographs
Nuclear Medicine Imaging
Ultrasonography
Magnetic Resonance Imaging
Magnetic Resonance Angiography
Computed Tomography
Laboratory Studies
Bibliography
Chapter 674: The Foot and Toes
674.1 Metatarsus Adductus
Clinical Manifestations
Radiographic Evaluation
Treatment
Bibliography
674.2 Calcaneovalgus Feet
Clinical Manifestations
Radiographic Evaluation
Treatment
Bibliography
674.3 Talipes Equinovarus (Clubfoot)
Clinical Manifestations
Radiographic Evaluation
Treatment
Bibliography
674.4 Congenital Vertical Talus
Clinical Manifestations
Radiographic Evaluation
Treatment
Bibliography
674.5 Hypermobile Pes Planus (Flexible Flatfeet)
Clinical Manifestations
Radiographic Evaluation
Treatment
Bibliography
674.6 Tarsal Coalition
Clinical Manifestations
Radiographic Evaluation
Treatment
Bibliography
674.7 Cavus Feet
Treatment
Bibliography
674.8 Osteochondroses/Apophysitis
Bibliography
674.9 Puncture Wounds of the Foot
Bibliography
674.10 Toe Deformities
Juvenile Hallux Valgus (Bunion)
Clinical Manifestations
Radiographic Evaluation
Treatment
Curly Toes
Overlapping Fifth Toe
Polydactyly
Syndactyly
Hammer Toe
Mallet Toe
Claw Toe
Annular Bands
Macrodactyly
Subungual Exostosis
Ingrown Toenail
Bibliography
674.11 Painful Foot
674.12 Shoes
Bibliography
Chapter 675: Torsional and Angular Deformities
675.1 Normal Limb Development
Bibliography
675.2 Evaluation
Foot Progression Angle
Femoral Anteversion
Tibial Rotation
Foot Shape and Position
Bibliography
675.3 Torsional Deformities
Internal Femoral Torsion
Internal Tibial Torsion
External Femoral Torsion
External Tibial Torsion
Metatarsus Adductus
Bibliography
675.4 Coronal Plane Deformities
Genu Varum
Tibia Vara
Genu Valgum (Knock-Knees)
Bibliography
675.5 Congenital Angular Deformities of the Tibia and Fibula
Posteromedial Tibial Bowing
Anteromedial Tibial Bowing (Postaxial Hemimelia)
Anterolateral Tibial Bowing
Tibial Longitudinal Deficiency
Bibliography
Chapter 676: Leg-Length Discrepancy
Diagnosis and Clinical Findings
Radiographic Evaluation
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 677: The Knee
Normal Development of the Knee
Anatomy and Range of Motion
677.1 Discoid Lateral Meniscus
Clinical Manifestations and Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
677.2 Popliteal Cysts (Baker Cysts)
Clinical Manifestations and Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
677.3 Osteochondritis Dissecans
Clinical Manifestations and Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
677.4 Osgood-Schlatter Disease and Sinding-Larsen-Johansson Syndrome
Clinical Manifestations and Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
677.5 Patellofemoral Pain Syndrome
Clinical Manifestations and Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
677.6 Patellofemoral Instability
Clinical Manifestations and Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
677.7 Anterior Cruciate Ligament Rupture
Clinical Manifestations and Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 678: The Hip
Growth and Development
Vascular Supply
678.1 Developmental Dysplasia of the Hip
Classification
Etiology and Risk Factors
Epidemiology
Pathoanatomy
Clinical Findings
The Neonate
The Infant
The Walking Child
Diagnostic Testing
Ultrasonography
Radiography
Treatment
Newborns and Infants Younger Than 6 Months
Children 6 Months to 2 Years of Age
Children Older Than 2 Years
Complications
Bibliography
678.2 Transient Monoarticular Synovitis (Toxic Synovitis)
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
678.3 Legg-Calvé-Perthes Disease
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Classification
Natural History and Prognosis
Treatment
Bibliography
678.4 Slipped Capital Femoral Epiphysis
Classification
Etiology and Pathogenesis
Epidemiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnostic Studies
Treatment
Complications
Bibliography
Chapter 679: The Spine
Normal Spinal Curvatures
679.1 Idiopathic Scoliosis
Definition
Etiology
Epidemiology
Classification of Idiopathic Scoliosis
Clinical Presentation of Idiopathic Scoliosis
Physical Examination of Idiopathic Scoliosis
Radiographic Evaluation of Idiopathic Scoliosis
Natural History of Idiopathic Scoliosis
Treatment of Idiopathic Scoliosis
Bibliography
679.2 Congenital Scoliosis
Definition
Etiology
Associated Conditions
Classification of Congenital Scoliosis
Natural History of Congenital Scoliosis
Treatment of Congenital Scoliosis
Thoracic Insufficiency Syndrome
Bibliography
679.3 Neuromuscular Scoliosis, Genetic Syndromes, and Compensatory Scoliosis
Neuromuscular Scoliosis
Syndromes and Genetic Disorders
Compensatory Scoliosis
Bibliography
679.4 Kyphosis (Round-Back)
Flexible Kyphosis (Postural Kyphosis)
Structural Kyphosis
Scheuermann Disease
Physical Exam and Clinical Manifestations
Radiographic Evaluation
Natural History
Treatment
Congenital Kyphosis
Bibliography
679.5 Back Pain in Children
Clinical Evaluation
Medical Decision Making
Radiographic and Laboratory Evaluation
Bibliography
679.6 Spondylolysis and Spondylolisthesis
Clinical Manifestations
Physical Exam
Radiographic Evaluation
Treatment
Bibliography
679.7 Spine Infection
Clinical Manifestations
Radiographic Evaluation
Treatment
Bibliography
679.8 Intervertebral Disc Herniation/Slipped Vertebral Apophysis
Etiology
Clinical Manifestations
Radiographic Evaluation
Treatment
Bibliography
679.9 Tumors
Chapter 680: The Neck
680.1 Torticollis
Congenital Muscular Torticollis
Other Causes of Torticollis
Bibliography
680.2 Klippel-Feil Syndrome
Etiology and Classification
Clinical Presentation
Physical Examination
Radiographic Investigation
Treatment
Bibliography
680.3 Cervical Anomalies and Instabilities
Os Odontoideum
Down Syndrome
22q11.2 Deletion Syndrome
Bibliography
Chapter 681: The Upper Limb
Shoulder
Brachial Plexus Birth Palsy
Treatment
Sprengel’s Deformity
Treatment
Elbow
Panner Disease
Treatment
Radial Longitudinal Deficiency
Treatment
Nursemaid Elbow
Treatment
Wrist
Madelung Deformity
Treatment
Ganglion
Treatment
Hand
Camptodactyly
Treatment
Clinodactyly
Treatment
Polydactyly
Treatment
Thumb Hypoplasia
Treatment
Syndactyly
Treatment
Fingertip Injuries
Trigger Thumb and Fingers
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 682: Arthrogryposis
Etiology
Neurologic Abnormalities
Muscular Abnormalities
Limited Intrauterine Spacing
Connective Tissue Abnormalities
Maternal Diseases
Intrauterine Vascular Compromise
Classification
Management of Orthopedic Problems of Arthrogryposis
Foot Problems
Knee Problems
Hip Problems
Ambulation
Upper-Extremity Problems
Surgery of the Upper Extremity
Shoulder
Elbow
Wrist
Scoliosis
Surgical Staging
Bibliography
Chapter 683: Common Fractures
683.1 Unique Characteristics of Pediatric Fractures
Fracture Remodeling
Overgrowth
Progressive Deformity
Rapid Healing
Bibliography
683.2 Pediatric Fracture Patterns
Plastic Deformation
Buckle or Torus Fracture
Greenstick Fracture
Complete Fractures
Epiphyseal Fractures
Child Abuse
Bibliography
683.3 Upper Extremity Fractures
Phalangeal Fractures
Forearm Fractures
Distal Humeral Fractures
Proximal Humerus Fractures
Clavicular Fractures
Bibliography
683.4 Fractures of Lower Extremity
Hip Fracture
Toddler Fracture
Proximal Tibia Fractures
Tibia and Fibula Shaft Fractures
Femoral Shaft Fractures
Triplane and Tillaux Fractures
Metatarsal Fractures
Toe Phalangeal Fractures
Bibliography
683.5 Operative Treatment
Surgical Techniques
Bibliography
683.6 Complications of Fractures in Children
Chapter 684: Osteomyelitis
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Radiographic Evaluation
Plain Radiographs
Computed Tomography and Magnetic Resonance Imaging
Radionuclide Studies
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Antibiotic Therapy
Surgical Therapy
Physical Therapy
Prognosis
Bibliography
Chapter 685: Septic Arthritis
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Radiographic Evaluation
Plain Radiographs
Ultrasonography
Magnetic Resonance Imaging and Computed Tomography
Radionuclide Imaging
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Antibiotic Therapy
Surgical Therapy
Prognosis
Bibliography
Section 2: Sports Medicine
Chapter 686: Epidemiology and Prevention of Injuries
Preparticipation Sports Examination
History and Physical Examination
Bibliography
Chapter 687: Management of Musculoskeletal Injury
Mechanism of Injury
Acute Injuries
Overuse Injuries
Initial Evaluation of the Injured Extremity
Transition From Immediate Management to Return to Play
Phase 1
Phase 2
Phase 3
Phase 4
Relative Rest and Return-to-Play Guidelines
Differential Diagnoses of Musculoskeletal Pain
Bibliography
687.1 Growth Plate Injuries
Bibliography
687.2 Shoulder Injuries
Clavicle Fractures
Acromioclavicular Separation
Anterior Dislocation
Rotator Cuff Injury
Bibliography
687.3 Elbow Injuries
Acute Injuries
Chronic Injuries
Bibliography
687.4 Low Back Injuries
Spondylolysis, Spondylolisthesis, and Facet Syndrome
Spondylolysis
Spondylolisthesis and Facet Syndrome
Lumbar Disk Herniation, Strain, and Contusion
Sacroiliitis
Other Causes
Bibliography
687.5 Hip and Pelvis Injuries
Bibliography
687.6 Knee Injuries
Initial Treatment of Acute Knee Injuries
Chronic Injuries
Patellofemoral Stress Syndrome
Osgood-Schlatter Disease
Other Chronic Injuries
Bibliography
687.7 Lower Leg Pain: Shin Splints, Stress Fractures, and Chronic Compartment Syndrome
Bibliography
687.8 Ankle Injuries
Examination and Injury Grading Scale
Radiographs
Initial Treatment of Ankle Sprains
Rehabilitation
Bibliography
687.9 Foot Injuries
Bibliography
Chapter 688: Sports-Related Traumatic Brain Injury (Concussion)
Epidemiology
Pathophysiology
Assessment of the Injured Player
Management and Treatment
Initial Phase
Returning to Sport
Prevention
Bibliography
Chapter 689: Cervical Spinal Injuries
Soft-Tissue Injury
Spear Tackler’s Spine
Cervical Fractures
Stingers (Burners)
Transient Quadriparesis
Congenital Spinal Stenosis
Spinal Cord Injury
Bibliography
Chapter 690: Heat Injuries
Bibliography
Chapter 691: Female Athletes: Menstrual Problems and the Risk of Osteopenia
Bibliography
Chapter 692: Performance-Enhancing Aids
Bibliography
Chapter 693: Specific Sports and Associated Injuries
Gymnastics
Swimming
Baseball
Dance
Wrestling
Football
Ice Hockey
Basketball and Volleyball
Running
Soccer
Tennis
Skiing and Snowboarding
Cheerleading
Skateboarding
Bibliography
Section 3: The Skeletal Dysplasias
Chapter 694: General Considerations
Clinical Manifestations
Growth
Non–Growth-Related Manifestations
Family and Reproductive History
Radiographic Features
Diagnosis
Molecular Genetics
Pathophysiology
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 695: Disorders Involving Cartilage Matrix Proteins
Spondyloepiphyseal Dysplasias
Lethal Spondyloepiphyseal Dysplasias
Spondyloepiphyseal Dysplasia Congenita
Kniest Dysplasia
Late-Onset Spondyloepiphyseal Dysplasia
Aggrecan-Related Spondyloepiphyseal Dysplasias
Stickler Syndrome/Dysplasia (Hereditary Osteoarthroophthalmopathy)
Schmid Metaphyseal Dysplasia
Pseudoachondroplasia and Multiple Epiphyseal Dysplasia
Bibliography
Chapter 696: Disorders Involving Transmembrane Receptors
Achondroplasia Group
Thanatophoric Dysplasia
Achondroplasia
Diagnosis
Clinical Manifestations
Genetics
Hypochondroplasia
Jansen Metaphyseal Dysplasia
Bibliography
Chapter 697: Disorders Involving Ion Transporters
Diastrophic Dysplasia
Achondrogenesis Type 1B and Atelosteogenesis Type II
Bibliography
Chapter 698: Disorders Involving Transcription Factors
Campomelic Dysplasia
Cleidocranial Dysplasia
Nail-Patella Syndrome
Bibliography
Chapter 699: Disorders Involving Defective Bone Resorption
Osteopetrosis
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
Pyknodysostosis
Bibliography
Chapter 700: Disorders for Which Defects Are Poorly Understood or Unknown
Ellis–Van Creveld Syndrome
Asphyxiating Thoracic Dystrophy (see also Chapter 417.3)
Short-Rib Polydactyly Syndromes
Cartilage-Hair Hypoplasia
Metatropic Dysplasia
Spondylometaphyseal Dysplasia, Kozlowski Type
Disorders Involving Filamins
Juvenile Osteochondroses
Caffey Disease (Infantile Cortical Hyperostosis)
Fibrodysplasia Ossificans Progressive
Bibliography
Chapter 701: Osteogenesis Imperfecta
Etiology
Epidemiology
Pathology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Osteogenesis Imperfecta Type I (Mild)
Osteogenesis Imperfecta Type II (Perinatal Lethal)
Osteogenesis Imperfecta Type III (Progressive Deforming)
Osteogenesis Imperfecta Type IV (Moderately Severe)
Osteogenesis Imperfecta Type V (Hyperplastic Callus) and Type VI Hyperosteoidosis (Mineralization Defect)
Osteogenesis Imperfecta Types VII, VIII, and IX (Autosomal Recessive)
Osteogenesis Imperfecta Types X and XI (Autosomal Recessive)
High Bone Mass Osteogenesis Imperfecta (Cleavage of the Procollagen C-Propeptide)
Other Genes for Osteogenesis Imperfecta
Laboratory Findings
Complications
Treatment
Prognosis
Genetic Counseling
Bibliography
Chapter 702: Marfan Syndrome
Epidemiology
Pathogenesis
Clinical Manifestations
Skeletal System
Cardiovascular System
Ocular System
Other Systems
Diagnosis
Differential Diagnosis
Aortic Aneurysm Syndromes
Ectopia Lentis Syndromes
Syndromes with Systemic Manifestations of Marfan Syndrome
Laboratory Findings
Management
Current Therapies
Activity Restrictions
Aortic Surgery
Pregnancy
Endocarditis Prophylaxis
Current Pharmacologic Approaches
Emerging Therapeutic Strategies
Angiotensin II Receptor Type 1 Blockers
Prognosis
Genetic Counseling
Bibliography
Section 4: Metabolic Bone Disease
Chapter 703: Bone Structure, Growth, and Hormonal Regulation
Bibliography
Chapter 704: Primary Chondrodystrophy (Metaphyseal Dysplasia)
Bibliography
Chapter 705: Hypophosphatasia
Bibliography
Chapter 706: Hyperphosphatasia
Bibliography
Chapter 707: Osteoporosis
Bibliography
Part XXXIII: Rehabilitation Medicine
Chapter 708: Principles of Rehabilitation Medicine
Epidemiology
Approach
Scope of Practice
Prevention of Muscle Weakness
Other Assist Devices
Bibliography
Chapter 709: Evaluation of the Child for Rehabilitative Services
Child Characteristics
Family Characteristics
The Physical Environment
The Previously Healthy Child
Chapter 710: Severe Traumatic Brain Injury
Etiology
Pathophysiology
Acute Rehabilitation
Outcomes Associated with Severe Traumatic Brain Injury
Pediatric Traumatic Brain Injury and Plasticity
Bibliography
Chapter 711: Spinal Cord Injury and Autonomic Crisis Management
Evaluation
Clinical Manifestations
Prognosis
Bibliography
Chapter 712: Spasticity
Oral Medications
GABAergic Medications
α2-Adrenergic Agents
Peripherally Acting Calcium Blockers
Surgical Management
Bibliography
Chapter 713: Birth Brachial Plexus Palsy
Physical Examination
Laboratory Examination
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 714: Traumatic and Sports-Related Injuries of the Lower Extremity
Chapter 715: Meningomyelocele (Spina Bifida)
Etiology
Prevention
Prenatal Screening
Clinical Implications
Adolescence and Transition Into Adulthood
Bibliography
Chapter 716: Ambulation Assistance
Orthoses
Prostheses
Assistive Devices
Wheelchairs
Bibliography
Chapter 717: Health and Wellness for Children with Disabilities
Health Promotion Definitions and Background for Disability
Anticipatory Guidance, Counseling, and Preventive Care
Physical Activity and Exercise
Nutrition and Obesity
Emotional Health and Leisure Activities
Dental Care
Role of Healthcare Providers
Bibliography
Part XXXIV: Environmental Health Hazards
Chapter 718: Biologic Effects of Radiation on Children
Basic Principles
Biologic Effects of Radiation
Decreasing Unnecessary Diagnostic Radiation in Children While Still Obtaining Diagnostic Images
Reducing Radiation from the CT Examination
Radiation Therapy—Acute and Late Effects
Whole-Body Irradiation
Uncontrolled Large- or Small-Scale Exposure to Radiation
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
Localized Irradiation
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
Internal Contamination
Epidemiology
Clinical Manifestations
Treatment
External Contamination
Bibliography
Chapter 719: Chemical Pollutants
Synthetic Chemicals and Human Health
Children’s Unique Susceptibility to Synthetic Chemicals
Safety Testing of Synthetic Chemicals
Synthetic Chemicals and Disease in Children
Chemical Pollutants of Major Concern
Air Pollutants
Oil Spill Hazards
Lead
Mercury
Asbestos
Second-Hand Tobacco Smoke
Pesticides
Polychlorinated Biphenyls, DDT, Dioxins, Brominated Flame Retardants, and Other Halogenated Hydrocarbons
Endocrine Disruptors
Environmental Carcinogens
Routes of Exposure
Transplacental.
Water.
Air.
Food.
Work Clothes.
Schools.
Child Labor.
The Physician’s Role
Bibliography
Chapter 720: Heavy Metal Intoxication
Arsenic
Epidemiology
Pharmacokinetics
Pathophysiology
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Mercury
Epidemiology
Pharmacokinetics
Pathophysiology
Clinical Manifestations
Laboratory Findings
Treatment of Arsenic and Mercury Intoxication
Bibliography
Chapter 721: Lead Poisoning
Public Health History
Sources of Exposure
Metabolism
Clinical Effects
Clinical Symptoms
Gastrointestinal Tract and Central Nervous System
Diagnosis
Screening
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 722: Nonbacterial Food Poisoning
722.1 Mushroom Poisoning
Gastrointestinal: Delayed Onset
Amanita Poisoning
Treatment
Monomethylhydrazine Intoxication
Treatment
Renal: Delayed Onset
Orellanine Poisoning
Treatment
Autonomic Nervous System: Rapid Onset
Muscarine Poisoning
Treatment
Coprine Ingestion
Central Nervous System: Rapid Onset
Isoxazole Intoxication
Indole Intoxication
Gastrointestinal: Rapid Onset
Bibliography
722.2 Solanine Poisoning
Bibliography
722.3 Seafood Poisoning
Ciguatera Fish Poisoning
Treatment
Scombroid (Pseudoallergic) Fish Poisoning
Treatment
Paralytic Shellfish Poisoning
Treatment
Neurotoxic Shellfish Poisoning
Treatment
Diarrhetic Shellfish Poisoning
Amnesic Shellfish Poisoning
Azaspiracid Poisoning
Bibliography
Ciguatera Fish Poisoning
Scombroid Fish Poisoning
Shellfish Poisoning
Fish Poisoning
722.4 Melamine Poisoning
Bibliography
Chapter 723: Biologic and Chemical Terrorism
Etiology
Epidemiology and Pediatric-Specific Concerns
Clinical Manifestations
Sudden-Onset Neuromuscular Syndrome: Nerve Agents
Delayed-Onset Neuromuscular Syndrome: Botulism
Sudden-Onset Respiratory Syndrome: Chlorine, Phosgene, and Cyanide
Delayed-Onset Respiratory Syndrome: Anthrax, Plague, Tularemia, and Ricin
Sudden-Onset Dermatologic Syndrome: Mustard and Lewisite
Delayed-Onset Dermatologic Syndrome: Smallpox
Diagnosis
Prevention
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 724: Animal and Human Bites
Epidemiology
Clinical Manifestations
Diagnosis
Complications
Treatment
Prevention
Bibliography
724.1 Rat Bite Fever
Etiology
Clinical Course
Diagnosis
Treatment
Bibliography
724.2 Monkeypox
Etiology
Clinical Course
Treatment
Bibliography
Chapter 725: Envenomations
General Approach to the Envenomated Child
General Management
Antivenom Administration
General Wound Care
Snake Bites
Venoms and Effects
Management
Disposition
Spider Bites
Neurotoxic Spiders
Venoms and Effects
Management
Disposition
Necrotizing Spiders
Venoms and Effects
Management
Disposition
Scorpion Stings
Venoms and Effects
Management
Disposition
Hymenoptera Stings
Venoms and Effects
Management
Disposition
Marine Envenomation
Venoms and Effects
Management
Disposition
Bibliography
Part XXXV: Laboratory Testing in Infants and Children
Chapter 726: Laboratory Testing in Infants and Children
Accuracy and Precision of Laboratory Tests
Sensitivity, Accuracy, and Analytic Testing
Predictive Value of Laboratory Tests
Neonatal Screening Tests
Testing in Refining a Differential Diagnosis
Serologic Testing
Laboratory Screening
Acknowledgments
Bibliography
Chapter 727: Reference Intervals for Laboratory Tests and Procedures
Bibliography (for Table 727-5)
Recommend Papers

Nelson Textbook of Pediatrics [20 ed.]
 9781455775668, 9780323353076

  • 0 0 0
  • Like this paper and download? You can publish your own PDF file online for free in a few minutes! Sign Up
File loading please wait...
Citation preview

Nelson

TEXTBOOK of

PEDIATRICS

Nelson

TEXTBOOK of

PEDIATRICS EDITION 20

Robert M. Kliegman, MD Professor and Chair Emeritus Department of Pediatrics Medical College of Wisconsin Milwaukee, Wisconsin

Bonita F. Stanton, MD

Vice-Dean of Research Professor of Pediatrics Wayne State University School of Medicine Detroit, Michigan

Joseph W. St Geme III, MD

Chair, Department of Pediatrics Professor of Pediatrics and Microbiology Perelman School of Medicine at the University of Pennsylvania Physician-in-Chief Leonard and Madlyn Abramson Endowed Chair in Pediatrics Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

Nina F. Schor, MD, PhD

William H. Eilinger Professor and Chair Department of Pediatrics Professor Department of Neurology Pediatrician-in-Chief Golisano Children’s Hospital University of Rochester Medical Center Rochester, New York

Editor Emeritus

Richard E. Behrman, MD Nonprofit Healthcare and Educational Consultants to Medical Institutions Santa Barbara, California

1600 John F. Kennedy Blvd. Ste. 1800 Philadelphia, PA 19103-2899

NELSON TEXTBOOK OF PEDIATRICS, TWENTIETH EDITION International Edition

ISBN: 978-1-4557-7566-8 ISBN: 978-0-323-35307-6

Copyright © 2016 by Elsevier, Inc. All rights reserved.  No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying, recording, or any information storage and retrieval system, without permission in writing from the publisher. Details on how to seek permission and further information about the Publisher’s permissions policies and our arrangements with organizations such as the Copyright Clearance Center and the Copyright Licensing Agency can be found at our website: www.elsevier. com/permissions. This book and the individual contributions contained in it are protected under copyright by the Publisher (other than as may be noted herein).

Notices Knowledge and best practice in this field are constantly changing. As new research and experience broaden our understanding, changes in research methods, professional practices, or medical treatment may become necessary. Practitioners and researchers must always rely on their own experience and knowledge in evaluating and using any information, methods, compounds, or experiments described herein. In using such information or methods they should be mindful of their own safety and the safety of others, including parties for whom they have a professional responsibility. With respect to any drug or pharmaceutical products identified, readers are advised to check the most current information provided (i) on procedures featured or (ii) by the manufacturer of each product to be administered, to verify the recommended dose or formula, the method and duration of administration, and contraindications. It is the responsibility of practitioners, relying on their own experience and knowledge of their patients, to make diagnoses, to determine dosages and the best treatment for each individual patient, and to take all appropriate safety precautions. To the fullest extent of the law, neither the Publisher nor the authors, contributors, or editors, assume any liability for any injury and/or damage to persons or property as a matter of products liability, negligence or otherwise, or from any use or operation of any methods, products, instructions, or ideas contained in the material herein. Previous editions copyrighted 2011, 2007, 2004, 2000, 1996, 1992, 1987, 1983, 1979, 1975, 1969, 1964, 1959 International Standard Book Number: 978-1-4557-7566-8

Content Strategy Director: Mary Gatsch Executive Content Strategist: Kate Dimock Content Development Specialist: Jennifer Shreiner Publishing Services Manager: Patricia Tannian Senior Project Manager: John Casey

Printed in Canada Last digit is the print number:  9  8  7  6  5  4  3  2  1

To the Child’s Physician and especially to those who through their expressed confidence in past editions of this book have provided the stimulus for this revision. Waldo E. Nelson, 9/e, 1969 This is as true in 2015 as it was in 1969. R.M. Kliegman, 20/e, 2015

Contributors Mark J. Abzug, MD

Professor of Pediatrics Division of Pediatric Infectious Diseases University of Colorado School of Medicine Children’s Hospital Colorado Aurora, Colorado Nonpolio Enteroviruses

David R. Adams, MD, PhD

National Human Genome Research Institute National Institutes of Health Bethesda, Maryland Genetic Approaches to Rare and Undiagnosed Diseases

Stewart L. Adelson, MD

Assistant Clinical Professor Department of Psychiatry Columbia University College of Physicians and Surgeons Adjunct Clinical Assistant Professor Weill Cornell Medical College of Cornell University New York, New York Gay, Lesbian, and Bisexual Adolescents

John J. Aiken, MD, FACS, FAAP

Professor of Surgery Division of Pediatric General and Thoracic Surgery Medical College of Wisconsin The Children’s Hospital of Wisconsin Milwaukee, Wisconsin Acute Appendicitis Inguinal Hernias Epigastric Hernia

Begum Akay, MD

Assistant Professor of Surgery Division of Pediatric Surgery Oakland University William Beaumont School of Medicine Beaumont Health Royal Oak, Michigan Surgical Conditions of the Anus and Rectum

Cezmi A. Akdis, MD

Professor of Immunology Swiss Institute of Allergy and Asthma Research Christine Kühne Center for Allergy Research and Education Davos, Switzerland; Medical Faculty, University of Zurich Zurich, Switzerland Allergy and the Immunologic Basis of Atopic Disease

Evaline A. Alessandrini, MD, MSCE

Professor of Clinical Pediatrics University of Cincinnati College of Medicine Division of Emergency Medicine Director, Quality Scholars Program in Health Care Transformation Cincinnati Children’s Hospital Medical Center Cincinnati, Ohio Emergency Medical Services for Children: Outcomes and Risk Adjustment

vi

Michael A. Alexander, MD

Professor of Pediatrics and Rehabilitation Medicine Thomas Jefferson Medical College Philadelphia, Pennsylvania; Emeritus Medical Staff Alfred I. duPont Hospital for Children Wilmington, Delaware Evaluation of the Child for Rehabilitative Services

Omar Ali, MD

Assistant Professor Department of Pediatrics Medical College of Wisconsin Division of Endocrinology Children’s Hospital of Wisconsin Milwaukee, Wisconsin Hyperpituitarism, Tall Stature, and Overgrowth Syndromes Hypofunction of the Testes Pseudoprecocity Resulting from Tumors of the Testes Gynecomastia

Namasivayam Ambalavanan, MD

Professor of Pediatrics Division of Neonatology University of Alabama, Birmingham Birmingham, Alabama High-Risk Pregnancies The Fetus Nervous System Disorders Hypoxia-Ischemic Encephalopathy Respiratory Tract Disorders Jaundice and Hyperbilirubinemia in the Newborn Kernicterus Genitourinary System The Umbilicus Metabolic Disturbances The Endocrine System

Karl E. Anderson, MD, FACP

Professor Departments of Preventive Medicine, Community Health, Internal Medicine, and Pharmacology and Toxicology Director, Porphyria Laboratory and Center University of Texas Medical Branch Galveston, Texas The Porphyrias

Peter M. Anderson, MD, PhD

Curtis Distinguished Professor Department of Pediatrics University of Texas MD Anderson Cancer Center Houston, Texas Neoplasms of the Kidney

Kelly K. Anthony, PhD, PLLC

Assistant Professor Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences Duke University Medical Center Durham, North Carolina Musculoskeletal Pain Syndromes

Alia Y. Antoon, MD

Assistant Clinical Professor Department of Pediatrics Harvard Medical School Chief of Pediatrics Shriners Hospital for Children Boston, Massachusetts Burn Injuries Cold Injuries

Susan D. Apkon, MD

Associate Professor Department of Rehabilitation Medicine University of Washington School of Medicine Director, Rehabilitation Medicine Seattle Children’s Hospital Seattle, Washington Ambulation Assistance

Stacy P. Ardoin, MD, MHS

Associate Professor of Clinical Medicine Adult and Pediatric Rheumatology The Ohio State University Wexner Medical Center Nationwide Children’s Hospital Columbus, Ohio Systemic Lupus Erythematosus Vasculitis Syndromes

Monica I. Ardura, DO, MSCS

Assistant Professor of Pediatrics Section of Infectious Disease and Immunology The Ohio State University College of Medicine Nationwide Children’s Hospital Columbus, Ohio Hansen Disease (Mycobacterium leprae)

Michelle M. Ariss, MD

Assistant Professor Department of Ophthalmology University of Missouri—Kansas City School of Medicine Children’s Mercy Hospital Kansas City, Missouri Growth and Development (Eye) Examination of the Eye Abnormalities of Refraction and Accommodation Disorders of Vision Abnormalities of Pupil and Iris Disorders of Eye Movement and Alignment Abnormalities of the Lids Disorders of the Lacrimal System Disorders of the Conjunctiva Abnormalities of the Cornea Abnormalities of the Lens Disorders of the Uveal Tract Disorders of the Retina and Vitreous Abnormalities of the Optic Nerve Childhood Glaucoma Orbital Abnormalities Orbital Infections Injuries to the Eye

Thaís Armangué, MD

Clinical Fellow and Predoctoral Researcher ICREA-IDIBAPS Neuroimmunology Program Hospital Clinic Barcelona, Spain Autoimmune Encephalitis

Contributors  vii Carola A.S. Arndt, MD

Professor of Pediatrics Department of Pediatrics and Adolescent Medicine Division of Pediatric Hematology-Oncology Mayo Clinic Rochester, Minnesota Soft Tissue Sarcomas Neoplasms of Bone

Stephen S. Arnon, MD, MPH

Chief, Infant Botulism Treatment and Prevention Program Branch Division of Communicable Disease Control Center for Infectious Diseases California Department of Public Health Richmond, California Botulism (Clostridium botulinum) Tetanus (Clostridium tetani)

Stephen C. Aronoff, MD, MBA

Professor and Waldo E. Nelson Chair Department of Pediatrics Temple University School of Medicine Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Cryptococcus neoformans Histoplasmosis (Histoplasma capsulatum) Paracoccidioides brasiliensis Sporotrichosis (Sporothrix schenckii) Zygomycosis (Mucormycosis) Nonbacterial Food Poisoning

David M. Asher, MD

Supervisory Medical Officer Chief, Laboratory of Bacterial and Transmissible Spongiform Encephalopathy Agents Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research (CBER) United States Food and Drug Administration Silver Spring, Maryland Transmissible Spongiform Encephalopathies

Ann Ashworth, PhD, Hon FRCPCH

Professor Emeritus Department of Population Health Nutrition Group London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine London, United Kingdom Nutrition, Food Security, and Health

Barbara L. Asselin, MD

Professor of Pediatrics and Oncology Department of Pediatrics University of Rochester School of Medicine Golisano Children’s Hospital Rochester, New York Epidemiology of Childhood and Adolescent Cancer

Joann L. Ater, MD

Associate Professor Department of Pediatrics University of Texas MD Anderson Cancer Center Houston, Texas Brain Tumors in Childhood Neuroblastoma

Erika F. Augustine, MD

Assistant Professor of Neurology and Pediatrics Division of Child Neurology University of Rochester Medical Center Rochester, New York Dystonia

Marilyn C. Augustyn, MD

Professor of Pediatrics Boston University School of Medicine Boston Medical Center Boston, Massachusetts Impact of Violence on Children

Ellis D. Avner, MD

Professor Departments of Pediatrics and Physiology Medical College of Wisconsin Milwaukee, Wisconsin Introduction to Glomerular Diseases Clinical Evaluation of the Child with Hematuria Isolated Glomerular Diseases with Recurrent Gross Hematuria Glomerulonephritis Associated with Infections Membranous Nephropathy Membranoproliferative Glomerulonephritis Glomerulonephritis Associated with Systemic Lupus Erythematosus Henoch-Schönlein Purpura Nephritis Rapidly Progressive (Crescentic) Glomerulonephritis Goodpasture Disease Hemolytic-Uremic Syndrome Upper Urinary Tract Causes of Hematuria Hematologic Diseases Causing Hematuria Anatomic Abnormalities Associated with Hematuria Lower Urinary Tract Causes of Hematuria Introduction to the Child with Proteinuria Transient Proteinuria Orthostatic (Postural) Proteinuria Fixed Proteinuria Nephrotic Syndrome Tubular Function Renal Tubular Acidosis Nephrogenic Diabetes Insipidus Bartter and Gitelman Syndromes and Other Inherited Tubular Transport Abnormalities Tubulointerstitial Nephritis Toxic Nephropathy Cortical Necrosis Renal Failure

Carlos A. Bacino, MD

Professor of Molecular and Human Genetics Baylor College of Medicine Chief, Genetics Service Director, Pediatric Genetics Clinic Texas Children’s Hospital Houston, Texas Cytogenetics

Robert N. Baldassano, MD

Colman Family Chair in Pediatric Inflammatory Bowel Disease and Professor of Pediatrics University of Pennsylvania Perelman School of Medicine Director, Center for Pediatric Inflammatory Bowel Disease The Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Inflammatory Bowel Disease Eosinophilic Gastroenteritis

Keith D. Baldwin, MD, MSPT, MPH

Assistant Professor Department of Orthopaedic Surgery University of Pennsylvania Perelman School of Medicine Neuromuscular Orthopaedics and Orthopaedic Trauma Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Growth and Development Evaluation of the Child Torsional and Angular Deformities Common Fractures

Christina Bales, MD

Assistant Professor of Pediatrics University of Pennsylvania Perelman School of Medicine Attending Physician Division of Gastroenterology, Hepatology, and Nutrition The Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Intestinal Atresia, Stenosis, and Malrotation

William F. Balistreri, MD

Medical Director Emeritus, Pediatric Liver Care Center Division of Pediatric Gastroenterology, Hepatology, and Nutrition Cincinnati Children’s Hospital Medical Center Cincinnati, Ohio Morphogenesis of the Liver and Biliary System Manifestations of Liver Disease Cholestasis Metabolic Diseases of the Liver Viral Hepatitis Liver Disease Associated with Systemic Disorders Mitochondrial Hepatopathies

Robert S. Baltimore, MD

Professor of Pediatrics and Epidemiology Clinical Professor of Nursing Associate Director of Hospital Epidemiology (for Pediatrics) Yale-New Haven Hospital New Haven, Connecticut Listeria monocytogenes Pseudomonas, Burkholderia, and Stenotrophomonas

Manisha Balwani, MBBS, MS

Assistant Professor Departments of Medicine and Genetics and Genomic Sciences Icahn School of Medicine at Mount Sinai New York, New York The Porphyrias

Christine E. Barron, MD

Associate Clinical Professor Department of Pediatrics Brown University Alpert Medical School Rhode Island Hospital Providence, Rhode Island Adolescent Rape

Karyl S. Barron, MD

Deputy Director Division of Intramural Research National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases National Institutes of Health Bethesda, Maryland Amyloidosis

Dorsey M. Bass, MD

Associate Professor of Pediatrics Division of Pediatric Gastroenterology Stanford University School of Medicine Palo Alto, California Rotaviruses, Caliciviruses, and Astroviruses

viii  Contributors Mark L. Batshaw, MD

Professor and Chairman Department of Pediatrics Associate Dean, Academic Affairs George Washington University School of Medicine and Health Sciences Executive Vice-President Chief Academic Officer and Physician-in-Chief Children’s National Medical Center Washington, DC Intellectual Disability

Nerissa S. Bauer, MD, MPH

Assistant Professor Department of General and Community Pediatrics Section of Children’s Health Services Research Indiana University School of Medicine Indianapolis, Indiana Developmental-Behavioral Screening and Surveillance

Michelle L. Bayer, MD

Resident Physician Department of Dermatology Medical College of Wisconsin Children’s Hospital of Wisconsin Milwaukee, Wisconsin Disorders of the Mucous Membranes

Richard E. Behrman, MD

Nonprofit Healthcare and Educational Consultants to Medical Institutions Santa Barbara, California Overview of Pediatrics

Michael J. Bell, MD

Professor Departments of Critical Care Medicine, Neurologic Surgery, and Pediatrics University of Pittsburgh School of Medicine Director, Pediatric Neurocritical Care Director, Pediatric Neurotrauma Center University of Pittsburgh Medical Center Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania Neurologic Emergencies and Stabilization

John W. Belmont, MD, PhD

Professor Departments of Molecular and Human Genetics, Pediatrics, and Pathology and Immunology Baylor College of Medicine Houston, Texas Genetics of Common Disorders

Daniel K. Benjamin Jr., MD, PhD, MPH

Professor of Pediatrics Division of Pediatric Infectious Diseases Faculty Associate Director, Duke Clinical Research Institute Duke University Medical Center Durham, North Carolina Principles of Antifungal Therapy Candida

Michael J. Bennett, PhD, FRCPath, FACB

Professor of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine University of Pennsylvania Perelman School of Medicine Director, Michael J. Palmieri Metabolic Disease Laboratory Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Disorders of Mitochondrial Fatty Acid ß-Oxidation

Susanne M. Benseler, MD, PhD Associate Professor, Faculty of Medicine University of Calgary Pediatric Rheumatologist, Section Chief Rheumatology Alberta Children’s Hospital Calgary, Alberta, Canada Central Nervous System Vasculitis

Daniel Bernstein, MD

Alfred Woodley Salter and Mabel Smith Salter Endowed Professor in Pediatrics Stanford University School of Medicine Director, Division of Pediatric Cardiology Lucile Packard Children’s Hospital Palo Alto, California Cardiac Development The Fetal to Neonatal Circulatory Transition History and Physical Examination Laboratory Evaluation Epidemiology and Genetic Basis of Congenital Heart Disease Evaluation and Screening of the Infant or Child with Congenital Heart Disease Acyanotic Congenital Heart Disease: Left-to-Right Shunt Lesions Acyanotic Congenital Heart Disease: Obstructive Lesions Acyanotic Congenital Heart Disease: Regurgitant Lesions Cyanotic Congenital Heart Disease: Evaluation of the Critically Ill Neonate with Cyanosis and Respiratory Distress Cyanotic Congenital Heart Lesions: Lesions Associated with Decreased Pulmonary Blood Flow Cyanotic Congenital Heart Disease: Lesions Associated with Increased Pulmonary Blood Flow Other Congenital Heart and Vascular Malformations Pulmonary Hypertension General Principles of Treatment of Congenital Heart Disease Infective Endocarditis Rheumatic Heart Disease Heart Failure Pediatric Heart and Heart-Lung Transplantation Diseases of the Blood Vessels (Aneurysms and Fistulas)

Zulfiqar Ahmed Bhutta, MBBS, PhD, FRCPCH, FAAP

Professor of Paediatrics, Nutritional Sciences, and Public Health University of Toronto Faculty of Medicine Robert Harding Chair in Global Child Health and Policy Co-Director, SickKids Centre for Global Child Health The Hospital for Sick Children Toronto, Ontario, Canada; Founding Director, Centre of Excellence in Women and Child Health The Aga Khan University, South Central Asia and East Africa Karachi, Pakistan Innovations in Addressing Child Health and Survival in Low-Income Settings Salmonella Acute Gastroenteritis in Children

Samra S. Blanchard, MD

Associate Professor of Pediatrics University of Maryland School of Medicine Baltimore, Maryland Peptic Ulcer Disease in Children

Joshua A. Blatter, MD, MPH

Instructor in Pediatrics Division of Pediatric Allergy, Immunology, and Pulmonary Medicine Associate Director, Pediatric Lung Transplantation Center Washington University School of Medicine in St. Louis St. Louis, Missouri Congenital Disorders of the Lung

Archie Bleyer, MD, FRCP (Glasg)

Clinical Research Professor Knight Cancer Center Oregon Health & Science University Chair, Institutional Review Board for St. Charles Health System Portland, Oregon; Professor of Pediatrics University of Texas MD Anderson Cancer Center Houston, Texas Principles of Treatment (Cancer and Benign Tumors) The Leukemias Congenital Disorders of the Lung

Steven R. Boas, MD, FAAP, FACSM

Director, The Cystic Fibrosis Center of Chicago President and CEO, The Cystic Fibrosis Institute Glenview, Illinois; Clinical Associate Professor of Pediatrics Northwestern University Feinberg School of Medicine Chicago, Illinois Emphysema and Overinflation α1-Antitrypsin Deficiency and Emphysema Other Distal Airway Diseases Skeletal Diseases Influencing Pulmonary Function

Walter O. Bockting, PhD

Professor of Medical Psychology (in Psychiatry and Nursing) Research Scientist, New York State Psychiatric Institute Division of Gender, Sexuality, and Health Department of Psychiatry Columbia University College of Physicians and Surgeons New York, New York Sexual Identity Development

Neal F. Boerkoel, MD, PhD

National Human Genome Research Institute National Institutes of Health Bethesda, Maryland Genetic Approaches to Rare and Undiagnosed Diseases

Natalija Bogdanovic, MD Department of Psychiatry Boston Medical Center Boston, Massachusetts Mood Disorders

Mark Boguniewicz, MD

Professor of Pediatrics Division of Pediatric Allergy-Immunology University of Colorado School of Medicine National Jewish Health Denver, Colorado Ocular Allergies Adverse Reactions to Drugs

Daniel J. Bonthius, MD, PhD

Professor of Pediatrics and Neurology University of Iowa School of Medicine Iowa City, Iowa Lymphocytic Choriomeningitis Virus

Contributors  ix Brett J. Bordini

Assistant Professor Department of Pediatrics Medical College of Wisconsin Pediatric Hospitalist Children’s Hospital of Wisconsin Milwaukee, Wisconsin Plastic Bronchitis

Kenneth M. Boyer, MD

Woman’s Board Professor and Chairman Rush Medical College of Rush University Chicago, Illinois Toxoplasmosis (Toxoplasma gondii)

Amanda M. Brandow, DO, MS

Associate Professor of Pediatrics Division of Pediatric Hematology/Oncology Medical College of Wisconsin Milwaukee, Wisconsin Polycythemia Non-Clonal Polycythemia Anatomy and Function of the Spleen Splenomegaly Hyposplenism, Splenic Trauma, and Splenectomy

†David Branski, MD

Professor Emeritus The Hebrew University–Hadassah School of Medicine Jerusalem, Israel Disorders of Malabsorption Chronic Diarrhea

David T. Breault, MD, PhD

Assistant Professor of Pediatrics Harvard Medical School Division of Endocrinology Boston Children’s Hospital Boston, Massachusetts Diabetes Insipidus Other Abnormalities of Arginine Vasopressin Metabolism and Action

William J. Britt, MD

Charles A. Alford Professor of Pediatric Infectious Diseases Professor of Pediatrics and Microbiology and Neurobiology University of Alabama Birmingham School of Medicine Birmingham, Alabama Cytomegalovirus

Angela R. Bryan, MD

Fellow in Pediatric Rheumatology Duke University Health System Durham, North Carolina Juvenile Idiopathic Arthritis

Rebecca H. Buckley, MD

J. Buren Sidbury Professor of Pediatrics Professor of Immunology Duke University School of Medicine Durham, North Carolina Evaluation of Suspected Immunodeficiency The T-, B-, and NK-Cell Systems T Lymphocytes, B Lymphocytes, and Natural Killer Cells Primary Defects of Antibody Production Primary Defects of Cellular Immunity Primary Combined Antibody and Cellular Immunodeficiencies

†Deceased

Cynthia Etzler Budek, MS, APN/NP, CPNP-AC/PC

Miguel M. Cabada, MD, MSc

Pediatric Nurse Practitioner Department of Pulmonary and Critical Care Medicine Transitional Care/Pulmonary Habilitation Unit Ann & Robert H. Lurie Children’s Hospital of Chicago Chicago, Illinois Chronic Severe Respiratory Insufficiency

Research Associate, Tropical Medicine Institute Universidad Peruana Cayetano Heredia Lima, Peru; Adjunct Instructor of Medicine Division of Infectious Diseases University of Texas Medical Branch at Galveston Galveston, Texas Echinococcosis (Echinococcus granulosus and Echinococcus multilocularis)

E. Stephen Buescher, MD

Derya Caglar, MD

Supinda Bunyavanich, MD, MPH

Mitchell S. Cairo, MD

Professor of Pediatrics Eastern Virginia Medical School Medical Director, Infection Control Medical Director, Clinical Microbiology Laboratory Children’s Hospital of the King’s Daughters Norfolk, Virginia Diphtheria (Corynebacterium diphtheriae) Assistant Professor Departments of Pediatrics and Genetics and Genomic Sciences Jaffe Food Allergy Institute Mindich Child Heath and Development Institute Ichan School of Medicine at Mount Sinai New York, New York Diagnosis of Allergic Disease Principles of Treatment of Allergic Disease

Carey-Ann D. Burnham, PhD

Assistant Professor of Pathology and Immunology Assistant Professor of Pediatrics Washington University School of Medicine in St. Louis Medical Director, Clinical Microbiology Barnes-Jewish Hospital St. Louis, Missouri Diagnostic Microbiology

Gale R. Burstein, MD, MPH

Clinical Professor Department of Pediatrics State University of New York at Buffalo School of Medicine and Biomedical Sciences Commissioner Erie County Department of Health Buffalo, New York Adolescent Physical and Social Development The Epidemiology of Adolescent Health Problems Delivery of Healthcare to Adolescents The Breast Menstrual Problems Contraception Sexually Transmitted Infections

Amaya L. Bustinduy, MD, MPH, FAAP, FRCPCH Paediatric Infectious Diseases Research Group (PIDRG) St. George’s University of London London, United Kingdom Schistosomiasis (Schistosoma) Flukes (Liver, Lung, and Intestinal)

Assistant Professor Department of Pediatrics University of Washington School of Medicine Attending Physician Division of Emergency Medicine Seattle Children’s Hospital Seattle, Washington Drowning and Submersion Injury Professor Departments of Pediatrics, Medicine, Pathology, Microbiology and Immunology and Cell Biology and Anatomy New York Medical College Chief, Division of Pediatric Hematology, Oncology, and Stem Cell Transplantation Maria Fareri Children’s Hospital at Westchester Medical Center New York Medical College Valhalla, New York Lymphoma

Lauren E. Camarda, MD

Instructor in Pediatrics Northwestern University Feinberg School of Medicine Division of Pediatric Pulmonary Medicine Ann & Robert H. Lurie Children’s Hospital of Chicago Chicago, Illinois Wheezing, Bronchiolitis, and Bronchitis

Bruce M. Camitta, MD

Rebecca Jean Slye Professor of Pediatrics Division of Pediatric Hematology/Oncology Medical College of Wisconsin Midwest Children’s Cancer Center Milwaukee, Wisconsin Polycythemia Non-Clonal Polycythemia Anatomy and Function of the Spleen Splenomegaly Hyposplenism, Splenic Trauma, and Splenectomy Anatomy and Function of the Lymphatic System Abnormalities of Lymphatic Vessels Lymphadenopathy

Angela J.P. Campbell, MD, MPH

Medical Officer Epidemiology and Prevention Branch, Influenza Division National Center for Immunization and Respiratory Diseases Centers for Disease Control and Prevention Atlanta, Georgia Influenza Viruses Parainfluenza Viruses

x  Contributors Waldemar A. Carlo, MD

Edwin M. Dixon Professor of Pediatrics Director, Division of Neonatology University of Alabama, Birmingham Hospital Birmingham, Alabama Overview of Mortality and Morbidity The Newborn Infant High-Risk Pregnancies The Fetus The High-Risk Infant Clinical Manifestations of Diseases in the Newborn Period Nervous System Disorders Delivery Room Emergencies Respiratory Tract Disorders Digestive System Disorders Blood Disorders Genitourinary System The Umbilicus Metabolic Disturbances The Endocrine System

Robert B. Carrigan, MD

Assistant Clinical Professor Department of Orthopaedic Surgery University of Pennsylvania Perelman School of Medicine Pediatric Hand Surgeon Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia Philadelphia, Pennsylvania The Upper Limb

Mary T. Caserta, MD

Professor of Pediatrics Division of Pediatric Infectious Diseases University of Rochester School of Medicine and Dentistry Rochester, New York Roseola (Human Herpesviruses 6 and 7) Human Herpesvirus 8

Denise Casey, MD

Medical Officer Pediatric Oncology, Neuro-Oncology, and Rare Tumors Team Office of Hematology and Oncology Products Food and Drug Administration U.S. Department of Health and Human Services Silver Spring, Maryland Hereditary Spherocytosis

Ellen Gould Chadwick, MD

Irene Heinz Given and John LaPorte Given Chair in Pediatrics Professor and Associate Chair for Education Department of Pediatrics Northwestern University Feinberg School of Medicine Associate Director, Section of Pediatric, Adolescent, and Maternal HIV Infection Ann & Robert H. Lurie Children’s Hospital of Chicago Chicago, Illinois Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome (Human Immunodeficiency Virus)

Lisa J. Chamberlain, MD, MPH

Assistant Professor of Pediatrics Stanford University School of Medicine Center for Health Policy Center for Primary Care and Outcomes Research Stanford, California Chronic Illness in Childhood

Jennifer I. Chapman, MD

Christine B. Cho, MD

Ira M. Cheifetz, MD, FCCM, FAARC

Robert D. Christensen, MD

Wassim Chemaitilly, MD

Andrew Chu, MD

Assistant Professor of Pediatrics George Washington University School of Medicine and Health Sciences Program Director, Pediatric Emergency Medicine Fellowship Children’s National Medical Center Washington, DC Principles Applicable to the Developing World Professor of Pediatrics and Anesthesiology Chief, Pediatric Critical Care Medicine Duke University School of Medicine Chief Medical Officer, Children’s Services Associate Chief Medical Officer, Duke Hospital Duke Children’s Hospital Durham, North Carolina Pediatric Emergencies and Resuscitation Shock Director, Endocrinology Division St. Jude Children’s Research Hospital Memphis, Tennessee Physiology of Puberty Disorders of Pubertal Development

Yuan-Tsong Chen, MD, PhD

Professor Departments of Pediatrics and Genetics Duke University Medical Center Durham, North Carolina Defects in Metabolism of Carbohydrates

Russell W. Chesney, MD

Le Bonheur Professor and Former Chair Department of Pediatrics University of Tennessee Health Science Center Children’s Foundation Research Institute Memphis, Tennessee Rickets Associated with Renal Tubular Acidosis Bone Structure, Growth, and Hormonal Regulation Primary Chondrodystrophy (Metaphyseal Dysplasia) Hypophosphatasia Hyperphosphatasia Osteoporosis

Jennifer A. Chiriboga, PhD

Pediatric and School Psychologist Assistant Professor Department of Counseling, Psychology, and Special Education Duquesne University School of Psychology Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania Anxiety Disorders

Yvonne E. Chiu, MD

Assistant Professor of Dermatology and Pediatrics Medical College of Wisconsin Milwaukee, Wisconsin Morphology of the Skin Evaluation of the Patient Eczematous Disorders Photosensitivity Diseases of the Epidermis

Assistant Professor of Pediatrics Division of Pediatric Allergy and Clinical Immunology National Jewish Health University of Colorado School of Medicine Denver, Colorado Ocular Allergies Adverse Reactions to Drugs Professor and Presidential Endowed Chair Divisions of Neonatology and Hematology/ Oncology Department of Pediatrics University of Utah School of Medicine Director of Neonatology Research Intermountain Healthcare Salt Lake City, Utah Development of the Hematopoietic System Attending Physician Division of Gastroenterology Children’s Hospital of Pittsburgh of UPMC Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania Superior Mesenteric Artery Syndrome (Wilkie Syndrome, Cast Syndrome, Arteriomesenteric Duodenal Compression Syndrome) Ileus, Adhesions, Intussusception, and Closed-Loop Obstructions

Michael J. Chusid, MD

Professor of Pediatrics Chief, Pediatric Infectious Diseases Medical College of Wisconsin Medical Director, Infectious Diseases Children’s Hospital of Wisconsin Milwaukee, Wisconsin Infection Prevention and Control Other Anaerobic Infections

Col. Theodore J. Cieslak, MD, FAAP, FIDSA Pediatric Infectious Diseases San Antonio Military Medical Center Department of Pediatrics Fort Sam Houston, Texas Biologic and Chemical Terrorism

Jeff A. Clark, MD

Associate Professor Department of Pediatrics Wayne State University School of Medicine Pediatric ICU Fellowship Director Children’s Hospital of Michigan Detroit, Michigan Respiratory Distress and Failure Respiratory Pathophysiology and Regulation

Thomas G. Cleary, MD

Professor of Pediatrics (Retired) University of Texas Health Sciences Center Houston, Texas Shigella Escherichia coli

John David Clemens, MD

Director International Vaccine Institute Seoul, South Korea International Immunization Practices

Contributors  xi Bria M. Coates, MD

Instructor in Pediatrics Northwestern University Feinberg School of Medicine Division of Pediatric Critical Care Medicine Ann & Robert H. Lurie Children’s Hospital of Chicago Chicago, Illinois Wheezing, Bronchiolitis, and Bronchitis

Thomas D. Coates, MD

Professor of Pediatrics and Pathology University of Southern California Keck School of Medicine Head, Section of Hematology Children’s Center for Cancer and Blood Diseases Children’s Hospital of Los Angeles Los Angeles, California Neutrophils Disorders of Phagocyte Function

Joanna S. Cohen, MD

Joseph A. Congeni, MD

Director, Sports Medicine Center Akron Children’s Hospital Akron, Ohio; Associate Professor of Pediatrics and Sports Medicine Northeast Ohio Medical University Rootstown, Ohio; Clinical Associate Professor of Pediatrics and Sports Medicine Ohio University College of Osteopathic Medicine Athens, Ohio Sports-Related Traumatic Brain Injury (Concussion) Cervical Spinal Injuries

Christine M. Conroy, BS Villanova University Villanova, Pennsylvania Arthrogryposis

Amber R. Cooper, MD, MSCI

Adjunct Assistant Professor of Emergency Medicine George Washington University School of Medicine Division of Pediatric Emergency Medicine Children’s National Medical Center Washington, DC Care of Abrasions and Minor Lacerations

Assistant Professor Division of Reproductive Endocrinology and Infertility Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology Washington University School of Medicine in St. Louis St. Louis, Missouri Vulvovaginal and Müllerian Anomalies

Mitchell B. Cohen, MD

Ronina A. Covar, MD

Professor and Chair, Department of Pediatrics University of Alabama at Birmingham Physician-in-Chief, Children’s of Alabama Birmingham, Alabama Clostridium difficile Infection

Michael Cohen-Wolkowiez, MD Associate Professor of Pediatrics Division of Pediatric Infectious Diseases Duke University School of Medicine Durham, North Carolina Principles of Antifungal Therapy

Robert A. Colbert, MD, PhD

Deputy Clinical Director National Institute of Arthritis and Musculoskeletal and Skin Diseases Chief, Pediatric Translational Branch National Institutes of Health Bethesda, Maryland Ankylosing Spondylitis and Other Spondyloarthritides Reactive and Postinfectious Arthritis

F. Sessions Cole III, MD

Assistant Vice-Chancellor for Children’s Health Park J. White Professor of Pediatrics Professor of Cell Biology and Physiology Washington University School of Medicine in St. Louis Chief Medical Officer Vice-Chairman, Department of Pediatrics Director of Newborn Medicine St. Louis Children’s Hospital St. Louis, Missouri Diffuse Lung Diseases in Childhood

John L. Colombo, MD

Professor of Pediatrics University of Nebraska College of Medicine Division of Pediatric Pulmonology Nebraska Regional Cystic Fibrosis Center University of Nebraska Medical Center Omaha, Nebraska Aspiration Syndromes Chronic Recurrent Aspiration

Associate Professor Department of Pediatrics National Jewish Health University of Colorado School of Medicine Denver, Colorado Childhood Asthma

James E. Crowe Jr., MD

Professor of Pediatrics and Microbiology and Immunology Ingram Professor of Research Director, Vanderbilt Vaccine Center Vanderbilt University Medical Center Nashville, Tennessee Respiratory Syncytial Virus Human Metapneumovirus

Steve J. Czinn, MD

Professor and Chair Department of Pediatrics University of Maryland School of Medicine Baltimore, Maryland Peptic Ulcer Disease in Children

Josep O. Dalmau, MD, PhD

Research Professor ICREA-IDIBAPS Department of Neurology Hospital Clinic Barcelona, Spain; Adjunct Professor of Neurology University of Pennsylvania Perelman School of Medicine Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Autoimmune Encephalitis

Toni Darville, MD

Professor of Pediatrics and Microbiology and Immunology University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill School of Medicine Vice-Chair for Pediatric Research Chief, Division of Pediatric Infectious Diseases NC Children’s Hospital Chapel Hill, North Carolina Neisseria gonorrhoeae (Gonococcus)

Robert S. Daum, MD, CM

Professor of Pediatrics, Microbiology, and Molecular Medicine University of Chicago Pritzker School of Medicine Department of Pediatric Infectious Diseases The University of Chicago Medicine Comer Children’s Hospital Chicago, Illinois Haemophilus influenzae

Loren T. Davidson, MD

Assistant Clinical Professor Department of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation University of California, Davis Davis, California; Director, Spinal Cord Injury Shriner’s Hospital for Children Sacramento, California Spasticity

Richard S. Davidson, MD

Clinical Professor Department of Orthopaedic Surgery University of Pennsylvania Perelman School of Medicine Attending Orthopaedic Surgeon Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia Philadelphia, Pennsylvania The Foot and Toes Leg-Length Discrepancy Arthrogryposis

H. Dele Davies, MD, MS, MHCM Vice-Chancellor for Academic Affairs Dean for Graduate Studies University of Nebraska Medical Center Omaha, Nebraska Chancroid (Haemophilus ducreyi) Syphilis (Treponema pallidum) Nonvenereal Treponemal Infections Leptospira Relapsing Fever (Borrelia)

Najat C. Daw, MD

Professor Division of Pediatrics University of Texas MD Anderson Cancer Center Houston, Texas Neoplasms of the Kidney

Peter S. Dayan, MD

Assistant Professor of Clinical Pediatrics Columbia University College of Physicians and Surgeons Associate Director and Fellowship Director Division of Pediatric Emergency Medicine Morgan Stanley Children’s Hospital of New York–Presbyterian New York, New York Acute Care of the Victim of Multiple Trauma

Michael R. DeBaun, MD, MPH

Professor of Pediatrics and Medicine J.C. Peterson Chair in Pediatric Pulmonology Vice-Chair for Clinical Research Pediatrics Director, Vanderbilt-Maherry Center of Excellence in Sickle Cell Disease Vanderbilt University Nashville, Tennessee Hemoglobinopathies

xii  Contributors David R. DeMaso, MD

George P. Gardner and Olga E. Monks Professor of Child Psychiatry Professor of Pediatrics Harvard Medical School Psychiatrist-in-Chief and Chairman of Psychiatry The Leon Eisenberg Chair in Psychiatry Boston Children’s Hospital Boston, Massachusetts Assessment and Interviewing Psychological Treatment of Children and Adolescents Psychopharmacology Psychotherapy Psychiatric Hospitalization Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders Rumination and Pica Motor Disorders and Habits Mood Disorders Suicide and Attempted Suicide Disruptive, Impulse-Control, and Conduct Disorders Autism Spectrum Disorder Childhood Psychoses

Mark R. Denison, MD

Craig-Weaver Professor of Pediatrics Division of Pediatric Infectious Disease Vanderbilt University Medical Center Nashville, Tennessee Coronaviruses

Arlene E. Dent, MD, PhD

Assistant Professor of Pediatrics Division of Infectious Diseases Case Western Reserve University School of Medicine Cleveland, Ohio Ascariasis (Ascaris lumbricoides) Trichuriasis (Trichuris trichiura) Enterobiasis (Enterobius vermicularis) Strongyloidiasis (Strongyloides stercoralis) Lymphatic Filariasis (Brugia malayi, Brugia timori, and Wuchereria bancrofti) Other Tissue Nematodes Toxocariasis (Visceral and Ocular Larva Migrans) Trichinosis (Trichinella spiralis)

Robert J. Desnick, MD, PhD

Dean for Genetics and Genomic Medicine Professor and Chair Emeritus, Genetics and Genomic Sciences Professor, Departments of Pediatrics, Oncological Sciences, and Obstetrics, Gynecology, and Reproductive Science Icahn School of Medicine at Mount Sinai New York, New York Lipidoses (Lysosomal Storage Disorders) Mucolipidoses Disorders of Glycoprotein Degradation and Structure The Porphyrias

Gabrielle A. deVeber, MD, MHSc

Professor of Paediatrics Director, Children’s Stroke Program University of Toronto Faculty of Medicine Staff Neurologist Senior Scientist, Child Health Evaluative Sciences The Hospital for Sick Children Toronto, Ontario, Canada Pediatric Stroke

Anil Dhawan, MD

Consultant Paediatric Hepatologist Pediatric Liver Centre King’s College London School of Medicine King’s College Hospital NSH Foundation Trust London, United Kingdom Liver and Biliary Disorders Causing Malabsorption

André A.S. Dick, MD, MPH, FACS

Kelly A. Dougherty, PhD

Brianne Z. Dickey, MD

Alexander Doyle, MBBS

Assistant Professor of Surgery Division of Transplantation University of Washington School of Medicine Division of Transplant Surgery Seattle Children’s Hospital Seattle, Washington Intestinal Transplantation in Children with Intestinal Failure Resident Physician Department of Dermatology Medical College of Wisconsin Milwaukee, Wisconsin Morphology of the Skin Evaluation of the Patient Eczematous Disorders Photosensitivity Diseases of the Epidermis

Harry C. Dietz III, MD

Victor A. McKusick Professor of Medicine and Genetics Departments of Pediatrics, Medicine, and Molecular Biology and Genetics Investigator, Howard Hughes Medical Institute Director, William S. Smilow Center for Marfan Syndrome Research Institute of Genetic Medicine Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine Baltimore, Maryland Marfan Syndrome

Lydia J. Donoghue, MD

Director, Trauma Center Children’s Hospital of Michigan Detroit, Michigan Tumors of the Digestive Tract

Patricia A. Donohoue, MD

Professor of Pediatrics Chief, Section of Endocrinology and Diabetes Medical College of Wisconsin Program Director, Endocrine and Diabetes Children’s Hospital of Wisconsin Milwaukee, Wisconsin Development and Function of the Gonads Hypofunction of the Testes Pseudoprecocity Resulting from Tumors of the Testes Gynecomastia Hypofunction of the Ovaries Pseudoprecocity Resulting from Lesions of the Ovary Disorders of Sex Development

Mary K. Donovan, RN, CS, PNP

Pediatric Nurse Practitioner and Care Coordinator Shriners Hospital for Children Shriners Burns Hospital Boston, Massachusetts Burn Injuries Cold Injuries

John P. Dormans, MD

Professor and The Richard M. Armstrong Jr. Endowed Chair Department of Orthopaedic Surgery University of Pennsylvania Perelman School of Medicine Chief, Division of Orthopaedic Surgery Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Growth and Development Evaluation of the Child The Hip Common Fractures

Assistant Professor of Pediatrics University of Pennsylvania Perelman School of Medicine Division of Gastroenterology, Hepatology, and Nutrition Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Nutritional Requirements HHMI Postdoctoral Research Fellow Institute of Genetic Medicine Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine Baltimore, Maryland Marfan Syndrome

Daniel A. Doyle, MD

Chief, Division of Endocrinology Alfred I. duPont Hospital for Children Nemours Children’s Health System Wilmington, Delaware Hormones and Peptides of Calcium Homeostasis and Bone Metabolism Hypoparathyroidism Pseudohypoparathyroidism (Albright Hereditary Osteodystrophy) Hyperparathyroidism

Jefferson J. Doyle, MBBChir, MHS, MA Postdoctoral Research Fellow Institute of Genetic Medicine Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine Baltimore, Maryland Marfan Syndrome

Patrick C. Drayna, MD

Assistant Professor of Pediatrics Division of Pediatric Emergency Medicine Medical College of Wisconsin Children’s Hospital of Wisconsin Milwaukee, Wisconsin Evaluation of the Sick Child in the Office and Clinic

Stephen C. Dreskin, MD, PhD

Professor of Medicine and Immunology Division of Allergy and Clinical Immunology Department of Medicine University of Colorado School of Medicine Aurora, Colorado Urticaria (Hives) and Angioedema

Beth A. Drolet, MD

Professor of Dermatology Medical College of Wisconsin Children’s Hospital of Wisconsin Milwaukee, Wisconsin Principles of Therapy (Skin) Hyperpigmented Lesions Diseases of Subcutaneous Tissue Disorders of the Mucous Membranes Cutaneous Bacterial Infections Cutaneous Fungal Infections Cutaneous Viral Infections Arthropod Bites and Infestations

Contributors  xiii Yigal Dror, MD, FRCP(C)

Professor of Paediatrics University of Toronto Faculty of Medicine Head, Hematology Section Director, Marrow Failure and Myelodysplasia Program The Hospital for Sick Children Toronto, Ontario, Canada The Inherited Pancytopenias

Howard Dubowitz, MD, MS, FAAP Professor of Pediatrics Chief, Division of Child Protection Director, Center for Families Department of Pediatrics University of Maryland School of Medicine Baltimore, Maryland Abused and Neglected Children

J. Stephen Dumler, MD

Professor of Pathology and Microbiology and Immunology University of Maryland School of Medicine Baltimore, Maryland Spotted Fever Group Rickettsioses Scrub Typhus (Orientia tsutsugamushi) Typhus Group Rickettsioses Ehrlichioses and Anaplasmosis Q Fever (Coxiella burnetii)

Aubrey N. Duncan, MD

Resident Physician Department of Pediatrics University of Rochester Medical Center Rochester, New York Deformational Plagiocephaly

Janet Duncan, MSN, CPNP

Department of Psychosocial Oncology and Palliative Care Boston Children’s Hospital Dana-Farber Cancer Institute Boston, Massachusetts Pediatric Palliative Care

Elizabeth A. Edgerton, MD, MPH

Susan Feigelman, MD

Marie E. Egan, MD

Marianne E. Felice, MD

Assistant Professor Departments of Pediatrics and Preventive and Community Health George Washington University School of Medicine Division of Emergency Medicine Children’s National Medical Center Washington, DC Interfacility Transport of the Seriously Ill or Injured Pediatric Patient Associate Professor of Pediatrics (Respiratory) and of Cellular and Molecular Physiology Director, Cystic Fibrosis Center Yale School of Medicine New Haven, Connecticut Cystic Fibrosis

Jack S. Elder, MD, FACS

Chief of Pediatric Urology Massachusetts General Hospital Boston, Massachusetts Congenital Anomalies and Dysgenesis of the Kidneys Urinary Tract Infections Vesicoureteral Reflux Obstruction of the Urinary Tract Anomalies of the Bladder Neuropathic Bladder Enuresis and Voiding Dysfunction Anomalies of the Penis and Urethra Disorders and Anomalies of the Scrotal Contents Trauma to the Genitourinary Tract Urinary Lithiasis

Dianne S. Elfenbein, MD

Professor of Pediatrics Director, Division of Adolescent Medicine St. Louis University School of Medicine St. Louis, Missouri Adolescent Pregnancy

Stephen C. Eppes, MD, FAAP

Professor Department of Pediatrics University of Vermont College of Medicine Burlington, Vermont Maximizing Children’s Health: Screening, Anticipatory Guidance, and Counseling

Professor of Pediatrics Jefferson Medical College of Thomas Jefferson University Philadelphia, Pennsylvania; Director, Pediatric Infectious Diseases Christiana Care Health System Wilmington, Delaware Lyme Disease (Borrelia burgdorferi)

Jeffrey A. Dvergsten, MD

Jessica Ericson, MD

Paula M. Duncan, MD

Assistant Professor of Pediatrics Duke University School of Medicine Division of Pediatric Rheumatology Duke University Health System Durham, North Carolina Treatment of Rheumatic Diseases

Michael G. Earing, MD

Professor of Internal Medicine and Pediatrics Division of Adult Cardiovascular Medicine and Division of Pediatric Cardiology Medical College of Wisconsin Director, Wisconsin Adult Congenital Heart Disease Program (WAtCH) Children’s Hospital of Wisconsin Milwaukee, Wisconsin Congenital Heart Disease in Adults

Matthew D. Eberly, MD

Assistant Professor of Pediatrics Uniformed Services University of the Health Sciences Bethesda, Maryland Primary Amebic Meningoencephalitis

Pediatric Infectious Diseases Fellow Duke University Medical Center Durham, North Carolina Candida

Alessio Fasano, MD

Visiting Professor of Pediatrics Harvard Medical School Chief, Division of Pediatric Gastroenterology and Nutrition Associate Chief, Department of Pediatrics, Basic, Clinical, and Translational Research Director, Center for Celiac Research MassGeneral Hospital for Children Boston, Massachusetts Celiac Disease (Gluten-Sensitive Enteropathy)

Professor, Department of Pediatrics University of Maryland School of Medicine Baltimore, Maryland Overview and Assessment of Variability Assessment of Fetal Growth and Development The First Year The Second Year The Preschool Years Middle Childhood Professor Departments of Pediatrics and Obstetrics and Gynecology University of Massachusetts Medical School Principle Investigator, National Children’s Study UMass Study Center Worcester, Massachusetts Adolescent Pregnancy Adolescent Rape

Eric I. Felner, MD, MSCR

Associate Professor of Pediatrics Division of Pediatric Endocrinology Director, Pediatric Endocrinology Fellowship Program Director, Pediatric Clerkships Emory University School of Medicine Atlanta, Georgia Hormones of the Hypothalamus and Pituitary Hypopituitarism

Edward C. Fels, MD

Pediatric and Adult Rheumatology Rheumatology Associates, PA Portland, Maine Vasculitis Syndromes

Kora N. Felsch, MD

Hospitalist Cardinal Glennon Children’s Medical Center St. Louis, Missouri Breast Concerns

Thomas W. Ferkol Jr., MD

Alexis Hartmann Professor of Pediatrics Director, Division of Pediatric Allergy, Immunology, and Pulmonary Medicine Washington University School of Medicine in St. Louis St. Louis, Missouri Primary Ciliary Dyskinesia (Immotile Cilia Syndrome, Kartagener Syndrome)

Can H. Ficicioglu, MD, PhD

Associate Professor Department of Pediatrics University of Pennsylvania Perelman School of Medicine Director, Newborn Metabolic Screening Program Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Phenylalanine

Jonathan D. Finder, MD

Professor of Pediatrics University of Pittsburgh School of Medicine Attending Pediatric Pulmonologist Division of Pediatric Pulmonology Children’s Hospital of Pittsburgh of UPMC Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania Bronchomalacia and Tracheomalacia Congenital Disorders of the Lung

xiv  Contributors Kristin N. Fiorino, MD

Assistant Professor of Clinical Pediatrics University of Pennsylvania Perelman School of Medicine Attending Physician Division of Gastroenterology, Hepatology, and Nutrition The Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Motility Disorders and Hirschsprung Disease

Philip R. Fischer, MD

Professor of Pediatrics Mayo Clinic Rochester, Minnesota Adult Tapeworm Infections Cysticercosis Echinococcosis (Echinococcus granulosus and Echinococcus multilocularis)

Veronica H. Flood, MD

Associate Professor of Pediatrics Division of Pediatric Hematology/Oncology Medical College of Wisconsin Milwaukee, Wisconsin Hereditary Clotting Factor Deficiencies (Bleeding Disorders) von Willebrand Disease Thrombocytopenia from Acquired Disorders Causing Decreased Production

Patricia M. Flynn, MD

Deputy Clinical Director Arthur Ashe Chair in Pediatric AIDS Research Director, Clinical Research, Infectious Diseases St. Jude Children’s Research Hospital Professor of Pediatrics and Preventive Medicine University of Tennessee College of Medicine Memphis, Tennessee Infection Associated with Medical Devices Cryptosporidium, Isospora, Cyclospora, and Microsporidia

Joel A. Forman, MD

Associate Professor of Pediatrics and Preventive Medicine Vice-Chair for Education Department of Pediatrics Icahn School of Medicine at Mount Sinai New York, New York Chemical Pollutants

Michael M. Frank, MD

Samuel L. Katz Professor of Pediatrics, Medicine, and Immunology Duke University School of Medicine Durham, North Carolina Urticaria (Hives) and Angioedema

Melvin H. Freedman, MD, FRCP(C), FAAP Professor Emeritus of Pediatrics University of Toronto Faculty of Medicine Honorary Consultant, Hematology/Oncology The Hospital for Sick Children Toronto, Ontario, Canada The Inherited Pancytopenias

Megan Culler Freeman, PhD

Departments of Pediatrics and Pathology, Microbiology, and Immunology Vanderbilt University School of Medicine Nashville, Tennessee Coronaviruses

Melissa J. Frei-Jones, MD, MSCI

Assistant Professor of Pediatrics Division of Pediatric Hematology/Oncology University of Texas Health Sciences Center Santa Rosa Children’s Hospital San Antonio, Texas Hemoglobinopathies

Deborah Friedman, MD

Assistant Clinical Professor of Pediatrics Case Western Reserve University School of Medicine Cleveland, Ohio Neonatal Lupus

Erika Friehling, MD

Assistant Professor of Pediatrics University of Pittsburgh School of Medicine Division of Pediatric Hematology/Oncology Children’s Hospital of Pittsburgh of UPMC Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania Principles of Diagnosis (Cancer and Benign Tumors) Principles of Treatment (Cancer and Benign Tumors) The Leukemias

Donald P. Frush, MD

Professor of Radiology Chief, Division of Pediatric Radiology Duke University Medical Center Durham, North Carolina Biologic Effects of Radiation on Children

James T. Gaensbauer, MD, MSc

Assistant Professor of Pediatrics University of Colorado School of Medicine Divisions of Hospital Medicine and Infectious Diseases Children’s Hospital Colorado Aurora, Colorado Staphylococcus

Sheila Gahagan, MD, MPH

Sheila S. Galbraith, MD

Associate Professor of Dermatology Medical College of Wisconsin Children’s Hospital of Wisconsin Milwaukee, Wisconsin Hypopigmented Lesions Diseases of the Dermis Acne

William B. Gallentine, DO

Assistant Professor of Pediatrics Duke University School of Medicine Division of Pediatric Neurology Duke University Health System Durham, North Carolina Central Nervous System Vasculitis

Paula M. Gardiner, MD, MPH

Assistant Professor Department of Family Medicine Boston University School of Medicine Assistant Director, Integrative Medicine Boston Medical Center Boston, Massachusetts Complementary Therapies and Integrative Medicine

Luigi R. Garibaldi, MD

Professor of Pediatrics University of Pittsburgh School of Medicine Clinical Director Division of Pediatric Endocrinology Children’s Hospital of UPMC Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania Physiology of Puberty Disorders of Pubertal Development

Gregory M. Gauthier, MD, MS

Assistant Professor of Medicine Division of Infectious Diseases University of Wisconsin School of Medicine Madison, Wisconsin Blastomycosis (Blastomyces dermatitidis)

K. Michael Gibson, PhD

Allen I. White Distinguished Professor and Chair Experimental and Systems Pharmacology Washington State University College of Pharmacology Spokane, Washington Genetic Disorders of Neurotransmitters

Professor and Chief Academic General Pediatrics, Child Development, and Community Health Martin Stein Endowed Chair, DevelopmentalBehavioral Pediatrics University of California, San Diego La Jolla, California Overweight and Obesity

Mark Gibson, MD

William A. Gahl, MD, PhD

Professor of Pediatrics and Microbiology and Immunology Lindsey Distinguished Professor for Pediatric Research University of Rochester School of Medicine and Dentistry Division of Pediatric Infectious Diseases University of Rochester Medical Center Rochester, New York Pneumocystis jiroveci (Pneumocystis carinii)

Clinical Director, National Human Genome Research Institute Director, NIH Undiagnosed Diseases Program National Institutes of Health Bethesda, Maryland Genetic Approaches to Rare and Undiagnosed Diseases

Professor (Clinical) Emeritus Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology Chief, Division of Reproductive Endocrinology University of Utah School of Medicine Salt Lake City, Utah Polycystic Ovary Syndrome and Hirsutism

Francis Gigliotti, MD

Contributors  xv Walter S. Gilliam, MSEd, PhD

Associate Professor Department of Psychology Child Study Center Director, The Edward Zigler Center in Child Development and Social Policy Yale School of Medicine New Haven, Connecticut Childcare: How Pediatricians Can Support Children and Families

Salil Ginde, MD, MPH

Assistant Professor of Pediatrics Division of Pediatric Cardiology Medical College of Wisconsin Milwaukee, Wisconsin Congenital Heart Disease in Adults

Charles M. Ginsburg, MD

Senior Associate Dean for Academic Administration Professor of Pediatrics Marilyn R. Corrigan Distinguished Chair in Pediatric Research University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center Houston, Texas Animal and Human Bites

John A. Girotto, MD, MMA, FAAP, FACS

Associate Professor of Pediatrics, Neurosurgery, and Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery Director, Cleft and Craniofacial Anomalies Center Golisano Children’s Hospital at Strong University of Rochester Medical Center Rochester, New York Deformational Plagiocephaly

Lisa Giulino-Roth, MD

Assistant Professor of Pediatrics Division of Pediatric Hematology/Oncology Weill Cornell Medical College New York, New York Lymphoma

Frances Page Glascoe, PhD

Professor Department of Pediatrics Vanderbilt University School of Medicine Nashville, Tennessee Developmental-Behavioral Screening and Surveillance

Denise M. Goodman, MD, MS

Professor Department of Pediatrics Northwestern University Feinberg School of Medicine Ann & Robert H. Lurie Children’s Hospital of Chicago Chicago, Illinois Wheezing, Bronchiolitis, and Bronchitis

Alison Gopnik, PhD

Professor of Psychology and Affiliate Professor of Philosophy University of California at Berkeley Berkeley, California Cognitive Development: Domains and Theories

Leslie B. Gordon, MD, PhD

Associate Professor of Pediatrics Research Warren Alpert Medical School of Brown University Providence, Rhode Island; Department of Anesthesia Boston Children’s Hospital Harvard Medical School Boston, Massachusetts; Medical Director, The Progeria Research Foundation Peabody, Massachusetts Hutchinson-Gilford Progeria Syndrome

Marc H. Gorelick, MD, MSCE

Professor of Pediatrics Medical College of Wisconsin Children’s Hospital of Wisconsin Milwaukee, Wisconsin Evaluation of the Sick Child in the Office and Clinic

Jane M. Gould, MD, FAAP

Associate Professor of Pediatrics Drexel University College of Medicine Attending Physician, Infectious Diseases St. Christopher’s Hospital for Children Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Cryptococcus neoformans Histoplasmosis (Histoplasma capsulatum) Paracoccidioides brasiliensis Zygomycosis (Mucormycosis)

Olivier Goulet, MD

Professor of Pediatrics University of Paris V—René Descartes Head, Division of Pediatric GastroenterologyHepatology and Nutrition Hôpital Necker-Enfants Malades/AP-HP Paris, France Other Malabsorptive Syndromes

Deanna M. Green, MD, MHS

Assistant Professor of Pediatrics Division of Pediatric Pulmonary and Sleep Medicine Duke University School of Medicine Durham, North Carolina Cystic Fibrosis

Michael Green, MD, MPH

Professor of Pediatrics and Surgery University of Pittsburgh School of Medicine Division of Pediatric Infectious Diseases Children’s Hospital of Pittsburgh of UPMC Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania Infections in Immunocompromised Persons

Thomas P. Green, MD

Founders’ Board Centennial Professor and Chair Department of Pediatrics Northwestern University Feinberg School of Medicine Physician-in-Chief Ann & Robert H. Lurie Children’s Hospital of Chicago Chicago, Illinois Diagnostic Approach to Respiratory Disease Chronic or Recurrent Respiratory Symptoms Pulmonary Edema

Larry A. Greenbaum, MD, PhD

Marcus Professor of Pediatrics Director, Division of Pediatric Nephrology Emory University School of Medicine Children’s Healthcare of Atlanta Atlanta, Georgia Rickets and Hypervitaminosis D Vitamin E Deficiency Vitamin K Deficiency Micronutrient Mineral Deficiencies Electrolyte and Acid-Base Disorders Maintenance and Replacement Therapy Deficit Therapy Fluid and Electrolyte Treatment of Specific Disorders

Anne G. Griffiths, MD

Instructor in Pediatrics Northwestern University Feinberg School of Medicine Hospitalist, Neonatal Intensive Care Unit Ann & Robert H. Lurie Children’s Hospital of Chicago Chicago, Illinois Chronic or Recurrent Respiratory Symptoms

Allison Grimes, MD

Fellow in Pediatric Hematology/Oncology University of Texas Health Sciences Center San Antonio, Texas Abnormal Hemoglobins Causing Cyanosis Hereditary Methemoglobinemia Hereditary Methemoglobinemia with Deficiency of NADH Cytochrome B5 Reductase

Natalia M. Grindler, MD

Resident Physician Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology Washington University School of Medicine in St. Louis St. Louis, Missouri Vulvovaginal and Müllerian Anomalies

Kenneth L. Grizzle, PhD

Associate Professor Child Development Center—Brookfield Medical College of Wisconsin Brookfield, Wisconsin Childhood-Onset Fluency Disorder: Dysfluency (Stuttering, Stammering)

Veronique Groleau, MD

Fellow Division of Gastroenterology, Hepatology, and Nutrition Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Nutritional Requirements Feeding Healthy Infants, Children, and Adolescents

Andrew B. Grossman, MD

Assistant Professor of Clinical Pediatrics University of Pennsylvania Perelman School of Medicine Co-Director, Center for Pediatric Inflammatory Bowel Disease The Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Inflammatory Bowel Disease

xvi  Contributors David C. Grossman, MD, MPH

Senior Investigator Group Health Research Institute Professor of Health Services University of Washington School of Public Health Adjunct Professor of Pediatrics University of Washington School of Medicine Seattle, Washington Injury Control

Alfredo Guarino, MD

Professor Department of Pediatrics University of Naples Federico II Napoli, Italy Chronic Diarrhea

Reut Gurion, DO

Pediatric Rheumatology Fellow Division of Rheumatology University Hospitals Case Medical Center Rainbow Babies & Children’s Hospital Cleveland, Ohio Miscellaneous Conditions Associated with Arthritis

Lisa R. Hackney, MD

Assistant Professor of Pediatrics Division of Pediatric Hematology/Oncology Cleveland Clinic Foundation Cleveland, Ohio Hereditary Stomatocytosis Glucose-6-Phosphate Dehydrogenase Deficiency and Related Deficiencies

Gabriel G. Haddad, MD

Distinguished Professor and Chair Department of Pediatrics University of California, San Diego Physician-in-Chief Chief Scientific Officer Rady Children’s Hospital San Diego, California Diagnostic Approach to Respiratory Disease

Joseph Haddad Jr., MD

Howard W. Smith Professor and Interim Chair Lawrence Savetsky Professor Department of Otolaryngology—Head and Neck Surgery Columbia University College of Physicians and Surgeons Director, Pediatric Otolaryngology—Head and Neck Surgery New York-Presbyterian Morgan Stanley Children’s Hospital New York, New York Congenital Disorders of the Nose Acquired Disorders of the Nose Nasal Polyps General Considerations and Evaluation (Ear) Hearing Loss Congenital Malformations External Otitis (Otitis Externa) The Inner Ear and Diseases of the Bony Labyrinth Traumatic Injuries of the Ear and Temporal Bone Tumors of the Ear and Temporal Bone

Joseph F. Hagan Jr., MD

Clinical Professor Department of Pediatrics University of Vermont College of Medicine Hagan, Rinehart, and Connolly Pediatricians, PLLC Burlington, Vermont Maximizing Children’s Health: Screening, Anticipatory Guidance, and Counseling

Scott B. Halstead, MD

Professor of Pediatrics and Medical Genetics University of British Columbia Faculty of Medicine British Columbia’s Children’s Hospital Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada Arboviral Infections in North America Arboviral Infections Outside North America Dengue Fever and Dengue Hemorrhagic Fever Yellow Fever Ebola and Other Viral Hemorrhagic Fevers Hantavirus Pulmonary Syndrome

Margaret R. Hammerschlag, MD

Professor of Pediatrics and Medicine Director, Division of Pediatric Infectious Diseases SUNY Down State Medical Center Brooklyn, New York Chlamydia (Chlamydophila) pneumoniae Chlamydia trachomatis Psittacosis (Chlamydia psittaci)

Aaron Hamvas, MD

Raymond and Hazel Speck Barry Professor of Neonatology Head, Division of Neonatology Ann & Robert H. Lurie Children’s Hospital of Chicago Northwestern University Feinberg School of Medicine Chicago, Illinois Diffuse Lung Diseases in Childhood

Abeer J. Hani, MD

Resident Physician Division of Pediatric Neurology Duke University Medical Center Durham, North Carolina Seizures in Childhood

James C. Harris, MD

Professor of Pediatrics, Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences, Mental Health, and History of Medicine Division of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry Director, Developmental Neuropsychiatry Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine Baltimore, Maryland Disorders of Purine and Pyrimidine Metabolism

Mary E. Hartman, MD, MPH

Assistant Professor of Pediatrics Washington University in St. Louis Pediatric Critical Care Medicine St. Louis Children’s Hospital St. Louis, Missouri Pediatric Emergencies and Resuscitation

David B. Haslam, MD

Associate Professor of Pediatrics University of Cincinnati College of Medicine Director, Antimicrobial Stewardship Program Clinical Director, Division of Infectious Diseases Cincinnati Children’s Hospital Medical Center Cincinnati, Ohio Non–Group A or B Streptococci Enterococcus

H. Hesham Abdel-Kader Hassan, MD

Professor of Pediatrics Chief, Division of Pediatric Gastroenterology and Nutrition The University of Arizona College of Medicine Tucson, Arizona Cholestasis

Lindsay A. Hatzenbuehler, MD, MPH Pediatric Infectious Diseases Fellow Baylor College of Medicine Texas Children’s Hospital Houston, Texas Tuberculosis (Mycobacterium tuberculosis)

Fern R. Hauck, MD, MS

Spencer P. Bass MD Twenty-First Century Professor of Family Medicine Departments of Family Medicine and Public Health Sciences Director, International Family Medicine Clinic University of Virginia School of Medicine Charlottesville, Virginia Sudden Infant Death Syndrome

Fiona P. Havers, MD, MHS

Epidemic Intelligence Service Office Epidemiology and Prevention Branch, Influenza Division National Center for Immunization and Respiratory Diseases Centers for Disease Control and Prevention Atlanta, Georgia Influenza Viruses

Jacqueline T. Hecht, PhD

Professor and Division Head Leah L. Lewis Distinguished Chair Pediatric Research Center Vice-Chair for Research Department of Pediatrics UT Health Medical School of Houston Associate Dean for Research UT Health School of Dentistry Houston, Texas General Considerations (Bone and Joint Disorders) Disorders Involving Cartilage Matrix Proteins Disorders Involving Transmembrane Receptors Disorders Involving Ion Transporters Disorders Involving Transcription Factors Disorders Involving Defective Bone Resorption Disorders for Which Defects Are Poorly Understood or Unknown

Sabrina M. Heidemann, MD

Professor Department of Pediatrics Wayne State University School of Medicine Director, Intensive Care Unit Co-Director of Transport Children’s Hospital of Michigan Detroit, Michigan Respiratory Pathophysiology and Regulation

J. Owen Hendley, MD

Professor Department of Pediatrics University of Virginia School of Medicine Charlottesville, Virginia Sinusitis Retropharyngeal Abscess, Lateral Pharyngeal (Parapharyngeal) Abscess, and Peritonsillar Cellulitis/Abscess

Frederick M. Henretig, MD Division of Emergency Medicine Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia Professor Emeritus of Pediatrics Perelman School of Medicine University of Pennsylvania Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Biologic and Chemical Terrorism

Contributors  xvii Gloria P. Heresi, MD

Jeffrey D. Hord, MD

Andrew D. Hershey, MD, PhD, FAHS

B. David Horn, MD

Professor of Pediatrics Director, Division of Pediatric Infectious Diseases University of Texas Health Sciences Center Houston, Texas Campylobacter Yersinia Aeromonas and Plesiomonas Professor of Pediatrics and Neurology University of Cincinnati College of Medicine Endowed Chair, Division of Neurology Cincinnati Children’s Hospital Medical Center Cincinnati, Ohio Headaches

Cynthia E. Herzog, MD

Professor of Pediatrics University of Texas MD Anderson Cancer Center Houston, Texas Retinoblastoma Gonadal and Germ Cell Neoplasms Neoplasms of the Liver Benign Vascular Tumors Melanoma Nasopharyngeal Carcinoma Adenocarcinoma of the Colon and Rectum Desmoplastic Small Round Cell Tumor

Jessica Hochberg, MD

Assistant Professor of Pediatrics Division of Pediatric Hematology, Oncology, and Stem Cell Transplant New York Medical College Maria Fareri Children’s Hospital at Westchester Medical Center Valhalla, New York Lymphoma

Holly R. Hoefgen, MD

Fellow, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology Washington University School of Medicine in St. Louis St. Louis, Missouri Vulvovaginitis

Lauren D. Holinger, MD, FAAP, FACS

Paul H. Holinger MD Professor and Interim Head, Division of Otolaryngology Department of Pediatrics Northwestern University Feinberg School of Medicine Ann & Robert H. Lurie Children’s Hospital of Chicago Chicago, Illinois Congenital Anomalies of the Larynx, Trachea, and Bronchi Foreign Bodies in the Airway Laryngotracheal Stenosis and Subglottic Stenosis Neoplasms of the Larynx, Trachea, and Bronchi

Cynthia Holland-Hall, MD, MPH

Associate Clinical Professor of Clinical Pediatrics The Ohio State University College of Medicine Section of Adolescent Medicine Nationwide Children’s Hospital Columbus, Ohio Adolescent Physical and Social Development Transitioning to Adult Care The Breast

Director, Showers Family Center for Childhood Cancer and Blood Disorders Associate Chair of Pediatrics for Subspecialty Practices Akron Children’s Hospital Akron, Ohio The Acquired Pancytopenias Assistant Professor Department of Orthopaedic Surgery University of Pennsylvania Perelman School of Medicine Attending Orthopaedic Surgeon Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia Philadelphia, Pennsylvania The Hip

Helen M. Horstmann, MD

Associate Professor Department of Orthopaedic Surgery University of Pennsylvania Perelman School of Medicine Attending Physician Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Arthrogryposis

William A. Horton, MD

Professor Department of Molecular Medical Genetics Oregon Health & Science University Director of Research Shriners Hospitals for Children Portland, Oregon General Considerations (Bone and Joint Disorders) Disorders Involving Cartilage Matrix Proteins Disorders Involving Transmembrane Receptors Disorders Involving Ion Transporters Disorders Involving Transcription Factors Disorders Involving Defective Bone Resorption Disorders for Which Defects Are Poorly Understood or Unknown

Stephen A. Huang, MD

Assistant Professor of Pediatrics Harvard Medical School Director, Thyroid Program Division of Endocrinology Boston Children’s Hospital Boston, Massachusetts Thyroid Development and Physiology Defects of Thyroxine-Binding Globulin Hypothyroidism Thyroiditis Goiter Hyperthyroidism Carcinoma of the Thyroid

Heather G. Huddleston, MD

Assistant Professor Department of Obstetrics, Gynecology, and Reproductive Sciences University of California, San Francisco School of Medicine San Francisco, California Polycystic Ovary Syndrome and Hirsutism

Vicki Huff, PhD

Professor Department of Molecular Genetics/Cancer Genetics University of Texas MD Anderson Cancer Center Houston, Texas Neoplasms of the Kidney

Denise Hug, MD

Founding Dean, National School of Tropical Medicine Professor of Pediatrics and Molecular Virology and Microbiology Baylor College of Medicine Endowed Chair in Tropical Pediatrics Texas Children’s Hospital Houston, Texas Hookworms (Necator americanus and Ancylostoma spp.)

Associate Professor Department of Ophthalmology University of Missouri—Kansas City School of Medicine Children’s Mercy Hospital Kansas City, Missouri Growth and Development (Eye) Examination of the Eye Abnormalities of Refraction and Accommodation Disorders of Vision Abnormalities of Pupil and Iris Disorders of Eye Movement and Alignment Abnormalities of the Lids Disorders of the Lacrimal System Disorders of the Conjunctiva Abnormalities of the Cornea Abnormalities of the Lens Disorders of the Uveal Tract Disorders of the Retina and Vitreous Abnormalities of the Optic Nerve Childhood Glaucoma Orbital Abnormalities Orbital Infections Injuries to the Eye

Evelyn Hsu, MD

Dennis P.M. Hughes, MD, PhD

Peter J. Hotez, MD, PhD, FASTMH, FAAP

Assistant Professor of Pediatrics Seattle Children’s Hospital Seattle, Washington Liver Transplantation

Associate Professor of Pediatrics University of Texas MD Anderson Cancer Center Houston, Texas Melanoma

Winston W. Huh, MD

Assistant Professor of Pediatrics University of Texas MD Anderson Cancer Center Houston, Texas Gonadal and Germ Cell Neoplasms Adenocarcinoma of the Colon and Rectum

xviii  Contributors Stephen R. Humphrey, MD Resident Physician Department of Dermatology Medical College of Wisconsin Children’s Hospital of Wisconsin Milwaukee, Wisconsin Principles of Therapy (Skin)

David A. Hunstad, MD

Associate Professor of Pediatrics and Molecular Microbiology Washington University School of Medicine in St. Louis St. Louis, Missouri Animal and Human Bites

Carl E. Hunt, MD

Tara Jatlaoui, MD, MPH

Research Assistant Professor Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology The University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill Guest Researcher, Division of Reproductive Health Centers for Disease Control and Prevention Atlanta, Georgia Contraception

M. Kyle Jensen, MD

Assistant Professor of Pediatrics University of Utah School of Medicine Division of Pediatric Gastroenterology Primary Children’s Hospital Salt Lake City, Utah Viral Hepatitis

Research Professor of Pediatrics Uniformed Services University of the Health Sciences Division of Neonatology Walter Reed National Military Medical Center Bethesda, Maryland; Adjunct Professor of Pediatrics George Washington University School of Medicine Washington, DC Sudden Infant Death Syndrome

Hal B. Jenson, MD, MBA

Anna K. Hunter, MD

Chandy C. John, MD, MS

Assistant Clinical Professor of Pediatrics University of California, San Francisco UCSF Fresno Center for Medical Education and Research Fresno, California; Pediatric Gastroenterologist Children’s Hospital Central California Madera, California Pyloric Stenosis and Other Congenital Anomalies of the Stomach

Stacey S. Huppert, PhD

Associate Professor of Pediatrics University of Cincinnati College of Medicine Division of Gastroenterology, Hepatology, and Nutrition Division of Developmental Biology Cincinnati Children’s Hospital Medical Center Cincinnati, Ohio Morphogenesis of the Liver and Biliary System

Patricia I. Ibeziako, MD

Assistant Professor of Psychiatry Harvard Medical School Director, Psychiatry Consultation Service Boston Children’s Hospital Boston, Massachusetts Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders

Samar H. Ibrahim, MBChB

Assistant Professor of Pediatrics Division of Pediatric Gastroenterology and Hepatology Mayo Clinic Rochester, Minnesota Mitochondrial Hepatopathies

Richard F. Jacobs, MD, FAAP

Robert H. Fiser Jr. MD Endowed Chair in Pediatrics Professor and Chair, Department of Pediatrics University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences Pediatrician-in-Chief Arkansas Children’s Hospital Little Rock, Arkansas Actinomyces Nocardia Tularemia (Francisella tularensis) Brucella

Founding Dean Professor, Department of Pediatric and Adolescent Medicine Western Michigan University Homer Stryker M.D. School of Medicine Kalamazoo, Michigan Chronic Fatigue Syndrome Epstein-Barr Virus Human T-Lymphotropic Viruses (1 and 2) Ryan White Professor of Pediatrics Professor of Pediatrics, Microbiology and Immunology Director, Ryan White Center for Pediatric Infectious Diseases and Global Health Indiana University School of Medicine Riley Hospital for Children at Indiana University Health Indianapolis, Indiana Health Advice for Children Traveling Internationally Giardiasis and Balantidiasis Malaria (Plasmodium)

Collin C. John, MD, MPH, FAAP

Assistant Professor of Internal Medicine and Pediatrics Medical Director, West Virginia Birth Score Program West Virginia University School of Medicine Morgantown, West Virginia Disorders of Lipoprotein Metabolism and Transport

Michael V. Johnston, MD

Professor of Neurology, Pediatrics, and Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine Kennedy Krieger Institute Baltimore, Maryland Congenital Anomalies of the Central Nervous System Encephalopathies

Richard B. Johnston Jr., MD

Professor of Pediatrics Associate Dean for Research Development University of Colorado School of Medicine Aurora, Colorado; National Jewish Health Denver, Colorado Monocytes, Macrophages, and Dendritic Cells The Complement System Disorders of the Complement System

Bridgette L. Jones, MD

Associate Professor of Pediatrics Division of Allergy, Asthma, and Immunology University of Missouri—Kansas City School of Medicine Section of Clinical Pharmacology and Medical Toxicology Children’s Mercy Hospitals and Clinics Kansas City, Missouri Principles of Drug Therapy

James F. Jones, MD

Research Medical Officer Viral Exanthems and Herpesvirus Branch Division of Viral and Rickettsial Diseases National Center for Infectious Diseases Centers for Disease Control and Prevention Atlanta, Georgia Chronic Fatigue Syndrome

Marsha Joselow, MSW, LICSW

Department of Psychosocial Oncology and Palliative Care Boston Children’s Hospital Dana-Farber Cancer Institute Boston, Massachusetts Pediatric Palliative Care

Nicholas Jospe, MD

Professor of Pediatrics Division of Pediatric Endocrinology Golisano Children’s Hospital University of Rochester Medical Center Rochester, New York Diabetes Mellitus

Joel C. Joyce, MD

Pediatric Dermatology NorthShore University HealthSystem Skokie, Illinois; Clinician Educator University of Chicago Pritzker School of Medicine Chicago, Illinois Vesiculobullous Disorders Nutritional Dermatoses

Anna M. Juern, MD

Division of Pediatric Dermatology Medical College of Wisconsin Milwaukee, Wisconsin Hyperpigmented Lesions Cutaneous Bacterial Infections Cutaneous Fungal Infections Cutaneous Viral Infections Arthropod Bites and Infestations

Marielle A. Kabbouche, MD

Associate Professor of Pediatrics and Neurology University of Cincinnati College of Medicine Division of Neurology Cincinnati Children’s Hospital Medical Center Cincinnati, Ohio Headaches

Linda Kaljee, PhD, MAA

Associate Professor Department of Pediatrics Prevention Research Center Wayne State University School of Medicine Detroit, Michigan Cultural Issues in Pediatric Care

Contributors  xix Deepak Kamat, MD, PhD, FAAP

Professor and Vice-Chair of Education Department of Pediatrics Wayne State University School of Medicine Designated Institutional Official Children’s Hospital of Michigan Detroit, Michigan Fever Fever Without a Focus

Alvina R. Kansra, MD

Assistant Professor of Pediatrics Medical College of Wisconsin Division of Endocrinology Children’s Hospital of Wisconsin Milwaukee, Wisconsin Hypofunction of the Ovaries Pseudoprecocity Resulting from Lesions of the Ovary

Sheldon L. Kaplan, MD

Professor and Vice-Chair for Clinical Affairs Department of Pediatrics Baylor College of Medicine Head, Department of Pediatric Medicine Chief, Section of Infectious Disease Texas Children’s Hospital Houston, Texas Osteomyelitis Septic Arthritis

Virginia A. Keane, MD

Associate Professor Department of Pediatrics University of Maryland School of Medicine Baltimore, Maryland Assessment of Growth

Gregory L. Kearns, PharmD, PhD

Marion Merrell Dow / Missouri Chair of Medical Research Professor of Pediatrics and Pharmacology University of Missouri—Kansas City School of Medicine Chief Scientific Officer and Chairman, Research Development and Clinical Investigation Associate Chair, Department of Pediatrics Director, Pediatric Trial Network Children’s Mercy Hospitals and Clinics Kansas City, Missouri; Clinical Professor of Pediatrics University of Kansas School of Medicine Kansas City, Kansas Principles of Drug Therapy

Sarah E. Keesecker, MD

Clinical Associate Professor Department of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation Louisiana State University School of Medicine Section Head, Pediatric Rehabilitation Ochsner Clinic Medical Center Ochsner Children’s Health Center New Orleans, Louisiana Management of Musculoskeletal Injury Specific Sports and Associated Injuries

Postdoctoral Residency Fellow Department of Otolaryngology—Head and Neck Surgery Columbia University College of Physicians and Surgeons New York, New York Congenital Disorders of the Nose Acquired Disorders of the Nose Nasal Polyps General Considerations and Evaluation (Ear) Hearing Loss Congenital Malformations External Otitis (Otitis Externa) The Inner Ear and Diseases of the Bony Labyrinth Traumatic Injuries of the Ear and Temporal Bone Tumors of the Ear and Temporal Bone

Daniel L. Kastner, MD, PhD

Desmond P. Kelly, MD

Aaron M. Karlin, MD

Scientific Director National Human Genome Research Institute Distinguished Investigator Medical Genetics Branch National Institutes of Health Bethesda, Maryland Hereditary Periodic Fever Syndromes and Other Systemic Autoinflammatory Diseases

Emily R. Katz, MD

Clinical Assistant Professor Department of Psychiatry and Human Behavior Brown University Alpert Medical School Director, Consultation Liaison Service Hasbro Children’s Hospital Providence, Rhode Island Rumination and Pica

James W. Kazura, MD

Professor of Medicine in International Health Division of Geographic Medicine Case Western Reserve University School of Medicine Cleveland, Ohio Ascariasis (Ascaris lumbricoides) Trichuriasis (Trichuris trichiura) Enterobiasis (Enterobius vermicularis) Strongyloidiasis (Strongyloides stercoralis) Lymphatic Filariasis (Brugia malayi, Brugia timori, and Wuchereria bancrofti) Other Tissue Nematodes Toxocariasis (Visceral and Ocular Larva Migrans) Trichinosis (Trichinella spiralis)

Professor of Clinical Pediatrics Vice-Chair for Academics, Department of Pediatrics University of South Carolina School of Medicine Greenville Greenville, South Carolina Neurodevelopmental Function and Dysfunction in the School-Age Child

Kevin J. Kelly, MD

Professor of Pediatrics Division of Pediatric Allergy, Immunology, and Rheumatology University of North Carolina School of Medicine Vice-Chair, Clinical Operations Pediatrician-in-Chief North Carolina Children’s Hospital Chapel Hill, North Carolina Immune and Inflammatory Lung Disease

Matthew S. Kelly, MD, MPH Pediatric Global Health Fellow Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia Philadelphia, Pennsylvania; Princess Marina Hospital Gaborone, Botswana, Africa Community-Acquired Pneumonia

Judith R. Kelsen, MD

Assistant Professor of Pediatrics University of Pennsylvania Perelman School of Medicine Attending Physician Division of Gastroenterology, Hepatology, and Nutrition The Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Foreign Bodies and Bezoars

Kathi J. Kemper, MD, MPH

Director, OSU Center for Integrative Health and Wellness Professor of Pediatrics, Nursing, and Health and Rehabilitation Sciences Ohio State University Wexner Medical Center Nationwide Children’s Hospital Columbus, Ohio Complementary Therapies and Integrative Medicine

Melissa Kennedy, MD

Attending Physician Division of Gastroenterology, Hepatology, and Nutrition The Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Malrotation Meckel Diverticulum and Other Remnants of the Omphalomesenteric Duct Intussusception Malformations Ascites

Eitan Kerem, MD

Professor and Chair Department of Pediatrics Hadassah University Medical Center Jerusalem, Israel Effects of War on Children

Joseph E. Kerschner, MD, FACS, FAAP Professor of Pediatrics Dean and Executive Vice-President Medical College of Wisconsin Milwaukee, Wisconsin Otitis Media

Seema Khan, MD

Associate Professor of Pediatrics George Washington University School of Medicine and Health Sciences Division of Gastroenterology and Nutrition Children’s National Medical Center Washington, DC Embryology, Anatomy, and Function of the Esophagus Congenital Anomalies: Esophageal Atresia and Tracheoesophageal Fistula Obstructing and Motility Disorders of the Esophagus Dysmotility Hiatal Hernia Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease Eosinophilic Esophagitis and Non–Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease Esophagitis Esophageal Perforation Esophageal Varices Ingestions

Jennifer S. Kim, MD

Assistant Professor of Pediatrics Jaffe Food Allergy Institute Icahn School of Medicine at Mount Sinai New York, New York Diagnosis of Allergic Disease Principles of Treatment of Allergic Disease

xx  Contributors Charles H. King, MD

Professor of International Health Center for Global Health and Diseases Case Western Reserve University School of Medicine Cleveland, Ohio Schistosomiasis (Schistosoma) Flukes (Liver, Lung, and Intestinal)

Robert M. Kliegman, MD

Associate Professor of Pediatrics Division of Pediatric Neurology Medical University of South Carolina Charleston, South Carolina Congenital Anomalies of the Central Nervous System

Professor and Chairman Emeritus Department of Pediatrics Medical College of Wisconsin Children’s Hospital of Wisconsin Milwaukee, Wisconsin Refeeding Syndrome Liver Abscess Generalized Arterial Calcification of Infancy/ Idiopathic Infantile Arterial Calcification Arterial Calcifications Caused by Deficiency of CD73 Female Genital Mutilation/Cutting Reflex Seizures (Stimulus Precipitated Seizures) Nodding Syndrome

Adam Kirton, MD, MSc, FRCPC

William C. Koch, MD, FAAP, FIDSA

Stephen L. Kinsman, MD

Associate Professor of Pediatrics and Clinical Neurosciences University of Calgary Faculty of Medicine Director, Calgary Pediatric Stroke Program Alberta Children’s Hospital Research Institute Calgary, Alberta, Canada Pediatric Stroke

Priya S. Kishnani, MD, MBBS

C.L. and Sue Chen Professor of Pediatrics Chief, Division of Medical Genetics Duke University Medical Center Durham, North Carolina Defects in Metabolism of Carbohydrates

Robert L. Kitts, MD

Assistant Professor of Psychiatry Harvard Medical School Director, Child and Adolescent Psychiatry Fellowship Boston Children’s Hospital Boston, Massachusetts Rumination and Pica

Martin B. Kleiman, MD

Ryan White Professor of Pediatrics Indiana University School of Medicine Riley Children’s Hospital Indianapolis, Indiana Coccidioidomycosis (Coccidioides species)

Bruce L. Klein, MD

Visiting Associate Professor of Pediatrics Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine Associate Director, Pediatric Emergency Medicine Director, Pediatric Transport Johns Hopkins Children’s Center Baltimore, Maryland Interfacility Transport of the Seriously Ill or Injured Pediatric Patient Acute Care of the Victim of Multiple Trauma

Bruce S. Klein, MD

Professor of Pediatrics and Medical Microbiology University of Wisconsin School of Medicine Madison, Wisconsin Blastomycosis (Blastomyces dermatitidis)

Michael D. Klein, MD, FACS, FAAP Arvin I. Philippart MD Endowed Chair of Pediatric Surgical Research Professor of Surgery Wayne State University School of Medicine Children’s Hospital of Michigan Detroit, Michigan Surgical Conditions of the Anus and Rectum

Associate Professor of Pediatrics Medical College of Virginia / Virginia Commonwealth University Richmond, Virginia Parvoviruses

Patrick M. Kochanek, MD, MCCM

Ake N. Grenvik Professor of Critical Care Medicine Vice-Chairman, Department of Critical Care Medicine Professor of Anesthesiology, Pediatrics, Bioengineering, and Clinical and Translational Science Director, Safar Center for Resuscitation Research University of Pittsburgh School of Medicine Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania Neurologic Emergencies and Stabilization

Eric Kodish, MD

Professor and Chairman Department of Bioethics The Cleveland Clinic Foundation Cleveland, Ohio Ethics in Pediatric Care

Stephan A. Kohlhoff, MD

Assistant Professor of Pediatrics and Medicine Associate Director, Pediatric Infectious Diseases SUNY Downstate Medical Center Brooklyn, New York Chlamydia (Chlamydophila) pneumoniae Psittacosis (Chlamydia psittaci)

Mark A. Kostic, MD

Elliot J. Krane, MD, FAAP

Professor of Pediatrics, and Anesthesiology, Perioperative, and Pain Medicine Stanford University School of Medicine Chief, Pediatric Pain Management Stanford Children’s Health Lucile Packard Children’s Hospital at Stanford Stanford, California Pediatric Pain Management

Peter J. Krause, MD

Senior Research Scientist Department of Epidemiology and Microbial Diseases Yale School of Public Health Department of Medicine and Department of Pediatrics Yale School of Medicine New Haven, Connecticut Babesiosis (Babesia)

Richard E. Kreipe, MD, FACCP, FSAHM, FAED

Dr. Elizabeth R. McArnarney Professor in Pediatrics funded by Roger and Carolyn Friedlander Division of Adolescent Medicine University of Rochester School of Medicine Golisano Children’s Hospital Medical Director, Western New York Comprehensive Care Center for Eating Disorders Rochester, New York Eating Disorders

Steven E. Krug, MD

Professor of Pediatrics Division of Pediatric Emergency Medicine Northwestern University Feinberg School of Medicine Ann & Robert H. Lurie Children’s Hospital of Chicago Chicago, Illinois Emergency Medical Services for Children

John F. Kuttesch Jr., MD, PhD

Chief, Division of Pediatric Hematology/Oncology Department of Pediatrics University of New Mexico School of Medicine Albuquerque, New Mexico Brain Tumors in Childhood

Associate Professor of Pediatrics and Emergency Medicine Division of Pediatric Emergency Medicine Medical College of Wisconsin Associate Medical Director Wisconsin Poison Center Milwaukee, Wisconsin Poisoning

Jennifer M. Kwon, MD, MPH

Linda E. Krach, MD

Catherine S. Lachenauer, MD

Adjunct Professor Department of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation University of Minnesota School of Medicine President, Courage Kenny Rehabilitation Institute (part of Allina Health) Minneapolis, Minnesota Severe Traumatic Brain Injury

Associate Profess or of Pediatrics and Neurology University of Rochester School of Medicine Associate Director, Clinic for Inherited Metabolic Diseases Golisano Children’s Hospital Rochester, New York Neurodegenerative Disorders of Childhood Assistant Professor of Pediatrics Harvard Medical School Division of Infectious Diseases Boston Children’s Hospital Boston, Massachusetts Group B Streptococcus

Contributors  xxi Stephan Ladisch, MD

Professor of Pediatrics and Biochemistry/Molecular Biology Department of Pediatrics George Washington University School of Medicine Children’s Research Institute Department of Hematology and Oncology Children’s National Medical Center Washington, DC Histiocytosis Syndromes of Childhood

Stephen H. LaFranchi, MD

Professor of Pediatrics Division of Pediatric Endocrinology Oregon Health & Science University Portland, Oregon Thyroid Development and Physiology Defects of Thyroxine-Binding Globulin Hypothyroidism Thyroiditis Goiter Hyperthyroidism Carcinoma of the Thyroid

Oren J. Lakser, MD

Assistant Professor of Pediatrics Northwestern University Feinberg School of Medicine Associate Clinician Specialist Division of Pulmonary Medicine Ann & Robert H. Lurie Children’s Hospital of Chicago Chicago, Illinois Bronchiectasis Pulmonary Abscess

Marc B. Lande, MD, MPH

Professor of Pediatrics Division of Pediatric Nephrology University of Rochester Medical Center School of Medicine and Dentistry Rochester, New York Systemic Hypertension

Philip J. Landrigan, MD, MSc, FAAP

Dean for Global Health Ethel H. Wise Professor and Chair, Department of Preventive Medicine Director, Children’s Environmental Health Center Icahn School of Medicine at Mount Sinai New York, New York Chemical Pollutants

Gregory L. Landry, MD

Professor Department of Pediatrics University of Wisconsin—Madison School of Medicine and Public Health Madison, Wisconsin Epidemiology and Prevention of Injuries Heat Injuries Female Athletes: Menstrual Problems and the Risk of Osteopenia Performance-Enhancing Aids

Wendy G. Lane, MD, MPH, FAAP

Assistant Professor Departments of Pediatrics and Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine University of Maryland School of Medicine Baltimore, Maryland Abused and Neglected Children

Phillip S. LaRussa, MD

Professor of Pediatrics Columbia University Medical Center New York, New York Varicella-Zoster Virus Infections

Norma B. Lerner, MD, MPH

Assistant Professor Department of Orthopaedic Surgery University of Pennsylvania Perelman School of Medicine Attending Orthopaedic Surgeon Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia Philadelphia, Pennsylvania The Knee

Special Advisor to the Director Division of Blood Diseases and Resources National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute National Institutes of Health Bethesda, Maryland The Anemias Congenital Hypoplastic Anemia (Diamond-Blackfan Anemia) Pearson Syndrome Acquired Pure Red Blood Cell Anemia Anemia of Chronic Disease and Renal Disease Congenital Dyserythropoietic Anemias Physiologic Anemia of Infancy Megaloblastic Anemias

Brendan Lee, MD, PhD

Steven O. Lestrud, MD

J. Todd R. Lawrence, MD, PhD

Robert and Janice McNair Endowed Chair in Molecular and Human Genetics Professor, Department of Molecular and Human Genetics Baylor College of Medicine Houston, Texas Integration of Genetics into Pediatric Practice The Genetic Approach in Pediatric Medicine The Human Genome Patterns of Genetic Transmission Cytogenetics Genetics of Common Disorders

K. Jane Lee, MD, MA

Associate Professor Department of Pediatrics Medical College of Wisconsin Division of Pediatric Critical Care Children’s Hospital of Wisconsin Milwaukee, Wisconsin Brain Death

J. Steven Leeder, PharmD, PhD

Marion Merrell Dow / Missouri Endowed Chair in Pediatric Pharmacology Chief, Division of Pediatric Pharmacology and Medical Toxicology Children’s Mercy Hospitals and Clinics Kansas City, Missouri; Adjunct Professor Department of Pharmacology, Toxicology, and Therapeutics Kansas University School of Medicine Kansas City, Kansas Pediatric Pharmacogenetics, Pharmacogenomics, and Pharmacoproteomics

Rebecca K. Lehman, MD

Assistant Professor of Pediatrics Division of Pediatric Neurology Medical University of South Carolina Charleston, South Carolina Neurologic Evaluation Chorea, Athetosis, Tremor

Michael J. Lentze, MD

Professor of Pediatrics Division of Pediatric Gastroenterology Medizinische Universität Bonn Bonn, Germany Evaluation of Children with Suspected Intestinal Malabsorption Enzyme Deficiencies

Assistant Professor of Pediatrics Northwestern University Feinberg School of Medicine Medical Director, Respiratory Care Ann & Robert H. Lurie Children’s Hospital of Chicago Chicago, Illinois Bronchopulmonary Dysplasia

Donald Y.M. Leung, MD, PhD

Edelstein Family Chair of Pediatric Allergy-Immunology National Jewish Health Professor of Pediatrics University of Colorado School of Medicine Denver, Colorado Atopic Dermatitis (Atopic Eczema)

Chris A. Liacouras, MD

Professor of Pediatrics University of Pennsylvania Perelman School of Medicine Co-Director, Center for Pediatric Eosinophilic Disorders The Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Normal Digestive Tract Phenomena Major Symptoms and Signs of Digestive Tract Disorders Normal Development, Structure, and Function (Stomach) Pyloric Stenosis and Other Congenital Anomalies of the Stomach Intestinal Atresia, Stenosis, and Malrotation Intestinal Duplications, Meckel Diverticulum, and Other Remnants of the Omphalomesenteric Duct Motility Disorders and Hirschsprung Disease Ileus, Adhesions, Intussusception, and Closed-Loop Obstructions Foreign Bodies and Bezoars Functional Abdominal Pain (Nonorganic Chronic Abdominal Pain) Malformations Ascites Peritonitis

Christopher W. Liebig, MD

Pediatric Sports Medicine Fellow Akron Children’s Hospital Akron, Ohio Sports-Related Traumatic Brain Injury (Concussion)

xxii  Contributors Timothy P. Lindquist, MD

Pediatric Ophthalmologist Children’s Mercy Hospital Kansas City, Missouri Growth and Development (Eye) Examination of the Eye Abnormalities of Refraction and Accommodation Disorders of Vision Abnormalities of Pupil and Iris Disorders of Eye Movement and Alignment Abnormalities of the Lids Disorders of the Lacrimal System Disorders of the Conjunctiva Abnormalities of the Cornea Abnormalities of the Lens Disorders of the Uveal Tract Disorders of the Retina and Vitreous Abnormalities of the Optic Nerve Childhood Glaucoma Orbital Abnormalities Orbital Infections Injuries to the Eye

Andrew H. Liu, MD

Professor Department of Pediatrics National Jewish Health University of Colorado School of Medicine Denver, Colorado Childhood Asthma

Stanley F. Lo, PhD

Associate Professor of Pathology Medical College of Wisconsin Co-Director, Clinical Laboratories Co-Director, Biochemical Genetics Laboratory Technical Director, Chemistry and Point of Care Testing Laboratories Children’s Hospital of Wisconsin Milwaukee, Wisconsin Laboratory Testing in Infants and Children Reference Intervals for Laboratory Tests and Procedures

Franco Locatelli, MD

Professor of Pediatrics University of Pavia Pavia, Italy; Director, Department of Pediatric Hematology and Oncology IRCCS Ospedale Pediatrico Bambino Gesù Rome, Italy Principles and Clinical Indications of Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation from Alternative Sources and Donors Graft-Versus-Host Disease, Rejection, and Venoocclusive Disease Infectious Complications of Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation Late Effects of Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation

John H. Lockhart, MD

Clinical Assistant Professor Departments of Orthopedics and Sports Medicine Seattle Children’s Hospital Seattle, Washington Cervical Spinal Injuries

Sarah S. Long, MD

Professor of Pediatrics Drexel University College of Medicine Chief, Section of Infectious Diseases St. Christopher’s Hospital for Children Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Pertussis (Bordetella pertussis and Bordetella parapertussis)

Anna Lena Lopez, MD, MPH

Joseph A. Majzoub, MD

Steven V. Lossef, MD

Asim Maqbool, MD

Research Associate Professor Institute of Child Health and Human Development University of the Philippines Manila—National Institutes of Health Clinical Associate Professor, Department of Pediatrics University of the Philippines College of Medicine Manila, Philippines Cholera Head, Pediatric Interventional Radiology Division of Diagnostic Imaging and Radiology Children’s National Medical Center Washington, DC Pertussis (Bordetella pertussis and Bordetella parapertussis) Pleurisy, Pleural Effusions, and Empyema Pneumothorax Hemothorax Chlyothorax

Jennifer A. Lowry, MD

Associate Professor of Pediatrics University of Missouri—Kansas City School of Medicine Section Chief, Medical Toxicology Division of Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutic Innovations Medical Director, Center for Environmental Health Children’s Mercy Hospitals and Clinics Kansas City, Missouri Principles of Drug Therapy

Nora T. MacZura, MD

Division of Gynecologic Oncology Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology Springfield Clinic Springfield, Illinois Neoplasms and Adolescent Screening for Human Papillomavirus

Prashant V. Mahajan, MD, MPH, MBA

Professor of Pediatrics and Emergency Medicine Carman and Ann Adams Department of Pediatrics Wayne State University School of Medicine Division Chief and Research Director Director, Center for Quality and Innovation Pediatric Emergency Medicine Children’s Hospital of Michigan Detroit, Michigan Heavy Metal Intoxication

Akhil Maheshwari, MD

Associate Professor of Pediatrics and Pharmacology University of Illinois, Chicago Chief, Division of Neonatology Director, Center for Neonatal and Pediatric Gastrointestinal Disease Medical Director, Neonatal Intensive Care Unit and Intermediate Care Nursery Children’s Hospital of University of Illinois Chicago, Illinois Diaphragmatic Hernia Foramen of Morgagni Hernia Paraesophageal Hernia Eventration Digestive System Disorders Blood Disorders

Thomas Morgan Rotch Professor of Pediatrics Professor of Medicine Harvard Medical School Chief, Division of Endocrinology Boston Children’s Hospital Boston, Massachusetts Diabetes Insipidus Other Abnormalities of Arginine Vasopressin Metabolism and Action Assistant Professor of Pediatrics University of Pennsylvania Perelman School of Medicine Division of Gastroenterology, Hepatology, and Nutrition Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Nutritional Requirements

Ashley M. Maranich, MD

Pediatric Infectious Disease Director, Transitional Year Program San Antonio Military Medical Center Fort Sam Houston, Texas Malassezia

Mona Marin, MD

Medical Epidemiologist Epidemiology Branch, Division of Viral Diseases National Center for Immunization and Respiratory Diseases Centers for Disease Control and Prevention Atlanta, Georgia Varicella-Zoster Virus Infections

Joan C. Marini, MD, PhD

Chief, Bone and Extracellular Matrix Branch National Institute for Child Health and Development National Institutes of Health Bethesda, Maryland Osteogenesis Imperfecta

Thomas C. Markello, MD, PhD

National Human Genome Research Institute National Institutes of Health Bethesda, Maryland Genetic Approaches to Rare and Undiagnosed Diseases

Morri Markowitz, MD

Professor of Pediatrics and Medicine Albert Einstein College of Medicine Clinical Director, Pediatric Environmental Sciences The Children’s Hospital at Montefiore Bronx, New York Lead Poisoning

Kevin P. Marks, MD

Clinical Assistant Professor Department of Pediatrics Oregon Health & Science University School of Medicine General Pediatrician PeaceHealth Medical Group Portland, Oregon Developmental-Behavioral Screening and Surveillance

Contributors  xxiii Stacene R. Maroushek, MD, PhD, MPH

Assistant Professor of Pediatrics Division of Pediatric Infectious Diseases and Immunology University of Minnesota Medical School Pediatric Infectious Diseases and General Pediatrics Hennepin County Medical Center Minneapolis, Minnesota Medical Evaluation of Immigrant (Foreign-Born) Children for Infectious Diseases Principles of Antimycobacterial Therapy

Kari L. Martin, MD

Assistant Professor of Dermatology and Child Health Associate Residency Program Director Department of Dermatology University of Missouri School of Medicine Columbia, Missouri Diseases of the Neonate Cutaneous Defects Ectodermal Dysplasias Vascular Disorders Cutaneous Nevi Disorders of Keratinization Disorders of the Sweat Glands Disorders of Hair Disorders of the Nails Tumors of the Skin

Dennis J. Matthews, MD

Professor and Chair Department of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation University of Colorado School of Medicine Medical Director Children’s Hospital Rehabilitation Center PPAARDI-in-Chief Children’s Hospital Colorado Denver, Colorado Principles of Rehabilitation Medicine

Robert L. Mazor, MD

Clinical Associate Professor Department of Pediatrics University of Washington School of Medicine Division of Critical Care and Cardiac Surgery Clinical Director, CICU Seattle Children’s Hospital and Regional Medical Center Seattle, Washington Pulmonary Edema

Megan E. McCabe, MD

Assistant Professor Department of Pediatrics Yale School of Medicine New Haven, Connecticut Loss, Separation, and Bereavement

Susanna A. McColley, MD

Professor Emeritus of Clinical Pediatrics University of Southern California Keck School of Medicine Chief, Pediatric Infectious Diseases Children’s Hospital of Los Angeles Los Angeles, California Measles Rubella Mumps

Professor of Pediatrics Northwestern University Feinberg School of Medicine Director, Clinical and Translational Research Stanley Manne Children’s Research Institute Ann & Robert H. Lurie Children’s Hospital of Chicago Chicago, Illinois Pulmonary Tumors Extrapulmonary Diseases with Pulmonary Manifestations

Christopher Mastropietro, MD

Margaret M. McGovern, MD, PhD

Wilbert H. Mason Jr., MD, MPH

Assistant Professor Department of Pediatrics Wayne State University School of Medicine Associate Fellowship Director Division of Critical Care Children’s Hospital of Michigan Detroit, Michigan Mechanical Ventilation

Kimberlee M. Matalon, PhD

Associate Professor Department of Health and Human Performance University of Houston Houston, Texas Aspartic Acid (Canavan Disease)

Reuben K. Matalon, MD, PhD Professor Department of Pediatrics and Genetics University of Texas Medical Branch University of Texas Children’s Hospital Galveston, Texas Aspartic Acid (Canavan Disease)

Roshni Mathew, MD

Clinical Instructor in Pediatrics Division of Pediatric Infectious Diseases Stanford University School of Medicine Stanford, California Central Nervous System Infections Brain Abscess

Mary A. McMahon, MD

Assistant Professor Department of Pediatrics University of Cincinnati College of Medicine Director, Division of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation Director, Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation Residency Program Cincinnati Children’s Hospital Medical Center Cincinnati, Ohio Spinal Cord Injury and Spinal Cord Autonomic Crisis Management

Asuncion Mejias, MD, PhD, MSCS

Assistant Professor of Pediatrics Section of Infectious Diseases and Immunology The Ohio State University College of Medicine The Research Institute at Nationwide Children’s Hospital Columbus, Ohio Hansen Disease (Mycobacterium leprae) Mycoplasma pneumoniae Genital Mycoplasmas (Mycoplasma hominis, Mycoplasma genitalium, and Ureaplasma urealyticum)

Peter C. Melby, MD

Professor of Internal Medicine (Infectious Diseases), Microbiology and Immunology, and Pathology Director, Center for Tropical Diseases University of Texas Medical Branch at Galveston Galveston, Texas Leishmaniasis (Leishmania)

Alexandra N. Menchise, MD

Pediatric Gastroenterology Fellow Cincinnati Children’s Hospital Medical Center Cincinnati, Ohio Metabolic Diseases of the Liver

Diane F. Merritt, MD

Professor and Chair Department of Pediatrics Stony Brook University School of Medicine Physician-in-Chief, Stony Brook Long Island Children’s Hospital Stony Brook, New York Lipidoses (Lysosomal Storage Disorders) Mucolipidoses Disorders of Glycoprotein Degradation and Structure

Professor Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology Director, Pediatric and Adolescent Gynecology Washington University School of Medicine in St. Louis St. Louis, Missouri History and Physical Examination (Gynecology) Vulvovaginitis Bleeding Breast Concerns Neoplasms and Adolescent Screening for Human Papillomavirus

Heather S. McLean, MD

Ethan A. Mezoff, MD

Associate Professor of Pediatrics Duke University School of Medicine Medical Director Pediatric Hospital Medicine Duke Children’s Hospital Durham, North Carolina Failure to Thrive

Rima McLeod, MD

Jules and Doris Stein Research to Prevent Blindness Professor of Ophthalmology Departments of Ophthalmology and Visual Sciences and Pediatrics Medical Director, Toxoplasmosis Center University of Chicago School of Medicine Chicago, Illinois Toxoplasmosis (Toxoplasma gondii)

Pediatric Gastroenterology Fellow Cincinnati Children’s Hospital Medical Center Cincinnati, Ohio Clostridium difficile Infection

Marian G. Michaels, MD, MPH

Professor of Pediatrics and Surgery University of Pittsburgh School of Medicine Division of Pediatric Infectious Diseases Children’s Hospital of Pittsburgh of UPMC Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania Infections in Immunocompromised Persons

Mohamad A. Mikati, MD

Wilburt C. Davison Professor of Pediatrics and Professor of Neurobiology Chief, Division of Pediatric Neurology Duke University Medical Center Durham, North Carolina Seizures in Childhood Conditions That Mimic Seizures

xxiv  Contributors Henry Milgrom, MD

Professor of Pediatrics National Jewish Health University of Colorado School of Medicine Denver, Colorado Allergic Rhinitis

E. Kathryn Miller, MD, MPH

Assistant Professor Departments of Pediatrics and Allergy and Immunology Vanderbilt University School of Medicine Nashville, Tennessee The Common Cold Rhinoviruses

Jonathan W. Mink, MD, PhD

Beth Moughan, MD

Professor of Clinical Pediatrics Assistant Dean, Affiliate Faculty Development Associate Chair, Clinical Affairs Section Chief, Ambulatory Pediatrics Temple University School of Medicine Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Sporotrichosis (Sporothrix schenckii)

James R. Murphy, PhD

Professor of Pediatrics Director, Pediatric Infectious Disease Research University of Texas Health Science Center Houston, Texas Campylobacter Yersinia

Frederick A. Horner MD Endowed Professor in Pediatric Neurology Professor of Neurology, Neurobiology and Anatomy, Brain and Cognitive Sciences, and Pediatrics Chief, Division of Child Neurology Vice-Chair, Department of Neurology University of Rochester Medical Center Rochester, New York Movement Disorders

Kevin P. Murphy, MD

R. Justin Mistovich, MD

Timothy F. Murphy, MD

Clinical Fellow Division of Pediatric Orthopaedic Surgery University of Pennsylvania Perelman School of Medicine Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia Philadelphia, Pennsylvania The Spine

Grant A. Mitchell, MD

Professor of Pediatrics Division of Medical Genetics University of Montreal Faculty of Medicine Service de Genetique Medicale Hospital Ste-Justine Montreal, Quebec, Canada Tyrosine

Esi Morgan-DeWitt, MD, MSCE

Associate Professor of Pediatrics University of Cincinnati College of Medicine Division of Rheumatology James M. Anderson Center for Health Systems Excellence Cincinnati Children’s Hospital Medical Center Cincinnati, Ohio Treatment of Rheumatic Diseases Sarcoidosis

Anna-Barbara Moscicki, MD

Professor of Pediatrics University of California, San Francisco Senior Director, Pediatric Glaser Clinic San Francisco, California Human Papillomaviruses

Lovern R. Moseley, PhD

Department of Psychiatry Boston Medical Center Boston, Massachusetts Mood Disorders Disruptive, Impulse-Control, and Conduct Disorders

Medical Director Pediatric Rehabilitation Sanford Health Systems Bismarck, North Dakota; Medical Director, Gillette Children’s Specialty Healthcare Duluth Clinic Duluth, Minnesota Management of Musculoskeletal Injury Specific Sports and Associated Injuries Distinguished Professor Director, UB Clinical and Translational Research Center University at Buffalo, State University of New York School of Medicine and Biomedical Sciences Buffalo, New York Moraxella catarrhalis

Thomas S. Murray, MD, PhD

Associate Professor of Medical Sciences Quinnipiac University Frank H Netter MD School of Medicine Hamden, Connecticut Listeria monocytogenes Pseudomonas, Burkholderia, and Stenotrophomonas

Jayne M. Ness, MD, PhD

Associate Professor of Pediatrics Division of Pediatric Neurology University of Alabama, Birmingham Birmingham, Alabama Demyelinating Disorders of the Central Nervous System

Kathleen A. Neville, MD, MS

Associate Professor of Pediatrics University of Missouri—Kansas City School of Medicine Director, Experimental Therapeutics in Pediatric Cancer Department of Pediatric Hematology/Oncology Children’s Mercy Hospitals and Clinics Kansas City, Missouri Pediatric Pharmacogenetics, Pharmacogenomics, and Pharmacoproteomics

Mary A. Nevin, MD

Associate Professor of Pediatrics Northwestern University Feinberg School of Medicine Department of Pulmonary and Critical Care Medicine Ann & Robert H. Lurie Children’s Hospital of Chicago Chicago, Illinois Pulmonary Hemosiderosis Pulmonary Embolism, Infarction, and Hemorrhage

Jane W. Newburger, MD

Commonwealth Professor of Pediatrics Harvard Medical School Associate Cardiologist-in-Chief, Research and Education Director, Cardiac Neurodevelopmental Program Director, Kawasaki Program Children’s Hospital Boston Boston, Massachusetts Kawasaki Disease

Peter E. Newburger, MD

Chief Resident Department of Plastic Surgery University of Rochester Medical Center Rochester, New York Deformational Plagiocephaly

Ali and John Pierce Professor of Pediatric Hematology/Oncology Vice-Chair for Research Department of Pediatrics University of Massachusetts Medical School Worcester, Massachusetts Leukopenia Leukocytosis

Mindo J. Natale, PsyD

Linda S. Nield, MD

René P. Myers, MD

Assistant Professor of Psychology University of South Carolina School of Medicine Senior Staff Psychologist GHS Children’s Hospital Greenville, South Carolina Neurodevelopmental Function and Dysfunction in the School-Age Child

William A. Neal, MD

Professor of Pediatrics Division of Pediatric Cardiology West Virginia University School of Medicine Morgantown, West Virginia Disorders of Lipoprotein Metabolism and Transport

Maureen R. Nelson, MD

Pediatric Subspecialty Services Dell’s Children’s Medical Center of Central Texas Austin, Texas Birth Brachial Plexus Palsy

Professor of Pediatrics Director, Pediatrics Residency Program West Virginia University School of Medicine Morgantown, West Virginia Fever Fever Without a Focus

Susan Niermeyer, MD, MPH, FAAP Professor of Pediatrics Section of Neonatology University of Colorado School of Medicine Aurora, Colorado Altitude-Associated Illness in Children (Acute Mountain Sickness)

Contributors  xxv Zehava L. Noah, MD

Associate Professor of Pediatrics Northwestern University Feinberg School of Medicine Division of Pediatric Critical Care Medicine Ann & Robert H. Lurie Children’s Hospital of Chicago Chicago, Illinois Chronic Severe Respiratory Insufficiency

Jean-Marie Okwo-Bele, MD, MPH Director Immunization, Vaccines, and Biologicals Department World Health Organization Geneva, Switzerland International Immunization Practices

Keith T. Oldham, MD

Professor of Pediatrics Department of Pediatrics Division of Neonatology and Perinatology Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine Baltimore, Maryland Diffuse Lung Diseases in Childhood

Professor and Chief Division of Pediatric Surgery Medical College of Wisconsin Children’s Hospital of Wisconsin Milwaukee, Wisconsin Acute Appendicitis Inguinal Hernias Epigastric Hernia

Robert L. Norris, MD, FACEP, FAAEM

Joyce L. Oleszek, MD

Lawrence M. Nogee, MD

Professor of Surgery Chief, Division of Emergency Medicine Stanford University Medical Center Stanford, California Envenomations

Anna Nowak-We¸grzyn, MD

Associate Professor of Pediatrics Jaffe Food Allergy Institute Icahn School of Medicine at Mount Sinai New York, New York Serum Sickness Food Allergy and Adverse Reactions to Foods

Stephen K. Obaro, MD, PhD, FRCPCH Professor of Pediatrics Division of Infectious Diseases University of Nebraska Medical Center Omaha, Nebraska Nonvenereal Treponemal Infections Relapsing Fever (Borrelia)

Makram M. Obeid, MD

Clinical Fellow in Neurology Boston Children’s Hospital Boston, Massachusetts Conditions That Mimic Seizures

Hope L. O’Brien, MD

Assistant Professor of Pediatrics and Neurology University of Cincinnati College of Medicine Director, Young Adult Headache Program Division of Neurology Cincinnati Children’s Hospital Medical Center Cincinnati, Ohio Headaches

Theresa J. Ochoa, MD

Associate Professor of Epidemiology and Pediatrics The University of Texas Health Science Center at Houston Houston, Texas; Universidad Peruana Cayetano Heredia Lima, Peru Shigella Escherichia coli

Robin K. Ohls, MD

Professor of Pediatrics University of New Mexico School of Medicine Albuquerque, New Mexico Development of the Hematopoietic System

Associate Professor Department of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation University of Colorado School of Medicine Attending Physician Children’s Hospital Colorado Denver, Colorado Spasticity

Scott E. Olitsky, MD

Professor of Ophthalmology University of Kansas School of Medicine University of Missouri—Kansas City School of Medicine Section Chief, Ophthalmology Children’s Mercy Hospitals and Clinics Kansas City, Missouri Growth and Development (Eye) Examination of the Eye Abnormalities of Refraction and Accommodation Disorders of Vision Abnormalities of Pupil and Iris Disorders of Eye Movement and Alignment Abnormalities of the Lids Disorders of the Lacrimal System Disorders of the Conjunctiva Abnormalities of the Cornea Abnormalities of the Lens Disorders of the Uveal Tract Disorders of the Retina and Vitreous Abnormalities of the Optic Nerve Childhood Glaucoma Orbital Abnormalities Orbital Infections Injuries to the Eye

John M. Olsson, MD, CPE Professor of Pediatrics Division Chief, General Pediatrics Brody School of Medicine East Carolina University Greenville, North Carolina The Newborn

Amanda K. Ombrello, MD

Staff Clinician National Human Genome Research Institute National Institutes of Health Bethesda, Maryland Hereditary Periodic Fever Syndromes and Other Systemic Autoinflammatory Diseases Amyloidosis

Susan R. Orenstein, MD

Professor Emerita University of Pittsburgh School of Medicine Division of Pediatric Gastroenterology Children’s Hospital of Pittsburgh of UPMC Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania Embryology, Anatomy, and Function of the Esophagus Congenital Anomalies: Esophageal Atresia and Tracheoesophageal Fistula Obstructing and Motility Disorders of the Esophagus Dysmotility Hiatal Hernia Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease Eosinophilic Esophagitis and Non–Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease Esophagitis Esophageal Perforation Esophageal Varices Ingestions

Walter A. Orenstein, MD, DSc (Hon) Professor of Medicine and Pediatrics Associate Director, Emory Vaccine Center Emory University Atlanta, Georgia Immunization Practices

Marisa Osorio, DO

Acting Assistant Professor Department of Rehabilitation Medicine University of Washington School of Medicine Seattle Children’s Hospital Seattle, Washington Ambulation Assistance

Patrick O’Toole, MD

Clinical Fellow Division of Pediatric Orthopaedic Surgery University of Pennsylvania Perelman School of Medicine Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia Philadelphia, Pennsylvania The Neck

Judith A. Owens, MD, MPH Associate Professor Harvard Medical School Director of Sleep Medicine Boston Children’s Hospital Boston, Massachusetts Sleep Medicine

Seza Özen, MD

Professor of Paediatrics Division of Paediatric Rheumatology Hacettepe University Ankara, Turkey Behçet Disease

Charles H. Packman, MD

Professor of Medicine University of North Carolina School of Medicine Levine Cancer Institute, Hematologic Oncology and Blood Disorders Charlotte, North Carolina Hemolytic Anemias Resulting from Extracellular Factors—Immune Hemolytic Anemias

xxvi  Contributors Priya Pais, MBBS, MS

Assistant Professor of Pediatrics Division of Nephrology Medical College of Wisconsin Wauwatosa, Wisconsin Lower Urinary Tract Causes of Hematuria Introduction to the Child with Proteinuria Fixed Proteinuria Nephrotic Syndrome Cortical Necrosis

Timothy R. Peters, MD

Associate Professor of Pediatrics Section of Pediatric Infectious Diseases Wake Forest University School of Medicine Winston-Salem, North Carolina Streptococcus pneumoniae (Pneumococcus)

Larry K. Pickering, MD

Professor Department of Anesthesiology University of Washington School of Medicine Seattle Children’s Hospital Research Institute Seattle, Washington Pediatric Pain Management

Senior Advisor to the Director National Center for Immunization and Respiratory Diseases Executive Secretary Advisory Committee for Immunization Practices Centers for Disease Control and Prevention Adjunct Professor of Pediatrics Emory University School of Medicine Atlanta, Georgia Immunization Practices

Cynthia G. Pan, MD

Misha L. Pless, MD

Tonya M. Palermo, PhD

Professor of Pediatrics Section Head, Pediatric Nephrology Medical College of Wisconsin Medical Director, Pediatric Dialysis and Transplant Services Children’s Hospital of Wisconsin Milwaukee, Wisconsin Introduction to Glomerular Diseases Clinical Evaluation of the Child with Hematuria Isolated Glomerular Diseases with Recurrent Gross Hematuria Glomerulonephritis Associated with Infections Glomerulonephritis Associated with Systemic Lupus Erythematosus

Diane E. Pappas, MD, JD

Professor Department of Pediatrics University of Virginia School of Medicine Charlottesville, Virginia Sinusitis Retropharyngeal Abscess, Lateral Pharyngeal (Parapharyngeal) Abscess, and Peritonsillar Cellulitis/Abscess

Elizabeth P. Parks, MD, MSCE

Assistant Professor of Pediatrics Division of Gastroenterology, Hepatology, and Nutrition University of Pennsylvania Perelman School of Medicine Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Nutritional Requirements Feeding Healthy Infants, Children, and Adolescents

John S. Parks, MD, PhD

Professor of Pediatrics Division of Pediatric Endocrinology Emory University School of Medicine Atlanta, Georgia Hormones of the Hypothalamus and Pituitary Hypopituitarism

Maria Jevitz Patterson, MD, PhD

Professor Emeritus of Microbiology and Molecular Genetics Michigan State University College of Human Medicine East Lansing, Michigan Syphilis (Treponema pallidum)

Associate Professor of Neurology Harvard Medical School Chief, Division of Neuro-ophthalmology Chief, Division of General Neurology Director, Neurology Urgent Access Center Massachusetts General Hospital Boston, Massachusetts Idiopathic Intracranial Hypertension/Pseudotumor Cerebri

Laura S. Plummer, MD

Assistant Professor Department of Ophthalmology University of Missouri—Kansas City School of Medicine Children’s Mercy Hospital Kansas City, Missouri Growth and Development (Eye) Examination of the Eye Abnormalities of Refraction and Accommodation Disorders of Vision Abnormalities of Pupil and Iris Disorders of Eye Movement and Alignment Abnormalities of the Lids Disorders of the Lacrimal System Disorders of the Conjunctiva Abnormalities of the Cornea Abnormalities of the Lens Disorders of the Uveal Tract Disorders of the Retina and Vitreous Abnormalities of the Optic Nerve Childhood Glaucoma Orbital Abnormalities Orbital Infections Injuries to the Eye

Andrew J. Pollard, MBBS, BSc, FRCP(UK), FRCPCH, PhD

Professor of Paediatric Infection and Immunity Department of Paediatrics Director of the Oxford Vaccine Group University of Oxford Honorary Consultant Paediatrician Children’s Hospital Oxford, United Kingdom Neisseria meningitidis (Meningococcus)

Craig C. Porter, MD

Professor and Vice-Chair for Faculty Department of Pediatrics Division of Nephrology Medical College of Wisconsin Milwaukee, Wisconsin Upper Urinary Tract Causes of Hematuria Hematologic Diseases Causing Hematuria Anatomic Abnormalities Associated with Hematuria Transient Proteinuria Orthostatic (Postural) Proteinuria Tubulointerstitial Nephritis Toxic Nephropathy

Diego Preciado, MD, PhD

Joseph E. Robert Jr. Professor of Otolaryngology Children’s National Medical Center Associate Professor of Pediatrics and Surgery George Washington University School of Medicine Washington, DC Otitis Media

David T. Price, MD

Clinical Professor Department of Pediatrics East Carolina University Greenville, North Carolina Failure to Thrive

Charles G. Prober, MD

Professor of Pediatrics, Microbiology, and Immunology Senior Associate Dean, Medical Education Stanford University School of Medicine Stanford, California Central Nervous System Infections Brain Abscess

David W. Pruitt, MD

Assistant Professor Department of Pediatrics University of Cincinnati College of Medicine Medical Director, Inpatient Pediatric Rehabilitation Unit Director, Pediatric Rehabilitation Medicine Fellowship Cincinnati Children’s Hospital Medical Center Cincinnati, Ohio Spinal Cord Injury and Spinal Cord Autonomic Crisis Management

Linda Quan, MD

Professor Department of Pediatrics University of Washington School of Medicine Attending Physician Division of Emergency Medicine Seattle Children’s Hospital Seattle, Washington Drowning and Submersion Injury

Elisabeth H. Quint, MD

Professor of Obstetrics and Gynecology Director, Fellowship in Pediatric and Adolescent Gynecology Van Voightlander Women’s Hospital University of Michigan Medical School Ann Arbor, Michigan Gynecologic Care for Girls with Special Needs

Contributors  xxvii C. Egla Rabinovich, MD, MPH

Associate Professor of Pediatrics Duke University School of Medicine Co-Chief, Division of Pediatric Rheumatology Duke University Health System Durham, North Carolina Evaluation of Suspected Rheumatic Disease Treatment of Rheumatic Diseases Juvenile Idiopathic Arthritis Scleroderma and Raynaud Phenomenon Sjögren Syndrome Miscellaneous Conditions Associated with Arthritis

Leslie J. Raffini, MD

Associate Professor of Pediatrics University of Pennsylvania Perelman School of Medicine Division of Hematology Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Hemostasis Hereditary Predisposition to Thrombosis Thrombotic Disorders in Children Disseminated Intravascular Coagulation

Octavio Ramilo, MD

Henry G. Cramblett Chair in Medicine Professor of Pediatrics The Ohio State University College of Medicine Chief, Section of Infectious Diseases and Immunology Nationwide Children’s Hospital Columbus, Ohio Mycoplasma pneumoniae

Denia Ramirez-Montealegre, MD Assistant Professor of Neurology University of Virginia School of Medicine Division of Pediatric Neurology UVA Children’s Hospital Charlottesville, Virginia Ataxias

Asma Rashid, MD, MPH

Department of Psychiatry Boston Medical Center Boston, Massachusetts Disruptive, Impulse-Control, and Conduct Disorders

Giuseppe J. Raviola, MD

Assistant Professor of Psychiatry and Global Health and Social Medicine Harvard Medical School Director, Psychiatry Quality Program Boston Children’s Hospital Boston, Massachusetts Autism Spectrum Disorder Childhood Psychoses

Harold L. Rekate, MD, FACS, FAAP Professor of Neurosurgery Hofstra Northshore School of Medicine Director, The Chiari Institute Harvey Cushing Neurosciences Institute Great Neck, New York Spinal Cord Disorders

Megan E. Reller, MD, PhD, MPH

Assistant Professor of Pathology, Medicine, and International Health Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine Baltimore, Maryland Spotted Fever Group Rickettsioses Scrub Typhus (Orientia tsutsugamushi) Typhus Group Rickettsioses Ehrlichioses and Anaplasmosis Q Fever (Coxiella burnetii)

Jorges D. Reyes, MD

Assistant Professor of Surgery Division of Transplantation University of Washington School of Medicine Chief, Division of Transplant Surgery Seattle Children’s Hospital Seattle, Washington Intestinal Transplantation in Children with Intestinal Failure Liver Transplantation

Geoffrey A. Rezvani, MD

Assistant Professor Department of Pediatrics Drexel University College of Medicine Section of Endocrinology, Diabetes, and Metabolism St. Christopher’s Hospital for Children Philadelphia, Pennsylvania; Novo Nordisk, Inc. Princeton, New Jersey An Approach to Inborn Errors of Metabolism

Iraj Rezvani, MD

Professor of Pediatrics (Emeritus) Temple University School of Medicine Adjunct Professor Department of Pediatrics Drexel University College of Medicine Section of Endocrinology, Diabetes, and Metabolism St. Christopher’s Hospital for Children Philadelphia, Pennsylvania An Approach to Inborn Errors of Metabolism Defects in Metabolism of Amino Acids

A. Kim Ritchey, MD

Professor of Neurology University of Minnesota School of Medicine Chief of Pediatric Neurology University of Minnesota Medical Center, Fairview Minneapolis, Minnesota Disorders of Very Long Chain Fatty Acids

Professor of Pediatrics Vice-Chair for Clinical Affairs Department of Pediatrics University of Pittsburgh School of Medicine Division of Hematology/Oncology Children’s Hospital of Pittsburgh of UPMC Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania Principles of Diagnosis (Cancer) Principles of Treatment The Leukemias

Ann M. Reed, MD

Frederick P. Rivara, MD, MPH

Gerald V. Raymond, MD

Professor of Pediatrics Chair, Department of Pediatrics Physician-in-Chief, Duke Children’s Duke University Durham, North Carolina Juvenile Dermatomyositis

Seattle Children’s Guild Endowed Chair in Pediatrics Professor and Vice-Chair, Department of Pediatrics University of Washington School of Medicine Seattle, Washington Injury Control

Elizabeth V. Robilotti, MD, MPH

Associate Director, Infection Control Memorial Hospital Division of Infectious Diseases Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center New York, New York Legionella

Angela Byun Robinson, MD, MPH

Assistant Professor Department of Pediatrics Case Western Reserve University School of Medicine Program Director, Pediatric Rheumatology University Hospitals Case Medical Center Cleveland, Ohio Juvenile Dermatomyositis Miscellaneous Conditions Associated with Arthritis

Genie E. Roosevelt, MD, MPH

Associate Professor of Pediatrics Department of Emergency Medicine University of Colorado School of Medicine Denver Health Medical Center Denver, Colorado Acute Inflammatory Upper Airway Obstruction (Croup, Epiglottitis, Laryngitis, and Bacterial Tracheitis)

David R. Rosenberg, MD

Professor and Chair, Department of Psychiatry Miriam L. Hamburger Endowed Chair of Child Psychiatry Psychiatrist-in-Chief Wayne State University and the Detroit Medical Center Detroit, Michigan Anxiety Disorders

David S. Rosenblatt, MD

Holder, Dodd Q. Chu and Family Chair in Medical Genetics Professor, Departments of Human Genetics, Medicine, Pediatrics, and Biology Faculties of Medicine and Science McGill University Montreal, Quebec, Canada Methionine Valine, Leucine, Isoleucine, and Related Organic Acidemias

Cindy Ganis Roskind, MD

Assistant Clinical Professor Division of Pediatric Emergency Medicine Columbia University College of Physicians and Surgeons New York, New York Acute Care of the Victim of Multiple Trauma

A. Catharine Ross, PhD

Professor and Dorothy Foehr Huck Chair Department of Nutritional Sciences The Pennsylvania State University University Park, Pennsylvania Vitamin A Deficiencies and Excess

Mary M. Rotar, RN, BSN, CIC

Infection Prevention and Control Coordinator Children’s Hospital of Wisconsin Milwaukee, Wisconsin Infection Prevention and Control

xxviii  Contributors Ranna A. Rozenfeld, MD

Associate Professor of Pediatrics and Medical Education Northwestern University Feinberg School of Medicine Division of Pediatric Critical Care Medicine Ann & Robert H. Lurie Children’s Hospital of Chicago Chicago, Illinois Atelectasis

Colleen A. Ryan, MD

Instructor in Psychiatry Harvard Medical School Medical Director, Psychiatry Inpatient Service Boston Children’s Hospital Boston, Massachusetts Motor Disorders and Habits

H.P.S. Sachdev, MD, FIAP, FAMS, FRCPCH

Senior Consultant Departments of Pediatrics and Clinical Epidemiology Sitaram Bhartia Institute of Science and Research New Delhi, India Vitamin B Complex Deficiencies and Excess Vitamin C (Ascorbic Acid)

Ramesh C. Sachdeva, MD, PhD, FAAP, FCCM Professor of Pediatrics (Critical Care) Medical College of Wisconsin Milwaukee, Wisconsin; Associate Executive Director Medical Director, Quality Initiatives Director, Department of Subspecialty Pediatrics American Academy of Pediatrics Elk Grove Village, Illinois Quality and Safety in Healthcare for Children

Manish Sadarangani, BM BCh, DPhil, MRCPCH

Clinical Lecturer and Honorary Specialist Registrar Paediatric Infectious Diseases and Immunology Children’s Hospital Oxford, United Kingdom Neisseria meningitidis (Meningococcus)

Robert A. Salata, MD

Professor and Executive Vice-Chair, Department of Medicine Case Western Reserve University School of Medicine Chief, Division of Infectious Diseases and HIV Medicine University Hospitals Case Medical Center Cleveland, Ohio Amebiasis Trichomoniasis (Trichomonas vaginalis) African Trypanosomiasis (Sleeping Sickness; Trypanosoma brucei complex) American Trypanosomiasis (Chagas Disease; Trypanosoma cruzi)

Denise A. Salerno, MD, FAAP Professor of Clinical Pediatrics Temple University School of Medicine Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Nonbacterial Food Poisoning

Edsel Maurice T. Salvana, MD

Clinical Associate Professor of Medicine University of the Philippines College of Medicine Director, Institute of Molecular Biology and Biotechnology National Institutes of Health Manila, The Philippines; Adjunct Professor of Global Health University of Pittsburgh School of Medicine Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania Amebiasis Trichomoniasis (Trichomonas vaginalis) African Trypanosomiasis (Sleeping Sickness; Trypanosoma brucei complex) American Trypanosomiasis (Chagas Disease; Trypanosoma cruzi)

Hugh A. Sampson, MD

Kurt Hirschhorn Professor of Pediatrics Jaffe Food Allergy Institute Icahn School of Medicine at Mount Sinai New York, New York Anaphylaxis Food Allergy and Adverse Reactions to Foods

Thomas J. Sandora, MD, MPH

Adult and Pediatric Rheumatology Fellow Departments of Medicine and Pediatrics Duke University School of Medicine Durham, North Carolina Systemic Lupus Erythematosus

Assistant Professor of Pediatrics Harvard Medical School Medical Director, Infection Prevention and Control Division of Infectious Diseases Boston Children’s Hospital Boston, Massachusetts Community-Acquired Pneumonia

Mustafa Sahin, MD, PhD

Tracy L. Sandritter, PharmD

Rebecca E. Sadun, MD, PhD

Associate Professor of Neurology Harvard Medical School F.M. Kirby Neurobiology Center Boston Children’s Hospital Boston, Massachusetts Neurocutaneous Syndromes

Pharmacy Resident Transplant Pharmacy Children’s Mercy Hospitals and Clinics Kansas City, Missouri Principles of Drug Therapy

Wudbhav N. Sankar, MD

Assistant Professor Department of Orthopaedic Surgery University of Pennsylvania Perelman School of Medicine Attending Orthopaedic Surgeon Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia Philadelphia, Pennsylvania The Hip

Eric J. Sarkissian, MD

Ben Fox Clinical Fellow Department of Orthopaedics Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia Philadelphia, Pennsylvania The Knee

Ajit A. Sarnaik, MD

Assistant Professor Department of Pediatrics Wayne State University School of Medicine Associate Director, Pediatric Residency Program Children’s Hospital of Michigan Detroit, Michigan Respiratory Distress and Failure

Ashok P. Sarnaik, MD

Professor and Interim Chair Department of Pediatrics Wayne State University School of Medicine Pediatrician in Chief Children’s Hospital of Michigan Detroit, Michigan Respiratory Distress and Failure Respiratory Pathophysiology and Regulation

Harvey B. Sarnat, MD, MS, FRCPC

Professor of Pediatrics, Pathology (Neuropathology), and Clinical Neurosciences Division of Pediatric Neurology University of Calgary Faculty of Medicine Alberta Children’s Hospital Calgary, Alberta, Canada Evaluation and Investigation (Neuromuscular Disorders) Developmental Disorders of Muscle Muscular Dystrophies Endocrine and Toxic Myopathies Metabolic Myopathies Disorders of Neuromuscular Transmission and of Motor Neurons Hereditary Motor-Sensory Neuropathies Toxic Neuropathies Autonomic Neuropathies Guillain-Barré Syndrome Bell Palsy

Minnie M. Sarwal, MD, PhD, FRCP, DCH

Professor, Transplant Nephrology and Pediatrics California Pacific Medical Center Director, The BIOMARC Institute for Personalized Medicine, Sutter Health Care Director, The Sarwal Lab, CPMC-Research Institute San Francisco, California; Consulting Professor Stanford University Palo Alto, California Renal Transplantation

Laura E. Schanberg, MD

Professor of Pediatrics Duke University School of Medicine Co-Chief, Division of Pediatric Rheumatology Duke University Medical Center Durham, North Carolina Systemic Lupus Erythematosus Musculoskeletal Pain Syndromes

Contributors  xxix Mark R. Schleiss, MD

Professor of Pediatrics American Legion and Auxiliary Heart Foundation Research Chair Director, Division of Pediatric Infectious Diseases and Immunology University of Minnesota School of Medicine Minneapolis, Minnesota Principles of Antibacterial Therapy Principles of Antiviral Therapy Principles of Antiparasitic Therapy

Nina F. Schor, MD, PhD

William H. Eilinger Professor and Chair Department of Pediatrics Professor, Department of Neurology Pediatrician-in-Chief Golisano Children’s Hospital University of Rochester Medical Center Rochester, New York Neurologic Evaluation

Bill J. Schroeder, DO

Pediatric Emergency Medicine Advocate Christ Medical Center Oak Lawn, Illinois Envenomations

James W. Schroeder Jr., MD, FACS, FAAP

Associate Professor Department of Otolaryngology—Head and Neck Surgery Northwestern University Feinberg School of Medicine Ann & Robert H. Lurie Children’s Hospital of Chicago Chicago, Illinois Congenital Anomalies of the Larynx, Trachea, and Bronchi Foreign Bodies in the Airway Laryngotracheal Stenosis and Subglottic Stenosis Neoplasms of the Larynx, Trachea, and Bronchi

Mark A. Schuster, MD, PhD

William Berenberg Professor of Pediatrics Harvard Medical School Chief of General Pediatrics and Vice-Chair for Health Policy Department of Medicine Children’s Hospital Boston Boston, Massachusetts Gay, Lesbian, and Bisexual Adolescents

Gordon E. Schutze, MD

Executive Vice-Chairman Professor of Pediatrics Martin I. Lorin MD Chair in Medical Education Vice-President of International Medical Programs Baylor International Pediatric AIDS Initiative Baylor College of Medicine Texas Children’s Hospital Houston, Texas Actinomyces Nocardia Tularemia (Francisella tularensis) Brucella

Daryl A. Scott, MD, PhD

Associate Professor Department of Molecular and Human Genetics Baylor College of Medicine Houston, Texas The Genetic Approach in Pediatric Medicine The Human Genome Patterns of Genetic Transmission

J. Paul Scott, MD

Professor of Pediatrics Division of Pediatric Hematology/Oncology Medical College of Wisconsin Blood Center of Southeastern Wisconsin Milwaukee, Wisconsin Hemostasis Hereditary Clotting Factor Deficiencies (Bleeding Disorders) von Willebrand Disease Hereditary Predisposition to Thrombosis Thrombotic Disorders in Children Postneonatal Vitamin K Deficiency Liver Disease Acquired Inhibitors of Coagulation Disseminated Intravascular Coagulation Platelet and Blood Vessel Disorders

Patrick C. Seed, MD, PhD

Associate Professor of Pediatrics Division of Pediatric Infectious Diseases Assistant Professor of Molecular Genetics and Microbiology Duke University Medical Center Durham, North Carolina The Microbiome and Pediatric Health

George B. Segel, MD

Professor of Medicine Professor Emeritus of Pediatrics University of Rochester Medical Center Rochester, New York Definitions and Classification of Hemolytic Anemias Hereditary Spherocytosis Hereditary Elliptocytosis Hereditary Stomatocytosis Paroxysmal Nocturnal Hemoglobinuria and Acanthocytosis Enzymatic Defects Hemolytic Anemias Resulting from Extracellular Factors—Immune Hemolytic Anemias Hemolytic Anemias Secondary to Other Extracellular Factors

Ernest G. Seidman, MDCM, FRCPC, FACG Professor of Medicine and Pediatrics Bruce Kaufman Endowed Chair in IBD McGill University Faculty of Medicine Director, McGill Centre of IBD McGill University Health Center Montreal, Quebec, Canada Immunodeficiency Disorders Immunoproliferative Small Intestinal Disease Malabsorption in Eosinophilic Gastroenteritis Malabsorption in Inflammatory Bowel Disease

Janet R. Serwint, MD

Professor Department of Pediatrics Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine Baltimore, Maryland Loss, Separation, and Bereavement

Dheeraj Shah, MD, FIAP, MAMS Professor Department of Pediatrics University College of Medical Sciences Guru Teg Bahadur Hospital New Delhi, India Vitamin B Complex Deficiencies and Excess Vitamin C (Ascorbic Acid)

Ala Shaikhkhalil, MD

Fellow Division of Gastroenterology, Hepatology, and Nutrition Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Nutritional Requirements Feeding Healthy Infants, Children, and Adolescents

Raanan Shamir, MD

Professor of Pediatrics Sackler Faculty of Medicine Tel-Aviv University Tel-Aviv, Israel; Chairman, Institute of Gastroenterology, Nutrition, and Liver Diseases Schneider Children’s Medical Center of Israel Petach Tikvah, Israel Intestinal Infections and Infestations Associated with Malabsorption Chronic Malnutrition

Andi L. Shane, MD, MPH, MSc Associate Professor of Pediatrics Division of Pediatric Infectious Diseases Emory University School of Medicine Atlanta, Georgia Infections of the Neonatal Infant

Bruce K. Shapiro, MD

Professor of Pediatrics The Arnold J. Capute MD, MPH Chair in Neurodevelopmental Disabilities The Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine Vice-President, Training Kennedy Krieger Institute Baltimore, Maryland Intellectual Disability

Amanda N. Shaw, MD

Pediatric Endocrinology Fellow University of Texas Health Sciences Center Houston, Texas Campylobacter Aeromonas and Plesiomonas

Bennett A. Shaywitz, MD

Charles and Helen Schwab Professor in Dyslexia and Learning Development Co-Director, Center for Dyslexia and Creativity Chief, Child Neurology Yale University School of Medicine New Haven, Connecticut Dyslexia

Sally E. Shaywitz, MD

Audrey G. Ratner Professor in Learning Development Co-Director, Center for Dyslexia and Creativity Department of Pediatrics Yale University School of Medicine New Haven, Connecticut Dyslexia

Philip M. Sherman, MD, FRCP(C), FAAP

Professor of Paediatrics, Microbiology, and Dentistry University of Toronto Faculty of Medicine Division of Gastroenterology, Hepatology, and Nutrition Senior Scientist, Cell Biology Research Program The Hospital for Sick Children Toronto, Ontario, Canada Other Malabsorptive Syndromes

xxx  Contributors Benjamin L. Shneider, MD

Professor of Pediatrics University of Pittsburgh School of Medicine Director, Pediatric Hepatology Children’s Hospital of Pittsburgh of UPMC Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania Autoimmune Hepatitis

Stanford T. Shulman, MD

Virginia H. Rogers Professor of Pediatric Infectious Diseases Northwestern University Feinberg School of Medicine Chief, Division of Infectious Diseases Ann & Robert H. Lurie Children’s Hospital of Chicago Chicago, Illinois Group A Streptococcus

Scott H. Sicherer, MD

Elliot and Roslyn Jaffe Professor of Pediatrics, Allergy, and Immunology Jaffe Food Allergy Institute Icahn School of Medicine at Mount Sinai New York, New York Allergy and the Immunologic Basis of Atopic Disease Diagnosis of Allergic Disease Principles of Treatment of Allergic Disease Allergic Rhinitis Childhood Asthma Atopic Dermatitis (Atopic Eczema) Insect Allergy Ocular Allergies Urticaria (Hives) and Angioedema Anaphylaxis Serum Sickness Food Allergy and Adverse Reactions to Foods Adverse Reactions to Drugs

Richard Sills, MD

Professor of Pediatrics Director, Pediatric Hematology/Oncology Upstate Medical University Syracuse, New York Iron-Deficiency Anemia Other Microcytic Anemias

Mark D. Simms, MD, MPH

Professor of Pediatrics Medical College of Wisconsin Medical Director Child Development Center Children’s Hospital of Wisconsin Milwaukee, Wisconsin Language Development and Communication Disorders Adoption

Eric A.F. Simões, MBBS, DCH, MD Professor of Pediatrics University of Colorado School of Medicine Professor of Epidemiology Center for Global Health Colorado School of Public Health Division of Infectious Diseases The Children’s Hospital Aurora, Colorado Polioviruses

Kari A. Simonsen, MD

Assistant Professor of Pediatrics Division of Infectious Diseases University of Nebraska Medical Center Omaha, Nebraska Leptospira

Anne Slavotinek, MBBS, PhD

Professor of Clinical Pediatrics University of California, San Francisco San Francisco, California Dysmorphology

David A. Spiegel, MD

Professor Emeritus of Radiology and Pediatrics Wayne State University School of Medicine Department of Pediatric Imaging Children’s Hospital of Michigan Detroit, Michigan Biologic Effects of Radiation on Children

Associate Professor Department of Orthopaedic Surgery University of Pennsylvania Perelman School of Medicine Attending Orthopaedic Surgeon Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Hypermobile Pes Planus (Flexible Flatfeet) Toe Deformities Shoes The Spine The Neck

P. Brian Smith, MD, MHS, MPH

Helen Spoudeas, MD

Thomas L. Slovis, MD

Associate Professor of Pediatrics Division of Neonatology Duke University School of Medicine Durham, North Carolina Candida

Mary Beth F. Son, MD

Instructor in Pediatrics Department of Pediatrics Harvard Medical School Staff Physician, Division of Immunology Boston Children’s Hospital Boston, Massachusetts Kawasaki Disease

Laura Stout Sosinsky, PhD

Senior Research Scientist Early Childhood Development Child Trends, Inc. Bethesda, Maryland Childcare: How Pediatricians Can Support Children and Families

Joseph D. Spahn, MD

Professor Department of Pediatrics National Jewish Health University of Colorado School of Medicine Denver, Colorado Childhood Asthma

Rivkie Spalter

Director Mequon Jewish Preschool Mequon, Wisconsin The Reggio Emilia Educational Approach and Child Development and Learning

Mark A. Sperling, MD

Professor and Chair Emeritus Department of Pediatrics University of Pittsburgh School of Medicine Division of Endocrinology, Metabolism, and Diabetes Mellitus Children’s Hospital of Pittsburgh Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania Hypoglycemia

Robert L. Spicer, MD

Professor of Pediatrics University of Nebraska Medical Center College of Medicine Clinical Professor of Pediatrics Creighton University School of Medicine Clinical Service Chief, Cardiology Children’s Hospital and Medical Center Omaha, Nebraska Diseases of the Myocardium Diseases of the Pericardium Tumors of the Heart

Honorary Senior Lecturer in Paediatric Endocrinology University College London Consultant in Neuro-Endocrine Late Effects of Childhood Cancer University College London Hospital Great Ormond Street Hospital London, United Kingdom Diarrhea from Neuroendocrine Tumors

Jürgen W. Spranger, MD

Professor Emeritus of Pediatrics University of Mainz School of Medicine Children’s Hospital Mainz, Germany Mucopolysaccharidoses

James E. Squires, MD

Pediatric Gastroenterology Fellow Cincinnati Children’s Hospital Medical Center Cincinnati, Ohio Manifestations of Liver Disease

Rajasree Sreedharan, MBBS, DCH, MRCPCH

Assistant Professor of Clinical Pediatrics University of Pennsylvania Perelman School of Medicine Division of Gastroenterology and Nutrition The Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Tubular Function Renal Tubular Acidosis Nephrogenic Diabetes Insipidus Bartter and Gitelman Syndromes and Other Inherited Tubular Transport Abnormalities Renal Failure

Raman Sreedharan, MD, DCH, MRCPCH

Clinical Assistant Professor of Pediatrics University of Pennsylvania Perelman School of Medicine EHR Medical Director, Specialty Care The Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Major Symptoms and Signs of Digestive Tract Disorders Functional Abdominal Pain (Nonorganic Chronic Abdominal Pain)

Nivedita Srinivas, MD

Clinical Instructor in Pediatrics Division of Pediatric Infectious Diseases Stanford University School of Medicine Stanford, California Central Nervous System Infections

Contributors  xxxi Margaret M. Stager, MD, FAAP

Associate Professor Department of Pediatrics Case Western Reserve University School of Medicine Director, Division of Adolescent Medicine MetroHealth Medical Center Cleveland, Ohio Violent Behavior Substance Abuse

Erin D. Stahl, MD

Assistant Professor Department of Ophthalmology University of Missouri—Kansas City School of Medicine Children’s Mercy Hospital Kansas City, Missouri Growth and Development (Eye) Examination of the Eye Abnormalities of Refraction and Accommodation Disorders of Vision Abnormalities of Pupil and Iris Disorders of Eye Movement and Alignment Abnormalities of the Lids Disorders of the Lacrimal System Disorders of the Conjunctiva Abnormalities of the Cornea Abnormalities of the Lens Disorders of the Uveal Tract Disorders of the Retina and Vitreous Abnormalities of the Optic Nerve Childhood Glaucoma Orbital Abnormalities Orbital Infections Injuries to the Eye

Amy P. Stallings, MD

Assistant Professor of Pediatrics Division of Pediatric Allergy and Immunology Duke University School of Medicine Durham, North Carolina Urticaria (Hives) and Angioedema

Virginia A. Stallings, MD

Professor of Pediatrics Division of Gastroenterology, Hepatology, and Nutrition University of Pennsylvania Perelman School of Medicine Director, Nutrition Center Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Nutritional Requirements Feeding Healthy Infants, Children, and Adolescents

Kathryn C. Stambough, MD

Resident Physician Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology Washington University School of Medicine in St. Louis St. Louis, Missouri History and Physical Examination (Gynecology)

Lawrence R. Stanberry, MD, PhD

Reuben S. Carpentier Professor and Chairman Department of Pediatrics Columbia University College of Physicians and Surgeons New York, New York Herpes Simplex Virus

Charles A. Stanley, MD

Professor of Pediatrics University of Pennsylvania Perelman School of Medicine Division of Endocrinology Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Disorders of Mitochondrial Fatty Acid ß-Oxidation

Bonita F. Stanton, MD

Vice-Dean of Research Professor of Pediatrics Wayne State University School of Medicine Detroit, Michigan Overview of Pediatrics Cultural Issues in Pediatric Care Childhood Psychoses Catatonia in Children and Adolescents

Jeffrey R. Starke, MD

Professor of Pediatrics Division of Infectious Diseases Baylor College of Medicine Infection Control Officer Texas Children’s Hospital Houston, Texas Tuberculosis (Mycobacterium tuberculosis)

Barbara W. Stechenberg, MD Professor of Pediatrics Tufts University School of Medicine Boston, Massachusetts; Pediatric Infectious Diseases Baystate Children’s Hospital Springfield, Massachusetts Bartonella

William J. Steinbach, MD

Associate Professor of Pediatrics and Molecular Genetics and Microbiology Duke University Medical Center Durham, North Carolina Principles of Antifungal Therapy Aspergillus

Janet Stewart, MD

Associate Professor Emerita Department of Pediatrics University of Colorado School of Medicine Spina Bifida Clinic Children’s Hospital Colorado Denver, Colorado Meningomyelocele (Spina Bifida)

Barbara J. Stoll, MD

George W. Brumley Jr. Professor and Chair Department of Pediatrics Emory University School of Medicine Director, The Pediatric Center of Emory and Children’s Healthcare of Atlanta Atlanta, Georgia Infections of the Neonatal Infant

Gregory A. Storch, MD

Professor of Pediatrics Washington University in St. Louis School of Medicine St. Louis, Missouri Diagnostic Microbiology Polyomaviruses

Ronald G. Strauss, MD

Professor Emeritus Departments of Pediatrics and Pathology University of Iowa Carver College of Medicine Iowa City, Iowa Red Blood Cell Transfusions and Erythropoietin Therapy Platelet Transfusions Neutrophil (Granulocyte) Transfusions Plasma Transfusions Risks of Blood Transfusions

Gina S. Sucato, MD, MPH

Associate Professor of Pediatrics University of Pittsburgh School of Medicine Fellowship Director, Division of Adolescent Medicine Children’s Hospital of Pittsburgh of UPMC Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania Menstrual Problems

Frederick J. Suchy, MD

Professor of Pediatrics Associate Dean for Child Health Research University of Colorado Denver, Colorado; Chief Research Officer and Director Children’s Hospital Colorado Research Institute Aurora, Colorado Autoimmune Hepatitis Drug- and Toxin-Induced Liver Injury Fulminant Hepatic Failure Cystic Diseases of the Biliary Tract and Liver Diseases of the Gallbladder Portal Hypertension and Varices

Britta M. Svoren, MD

Assistant Professor of Pediatrics Division of Pediatric Endocrinology University of Rochester Medical Center Rochester, New York Diabetes Mellitus

Stephen J. Swanson, MD

Associate Professor of Pediatrics Divisions of Global Pediatrics and Pediatric Infectious Diseases University of Minnesota Medical School Minneapolis, Minnesota Health Advice for Children Traveling Internationally

Moira Szilagyi, MD, PhD

Professor of Pediatrics University of Rochester School of Medicine Rochester, New York Foster and Kinship Care

Libo Tan, PhD

Postdoctoral Fellow Department of Nutritional Sciences The Pennsylvania State University University Park, Pennsylvania Vitamin A Deficiencies and Excess

Robert R. Tanz, MD

Professor of Pediatrics Division of Academic General Pediatrics and Primary Care Northwestern University Feinberg School of Medicine Ann & Robert H. Lurie Children’s Hospital of Chicago Chicago, Illinois Acute Pharyngitis

xxxii  Contributors Nidale Tarek, MD

Riccardo Troncone, MD

Cynthia J. Tifft, MD, PhD

David G. Tubergen, MD

Assistant Professor of Pediatrics University of Texas MD Anderson Cancer Center Houston, Texas Retinoblastoma Neoplasms of the Liver National Human Genome Research Institute National Institutes of Health Bethesda, Maryland Genetic Approaches to Rare and Undiagnosed Diseases

Norman Tinanoff, DDS, MS

Professor Department of Orthodontics and Pediatric Dentistry Chief, Division of Pediatric Dentistry University of Maryland School of Dentistry Baltimore, Maryland Development and Developmental Anomalies of the Teeth Disorders of the Oral Cavity Associated with Other Conditions Malocclusion Cleft Lip and Palate Syndromes with Oral Manifestations Dental Caries Periodontal Diseases Dental Trauma Common Lesions of the Oral Soft Tissues Diseases of the Salivary Glands and Jaws Diagnostic Radiology in Dental Assessment

James K. Todd, MD

Professor of Pediatrics and Microbiology University of Colorado School of Medicine Professor of Epidemiology University of Colorado School of Public Health Director, Epidemiology and Clinical Microbiology Children’s Hospital Colorado Aurora, Colorado Staphylococcus

Lucy S. Tompkins, MD, PhD

Lucy Becker Professor of Medicine Division of Infectious Diseases/Geographic Medicine Stanford University School of Medicine Stanford, California Legionella

Richard L. Tower II, MD, MS

Assistant Professor of Pediatrics Division of Pediatric Hematology, Oncology, and Transplant Medical College of Wisconsin Milwaukee, Wisconsin Anatomy and Function of the Lymphatic System Abnormalities of Lymphatic Vessels Lymphadenopathy

Michael L. Trieu, MD

Instructor in Psychiatry Harvard Medical School Assistant in Psychiatry Boston Children’s Hospital Boston, Massachusetts Motor Disorders and Habits Autism Spectrum Disorder Childhood Psychoses Schizophrenia Spectrum and Other Psychotic Disorders Acute Phobic Hallucinations of Childhood

Professor and Director Department of Pediatrics University of Naples Federico II Napoli, Italy Celiac Disease (Gluten-Sensitive Enteropathy) Medical Director for Host Program MD Anderson Physicians Network Houston, Texas The Leukemias

Margaret A. Turk, MD

Professor Departments of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation and Pediatrics State University of New York SUNY Upstate Medical University Syracuse, New York Health and Wellness for Children with Disabilities

David A. Turner, MD

Associate Professor Department of Pediatrics Duke University School of Medicine Director, Pediatric Critical Care Fellowship Program Medical Director, Pediatric Intensive Care Unit Duke University Medical Center Durham, North Carolina Shock

Christina Ullrich, MD, MPH

Assistant Professor in Pediatrics Department of Psychosocial Oncology and Palliative Care Department of Pediatric Hematology/Oncology Harvard Medical School Boston Children’s Hospital Dana-Farber Cancer Institute Boston, Massachusetts Pediatric Palliative Care

David K. Urion, MD

Charles F. Barlow Chair Department of Neurology Harvard University Boston Children’s Hospital Boston, Massachusetts Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder

Douglas Vanderbilt, MD

Associate Professor of Clinical Pediatrics Associate Professor of Occupational Science/ Occupational Therapy University of Southern California Keck School of Medicine Director, MCHB Developmental-Behavioral Pediatrics Training Program Children’s Hospital Los Angeles Director, California Leadership Education in Neurodevelopmental Disabilities Program University Center for Excellence in Developmental Disabilities Los Angeles, California Bullying, Cyberbullying, and School Violence

Jon A. Vanderhoof, MD

Professor Emeritus of Pediatrics University of Nebraska Medical Center Omaha, Nebraska; Lecturer in Pediatrics, Harvard Medical School Staff Gastroenterologist, Children’s Hospital Boston Boston, Massachusetts; Vice-President for Global Medical Affairs Mead Johnson Nutritionals Evansville, Indiana Short Bowel Syndrome

George F. Van Hare, MD

Louis Larrick Ward Professor of Pediatrics Director, Division of Pediatric Cardiology Washington University in St. Louis St. Louis Children’s Hospital St. Louis, Missouri Syncope Disturbances of Rate and Rhythm of the Heart

Jakko van Ingen, MD, PhD

Clinical Microbiology Resident Radboud University Medical Centre Nijmegen, The Netherlands Nontuberculous Mycobacteria

Heather A. Van Mater, MD, MS Assistant Professor of Pediatrics Duke University School of Medicine Division of Pediatric Rheumatology Duke University Health System Durham, North Carolina Scleroderma and Raynaud Phenomenon Central Nervous System Vasculitis

Dick van Soolingen, PhD

Professor of Translational Tuberculosis Research Radboud University Medical Centre Nijmegen, The Netherlands; Head, Mycobacteria Reference Laboratory National Institute for Public Health and the Environment (RIVM) Bilthoven, The Netherlands Nontuberculous Mycobacteria

Christine VanTubbergen, BA

Former Coordinator, National Collaborative Congenital Toxoplasmosis Study The University of Chicago School of Medicine Chicago, Illinois; Current ORISE Fellow Centers for Disease Control and Prevention Atlanta, Georgia Toxoplasmosis (Toxoplasma gondii)

Scott K. Van Why, MD

Professor of Pediatrics Medical College of Wisconsin Wauwatosa, Wisconsin Membranous Nephropathy Membranoproliferative Glomerulonephritis Henoch-Schönlein Purpura Nephritis Rapidly Progressive (Crescentic) Glomerulonephritis Goodpasture Disease Hemolytic-Uremic Syndrome

Contributors  xxxiii Andrea Velardi, MD

Professor of Hematology Division of Hematology and Clinical Immunology University of Perugia Ospedale Santa Maria della Misericordia Perugia, Italy Principles and Clinical Indications of Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation from Alternative Sources and Donors Graft-Versus-Host Disease, Rejection, and Venoocclusive Disease Infectious Complications of Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation Late Effects of Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation

Elliott P. Vichinsky, MD

Professor of Pediatrics University of California, San Francisco San Francisco, California; Medical Director Hematology/Oncology Programs Children’s Hospital of Oakland Oakland, California Hemoglobinopathies

Brian P. Vickery, MD

Assistant Professor of Pediatrics University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill School of Medicine Chapel Hill, North Carolina Eosinophils

Bernadette E. Vitola, MD, MPH

Assistant Professor of Pediatrics Medical College of Wisconsin Children’s Hospital of Wisconsin Milwaukee, Wisconsin Liver Disease Associated with Systemic Disorders

Judith A. Voynow, MD

Kelly J. Walkovich, MD

Assistant Professor of Pediatrics and Communicable Diseases Division of Pediatric Hematology/Oncology University of Michigan Medical School Ann Arbor, Michigan Leukopenia Leukocytosis

Rebecca Wallihan, MD

Assistant Professor of Pediatrics Section of Infectious Diseases and Immunology The Ohio State University College of Medicine Nationwide Children’s Hospital Columbus, Ohio Genital Mycoplasmas (Mycoplasma hominis, Mycoplasma genitalium, and Ureaplasma urealyticum)

Heather J. Walter, MD, MPH

Professor of Psychiatry and Pediatrics Vice-Chair, Department of Psychiatry Boston University School of Medicine Chief, Child and Adolescent Psychiatry Boston Medical Center Senior Lecturer on Psychiatry Harvard Medical School Senior Associate in Psychiatry Boston Children’s Hospital Boston, Massachusetts Assessment and Interviewing Psychological Treatment of Children and Adolescents Motor Disorders and Habits Psychopharmacology Psychotherapy Psychiatric Hospitalization Mood Disorders Suicide and Attempted Suicide Disruptive, Impulse-Control, and Conduct Disorders Autism Spectrum Disorder Childhood Psychoses

Professor of Pediatrics Virginia Commonwealth University Edwin L. Kendig Jr. Chair, Division of Pediatric Pulmonology Children’s Hospital of Richmond at VCU Richmond, Virginia Cystic Fibrosis

Julie Wang, MD

Linda A. Waggoner-Fountain, MD

Stephanie M. Ware, MD, PhD, FACMG

Associate Professor of Pediatrics Division of Infectious Diseases University of Virginia Health System Charlottesville, Virginia Childcare and Communicable Diseases

Steven G. Waguespack, MD, FAAP, FACE

Professor and Deputy Department Chair Department of Endocrine Neoplasia and Hormonal Disorders University of Texas MD Anderson Cancer Center Houston, Texas Thyroid Tumors Adrenal Tumors

David M. Walker, MD

Division of Pediatric Emergency Medicine Yale University School of Medicine New Haven, Connecticut Principles Applicable to the Developing World

Associate Professor of Pediatrics Jaffe Food Allergy Institute Icahn School of Medicine at Mount Sinai New York, New York Insect Allergy Anaphylaxis

Associate Professor Department of Pediatrics University of Cincinnati College of Medicine Co-Director, Cardiovascular Genetics Associate Medical Director and Director of Research and Development The Heart Institute Diagnostic Laboratory Cincinnati Children’s Hospital Medical Center Cincinnati, Ohio Diseases of the Myocardium Diseases of the Pericardium Tumors of the Heart

Debra E. Weese-Mayer, MD

Professor of Pediatrics Northwestern University Feinberg School of Medicine Division of Pediatric Neurology Ann & Robert H. Lurie Children’s Hospital of Chicago Chicago, Illinois Congenital Central Hypoventilation Syndrome

Jason B. Weinberg, MD

Assistant Professor of Pediatrics and Microbiology and Immunology Division of Pediatric Infectious Diseases University of Michigan Medical School Ann Arbor, Michigan Adenoviruses

Kathryn L. Weise, MD, MA

Program Director, Cleveland Fellowship in Advanced Bioethics Department of Bioethics The Cleveland Clinic Foundation Cleveland, Ohio Ethics in Pediatric Care

Pamela F. Weiss, MD, MSCE

Assistant Professor of Pediatrics University of Pennsylvania Perelman School of Medicine Division of Rheumatology Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Ankylosing Spondylitis and Other Spondyloarthritides Reactive and Postinfectious Arthritis

Martin E. Weisse, MD

Chief, Department of Pediatrics Tripler Army Medical Center Honolulu, Hawaii; Professor of Pediatrics Uniformed Services University of the Health Sciences Bethesda, Maryland Malassezia Primary Amebic Meningoencephalitis

Lawrence Wells, MD

Associate Professor Department of Orthopaedic Surgery University of Pennsylvania Perelman School of Medicine Attending Orthopaedic Surgeon Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Growth and Development Evaluation of the Child Torsional and Angular Deformities The Hip Common Fractures

Jessica W. Wen, MD

Assistant Professor of Pediatrics University of Pennsylvania Perelman School of Medicine Attending Physician The Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Chylous Ascites Peritonitis

Danielle Wendel, MD

Fellow Division of Gastroenterology, Hepatology, and Nutrition Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Feeding Healthy Infants, Children, and Adolescents

xxxiv  Contributors Steven L. Werlin, MD

Professor of Pediatrics (Gastroenterology) The Medical College of Wisconsin Milwaukee, Wisconsin Embryology, Anatomy, and Physiology (Pancreas) Pancreatic Function Tests Disorders of the Exocrine Pancreas Treatment of Pancreatic Insufficiency Pancreatitis Pseudocyst of the Pancreas Pancreatic Tumors

Michael R. Wessels, MD

John F. Enders Professor of Pediatrics Professor of Medicine (Microbiology and Immunobiology) Harvard Medical School Chief, Division of Infectious Diseases Boston Children’s Hospital Boston, Massachusetts Group B Streptococcus

Ralph F. Wetmore, MD

Professor Department of Otorhinolaryngology—Head and Neck Surgery University of Pennsylvania Perelman School of Medicine E. Mortimer Newlin Professor and Chief Division of Pediatric Otolaryngology Children’s Hospital of Pennsylvania Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Tonsils and Adenoids

Randall C. Wetzel, MD

Chairman, Department of Anesthesiology Critical Care Medicine The Anne O’M elveney Wilson Professor of Critical Care Medicine Children’s Hospital of Los Angeles Professor of Pediatrics and Anesthesiology University of Southern California Keck School of Medicine Director, The Laura P. and Leland K. Whittier Virtual PICU Los Angeles, California Anesthesia, Perioperative Care, and Sedation

Isaiah D. Wexler, MD, PhD

Associate Professor Department of Pediatrics Hadassah University Medical Center Jerusalem, Israel Effects of War on Children

Elizabeth A. Wharff, PhD, LICSW Assistant Professor of Psychiatry Harvard Medical School Director, Emergency Psychiatry Service Boston Children’s Hospital Boston, Massachusetts Suicide and Attempted Suicide

A. Clinton White Jr., MD

Paul R. Stalnaker MD Distinguished Professor of Medicine Director, Infectious Disease Division University of Texas Medical Branch Galveston, Texas Adult Tapeworm Infections Cysticercosis Echinococcosis (Echinococcus granulosus and Echinococcus multilocularis)

Perrin C. White, MD

Professor of Pediatrics Audre Newman Rapoport Distinguished Chair in Pediatric Endocrinology University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center Dallas, Texas Physiology of the Adrenal Gland Adrenocortical Insufficiency Congenital Adrenal Hyperplasia and Related Disorders Cushing Syndrome Primary Aldosteronism Adrenocortical Tumors Pheochromocytoma Adrenal Masses

John V. Williams, MD

Assistant Professor of Pediatrics and of Pathology, Microbiology, and Immunology Division of Pediatric Infectious Disease Vanderbilt University School of Medicine Nashville, Tennessee Adenoviruses Rhinoviruses The Common Cold

Glenna B. Winnie, MD

Director, Pediatric and Adolescent Sleep Center Fairfax Neonatal Associates, PC Fairfax, Virginia Emphysema and Overinflation α1-Antitrypsin Deficiency and Emphysema Pleurisy, Pleural Effusions, and Empyema Pneumothorax Pneumomediastinum Hydrothorax Hemothorax Chylothorax

Harland S. Winter, MD

Associate Professor of Pediatrics Harvard Medical School Director, Pediatric Inflammatory Bowel Disease Center MassGeneral Hospital for Children Boston, Massachusetts Chronic Diarrhea

Paul H. Wise, MD, MPH

Professor of Pediatrics Medical College of Wisconsin Pediatric Infectious Diseases Children’s Hospital of Wisconsin Milwaukee, Wisconsin Rabies

Richard E. Behrman Professor of Child Health and Society Professor of Pediatrics Stanford University School of Medicine Director, Center for Policy, Outcomes, and Prevention Senior Fellow, Freeman-Spogli Institute for International Studies Stanford, California Chronic Illness in Childhood

Michael Wilschanski, MBBS

Joshua Wolf, MBBS, FRACP

Rodney E. Willoughby Jr., MD

Professor of Pediatrics The Hebrew University–Hadassah School of Medicine Director, Pediatric Gastroenterology Unit Hadassah University Hospitals Jerusalem, Israel Embryology, Anatomy, and Physiology (Pancreas) Pancreatic Function Tests Disorders of the Exocrine Pancreas Treatment of Pancreatic Insufficiency Pancreatitis Pseudocyst of the Pancreas Pancreatic Tumors

Pamela Wilson, MD

Associate Professor Department of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation University of Colorado School of Medicine Children’s Hospital Colorado Denver, Colorado Meningomyelocele (Spina Bifida)

Samantha L. Wilson, PhD

Associate Professor Department of Pediatrics Medical College of Wisconsin Children’s Hospital of Wisconsin Child Development Center, International Adoption Clinic Milwaukee, Wisconsin Adoption

Jennifer J. Winell, MD

Attending Orthopaedic Surgeon Department of Orthopaedic Surgery Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia Philadelphia, Pennsylvania The Foot and Toes

Assistant Member Department of Infectious Diseases St. Jude’s Children’s Research Hospital Memphis, Tennessee Infection Associated with Medical Devices

Joanne Wolfe, MD, MPH

Associate Professor of Pediatrics Harvard Medical School Chief, Division of Pediatric Palliative Care Dana-Farber Cancer Institute Director, Pediatric Palliative Care Boston Children’s Hospital Boston, Massachusetts Pediatric Palliative Care

James B. Wood, MD

Clinical Fellow Pediatric Infectious Diseases Vanderbilt University Medical Center Nashville, Tennessee Streptococcus pneumoniae (Pneumococcus)

Laura L. Worth, MD, PhD

Associate Professor of Pediatrics University of Texas MD Anderson Cancer Center Center Medical Director The Children’s Cancer Hospital Houston, Texas Molecular and Cellular Biology of Cancer

Joseph L. Wright, MD, MPH

Professor and Chair Department of Pediatrics Professor of Emergency Medicine Howard University College of Medicine Washington, DC Emergency Medical Services for Children

Contributors  xxxv Terry W. Wright, PhD

JiaDe Yu, MD

Eveline Y. Wu, MD

Marc Yudkoff, MD

Associate Professor of Pediatrics Division of Pediatric Infectious Diseases University of Rochester School of Medicine and Dentistry Rochester, New York Pneumocystis jiroveci (Pneumocystis carinii) Assistant Professor Department of Pediatrics Division of Allergy, Immunology, and Rheumatology University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill Chapel Hill, North Carolina Juvenile Idiopathic Arthritis Sarcoidosis

Pablo Yagupsky, MD

Professor of Pediatrics and Clinical Microbiology Goldman School of Medicine Ben-Gurion University of the Negev Beer-Sheva, Israel Kingella kingae

Michael Yaron, MD

Professor Department of Emergency Medicine University of Colorado School of Medicine Aurora, Colorado Altitude-Associated Illness in Children (Acute Mountain Sickness)

Ram Yogev, MD

Susan B. DePree Founders’ Board Professor of Pediatrics Northwestern University Feinberg School of Medicine Director, Pediatric, Adolescent, and Maternal HIV Infection Ann & Robert H. Lurie Children’s Hospital of Chicago Chicago, Illinois Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome (Human Immunodeficiency Virus)

Resident Physician Department of Dermatology Medical College of Wisconsin Children’s Hospital of Wisconsin Milwaukee, Wisconsin Diseases of Subcutaneous Tissue William T. Grant Professor in Pediatrics University of Pennsylvania Perelman School of Medicine Institute for Translational Medicine and Therapeutics Division of Developmental and Behavioral Pediatrics Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Urea Cycle and Hyperammonemia (Arginine, Citrulline, Ornithine)

Peter E. Zage, MD, PhD

Assistant Professor of Pediatrics Section of Pediatric Hematology/Oncology Baylor College of Medicine Houston, Texas Neuroblastoma

Ramia Zakhour, MD

Pediatric Infectious Diseases Fellow University of Texas Health Sciences Center Houston, Texas Yersinia

Lonnie K. Zeltzer, MD

Distinguished Professor Departments of Anesthesiology, Psychiatry, and Biobehavioral Sciences David Geffen School of Medicine at UCLA Director, Children’s Pain and Comfort Care Program Mattel Children’s Hospital UCLA Los Angeles, California Pediatric Pain Management

Klaus-Peter Zimmer, MD

Abt. Allgemeine Pädiatrie und Neonatologie Zentrum für Kinderheilkunde und Jugendmedizin Universitätsklinikum Gießen und Marburg GmbH Gießen, Germany Rare Inborn Defects Causing Malabsorption

Naama Zoran, PhD

Developmental Psychologist International Educational Systems Consultant Mequon, Wisconsin The Reggio Emilia Educational Approach and Child Development and Learning

Barry S. Zuckerman, MD

Professor of Pediatrics and Chair Emeritus Boston University School of Medicine Boston Medical Center Boston, Massachusetts Impact of Violence on Children

Preface Whoever saves one life it is considered as if they saved an entire world. — Babylonian Talmud The 20th edition of Nelson Textbook of Pediatrics continues in its tradition of being an essential resource for pediatricians as they diagnose and treat the infants, children, and adolescents of the 21st century. The 20th edition has been thoroughly revised, updated, and edited to keep up with the growing data accumulated from basic, clinical, and population-based research. The promise that translational medicine will improve the lives of all children is greater than ever. Knowledge of human development, behavior, and diseases from the molecular to sociologic levels is increasing at fantastic rates, leading to greater understanding of health and illness in children and substantial improvements in health quality for those who have access to health care. These exciting scientific advances also provide hope to effectively address prevention and treatment of new and emerging diseases threatening children and their families. The field of pediatrics encompasses advocacy for all children throughout the world and must address societal inequalities of important resources required for normal development, as well as protection from natural and manmade disasters. Unfortunately, many children throughout the world have not benefited from the significant advances in the prevention and treatment of health-related problems, primarily because of a lack of political will and misplaced priorities. For our increasing knowledge to benefit all children and youth, medical advances and good clinical practice must always be coupled with effective advocacy. This new edition of Nelson Textbook of Pediatrics attempts to provide the essential information that practitioners, house staff, medical students, and other care providers involved in pediatric health care throughout the world need to understand to effectively address the enormous range of biologic, psychologic, and social problems that our children and youth may face. Our goal is to be comprehensive yet concise and reader friendly, embracing both the new advances in clinical science and the time-honored art of pediatric practice. The 20th edition is reorganized and revised from the previous edition. There are many additions of new diseases and new chapters, as well as

xxxvi

substantial expansion or significant modification of others. In addition many more tables, photographs, imaging studies, and illustrative figures, as well as up-to-date references, have been added. Although, to an ill child and his or her family and physician, even the rarest disorder is of central importance, all health problems cannot possibly be covered with the same degree of detail in one general textbook of pediatrics. Thus, leading articles and subspecialty texts are referenced and should be consulted when more information is desired. The outstanding value of the 20th edition of the textbook is due to its expert and authoritative contributors. We are all indebted to these dedicated authors for their hard work, knowledge, thoughtfulness, and good judgment. Our sincere appreciation also goes to Kate Dimock and Jennifer Shreiner at Elsevier and to Carolyn Redman at the Pediatric Department of the Medical College of Wisconsin. In addition, we thank Barbara Ruggeri for her excellent library science skills and for keeping us up to date with the literature. We have all worked hard to produce an edition that will be helpful to those who provide care for children and youth and to those desiring to know more about children’s health worldwide. In this edition we have had informal assistance from many faculty and house staff of the departments of pediatrics at the Medical College of Wisconsin, Wayne State University School of Medicine, University of Pennsylvania School of Medicine, and University of Rochester School of Medicine. The help of these individuals and of the many practicing pediatricians from around the world who have taken the time to offer thoughtful feedback and suggestions is always greatly appreciated and helpful. Last and certainly not least, we especially wish to thank our families for their patience and understanding, without which this textbook would not have been possible. Robert M. Kliegman, MD Bonita F. Stanton, MD Joseph W. St Geme III, MD Nina F. Schor, MD, PhD

lxviii  Contents

VIDEOS Video 304-1 Live Echinococcus granulosus protoscole, Video 598-1 Severely limited level of consciousness and movement disorder in a patient with antiNMDAR encephalitis after herpes simplex encephalitis Video 598-2 Improved level of consciousness in patient shown in Video 598-1 following immunotherapy Video 598-3 Intact cognition in patient shown in Videos 598-1 and 598-2 after immunotherapy and prolonged follow-up

Nelson

TEXTBOOK of

PEDIATRICS

The Field of Pediatrics Chapter

1 

Overview of Pediatrics Bonita F. Stanton and Richard E. Behrman Pediatrics is the only discipline dedicated to all aspects of the wellbeing of infants, children, and adolescents, including their health; their physical, mental, and psychologic growth and development; and their opportunity to achieve full potential as adults. Pediatricians must be concerned not only with particular organ systems and biologic processes, but also with environmental, social, and political influences, which have a major impact on the health and well-being of children and their families. Children cannot advocate for themselves. As the professionals whose entire purpose is to advance the well-being of children, pediatricians must be advocates for the individual child and for all children, irrespective of culture, religion, gender, race, or ethnicity or of local, state, or national boundaries. The more politically, economically, or socially disenfranchised a population or a nation is, the greater the need for advocacy for children. The young are often among the most vulnerable or disadvantaged in society and thus their needs require special attention. As divides between nations blur through modern transportation, communication and economics, through global climate change, through contemporary means of warfare, and through uneven development within and across countries, a global, rather than a national, perspective for the field of pediatrics becomes both a reality and a necessity. The interrelation of health issues across the globe has achieved widespread recognition in the wake of the SARS (severe acute respiratory syndrome) and AIDS epidemics, expansions in the pandemics of cholera and West Nile virus, war and bioterrorism, the tsunami of 2004, the global recession beginning in 2008, the “Arab Spring” beginning in 2010, and the growing severity of hurricanes and cyclones. More than a century ago, pediatrics emerged as a medical specialty in response to increasing awareness that the health problems of children differ from those of adults and that a child’s response to illness and stress varies with age. In 1959, the United Nations issued the Declaration of the Rights of the Child, articulating the universal presumption that children everywhere have fundamental needs and rights.

VITAL STATISTICS ABOUT CHILD HEALTH (See Also Chapter 1.1)

From 1990 to 2010, the world population grew at an annual rate of 1.3% per yr, down from 1.8% annually during the prior 20 yr. The annual growth rate from 2010 to 2030 is expected to further decline to 0.9%. Worldwide, children younger than age 18 yr account for 2.2 billion (30%) of the world’s 7.02 billion persons. In 2010, there were an estimated 135 million births worldwide, 121 million (90%) of which were in developing countries. India, with 27.2 million births annually, is home to the largest number, followed by China at 16.5 million. Despite global interconnectedness, the health problems of children and youth vary widely between and within populations in the nations of the world depending on a number of often interrelated factors. These factors include (1) economic considerations (economic disparities); (2) educational, social, and cultural considerations; (3) the prevalence and ecology of infectious agents and their hosts; (4) climate and geography; (5) agricultural resources and practices (nutritional resources); (6)

PART

I

stage of industrialization and urbanization; (7) the gene frequencies for some disorders; (8) the health and social welfare infrastructure available within these countries; and (9) political focus and stability. The state of health of any community is defined by the incidence of illness and by data from studies that show the changes that occur with time and in response to programs of prevention, case finding, therapy, and surveillance. To ensure that the needs of children and adults across the globe were not obscured by local needs, in 2000 the international community established 8 Millennium Development Goals (MDGs) to be achieved by 2015 (http://www.countdown2015mnch.org). Although all 8 MDGs impact child well-being, MDG 4 (“Reduce by two-thirds, between 1990 and 2015, the under-five mortality rate”) is exclusively focused on children. Great strides have been made toward achieving the MDGs. Globally, there has been a reduction in under-5 mortality since 1990 from 90 to 48 deaths per 1,000 live births, with a reduction from 15 to 6 deaths in developed countries and from 99 to 53 deaths in developing countries. With the exception of sub-Saharan Africa and Oceania, all global regions reduced their under-5 mortality rate by more than half from 1990 to 2012. There were nearly 13 million under-5 deaths in 1990; 2006 marked the first year that there were fewer than 10 million deaths (9.7 million), which further decreased to 9.0 million in 2007, 8.8 million in 2008, 7.6 million in 2010, and 6.6 million in 2012. Despite these substantial successes, the annual rate of reduction in the global under-5 mortality rate of 3.9% remains below the MDG targeted rate of 4.4%, necessary to achieve the goal of a 2 3 reduction in the 1990 rate by 2015 (Fig. 1-1). The infant mortality rate (deaths of children 45 kg: 4 mg

Guanfacine (Intuniv)

ADHD (6-17)

Inattention Hyperactivity Impulsivity

1-4 mg

4 mg

Intermediate Acting Methylphenidate (Metadate CD, Metadate ER, Ritalin LA, Ritalin SR)

USUAL DAILY DOSAGE RANGE

SUGGESTED TOP END OF DAILY DOSAGE RANGE

Short Acting

SEROTONIN-NOREPINEPHRINE REUPTAKE INHIBITOR Atomoxetine (Strattera) ADHD (6 and up)

α-AGONISTS Clonidine (Catapres)

ADHD, attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder.

130  Part III  ◆  Behavioral and Psychiatric Disorders or malaise associated with chronic physical illnesses. There is a range of stimulant options, including those with short half-lives (typically 4 hr) and those with long half-lives (8-12 hr). The most commonly reported side effects are appetite suppression and sleep disturbances. Nervousness, headaches, abdominal pain, dizziness, palpitations, tachycardia have also been reported. More serious reactions include psychosis, mania, hypertension, dependency, and abuse. Anorexia and weight loss have been noted with controversy about their impact on ultimate height attainment. Sudden death has been reported in association with the use of stimulants in children, although a large study did not find an increased rate of serious cardiac events.. Currently, no routine pretreatment cardiology evaluation is indicated unless the patient has a structural cardiac abnormality and/or cardiac-related symptoms; in this situation, cardiology clearance is recommended. Atomoxetine is a selective inhibitor of presynaptic norepinephrine transporters; it increases dopamine and norepinephrine in the prefrontal cortex. It is effective in treating ADHD for 24 hr despite a plasma half-life of 4 hr. Common side effects include headache, abdominal pain, insomnia, somnolence, erectile dysfunction, irritability, fatigue, weight loss, and dizziness along with nonclinical increases in heart rate and blood pressure. More serious reactions include psychosis,

mania, aggressive behavior, suicidal ideation, depression, seizures, and hepatoxicity. The α-adrenergic agents (clonidine and guanfacine) are presynaptic adrenergic agonists that appear to stimulate inhibitory presynaptic autoreceptors in the central nervous system. These medications (see Table 21-5) have moderate evidence for the treatment of ADHD and ADHD with oppositional defiant disorder, and weak evidence for the treatment of agitation in autism. Two longer-acting preparations of each agent (Kapvay and Intuniv) have recently received FDA approval for use in ADHD. Sedation, hypotension, dry mouth, depression, and confusion are potential side effects. Abrupt withdrawal can result in rebound hypertension. Guanfacine appears to be less sedating and to have a longer duration of action than clonidine.

ANTIDEPRESSANTS

Antidepressant drugs act on pre- and postsynaptic receptors affecting the release and reuptake of brain neurotransmitters, including norepinephrine, serotonin, and dopamine (Table 21-4). There is strong evidence for the effectiveness of antidepressant medications in the treatment of anxiety and obsessive-compulsive disorders (NNT approximates 3 and 6, respectively), and weaker evidence for the treatment of depressive disorders (NNT approximates 10). Suicidal

Table 21-4  Medications for Depression and Anxiety Symptoms NAME

FDA APPROVED (AGE RANGE IN YEARS)

SELECTIVE SEROTONIN REUPTAKE INHIBITORS Citalopram Not approved for anxiety (Celexa) & depression in children & adolescents

TARGET SYMPTOMS

USUAL DAILY DOSAGE RANGE

SUGGESTED TOP END OF DAILY DOSAGE

Depression Anxiety Obsessions/compulsions

20-40 mg

40 mg

Escitalopram (Lexapro)

Depression (12-17)

Depression Anxiety Obsessions/compulsions

10-20 mg

20 mg

Fluoxetine (Prozac)

Depression (8-17) OCD (7-17)

Depression Anxiety Obsessions/compulsions

10-60 mg

60 mg

Sertraline (Zoloft)

OCD (6-17)

Depression Anxiety Obsessions/compulsions

25-200 mg

200 mg

Obsessions/compulsions

25-100 mg

Lesser of 200 mg or 3 mg/kg

Depression

150-300 mg

450 mg

Depression Anxiety

75-225 mg

225 mg

Anxiety

0.5-6 mg

10 mg

TRICYCLIC ANTIDEPRESSANTS Clomipramine OCD (10-17) (Anafranil) ATYPICAL ANTIDEPRESSANTS Bupropion Not approved for (Wellbutrin depression in children & XL) adolescents Venlafaxine (Effexor XR)

Not approved for anxiety & depression in children & adolescents

ANXIOLYTIC AGENTS Lorazepam Not approved for anxiety (Ativan) Clonazepam (Klonopin)

Not approved for panic in children & adolescents

Panic

0.5-1 mg

4 mg

Buspirone (BuSpar)

Not approved for anxiety & depression in children & adolescents

Anxiety

15-30 mg

60 mg

Hydroxyzine (Atarax, Vistaril)

Anxiety

Anxiety

50 mg >6: 50-100 mg

6: 100 mg

ADHD: attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder; OCD: obsessive-compulsive disorder.

Chapter 21  ◆  Psychological Treatment of Children and Adolescents  131 Table 21-5  Medications for Psychosis and Agitation NAME

FDA APPROVED (AGE RANGE IN YEARS)

ATYPICAL ANTIPSYCHOTICS Aripiprazole Bipolar disorder (10-17) (Abilify) Schizophrenia (13-17) Irritability in autism (6-17)

TARGET SYMPTOMS

USUAL DAILY DOSAGE RANGE

SUGGESTED TOP END OF DAILY DOSAGE

Psychosis Mania Irritability Aggression Agitation

2-30 mg qd

30 mg Autism: 15 mg

Olanzapine (Zyprexa)

Bipolar disorder (13-17) Schizophrenia (13-17)

Psychosis Mania Agitation

2.5-10 mg qd

20 mg

Quetiapine (Seroquel)

Bipolar disorder (10-17) Schizophrenia (13-17)

Psychosis Mania Agitation

Bipolar: 400-600 mg Schizophrenia: 400-800 mg

Bipolar: 600 mg Schizophrenia: 800 mg

Risperidone (Risperdal)

Bipolar disorder (10-17) Schizophrenia (13-17) Irritability in autism (5-17)

Psychosis Mania Aggression Agitation Irritability

0.5-6 mg Autism: 15-20 kg: 0.25 mg-0.5 mg >20 kg: 0.5-1 mg

Bipolar & Schizophrenia: 6 mg Autism: 3 mg

Ziprasidone (Geodon)

Not approved for psychosis, mania, aggression, or agitation in children & adolescents

Psychosis Mania Agitation

40-160 mg

200 mg

Psychosis Mania Aggression Agitation

3-12: 0.05-0.15 mg/kg >12: 0.5-5 mg Agitation: 3-12: 0.01-0.03 mg/kg >12: 0.5-10 mg

3-12: 0.15 mg/kg/day >12: maximum 100 mg for severe refractory cases

TYPICAL ANTIPSYCHOTICS Haloperidol Psychosis (3-17) (Haldol) Tourette (3-17) Severe behavioral disorders (3-17) Agitation (3-17)

thoughts have been reported during treatment with all antidepressant medications. The overall risk difference of suicidal ideation/attempts across all randomized controlled antidepressant trials and indications has been reported to be 0.7%, corresponding to a number needed to harm of 143. The selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs), which, as their name suggests, inhibit the reuptake of serotonin, have a large margin of safety with no appreciable cardiovascular effects. Side effects include irritability, insomnia, appetite changes, gastrointestinal symptoms, headaches, diaphoresis, restlessness, behavioral activation, and sexual dysfunction. Withdrawal symptoms are more common in short-acting SSRIs (sertraline, citalopram, escitalopram), leading to a recommendation for divided doses if these medications are used. The tricyclic antidepressants (TCAs) have mixed mechanisms of action (e.g., clomipramine is primarily serotonergic; imipramine is both noradrenergic and serotonergic). With the advent of the SSRIs, the lack of efficacy studies (particularly in depression), and more serious side effects, the use of TCAs in children has declined. They continue to be used in the treatment of some anxiety disorders (particularly obsessive-compulsive disorder) and, unlike the SSRIs, can be helpful in pain disorders. They have a narrow therapeutic index, with overdoses being potentially fatal (see Chapter 63). Anticholinergic symptoms (e.g., dry mouth, blurred vision, and constipation) are the most common side effects. TCAs can have cardiac conduction effects in doses higher than 3.5 mg/kg. Blood pressure and electrocardiographic monitoring is indicated at doses above this level. The atypical antidepressants include bupropion and venlafaxine (see Table 21-4); because of their sparse evidence base, they are thirdline medications (after fluoxetine and the other SSRIs) for anxiety and depressive disorders. Bupropion has also been used for smoking cessation and ADHD. Bupropion appears to have an indirect mixed agonist effect on dopamine and norepinephrine transmission. Common side effects include irritability, nausea, anorexia, headache, and insom-

nia. Venlafaxine has both serotonergic and noradrenergic properties. Side effects are similar to SSRIs, including irritability, insomnia, headaches, anorexia, nervousness, dizziness, and blood pressure changes. Anxiolytic agents (including lorazepam, clonazepam, buspirone, and hydroxyzine) have all been effectively used for acute situational anxiety (see Table 21-4). Their efficacy as chronic medication is poorer, particularly when used as a monotherapy agent.

ANTIPSYCHOTICS

Based on their mechanism of action, antipsychotic medications can be divided into typical (blocking dopamine D2 receptors) and atypical (mixed dopaminergic and serotoninergic [5-HT2] activity) agents (Table 21-5). The atypical antipsychotics have relatively strong antagonistic interactions with 5-HT2 receptors and perhaps more variable activity at central adrenergic, cholinergic, and histaminic sites, which might account for varying side effects noted among these agents. These medications have strong evidence for the treatment of agitation in autism (NNT approximates 2-7), and for the treatment of schizophrenia (NNT approximates 4-10), bipolar disorder (NNT approximates 3-4), and aggression (NNT approximates 2-5). Risperidone and aripiprazole are 2 of the most well-studied and commonly used medications in this class. The atypical antipsychotics have significant side effects including extrapyramidal symptoms (e.g., restlessness and dyskinesias), weight gain, metabolic syndrome, diabetes, hyperlipidemia, hyperprolactinemia, hematologic adverse effects (e.g., leukopenia or neutropenia), seizures, hepatotoxicity, neuroleptic malignant syndrome, and cardiovascular effects. For all atypical antipsychotics, body mass index, blood pressure, fasting blood glucose, fasting lipid profiles, and abnormal movements should be closely monitored. If there is a family or personal history suggestive of cardiac disease, electrocardiograms should also be monitored.

132  Part III  ◆  Behavioral and Psychiatric Disorders Table 21-6  Medications for Mania FDA APPROVED (AGE RANGE IN YEARS) MOOD STABILIZERS Lithium carbonate (Eskalith, Eskalith CR, Lithobid) Divalproex (Depakote, Depakote ER)

SUGGESTED TOP END OF DAILY DOSAGE

Mania Depression

41 kg: 1200 mg

1800 mg

Not approved for mania in children & adolescents

Mania

Teen: 10-60 mg/kg (Blood valproic acid level 50-100 µg/mL)

60 mg/kg

Irritability Psychosis Mania Aggression Agitation

2-30 mg

30 mg Autism: 15 mg

Psychosis Mania Aggression Agitation Irritability

0.5-6 mg Autism: 15-20 kg: 0.25 mg-0.5 mg >20 kg: 0.5-1 mg

Bipolar & Schizophrenia: 6 mg Autism: 3 mg

Bipolar disorder (10-17) Schizophrenia (13-17) Irritability in autism (5-17)

Haloperidol is a high-potency butyrophenone that is the typical antipsychotic most commonly used. This medication is useful in psychosis, Tourette disorder, and severe agitation. Side effects include anticholinergic effects, weight gain, drowsiness, and extrapyramidal symptoms (dystonia, rigidity, tremor, and akathisia). There is a risk of tardive dyskinesia (see Chapter 597.3) with chronic administration.

MOOD STABILIZERS

Because of their limited evidence of effectiveness and concerns about safety, mood stabilizer medications (Table 21-6) have limited use in the treatment of child and adolescent psychiatric disorders. For the treatment of bipolar mania in adolescents, atypical antipsychotics are considered first-line therapy. Lithium’s mechanism of action is not well understood; proposed theories relate to neurotransmission, endocrine effects, circadian rhythm, and cellular processes. Common side effects include polyuria and polydipsia and central nervous system symptoms (tremor, somnolence, and memory impairment). Periodic monitoring of lithium levels along with thyroid and renal function is needed. Lithium serum levels of 0.8-1.2 mEq/L are targeted for acute episodes and 0.6-0.9 mEq/L are targeted for maintenance therapy. Valproic acid is an anticonvulsant with a therapeutic plasma concentration range of 50-100 µg/mL. Common side effects include sedation, gastrointestinal symptoms, and hair thinning. Idiosyncratic bone marrow suppression and liver toxicity have been reported, necessitating monitoring of blood counts as well as liver and kidney function.

MEDICATION USE IN PHYSICAL ILLNESS

There are special considerations in the use of psychotropic medications with physically ill children. Between 80% and 95% of psychotropic medications are protein bound, with the exceptions being lithium (0%), methylphenidate (10-30%), venlafaxine (25-30%), gabapentin (0-3%), and topiramate (9-17%). As a result, psychotropic levels may be directly affected because albumin binding is reduced in many physical illnesses. Metabolism is primarily through the liver and gastrointestinal tract, with excretion via the kidney. Therefore, dosages may need to be adjusted in children with hepatic or renal impairment.

Hepatic Disease

USUAL DAILY DOSAGE RANGE

Bipolar disorder (12-17)

ATYPICAL ANTIPSYCHOTICS Aripiprazole (Abilify) Bipolar disorder (10-17) Schizophrenia (13-17) Irritability in autism (6-17)

Risperidone (Risperdal)

TARGET SYMPTOMS

Lower doses of medications may be required in in patients with hepatic disease. Initial dosing of medications should be reduced and titration

should proceed slowly. In steady-state situations, changes in protein binding can result in elevated unbound medication, resulting in increased drug action even in the presence of normal serum drug concentrations. Because it is often difficult to predict changes in protein binding, it is important to maintain attention to the clinical effects of psychotropic medications and not rely exclusively on serum drug concentrations. In acute hepatitis, there is generally no need to modify dosing because metabolism is only minimally altered. In chronic hepatitis and cirrhosis, hepatocytes are destroyed and doses may need to be modified. Medications with high baseline rates of liver clearance (e.g., haloperidol, sertraline, venlafaxine, TCAs) are significantly affected by hepatic disease. For drugs that have significant hepatic metabolism, intravenous administration may be preferred because parenteral administration avoids first-pass liver metabolic effects and the dosing and action of parenteral medications are similar to those in patients with normal hepatic function. Valproic acid can impair the metabolism of the hepatocyte disproportionate to the degree of hepatocellular damage. In patients with valproate-induced liver injury, low albumin, high prothrombin, and high ammonia may be seen without significant elevation in liver transaminases.

Gastrointestinal Disease

Medications with anticholinergic side effects can slow gastrointestinal motility, affecting absorption and causing constipation. SSRIs increase gastric motility and can cause diarrhea. SSRIs have the potential to increase the risk of gastrointestinal bleeding, especially when they are co-administered with nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs. Extendedrelease or controlled-release preparations of medications can reduce gastrointestinal side effects, particularly where gastric distress is related to rapid increases in plasma drug concentrations.

Kidney Disease

With the exceptions of lithium and gabapentin, psychotropic medications do not generally require significant dosing adjustments in kidney failure. It is important to monitor serum concentrations in renal insufficiency, particularly for medications with a narrow therapeutic index; cyclosporine can elevate serum lithium levels by decreasing lithium excretion. Patients with kidney failure and those on dialysis appear to be more sensitive to TCA side effects, possibly because of the accumulation of hydroxylated tricyclic metabolites.

Chapter 21  ◆  Psychological Treatment of Children and Adolescents  133 Because most psychotropic medications are highly protein-bound, they are not significantly cleared by dialysis. Lithium, gabapentin, and topiramate are essentially completely removed by dialysis, and the common practice is to administer these medications after dialysis. Patients on dialysis often have significant fluid shifts and are at risk for dehydration, with neuroleptic malignant syndrome being more likely in these situations.

Heart Disease

Cardiovascular effects of psychotropic medications can include orthostatic hypotension, conduction disturbances, and arrhythmias. Orthostatic hypotension is one of the most common cardiovascular side effects of TCAs. Trazodone can cause orthostatic hypotension and exacerbate myocardial instability; SSRIs and bupropion are preferred as antidepressant agents in patients with heart disease. There is the potential for increased morbidity and mortality in patients with preexisting cardiac conduction problems. Some of the calcium channel-blocking agents (e.g., verapamil) can slow atrioventricular conduction and can theoretically interact with a TCA. Patients with Wolff-Parkinson-White syndrome (see Chapter 435.3) who have a short PR interval (440 msec should be considered at particular risk. The range of normal QTc values in children is 400 msec ± 25-30 msec. A QTc value that exceeds 2 SD (>450-460 msec) is considered too long and may be associated with increased mortality. An increase in the QTc from baseline of >60 msec is also associated with increased mortality.

thyrotoxicosis, serotonin syndrome, drug withdrawal, and anticholinergic or amphetamine, ecstasy, salicylate toxicity.

Serotonin Syndrome

Serotonin syndrome is characterized by a triad of mental status changes, autonomic hyperactivity, and neuromuscular abnormalities (see Chapter 63). It is the result of an excess agonism of the central and peripheral nervous system serotonergic receptors and can be caused by a range of drugs including SSRIs, valproate, and lithium. Drug-drug interactions that can cause serotonin syndrome include linezolid (an antibiotic that has monoamine oxidase inhibitor properties) and antimigraine preparations used with an SSRI, as well as combinations of SSRI, trazodone, buspirone, and venlafaxine. It is generally self-limited and can resolve spontaneously after the serotonergic agents are discontinued. Severe cases require the control of agitation, autonomic instability, and hyperthermia as well as the administration of 5-HT2A antagonists (e.g., cyproheptadine). Bibliography is available at Expert Consult.

21.2  Psychotherapy David R. DeMaso and Heather J. Walter

Psychotropic medications can be used safely with epilepsy following consideration of potential interactions between the psychotropic medication, the seizure disorder, and the anticonvulsant medication. Any behavioral toxicity of anticonvulsants used either alone or in combination should be considered before proceeding with psychotropic treatment. Simplification of combination anticonvulsant therapy or a change to another agent can result in a reduction of behavioral or emotional symptoms and obviate the need for psychotropic intervention. Clomipramine and bupropion possess significant seizureinducing properties and should be avoided when the risk of seizures is present.

Psychotherapy in children may also be effective in reducing patient symptomatology. Effect sizes in research studies range from 0.71 to 0.84, which are as large as or larger than the effects of psychiatric medications or medicines for many physical illnesses. Despite benefit, only a minority of patients achieve the same level of functioning as average children, because in community settings the effect size of psychotherapy approaches zero. This poor response might reflect the fact that treatment in real-world community settings involves complex and co-occurring disorders, as opposed to the research or academic setting, where comorbid conditions are often excluded. A variety of psychotherapeutic approaches exist with varying levels of evidence regarding their effectiveness. Differences between therapeutic approaches may be less pronounced in practice than in theory. The quality of the therapist–patient alliance consistently has been shown to be the strongest predictor of treatment outcome. A positive therapeutic relationship, expecting change to occur, facing problems assertively, increasing mastery, and attributing change to the participation in the therapy have all been connected to effective therapy. The use of psychotherapy involves a series of interconnected steps including performing an assessment, deciding upon treatment and a monitoring plan, obtaining treatment assent or consent, and implementing treatment. Cognitive, emotional, and/or behavioral symptoms are identified that become the targets for evidence-based psychotherapeutic interventions. Psychotherapists ideally develop a treatment plan by combining known evidence-based practices about specific interventions with their clinical judgment to arrive at a specific intervention plan for the individual patient. It is not unusual for the psychotherapist to use elements from more than one treatment approach, including psychopharmacology.

Neuroleptic Malignant Syndrome

BEHAVIOR THERAPY

Respiratory Disease

Anxiolytic agents can increase the risk of respiratory suppression in patients with pulmonary disease. SSRIs and buspirone are good alternative medications for treating anxiety. Consideration should be given to possible airway compromise due to acute laryngospasm when dopamine-blocking agents such as antipsychotic or antiemetic medications are used.

Neurologic Disease

Neuroleptic malignant syndrome is a rare and potentially fatal reaction that can occur during treatment with antipsychotic agents (see Chapter 176). The syndrome generally manifests with fever, muscle rigidity, autonomic instability, and delirium. It is associated with elevated serum creatine phosphokinase levels, a metabolic acidosis, and high end-tidal CO2 excretion. It has been estimated to occur in 0.2-1% of patients treated with dopamine-blocking agents. Malnutrition and dehydration in the context of an organic brain syndrome and simultaneous treatment with lithium and antipsychotic agents can increase the risk. Mortality rates may be as high as 20-30% as a result of dehydration, aspiration, kidney failure, and respiratory collapse. Differential diagnosis of neuroleptic malignant syndrome includes infections, heat stroke, malignant hyperthermia, lethal catatonia, agitated delirium,

Behavior therapy is based upon both classic (pavlovian) and operant (skinnerian) conditioning. Both of these approaches do not concern themselves with the inner motives of the individual, but instead address the antecedent stimuli and consequent responses. The treatment begins with a behavioral assessment with interview, observation, diary, and rating scale components, along with a functional analysis of the setting context, immediately preceding external events, and real-world consequences of the behavior. A treatment plan is then developed to modify the maladaptive functions of the behavior, using tools such as positive and negative reinforcement, social and tangible rewards, shaping, modeling, and prompting to increase positive behavior, and extinction, stimulus control, punishment, response cost, overcorrection, differential reinforcement of incompatible behavior, graded exposure/

Chapter 21  ◆  Psychological Treatment of Children and Adolescents  133.e1 Bibliography

Anagnostou E, Hansen R: Medical treatment overview: traditional and novel psycho-pharmacological and complementary and alternative medications, Curr Opin Pediatr 23:621–627, 2011. Berry N, Pradhan S, Sagar R, et al: Neuroleptic malignant syndrome in an adolescent receiving olanzapine-lithium combination therapy, Pharmacotherapy 23:255–259, 2003. Bridge JA, Iyengar S, Salary CB, et al: Clinical response and risk for reported suicidal ideation and suicide attempts in pediatric antidepressant treatment: a meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials, JAMA 297:1683–1696, 2007. Cooper WO, Habel LA, Sox CM, et al: ADHD drugs and serious cardiovascular events in children and young adults, N Engl J Med 365(20):1896–1904, 2011. Correll CU, Kratochvil CH, March JS: Developments in pediatric psychopharmacology: focus on stimulants, antidepressants, and antipsychotics, J Clin Psychiatry 72(5):655–670, 2011. Liu HY, Potter MP, Woodworth KY, et al: Pharmacologic treatments for pediatric bipolar disorder: a review and meta-analysis, J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry 50(8):749–762, 2011. Neuhut R, Lindenmayer JP, Silva R: Neuroleptic malignant syndrome in children and adolescents on atypical antipsychotic medication: a review, J Child Adolesc Psychopharmacol 19:415–422, 2009.

Olfson M, Blanco C, Liu SM, et al: National trends in the office-based treatment of children, adolescents, and adults with antipsychotics, Arch Gen Psychiatry 69:1247–1256, 2012. Ray WA, Chung CP, Murray KT, et al: Atypical antipsychotic drugs and the risk of sudden cardiac death, N Engl J Med 360:225–235, 2009. Seida JC, Schouten JR, Boylan K, et al: Antipsychotics for children and young adults: a comparative effectiveness review, Pediatrics 129:e771–e784, 2012. Siegel M, Beaulieu AA: Psychotropic medications in children with autism spectrum disorders: a systematic review and synthesis for evidence-based practice, J Autism Dev Disord 42(8):1592–1605, 2012. Shaw RJ, DeMaso DR: Clinical manual of pediatric psychosomatic medicine: mental health consultation with physically ill children and adolescents, Washington, DC, 2006, American Psychiatric Press. Sonnier L, Barzman D: Pharmacologic management of acutely agitated pediatric patients, Paediatr Drugs 13:1–10, 2011. Strawn JR, Keck PE Jr, Caroff SN: Neuroleptic malignant syndrome, Am J Psychiatry 164:870–878, 2007.

134  Part III  ◆  Behavioral and Psychiatric Disorders systematic desensitization, flooding, modeling, and role playing to decrease negative behavior. Behavior therapy has shown applicability to anxiety disorders, obsessive-compulsive and related disorders, posttraumatic stress disorder, behavior disorders, ADHD, nocturnal enuresis, autism spectrum disorder, and intellectual disability.

COGNITIVE-BEHAVIORAL THERAPY

Cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) is based on social and cognitive learning theories and extends behavior therapy to address the influence of cognitive processes on behavior. These cognitive processes include social information processing (automatic and controlled), fixed patterns of thinking or beliefs (cognitive schema), and emotional effects mediating cognitive attributions and behavior. CBT is problemoriented treatment that seeks to identify and change cognitive distortions (e.g., learned helplessness or irrational fears), identify and avoid distressing situations, and identify and practice distress-reducing behavior. Self-monitoring (daily thought record), self-instruction (brief sentences asserting thoughts that are comforting and/or adaptive), and self-reinforcement (rewarding oneself) are key tools used to facilitate achievement of the CBT treatment goals. CBT has shown applicability to the treatment of behavior, depressive, and anxiety disorders. Specially modified versions of CBT have shown applicability to the treatment of other disorders. Traumafocused CBT involves a combination of psychoeducation, teaching effective relaxation, affective modulation, and cognitive coping and processing skills, engaging in a trauma narrative, mastering trauma reminders, and enhancing future safety and development, and is considered the first-line treatment for posttraumatic stress disorder. Dialectical behavioral therapy combines standard CBT with concepts of distress tolerance, emotional regulation, interpersonal effectiveness, and mindfulness drawn from Buddhist meditative practice. Dialectical behavioral therapy has shown promise for the treatment of borderline personality disorder, bipolar disorder, suicidal behavior, and other manifestations of emotional and behavioral dysregulation.

FAMILY THERAPY

Although family therapy covers a broad range of approaches, the core idea in family therapy is that the cause of problems in individuals is thought to lie in patterns of family interaction, with other family members helping to maintain the problem. Family dysfunction can take a variety of forms, including enmeshment, disengagement, rolereversal or confusion, and maladaptive communication patterns. Family therapy begins with an assessment of the family system, including observing patterns of interaction, assessing family beliefs and the meanings attached to behaviors, defining social and cultural contexts, exploring the presenting problem in the context of individual and family development, assessing the family’s style of dealing with problems, and identifying family strengths and weaknesses. Family therapy techniques are drawn from 2 major theoretical models: structural and behavioral. Structural family therapy develops capacities believed to foster well-functioning families, including clear and flexible boundaries between individuals, well-defined roles, and an appropriate balance between closeness and independence. Behavioral family therapy focuses on behavioral sequences that occur in daily life, and attempts to interrupt unhelpful patterns and strengthen positive patterns through effective communication and problem solving. Family therapy has shown applicability to anorexia and substance abuse, and for these disorders is the treatment of choice. For other disorders (e.g., depressive, anxiety, obsessive-compulsive, and behavior), the evidence is more limited.

PSYCHODYNAMIC PSYCHOTHERAPY

At the core of psychodynamic psychotherapy lies a dynamic interaction between different parts or aspects of the mind. This approach is based on the belief that much of one’s mental activity occurs outside one’s awareness. The patient is often unaware of internal conflicts because threatening or painful emotions, impulses, and memories are repressed. Behavior is then controlled by what the patient does not know about

himself or herself. Therapy objectives are to increase self-understanding, increase acceptance of feelings, shift to mature defense mechanisms, and develop realistic relationships between self and others. This therapy is nondirective to allow the patient’s characteristic patterns to emerge so that self-understanding and a corrective emotional experience can then be fostered by the therapist. Psychodynamic psychotherapy has shown applicability for the treatment of emotional problems (e.g., anxiety, depression) as well as maladaptive aspects of personality. Limited applicability has been shown for behavior, eating, and trauma-related disorders. Brief, time-limited psychodynamic psychotherapy can be appropriate for youth who are in acute situational distress, while long-term therapy can be appropriate when the biological or social factors destabilizing the child’s adaptation and development are chronic, or the psychological difficulties due to comorbidities are complex, or entrenched conflicts and developmental interferences are present.

SUPPORTIVE PSYCHOTHERAPY

Supportive psychotherapy aims to minimize levels of emotional distress through the provision of individual and contextual support. Treatment is focused on the here and now. The therapist is active and helpful in providing the patient with symptomatic relief by containing anxiety, sadness, and anger. The therapist provides education and encouragement to bolster a patient’s existing coping mechanisms. The therapist also facilitates problem solving and social and instrumental support for contextual symptom-generating problems.

PARENTING INTERVENTIONS

Parenting interventions are based upon attachment and social learning theory. Attachment theory proposes that the quality of care provided to the child, particularly sensitivity and responsiveness, leads to a secure or insecure attachment, which in turn influences the development of internal working models of self and others. A history of consistent and sensitive care by a parent is expected to lead to the child developing a model of self as lovable and others as loving and helpful. Social learning theory hypothesizes that children’s real-life experiences and exposures directly or indirectly shape behavior, and that new positive experiences and exposures can change behavior favorably. Parenting interventions seek to address both attachment and social learning deficits by improving both the parent–child relationship and parenting skills. Core attachment skills include spending quality time with the child, increasing verbal interaction, showing physical affection, providing contingent praise, and engaging in child-directed play. Core parenting skills include increasing reinforcement of positive behaviors, decreasing reinforcement of negative behaviors, applying consequences for dangerous/destructive behavior, and making parental response predictable, contingent, and immediate. Parenting interventions have shown applicability for the behavior disorders and ADHD. Bibliography is available at Expert Consult.

21.3  Psychiatric Hospitalization David R. DeMaso and Heather J. Walter Psychiatric hospital programs are meant to address the serious risks and severe impairments caused by the most acute and complex forms of psychiatric disorder that cannot be managed effectively at any other level of care. Their goal is to produce rapid clinical stabilization that allows an expeditious, safe, and appropriate treatment transition to a less-intensive level of mental healthcare outside of the hospital. High levels of illness severity combined with significant functional impairment signal a need for hospitalization. Admission criteria must include significant signs and symptoms of active psychiatric disorder(s). Functional admission indicators generally include a significant risk of self-harm and/or harm to others, although in some cases the patient is unable to meet basic self-care or healthcare needs, jeopardizing

Chapter 21  ◆  Psychological Treatment of Children and Adolescents  134.e1 Bibliography

American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry: Practice parameter for psychodynamic psychotherapy with children, J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry 51(5):541–557, 2012. Shapiro JP, Friedberg RD, Bardenstein KK: Child and adolescent therapy: science and art, Hoboken, NJ, 2006, John Wiley & Sons. Shaw RJ, DeMaso DR: Clinical manual of pediatric psychosomatic medicine: mental health consultation with physically ill children and adolescents, Washington, DC, 2006, American Psychiatric Press.

well-being. Serious emotional disturbances that prevent participation in family, school, or community life can also rise to a level of global impairment that can only be addressed on an inpatient basis. Discharge planning begins at the time of admission, when efforts are made to coordinate care with services and resources that are already in place for the child or adolescent in the community. Step-down care might be needed in partial hospital or residential settings if integrated services in a single location remain indicated after sufficient clinical stabilization has occurred in the hospital setting. Transition from the hospital entails active collaboration and communication with pediatric practitioners in the child’s medical home. Bibliography is available at Expert Consult.

Chapter 21  ◆  Psychological Treatment of Children and Adolescents  135.e1 Bibliography

Gosselin G, DeMaso DR: The adolescent unit. In Sharpstein S, Fassler D, editors: Textbook on hospital psychiatry, Washington, DC, 2009, American Psychiatric Press, pp 55–69.

Chapter 22  ◆  Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders  135 Table 22-1  DSM-5 Diagnostic Criteria for Conversion Disorder or Functional Neurologic Symptom Disorder A. One or more symptoms or deficits affecting voluntary motor or sensory function. B. Clinical findings provide evidence of incompatibility between the symptom and recognized neurologic or medical conditions. C. The symptom or deficit is not better explained by another medical or mental disorder. D. The symptom or deficit causes clinically significant distress or impairment in social, occupational, or other important areas of functioning or warrants medical evaluation. Specify symptom type: weakness or paralysis, abnormal movements, swallowing symptoms, speech symptom, attacks/ seizures, or anesthesia/sensory loss, special sensory symptom (visual, olfactory, or hearing), or mixed symptoms. Adapted from the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fifth Edition, (Copyright 2013). American Psychiatric Association, p. 318.

Chapter

22 

Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders Patricia I. Ibeziako and David R. DeMaso

Pediatric psychosomatic medicine deals with the relation between physiologic and psychological factors in the causation or maintenance of disease states. The process whereby distress is experienced and/or expressed in physical symptoms is referred to as somatization or psychosomatic illness. Even though somatic symptoms are present in virtually every psychiatric disorder, they are most prominent in the various somatic symptom disorders. In the Diagnostic Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fifth Edition (DSM-5), illnesses previously referred to as somatoform disorders are defined as somatic symptom disorders. Somatic symptom disorders are classified on the basis of distressing physical symptoms and excessive thoughts, feelings or behaviors in relation to these symptoms rather than the absence of a medical explanation for somatic symptoms. These disorders form a continuum that can range from pain to disabling neurological symptoms and they generally interfere with school, home life and peer relationships. The DSM-5 Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders category includes the following disorders related to children and adolescents: conversion disorder (or functional neurologic symptom disorder), somatic symptom disorder, factitious disorder, psychological factors affecting other medical conditions, and other specified/unspecified somatic symptom disorders (Tables 22-1 through 22-5 identify the DSM-5 diagnostic criteria). Multiple terms used to describe somatic symptom disorders include “functional,” “psychosomatic,” or “medically unexplained symptoms.” Additionally, most patients are seen by general practitioners and specialists and may receive specialty-specific syndrome diagnoses such as visceral hyperalgesia, irritable bowel syndrome, chronic fatigue syndrome, or noncardiac chest pain. The diagnostic heterogeneity that exists across the different medical specialists contributes to the different diagnostic labels. Studies indicate a significant overlap in the symptoms and presentation of patients with somatic symptoms who have received different diagnoses from different specialties. Moreover, functional syndromes share similarities in etiology, pathophysiology, neurobiology, psychological mechanisms, patient characteristics, and management and treatment response, which is indicative of a single spectrum of disorders. It is helpful for healthcare providers to avoid the dichotomy of approaching illness using a medical model in which diseases are considered as being either organic

Table 22-2  DSM-5 Diagnostic Criteria for Somatic Symptom Disorder A. One or more somatic symptoms that are distressing or result in significant disruption of daily life. B. Excessive thoughts, feelings or behaviors related to the somatic symptoms or associated health concerns as manifested by at least one of the following: 1. Disproportionate and persistent thoughts about the seriousness of one’s symptoms. 2. Persistent high level of anxiety about health and symptoms. 3. Excessive time and energy devoted to these symptoms or health concerns. C. Although any 1 somatic symptom may not be continuously present, the state of being symptomatic is persistent. Specify if: With predominant pain (previously known as pain disorder in DSM IV-TR): for individuals whose somatic symptoms predominantly involve pain. Persistent: A persistent course is characterized by severe symptoms, marked impairment, and long duration (more than 6 mo). Adapted from the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fifth Edition, (Copyright 2013). American Psychiatric Association, p. 311.

Table 22-3  DSM-5 Diagnostic Criterial for Psychological Factors Affecting Other Medical Conditions A. A medical symptom or condition (other than a mental disorder) is present. B. Psychological or behavioral factors adversely affect the medical condition in 1 of the following ways: 1. The factors have influenced the course of the medical condition as shown by a close temporal association between the psychological factors and the development or exacerbation of, or delayed recovery from, the medical condition. 2. The factors interfere with the treatment of the medical condition (e.g., poor adherence). 3. The factors constitute additional well-established health risks for the individual. 4. The factors influence the underlying pathophysiology, precipitating or exacerbating symptoms or necessitating medical attention. C. The psychological and behavioral factors in Criterion B are not better explained by another mental disorder (e.g., panic disorder, major depressive disorder, posttraumatic stress disorder). Adapted from the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fifth Edition, (Copyright 2013). American Psychiatric Association, p. 322.

136  Part III  ◆  Behavioral and Psychiatric Disorders Table 22-4  DSM-5 Diagnostic Criteria for Factitious Disorders Factitious Disorder Imposed on Self A. Falsification of physical or psychological signs or symptoms, or induction of injury or disease, associated with identified deception. B. The individual presents himself or herself to others as ill, impaired, or injured. C. The deceptive behavior is evident even in the absence of obvious external rewards. D. The behavior is not better explained by another mental disorder, such as delusional disorder or another psychotic disorder. Factitious Disorder Imposed on Another (Previously Factitious Disorder by Proxy) A. Falsification of physical or psychological signs or symptoms, or induction of injury or disease, in another, associated with identified deception. B. The individual presents another individual (victim) to others as ill, impaired or injured. C. The deceptive behavior is evident even in the absence of obvious external rewards. D. The behavior is not better explained by another mental disorder, such as delusional disorder or another psychotic disorder. Note: The perpetrator, not the victim, receives this diagnosis Adapted from the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fifth Edition, (Copyright 2013). American Psychiatric Association, p. 324.

Table 22-5  DSM-5 Diagnostic Criteria for Other Specified/Unspecified Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders Other Specified This category applies to presentations in which symptoms characteristic of a somatic symptom and related disorder that cause clinically significant distress or impairment in social, occupational, or other important areas of functioning predominate but do not meet full criteria for any of the disorders in the somatic symptom and related disorders diagnostic class. Examples of presentations that can be specified using the “other specified” designation include the following: 1. Brief somatic symptom disorder: Duration of symptoms is submandibular involvement with frequent and chronic binge eating and induced vomiting

Throat

No characteristic sign

Absent gag reflex

Extinction of gag response with repeated pharyngeal stimulation

Heart

Bradycardia, hypotension, and orthostatic pulse differential > 25 beats/min

Hypovolemia if dehydrated

Changes in AN resulting from central hypothalamic and intrinsic cardiac function Orthostatic changes less prominent if athletic, more prominent if associated with purging

Abdomen

Scaphoid, organs may be palpable but not enlarged, stool-filled left lower quadrant

Increased bowel sounds if recent laxative use

Presence of organomegaly requires investigation to determine cause Constipation prominent with weight loss

Extremities and musculoskeletal system

Cold, acrocyanosis, slow capillary refill Edema of feet Loss of muscle, subcutaneous, and fat tissue

No characteristic sign, but may have rebound edema after stopping chronic laxative use

Signs of hypometabolism (cold) and cardiovascular dysfunction (slow capillary refill and acrocyanosis) in hands and feet Edema, caused by capillary fragility more than hypoproteinemia in AN, can worsen in early phase of refeeding

Nervous system

No characteristic sign

No characteristic sign

Water loading before weigh-ins can cause acute hyponatremia

Mental status

Anxiety about body image, irritability, depressed mood, oppositional to change

Depression, evidence of PTSD, more likely suicidal than AN

Mental status often improves with healthier eating and weight; SSRIs only shown to be effective for BN

AN, anorexia nervosa; BN, bulimia nervosa; PTSD, posttraumatic stress disorder; SG, specific gravity; SSRI, selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor.

168  Part III  ◆  Behavioral and Psychiatric Disorders many physical symptoms and signs found in restrictive AN but is associated with elevated potassium levels and hyperpigmentation. Although thyroid disorders are often considered, because of changes in weight and other symptoms in AN, the overall presentation includes symptoms of both underactive and overactive thyroid, such as hypothermia, bradycardia, and constipation, as well as weight loss and excessive physical activity, respectively. In the central nervous system, craniopharyngiomas and Rathke pouch tumors can mimic some of the findings of AN, such as weight loss and growth failure, and even some body image disturbances, but the latter are less fixed than in typical EDs and are associated with other findings, including evidence of increased intracranial pressure. Mitochondrial neurogastrointestinal encephalomyopathy, caused by a mutation in the TYMP gene, presents with gastrointestinal dysmotility, cachexia, ptosis, peripheral neuropathy, ophthalmoplegia, and leukoencephalopathy. Symptoms begin during the second decade of life and are often initially diagnosed as AN. Early satiety, vomiting, cramps, constipation, and pseudoobstruction result in weight loss often before the neurologic features are noticed. Any patient with an atypical presentation of an ED, based on age, sex, or other factors not typical for AN or BN deserves a scrupulous search for an alternative explanation. Patients can have both an underlying illness and an ED. The core features of dysfunctional eating habits—body image disturbance and change in weight—can coexist with conditions such as diabetes mellitus, where patients might manipulate their insulin dosing to lose weight.

LABORATORY FINDINGS

Because the diagnosis of an ED is made clinically, there is no confirmatory laboratory test. Laboratory abnormalities, when found, are the result of malnutrition, weight-control habits used, or medical complications; studies should be chosen based on history and physical examination. A routine screening battery typically includes complete blood count, erythrocyte sedimentation rate (should be normal), and biochemical profile. Common abnormalities in ED include low white blood cell count with normal hemoglobin and differential; hypokalemic, hypochloremic metabolic alkalosis with severe vomiting; mildly elevated liver enzymes, cholesterol, and cortisol levels; low gonadotropins and blood glucose with marked weight loss; and generally normal total protein, albumin, and renal function. An electrocardiogram may be useful when profound bradycardia or arrhythmia is detected; the electrocardiogram usually has low voltage, with nonspecific ST or T wave changes. Although prolonged QTc has been reported, prospective studies have not found an increased risk for this.

COMPLICATIONS

No organ is spared the harmful effects of dysfunctional weight-control habits, but the most concerning targets of medical complications are the heart, brain, gonads, and bones. Some heart findings in EDs (e.g., sinus bradycardia and hypotension) are physiologic adaptations to starvation that conserve calories and reduce afterload. Cold, blue hands and feet with slow capillary refill that can result in tissue perfusion insufficient to meet demands also represent energy-conserving responses associated with inadequate intake. All of these acute changes are reversible with restoration of nutrition and weight. Significant orthostatic pulse changes, prolonged corrected QT interval, ventricular dysrhythmias, or reduced myocardial contractility reflect myocardial impairment that can be lethal. In addition, with extremely low weight, refeeding syndrome (a result of the rapid drop in serum phosphorous, magnesium, and potassium with excessive reintroduction of calories, especially carbohydrates), is associated with acute heart failure and neurologic symptoms. With long-term malnutrition, the myocardium appears to be more prone to tachyarrhythmias, the second most common cause of death after suicide. In BN, dysrhythmias can also be related to electrolyte imbalance. Clinically, the primary brain area affected acutely in EDs, especially with weight loss, is the hypothalamus. Hypothalamic dysfunction is reflected in problems with thermoregulation (warming and cooling), satiety, sleep, autonomic cardioregulatory imbalance (orthostasis), and

endocrine function (reduced gonadal and excessive adrenal cortex stimulation), all of which are reversible. Anatomic studies of the brain in ED have focused on AN, with the most common finding being increased ventricular and sulcal volumes that normalize with weight restoration. Persistent gray-matter deficits following recovery, related to the degree of weight loss, have been reported. Elevated medial temporal lobe cerebral blood flow on positron emission tomography similar to that found in psychotic patients, suggests that these changes may be related to body image distortion. Also, visualizing high-calorie foods is associated with exaggerated responses in the visual association cortex that are similar to those seen in patients with specific phobias. Patients with AN might have an imbalance between serotonin and dopamine pathways related to neurocircuits in which dietary restraint reduces anxiety. Reduced gonadal function occurs in male and female patients; it is clinically manifested in AN as amenorrhea in female patients and erectile dysfunction in males. It is related to understimulation from the hypothalamus as well as cortical suppression related to physical and emotional stress. Amenorrhea precedes significant dieting and weight loss in up to 30% of females with AN, and most adolescents with EDs perceive the absence of menses positively. The primary health concern is the negative effect of decreased ovarian function and estrogen on bones. Decreased bone mineral density (BMD) with osteopenia or the more severe osteoporosis is a significant complication of EDs (more pronounced in AN than BN). Data do not support the use of sex hormone replacement therapy because this alone does not improve other causes of low BMD (low body weight, lean body mass, and insulin-like growth factor-1; high cortisol).

TREATMENT Principles Guiding Primary Care Treatment

The approach in primary care should facilitate the acceptance by the patient (and parents) of the diagnosis and initial treatment recommendations. A nurturant–authoritative approach using the biopsychosocial model is useful. A pediatrician who explicitly acknowledges that the patient may disagree with the diagnosis and treatment recommendations and be ambivalent about changing eating habits, while also acknowledging that recovery requires strength, courage, will-power and determination, demonstrates nurturance. Parents also find it easier to be nurturant once they learn that the development of an ED is neither a willful decision by the patient nor a reflection of bad parenting. Framing the ED as a coping mechanism for a complex variety of issues with both positive and negative aspects avoids blame or guilt and can prepare the family for professional help that will focus on strengths and restoring health, rather than on the deficits in the adolescent or the family. The authoritative aspect of a physician’s role comes from expertise in health, growth, and physical development. A goal of primary care treatment should be attaining and maintaining health—not merely weight gain—although weight gain is a means to the goal of wellness. Providers who frame themselves as consultants to the patient with authoritative knowledge about health can avoid a countertherapeutic authoritarian stance. Primary care health-focused activities include monitoring the patient’s physical status, setting limits on behaviors that threaten the patient’s health, involving specialists with expertise in EDs on the treatment team, and continuing to provide primary care for health maintenance, acute illness, or injury. The biopsychosocial model uses a broad ecologic framework, starting with the biologic impairments of physical health related to dysfunctional weight control practices, evidenced by symptoms and signs. Explicitly linking ED behaviors to symptoms and signs can increase motivation to change. In addition, there are usually unresolved psychosocial conflicts in both the intrapersonal (self-esteem, self-efficacy) and interpersonal (family, peers, school) domains. Weight-control practices initiated as coping mechanisms become reinforced because of positive feedback. That is, external rewards (e.g., compliments about improved physical appearance) and internal rewards (e.g., perceived mastery over what is eaten or what is done to minimize the effects of overeating through exercise or purging) are more powerful to maintain

Chapter 28  ◆  Eating Disorders  169 behavior than negative feedback (e.g., conflict with parents, peers, and others about eating) is to change it. Thus, when definitive treatment is initiated, more productive alternative means of coping must be developed.

Nutrition and Physical Activity

The primary care provider generally begins the process of prescribing nutrition, although a dietitian should be involved eventually in the meal planning and nutritional education of patients with AN or BN. Framing food as fuel for the body and the source of energy for daily activities emphasizes the health goal of increasing the patient’s energy level, endurance, and strength. For patients with AN and low weight, the nutrition prescription should work toward gradually increasing weight at the rate of about 0.5-1 lb/wk, by increasing energy intake by 100-200 kcal increments every few days toward a target of approximately 90% of average body weight for sex, height, and age. Weight gain will not occur until intake exceeds output, and eventual intake for continued weight gain can exceed 4,000 kcal/day, especially for patients who are anxious and have high levels of thermogenesis from nonexercise activity. Stabilizing intake is the goal for patients with BN, with a gradual introduction of forbidden foods while also limiting foods that might trigger a binge. When initiating treatment of an ED in a primary care setting, the clinician should be aware of common cognitive patterns. Patients with AN typically have all-or-none thinking (related to perfectionism) with a tendency to overgeneralize and jump to catastrophic conclusions, while assuming that their body is governed by rules that do not apply to others. These tendencies lead to the dichotomization of foods into good or bad categories, having a day ruined because of 1 unexpected event, or choosing foods based on rigid self-imposed restrictions. These thoughts may be related to neurocircuitry and neurotransmitter abnormalities related to executive function and rewards. A standard nutritional balance of 15-20% calories from protein, 50-55% from carbohydrate, and 25-30% from fat is appropriate. The fat content may need to be lowered to 15-20% early in the treatment of AN because of continued fat phobia. With the risk of low BMD in patients with AN, calcium and vitamin D supplements are often needed to attain the recommended 1,300 mg/day intake of calcium. Refeeding can be accomplished with frequent small meals and snacks consisting of a variety of foods and beverages (with minimal diet or fat-free products), rather than fewer high-volume high-calorie meals. Some patients find it easier to take in part of the additional nutrition as canned supplements (medicine) rather than food. Regardless of the source of energy intake, the risk for refeeding syndrome (acute tachycardia and heart failure with neurologic symptoms associated primarily with acute decline in serum phosphate and magnesium) increases with the degree of weight loss and the rapidity of caloric increases. Therefore, if the weight has fallen below 80% of expected weight for height, refeeding should proceed cautiously, possibly in the hospital (Table 28-7). Patients with AN tend to have a highly structured day with restrictive intake, in contrast to BN, which is characterized by a lack of structure, resulting in chaotic eating patterns and binge-purge episodes. All patients with AN, BN, or ED-NOS benefit from a daily structure for healthy eating that includes 3 meals and at least 1 snack a day, distributed evenly over the day, based on balanced meal planning. Breakfast deserves special emphasis because it is often the first meal eliminated in AN and is often avoided the morning after a bingepurge episode in BN. In addition to structuring meals and snacks, patients should plan structure in their activities. Although overexercising is common in AN, completely prohibiting exercise can lead to further restriction of intake or to surreptitious exercise; inactivity should be limited to situations in which weight loss is dramatic or there is physiologic instability. Also, healthy exercise (once a day, for no more than 30 minutes, at no more than moderate intensity) can improve mood and make increasing calories more acceptable. Because patients with AN often are unaware of their level of activity and tend toward progressively increasing their output, exercising without either a partner or supervision is not recommended.

Table 28-7  Indications for Inpatient Medical Hospitalization of Patients with Anorexia Nervosa PHYSICAL AND LABORATORY Heart rate < 50 beats/min Other cardiac rhythm disturbances Blood pressure < 80/50 mm Hg Postural hypotension resulting in a >10 mm Hg drop or a >25 beats/min increase Hypokalemia Hypophosphatemia Hypoglycemia Dehydration Body temperature < 36.1°C (97°F) 4 adequate studies in separate settings; Insufficient, lack of research or mixed outcomes; Preliminary, >1 adequate study; Promising, >2 adequate studies. Adapted from Siegel M, Beaulieu AA. Psychotropic medications in child with autism spectrum disorders: A systematic review and synthesis for evidenced based practice. J Autism Dev Disord 42(8):1592–1605, 2012.

team of providers, and family involvement to ensure generalization of skills. Two structured educational models with demonstrated efficacy include the Early Start Denver Model and the Treatment and Education of Autism and related Communication handicapped Children (TEACCH) program. The individualized educational plan (IEP) should reflect an accurate assessment of the child’s strengths and vulnerabilities with an explicit description of services to be provided, goals and objectives, and procedures for monitoring effectiveness. Development of an appropriate IEP is central in providing effective service to the child and family. Communication is generally addressed in the child’s IEP in coordination with the speech-language pathologist. Children who do not yet use words can be helped through use of alternative communication modalities such as sign language, electronic communication boards, visual supports, picture exchange, and other forms of augmentative communication. For individuals with fluent speech, the focus should be on pragmatic (social) language skills training. There is a lack of evidence for most other forms of psychosocial intervention. Studies of sensory-oriented interventions, such as auditory integration training, sensory integration therapy, and touch therapy/massage have contained methodologic flaws and have yet to show replicable improvements. There is also limited evidence thus far for what are usually termed developmental, social-pragmatic models of intervention. Children with ASD are psychiatrically hospitalized at substantially higher rates than the non-ASD population. The efficacy of this level of care is unknown, although there is preliminary evidence for the efficacy of hospital psychiatry units that specialize in this population.

Pharmacotherapy

Pharmacologic interventions (Table 30-5) may increase the ability of children with ASD to benefit from educational and other interventions as well as to remain in less-restrictive environments through the management of challenging behavior. Common targets for pharmacologic intervention include associated comorbid conditions (anxiety, depression) and problematic target symptoms (e.g., irritability, hyperactivity, repetitive behavior, stereotypy, self-injurious behavior).

The FDA has approved risperidone (ages 5-16 yr) and aripiprazole (ages 6-17 yr) for the treatment of irritability in ASD, as evidenced by physical aggression, self-injury, and severe tantrum behavior. In youth weighing < 20 kg, the initial dose of risperidone is 0.25 mg/day with a target dose of 0.5 mg/day, and maximum does of 3 mg/day. In those weighing ≥ 20 kg, the initial dose of risperidone is 0.5 mg/day with a target dose of 1 mg/day, and maximum dose of 3 mg/day. For aripiprazole, the initial dose is 2 mg/day with a target dose of 5-10 mg/day, and maximum dose of 15 mg/day. The atypical antipsychotic agents also reduce hyperactivity in ASD, though stimulants and atomoxetine appear to be promising for hyperactivity. There is also evidence that repetitive behaviors and stereotypies in ASD may respond to the antipsychotics. Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors do not have evidence supporting their use for repetitive behaviors or irritability in ASD; they may have efficacy for the treatment of co-occurring depressive and anxiety disorders. The doses of these latter medications would parallel clinical prescribing practices for the specific target symptom (hyperactivity) and/or mental disorders. There is insufficient evidence to support the use of mood stabilizers. Combining medication with parent training appears to be moderately more efficacious than medication alone for reducing serious behavioral disturbance, and modestly more efficacious for adaptive functioning. Individuals with ASD may be non-verbal, so response to medication is often judged by caregiver report. While this may help assess the effectiveness of the selected medication, it must be remembered that the overall goal of pharmacotherapy is to facilitate the child’s adjustment and engagement with behavioral, educational, and communication interventions. Intranasal oxytocin (IO) is a novel approach to treating ASD. In preliminary studies, IO leads to increased social interactions, better speech comprehension, reduced repetitive behaviors, and functional MRI evidence of improved social attunement. There is currently a large clinical trial testing the efficacy of IO. Bibliography is available at Expert Consult.

Chapter 30  ◆  Autism Spectrum Disorder  183.e1 Bibliography

Abrams DA, Lynch CJ, Cheng KM, et al: Underconnectivity between voiceselective cortex and reward circuitry in children with autism, Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 110:12060–12065, 2013. American Psychiatric Association: Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, ed 5, Washington, DC, 2013, American Psychiatric Association. Baird G, Douglas HR, Murphy MS: Recognizing and diagnosing autism in children and young people: summary of NICE guidance, BMJ 343:d6360, 2011. Barger BD, Campbell JM, McDonough JD: Prevalence and onset of regression within autism spectrum disorders: a meta-analytic review, J Autism Dev Disord 43:817–828, 2013. Burusnukul P, de los Reyes EC, Yinger J, et al: Danon disease: an unusual presentation of autism, Pediatr Neurol 39:52–54, 2008. Camacho A, Espin JC, Nunez N, et al: Levetiracetam-induced reversible autistic regression, Pediatr Neurol 47:65–67, 2012. Connolly BS, Feigenbaum ASJ, Robinson BH, et al: MELAS syndrome, cardiomyopathy, rhabdomyolysis, and autism associated with the A326OG mitochondrial DNA mutation, Biochem Biophys Res Comm 402:443–447, 2010. Christensen J, Grønborg TK, Sørensen MJ, et al: Prenatal valproate exposure and risk of autism spectrum disorders and childhood autism, JAMA 309:1696–1702, 2013. Courchesne E, Mouton PR, Calhoun ME, et al: Neuron number and size in prefrontal cortex of children with autism, JAMA 306:2001–2010, 2011. Dawson G, Jones EJH, Merkle K, et al: Early behavioral intervention is associated with normalized brain activity in young children with autism, J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry 51:1150–1159, 2012. Dove D, Warren Z, McPheeters ML, et al: Medications for adolescents and young adults with autism spectrum disorders: a systematic review, Pediatrics 130: 717–726, 2012. Ekstrom AB, Hakenas-Plate L, Samuelsson L, et al: Autism spectrum conditions in myotonic dystrophy type 1: a study of 57 individuals with congenital and childhood forms, Am J Med Genet (Neuropsych Genetics) 147B:918–926, 2008. Eldevik S, Hastings RP, Gughes JC, et al: Meta-analysis of early intensive behavioral intervention for children with autism, J Clin Child Adolesc Psychol 38(3):439–450, 2009. Filiano JJ, Goldenthal MJ, Rhodes H, et al: Mitochondrial dysfunction in patients with hypotonia, epilepsy, autism, and developmental delay: HEASS syndrome, J Child Neurol 17:435–439, 2002. Fountain C, Winter AS, Bearman PS: Sex developmental trajectories characterize children with autism, Pediatrics 129:e1112–e1120, 2012. Georgiades S, Szatmari P, Zwaigenbaum L, et al: A prospective study of autisticlike traits in unaffected siblings of probands with autism spectrum disorder, JAMA Psychiatry 70:42–48, 2013. Ghaziuddin M, Al-Owain M: Autism spectrum disorders and inborn errors of metabolism: an update, Pediatr Neurol 49:232–238, 2013. Gillis J, Burashnikov E, Antzelevitch C, et al: Long QT, syndactyly, joint contractures, stroke and novel CACNA1C mutation: Expanding the spectrum of Timothy syndrome, Am J Med Genet Part A 158A:182–187, 2011. Giulivi C, Zhang YF, Omanska-Klusek A, et al: Mitochondrial dysfunction in autism, JAMA 304:2389–2396, 2010. Gordon I, Vander Wyk BC, Bennett RH, et al: Oxytocin enhances brain function in children with autism, Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 110:20953–20958, 2013. Granovetter M: Let’s talk therapy: treatments for children with autism, Lancet 382:753, 2013. Grønborg TK, Schendel DE, Parner ET: Recurrence of autism spectrum disorders in full-and half-siblings and trends over time: a population-based cohort study, JAMA Pediatr 167:947–953, 2013. Hinton VJ, Cyrulnik SE, Fee RJ, et al: Association of autistic spectrum disorders with dystrophinopathies, Pediatr Neurol 41:339–346, 2009. Howlin P: Autistic features in Cohen syndrome: a preliminary report, Dev Med Chil Neurol 43:692–696, 2001. Howlin P, Moss P, Savage S, et al: Social outcomes in mid- to later adulthood among individuals diagnosed with autism and average nonverbal IQ as children, J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry 52(6):572–581, 2013.

Iossifov I, Ronemus M, Levy D, et al: De novo gene disruptions in children on the autistic spectrum, Neuron 74:285–299, 2012. Johnson S, Marlow N: Positive screening: results on the modified checklist for autism in toddlers: implications for very preterm populations, J Pediatr 154: 478–480, 2009. Kendall T, Megnin-Viggars O, Gould N, et al: Management of autism in children and young people: summary of NICE and SCIE guidance, BMJ 347:34–36, 2013. Kuzniewicz MW, Wi S, Qian Y, et al: Prevalence and neonatal factors associated with autism spectrum disorders in preterm infants, J Pediatr 164:20–25, 2014. Lau NM, Green PHR, Taylor JK, et al: Markers of celiac disease and gluten sensitivity in children with autism, PLoS One 8:e66155, 2013. Magnusson C, Rai D, Goodman A, et al: Migration and autism spectrum disorder: population-based study, Br J Psychiatry 201:109–115, 2012. Maski KP, Jeste SS, Spence SJ: Common neurological co-morbidities in autism spectrum disorders, Curr Opin Pediatr 23:609–615, 2011. Moss J, Howlin P: Autism spectrum disorders in genetic syndromes: implications for diagnosis, intervention and understanding the wider autism spectrum disorder population, J Intel Dis Res 53:852–873, 2009. Novarino G, El-Fishawy P, Kayserili H, et al: Mutations in BCKD-kinase lead to a potentially treatable form of autism with epilepsy, Science 338:394–397, 2012. Ozonoff S, Losif AM, Baguio F, et al: A prospective study of the emergence of early behavioral signs of autism, J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry 49(3):256–266, 2010. Paşca SP, Portmann T, Voineagu I, et al: Using iPSC-derived neurons to uncover cellular phenotypes associated with Timothy syndrome, Nat Med 17:1657–1662, 2011. Sanders SJ, Murtha MT, Gupta AR, et al: De novo mutations revealed by whole-exome sequencing are strongly associated with autism, Nature 485:237–241, 2012. Sandin S, Lichtenstein P, Kuja-Halkola R, et al: The familial risk of autism, JAMA 311:1770–1777, 2014. Siegel M, Beaulieu AA: Psychotropic medications in children with autism spectrum disorders: a systematic review and synthesis for evidence-based practice, J Autism Dev Disord 42(8):1592–1605, 2012. Sukhodolsky DG, Bloch MH, Panza KE, et al: Cognitive-behavioral therapy for anxiety in children with high-functioning autism: a meta-analysis, Pediatrics 132:e1341–e1350, 2013. Sullivan PF, Magnusson C, Reichenberg A, et al: Family history of schizophrenia and bipolar disorder as risk factors for autism, Arch Gen Psychiatry 69:1099– 1103, 2012. Surén P, Roth C, Bresnahan M, et al: Association between maternal use of folic acid supplements and risk of autism spectrum disorders in children, JAMA 309:570–577, 2013. Tchaconas A, Adesman A: Autism spectrum disorders: a pediatric overview and update, Curr Opin Pediatr 25:130–144, 2013. Titomanilo L, Marzano MG, Rossi E, et al: Case of Myhre syndrome with autism and peculiar skin histological findings, Am J Med Genet 103:163–165, 2011. Toriello HV: Approach to the genetic evaluation of the child with autism, Pediatr Clin North Am 59:113–128, 2012. Volkmar F, Siegel M, Woodbury-Smith M, et al: American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry (AACAP) Committee on Quality Issues (CQI): Practice parameter for the assessment and treatment of children and adolescents with autism spectrum disorders, J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry 53(2):237–257, 2014. Warren Z, McPheeters ML, Sathe N, et al: A systematic review of early intensive intervention for autism spectrum disorders, Pediatrics 127:e1303–e1311, 2011. Zapella M: Autistic regression with and without EEG abnormalities followed by favourable outcome, Brain Dev 32:739–745, 2012.

184  Part III  ◆  Behavioral and Psychiatric Disorders

Chapter

31 

Childhood Psychoses Giuseppe J. Raviola, Michael L. Trieu, David R. DeMaso, and Heather J. Walter

Psychosis is a severe disruption of thought, perception, and behavior resulting in loss of reality testing. Delusions, hallucinations, disorganized thinking, grossly disorganized behavior, and negative symptoms are key features that define psychotic disorders. Delusions are fixed, unchangeable, false beliefs even in light of conflicting evidence. They may include a variety of themes (persecutory, referential, somatic, religious, or grandiose). Delusions are considered bizarre if they are clearly implausible. Hallucinations are vivid and clear perception-like experiences that occur without external stimulus and have the full force and impact of normal perceptions. They may occur in any sensory modality; auditory hallucinations are the most common. Disorganized thinking is typically inferred from an individual’s speech (loose associations, tangentiality, or incoherence). Grossly disorganized behavior may range from child-like silliness to catatonic behavior. Negative symptoms include diminished emotional expression, avolition, alogia (lack of speech), anhedonia (inability to experience pleasure), and asociality. They generally account for a substantial portion of the morbidity associated with schizophrenia.

31.1  Schizophrenia Spectrum and Other Psychotic Disorders Giuseppe J. Raviola, Michael L. Trieu, David R. DeMaso, and Heather J. Walter Schizophrenia spectrum and other psychotic disorders include brief psychotic disorder, schizophreniform disorder, schizophrenia, schizoaffective disorder, substance/medication-induced psychotic disorder (see Chapter 114), psychotic disorder caused by another medical condition, catatonia associated with another mental disorder, catatonic disorder caused by another medical condition, unspecified catatonia, delusional disorder, schizotypal personality disorder, and other specified/unspecified schizophrenia spectrum and other psychotic disorders.

DESCRIPTION

The schizophrenia spectrum and other psychotic disorders are primarily characterized by the active (or positive) symptoms of psychosis, specifically delusions, hallucinations, disorganized speech, or grossly disorganized behavior. Brief psychotic disorder is characterized by the sudden onset (within 2 wk from baseline function) of these symptoms in the context of emotional turmoil or overwhelming confusion, followed by complete resolution (Table 31-1). Although brief, the level of impairment in this disorder may be severe enough that supervision may be required to ensure that basic needs are met and the individual is protected from the consequences of poor judgment and cognitive impairment. If the psychotic symptoms persist for up to 6 mo, the condition is called schizophreniform disorder (Table 31-2), whereas in schizophrenia, there are continuous signs of the disturbance for at least 6 mo (Table 31-3). Active symptoms must have been present for a significant portion of time during a 1 mo period, and the level of psychosocial functioning must be markedly below the level achieved prior to the onset (or there is failure in children to achieve the expected level of functioning).

Table 31-1  DSM-5 Diagnostic Criteria for Brief Psychotic Disorder A. Presence of 1 (or more) of the following symptoms. At least 1 of these must be (1), (2), or (3): 1. Delusions. 2. Hallucinations. 3. Disorganized speech (e.g., frequent derailment or incoherence). 4. Grossly disorganized or catatonic behavior. Note: Do not include a symptom if it is a culturally sanctioned response. B. Duration of an episode of the disturbance is at least 1 day but less than 1 mo, with eventual full return to premorbid level of functioning. C. The disturbance is not better explained by major depressive or bipolar disorder with psychotic features or another psychotic disorder such as schizophrenia or catatonia, and is not attributable to the physiologic effects of a substance (e.g., a drug of abuse, a medication) or another medical condition. Specify if: With marked stressor(s) (brief reactive psychosis): If symptoms occur in response to events that, singly or together, would be markedly stressful to almost anyone in similar circumstances in the individual’s culture. Without marked stressor(s): If the symptoms do not occur in response to events that, singly or together, would be would be markedly stressful to almost anyone in similar circumstances in the individual’s culture. With postpartum onset: If onset is during pregnancy or within 4 wk postpartum. Reprinted with permission from the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fifth Edition, (Copyright 2013). American Psychiatric Association, p. 94.

Table 31-2  DSM-5 Diagnostic Criteria for Schizophreniform Disorder A. Two (or more) of the following, each present for a significant portion of time during a 1 mo period (or less if successfully treated). At least 1 of these must be (1), (2), or (3): 1. Delusions. 2. Hallucinations. 3. Disorganized speech (e.g., frequent derailment or incoherence). 4. Grossly disorganized or catatonic behavior. 5. Negative symptoms (i.e., diminished emotional expression or avolition). B. An episode of the disorder lasts at least 1 mo but less than 6 mo. When the diagnosis must be made without waiting for recovery, it should qualified as “provisional.” C. Schizoaffective disorder and depressive or bipolar disorder with psychotic features have been ruled out because either (1) no major depressive or manic episodes have occurred concurrently with the active-phase symptoms; or (2) if mood episodes have occurred during active-phase symptoms, they have been present for a minority of the total duration of the active and residual periods of the illness. D. The disturbance is not attributable to the physiological effects of a substance (e.g., a drug of abuse, a medication) or another medical condition. Specify if: With good prognostic features: This specifier requires the presence of at least 2 of the following features: onset of prominent psychotic symptoms within 4 wk of the first noticeable change in usual behavior or functioning; confusion or perplexity; good premorbid social and occupational functioning; and absence of blunted or flat affect. Without good prognostic features: This specifier is applied if 2 or more of the above features have not been present. Reprinted with permission from the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fifth Edition, (Copyright 2013). American Psychiatric Association, pp. 96–97.

Chapter 31  ◆  Childhood Psychoses  185 Table 31-3  DSM-5 Diagnostic Criteria for Schizophrenia A. Two (or more) of the following, each present for a significant portion of time during a 1 mo period (or less if successfully treated). At least 1 of these must be (1), (2), or (3): 1. Delusions. 2. Hallucinations. 3. Disorganized speech (e.g., frequent derailment or incoherence). 4. Grossly disorganized or catatonic behavior. 5. Negative symptoms (i.e., diminished emotional expression or avolition). B. For a significant portion of the time since the onset of the disturbance, level of functioning in 1 or more major areas, such as work, interpersonal relations, or self-care, is markedly below the level achieved prior to the onset (or when the onset is in childhood or adolescence, there is failure to achieve expected level of interpersonal, academic, or occupational functioning). C. Continuous signs of the disturbance persist for at least 6 mo. This 6 mo period must include at least 1 mo of symptoms (or less if successfully treated) that meet criterion A (i.e., activephase symptoms) and may include periods of prodromal or residual symptoms. During these prodromal or residual periods, the signs of the disturbance may be manifested by only negative symptoms or by two or more symptoms listed in criterion A present in an attenuated form (e.g., odd beliefs, unusual perceptual experiences). D. Schizoaffective disorder and depressive or bipolar disorder with psychotic features have been ruled out because either (1) no major depressive or manic episodes have occurred concurrently with the active-phase symptoms; or (2) if mood episodes have occurred during active-phase symptoms, they have been present for a minority of the total duration of the active and residual periods of the illness. E. The disturbance is not attributable to the physiologic effects of a substance (e.g., a drug of abuse, a medication) or another medical condition. F. If there is a history of autism spectrum disorder or a communication disorder of childhood onset, the additional diagnosis of schizophrenia is made only if prominent delusions or hallucinations, in addition to the other required symptoms of schizophrenia, are also present for at least a month (or less if successfully treated). Reprinted with permission from the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fifth Edition, (Copyright 2013). American Psychiatric Association, pp. 99–100.

Schizophrenia is a heterogeneous clinical syndrome with a range of cognitive, behavioral, and emotional dysfunctions. Prodromal symptoms often precede the active phase, in which individuals may express a variety of unusual or odd beliefs and may have unusual perceptual experiences; their speech may be generally understandable but vague; and their behavior may be unusual but not grossly disorganized. Individuals who had been socially active may become withdrawn. Individuals with schizophrenia can display inappropriate affect, dysphoric moods, disturbed sleep patterns, and lack of interest in eating or food refusal. Depersonalization, derealization, somatic concerns, and anxiety and phobias are common. Cognitive deficits are observed, including decrements in declarative memory, working memory, language function, and other executive functions, as well as slower processing speed. These individuals may have no insight or awareness of their disorder, which is a predictor of nonadherence to treatment, higher relapse rates, and poorer illness course. Hostility and aggression can be associated with schizophrenia, although spontaneous or random assault is uncommon. Aggression is more frequent for younger males and for individuals with a past history of violence, non-adherence with treatment, substance abuse, and impulsivity. The essential features of schizophrenia are the same in childhood, but it is more difficult to make the diagnosis. In children, delusions and hallucinations may be less elaborate, and visual hallucinations may be more common. Disorganized speech and behavior occur in many

Table 31-4  Medical Conditions Associated with Psychotic-like Behavior Medications (steroids, β-blocking agents, cyclosporine) Drugs of abuse (intoxication, overdose or withdrawal) Central nervous system infections Autoimmune encephalitis (anti–N-methyl-D-aspartate [NMDA] receptor/limbic/paraneoplastic) Acute disseminated encephalomyelitis (ADEM) Systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE) Syndromes (fragile X, trisomy 21, tuberous sclerosis) Wilson disease Porphyria Nonconvulsive status (seizures) Hyper-/hypoparathyroidism Hyper-/hypothyroidism Hyper-/hypoadrenalism Hypoglycemia Thiamine deficiency Vitamin B12 deficiency Inborn errors of metabolism (see Table 31-5)

childhood onset psychiatric disorders, and should not be attributed to schizophrenia unless more common disorders are ruled out.

EPIDEMIOLOGY

Brief psychotic disorders have been reported to account for 9% of cases of first-onset psychosis in the United States with a 2 : 1 ratio in favor of females. The incidence of schizophreniform disorders in the United States and other developed countries appears as much as 5-fold less than that of schizophrenia, whereas in developing countries the incidence is higher (approaching that of schizophrenia), particularly when associated with good prognostic features. The lifetime prevalence of schizophrenia is approximately 0.3-0.7%, although there are reported variations by race/ethnicity, across countries, and by geographic origin for immigrants. The male : female ratio is approximately 1.4 : 1. Males generally have a worse premorbid adjustment, lower educational achievement, more prominent negative symptoms, and more cognitive impairment than females.

CLINICAL COURSE

Brief psychotic disorder may appear in adolescence or early adulthood, with the average age of onset in the mid-30s. By definition, a diagnosis of brief psychotic disorder requires full remission within 1 mo of onset. The development of schizophreniform disorder is similar to that of schizophrenia. About one-third of individuals with an initial diagnosis of schizophreniform disorder recover within a 6 mo period; the majority of the remaining two-thirds will eventually receive a diagnosis of schizophrenia or schizoaffective disorder. Schizophrenia typically develops between the late teens and the mid-30s; onset prior to adolescence is rare. The peak age at onset for the first psychotic episode is in the early to mid-20s for males and in the late-20s for females. The onset may be abrupt or insidious, but the majority of individuals manifest a slow and gradual development, with around one-half of individuals complaining of depressive symptoms. The predictors of course and outcome are largely unexplained. The course appears to be favorable in approximately 20% of cases, and a small number of individuals are reported to recover completely. Most individuals require daily living supports. Psychotic symptoms tend to diminish over time, while negative symptoms are the most persistent, along with cognitive deficits.

DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOSIS

The differential diagnosis for the psychotic disorders is broad, and includes substances/medications (dextromethorphan, LSD, hallucinogenic mushrooms, psilocybin, peyote, cannabis, stimulants, and inhalants; corticosteroids, anesthetics, anticholinergics, antihistamines, amphetamines), other medical conditions (Tables 31-4 and 31-5), other disorders within the same class, depressive and bipolar disorders

CONFUSION

MENTAL RETARDATION

BEHAVIORAL DISTURBANCES

CATATONIA

VISUAL HALLUCINATIONS

PSYCHOSIS (SCHIZOPHRENIA)

DEPRESSION

Urea cycle defects

+

+/−

+

+

+

+

+

Cbl (C, G)

+

+

+

MTHFR deficiency

+

+

+

+

Porphyria

+

+ +

+ +

+

+

+

+

+

Wilson disease

+/−

+

+

+/−

+

CBS deficiency

+

+

+/−

+

CTX

+

+

+

+

MLD

+

GM2 gangliosidosis

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

NPC α-Mannosidosis

+

+

β-Mannosidosis

+

+ +

ALDc Nonketotic hyperglycinemia

+

+

Monoamine oxidase A deficiency

+

+

Creatine transporter deficiency

+

+

Succinic semialdehyde dehydrogenase deficiency

+

+

+

+

+

+, Frequently reported; +/−, unusual; empty cell, not reported; ALDc, cerebral adrenoleukodystrophy; CBS, cystathionine β-synthase; CTX, cerebrotendinous xanthomatosis; MLD, metachromatic leukodystrophy; MTHFR, methylene tetrahydrofolate reductase; NPC, Niemann-Pick type C. From Sedel F, Baumann N, Turpin JC, et al: Psychiatric manifestations revealing inborn errors of metabolism in adolescent and adults. J Inherit Metab Dis 30:631–641, 2007, Table 3, p. 635.

186  Part III  ◆  Behavioral and Psychiatric Disorders

Table 31-5  Psychiatric Signs in Inborn Errors of Metabolism in Adolescents and Adults: Review of the Literature and Personal Experience

Chapter 31  ◆  Childhood Psychoses  187 (see Chapter 26), malingering and factitious disorders, obsessivecompulsive (see Chapter 25) and body dysmorphic disorder, posttraumatic stress disorder (see Chapter 25), autism spectrum disorder (see Chapter 30) or other communication disorders (see Chapter 35), and personality disorders. Autoimmune encephalitis caused by anti–N-methyl-d-aspartate (NMDA) receptor or other autoantibodies may manifest with psychosis, anxiety, depression, agitation, aggression, delusions, catatonia, hallucinations, and paranoia in combination with sleep disturbances, autonomic dysfunction (hypoventilation), dyskinesias, movement disorders, seizures, and a depressed level of consciousness. The electroencephalogram (EEG), cerebral spinal fluid, and MRI are usually, but not always, abnormal. The constellation of psychosis and encephalitic features should suggest the diagnosis; however, at presentation behavioral problems may be the dominant feature (see Chapter 598.4). Differentiating medical from psychiatric causes of abnormal behavior may be difficult. In general, medical causes are often associated with abnormalities in vital signs and the neurologic exam (including level of consciousness). In medical causes of abnormal behavior, there may not be a positive family history or a prior personal history of psychiatric illness. Furthermore, in medical causes, there are often impairments in attention, orientation, recent memory, and intellectual function. Hallucinations may be present with medical disease, but they are often tactile, visual, or olfactory rather than auditory (noted in psychiatric disease). Medical patients may be able to reality test about their hallucinations, stating they are aware they are not real. The diagnosis of a psychotic disorder should be made only after these other explanations for the observed symptoms have been ruled out. Most children who report hallucinations do not meet criteria for the schizophrenia spectrum disorders, and most do not have psychosis. Normative childhood experiences, including overactive imaginations and vivid fantasies, can be mistaken for psychosis.

COMORBIDITY

Rates of comorbidity with substance-related disorders are high in schizophrenia. Other common comorbidities are anxiety disorders and obsessive-compulsive disorders.

SEQUELAE

Follow-up studies of early onset schizophrenia suggest moderate to severe impairment across the life span. Poor outcome is predicted by low premorbid functioning, insidious onset, higher rates of negative symptoms, childhood onset, and low intellectual functioning. When followed into adulthood, youth with schizophrenia demonstrated greater social deficits, lower levels of employment, and were less likely to live independently, relative to those with other childhood psychotic disorders. Approximately 5-6% of individuals with schizophrenia die by suicide, approximately 20% attempt suicide on 1 or more occasions, and many more have suicidal ideation. Life expectancy is reduced in individuals with schizophrenia because of associated medical conditions; a shared vulnerability for psychosis and medical disorders may explain some of the medical comorbidity of schizophrenia.

ETIOLOGY AND RISK FACTORS

Etiologic evidence for schizophrenia supports a neurodevelopmental and neurodegenerative model with multiple genetic and environmental exposures playing important roles. It has been hypothesized that while psychotic disorders likely have their origins in early development, but it is not until they are in their mid-teens that the underlying neural structures manifest the disabling functional deficits and resultant psychotic symptoms.

Genetic Factors

The lifetime risk of developing schizophrenia is 5-20 times higher in 1st-degree relatives of affected probands compared to the general population. Concordance rates of 40-60% and 5-15% have been reported, respectively, in monozygotic and dizygotic twins. Genome-wide association studies, using large collaborative international cohorts, have

implicated different genomic loci and genes, including the major histocompatibility complex (6p21.1), MIR137, and ZNF804a. Structural mutations arising at genomic “hotspots,” including 1q21.1, 15q13.3, and 22q11.2, may be responsible for 0.5-1.0% of cases. Childhood schizophrenia appears to be associated with a higher rate of large cytogenetic abnormalities and rare structural variants than reported in adults. The majority of rare copy number errors detected in affected persons are found at different genetic loci, and many are unique to 1 individual or family.

Environmental Factors

In utero exposure to maternal famine, advanced paternal age, prenatal infections, obstetric complications, marijuana use and immigration have been hypothesized to contribute to the development of schizophrenia. Environmental exposures may mediate disease risk via direct neurologic damage, gene by environment interactions, epigenetic effects and/or de novo mutations. There is no evidence that psychological or social factors cause schizophrenia. Rather, environmental factors may potentially interact with biologic risk factors to mediate the timing of onset, course, and severity of the disorder. Expressed emotion within the family setting can influence the onset and/or exacerbation of acute episodes and relapse rates.

Neuroanatomical Abnormalities

Increased lateral ventricle volumes along with reductions in hippocampus, thalamus, and frontal lobe volumes have been reported in schizophrenia. Youth in particular have reductions in grey matter volumes and reduced cortical folding. Neurotransmitter systems, particularly central nervous system dopamine circuits, are hypothesized to have a key role in the pathophysiology of schizophrenia. The dopamine hypothesis is derived in part from the identification of D2 receptor blockade as the mechanism for the action of antipsychotic medications.

PREVENTION

There has been significant interest in prospectively identifying youth at risk for schizophrenia spectrum and other psychotic disorders in an effort to provide early intervention prior to the development of a fullblown psychotic disorder. Various names including attenuated psychosis syndrome (APS), psychosis risk syndrome, ultrahigh risk, clinical high risk, at-risk mental state, and prodromal stage have been used to describe patients that present with troubling symptoms suggestive of early psychosis. APS is characterized by the presence of delusions, hallucinations, or disorganized speech in an attenuated form, with relatively intact reality testing, but of sufficient frequency to warrant clinical attention. The symptoms are described as being present at least once per week for the past month and have begun/worsened over the past year. The symptoms are less severe and more transient than a psychotic disorder, although nearly 20-40% with these attenuated symptoms appear to go on to a psychotic disorder within 3 yr of symptom presentation. There is evidence that premorbid lower cognitive and social skills as well as a history of substance abuse contribute to the risk of developing a fullblown psychotic disorder in individuals with APS. There is some evidence that antipsychotic medication may delay conversion of attenuated to full-blown psychosis and ameliorate attenuated symptoms in active treatment, yet there appear to be no lasting effects after the medication is withdrawn. In addition, there is concern that the long-term use of even low-dose antipsychotic medication may cause heightened sensitization of brain dopamine receptors, which, in turn, could lead to a rapid-onset of psychosis following discontinuation of the medication. Antidepressants have been associated with symptomatic improvement in adolescents with APS. In a randomized control trial, omega-3 fish oils reduced attenuated positive, negative, and general symptoms. Psychological interventions (social skills, cognitive, and interaction training programs, as well as psychoeducational family interventions and cognitive-behavioral therapy) are reported to improve symptoms and psychosocial functioning in youth with early symptoms.

188  Part III  ◆  Behavioral and Psychiatric Disorders Despite improvements in diagnostic predictive validity, significant concern remains regarding a high false-positive rate (identifying an individual as prodromal who does not go on to develop psychosis) that may cause individuals to be stigmatized or exposed to unnecessary treatment. In this context, youth with early symptoms suggestive of psychosis should be referred to a child and adolescent psychiatrist and/ or a specialized research program.

SCREENING/CASE FINDING

Pediatric practitioners can make general inquiries of youth and their parents regarding problems with thinking or perceptions. For the older youth, questions like “Does your mind ever play tricks on you?,” “Do you hear voices talking to you when no one is there?,” and/or “Does your mind ever feel confused?” can help elicit symptoms. For younger children, the clinician must ensure that the child understands the questions. True psychotic symptoms are generally confusing to the individual, and highly descriptive, detailed, organized, and/or situation-specific reports are less likely to represent true psychosis. Overt signs of the illness should be evident on mental status exam; without overt evidence of psychosis, the validity of symptom reports needs to be carefully scrutinized. For youth presenting with what could be psychosis, assessment and treatment in the specialty mental health setting by a child and adolescent psychiatrist should be provided.

ASSESSMENT

The diagnostic assessment of schizophrenia in youth is uniquely complicated and misdiagnosis is common. Most children who report hallucinations do not meet criteria for schizophrenia, and many do not have a psychotic illness. Normative childhood experiences, including overactive imaginations and vivid fantasies, can be misinterpreted as psychosis. Expertise in childhood psychopathology and experience in assessing reports of psychotic symptoms in youth are important prerequisite skills for clinicians evaluating youth for possible psychosis. Comprehensive diagnostic assessments, which reconcile mental status findings with the rigorous application of diagnostic criteria, help improve accuracy. There are no neuroimaging, psychological or laboratory tests that establish a diagnosis of schizophrenic spectrum disorders. The medical evaluation focuses on ruling out nonpsychiatric causes of psychosis, while also establishing baseline laboratory parameters for monitoring medication therapy. Routine laboratory testing typically includes blood counts, basic metabolic panel, liver and renal functions, metabolic parameters, and thyroid functions. More extensive evaluation is indicated for atypical presentations, such as a gross deterioration in cognitive and motor abilities, focal neurologic symptoms, or delirium. Neuroimaging may be indicated when neurologic symptoms are present, or an EEG is indicated for a clinical history suggestive of seizures. Toxicology screens are indicated for acute onset or exacerbations of psychosis, when exposure to drugs of abuse cannot be ruled out. Genetic testing is indicated if there are associated dysmorphic or syndromic features. Tests to rule out specific syndromes or diseases (e.g., amino acid screens for inborn errors of metabolism, ceruloplasmin for Wilson disease [see Chapter 357.2], porphobilinogen for acute intermittent porphyria [see Chapter 91]) are indicated for clinical presentations suggestive of a specific syndrome. Neuropsychological testing cannot establish the diagnosis, but may be important for documenting cognitive deficits for academic planning.

TREATMENT

There are hallmark phases important to recognize in the assessment and management of schizophrenia. In the prodrome phase, most patients experience functional deteriorations (i.e., social withdrawal, idiosyncratic preoccupations, unusual behaviors, academic failure, deteriorating self-care skills, and/or dysphoria) prior to the onset of psychotic symptoms. The acute phase is characterized by prominent positive symptoms and deterioration in functioning. The recuperative/ recovery phase is marked by a several-month period of impairment and predominantly negative symptoms. The residual phase (if reached)

has no positive symptoms though negative symptoms may contribute to some level of impairment. Treatment goals include decreasing psychotic symptomology, directing the child toward a developmentally typical trajectory, and reintegrating the child into the home and community. Children and families facing schizophrenia spectrum disorders require an array of mental health services to address their psychological, social, educational, and cultural needs. Given the insidious onset and chronic course of these disorders, the patient must be followed longitudinally, with periodic reassessment to hone diagnostic accuracy and tailor services to meet the patient’s and family’s needs. Integrated psychopharmacologic, psychotherapeutic, psychoeducational, and case-management services are often necessary. Psychoeducation about the illness with an assessment of the potential role of stigma in treatment participation is critical for improving adherence with treatment recommendations. Assessing a child’s strengths and vulnerabilities as well as available environmental resources is critical in devising an effective treatment plan. School and community liaison work to develop and maintain a day-to-day schedule for the patient is important. Specialized educational programs should be considered within the school system. Cognitive remediation has shown some promising results in planning ability and cognitive flexibility. Effective and collaborative communication among the family, the pediatrician, a child and adolescent psychiatrist, and other mental health providers increases the potential for the patient’s optimal functioning.

Pharmacotherapy

First-generation (typical) and second-generation (atypical) antipsychotic medications have been shown to be effective in reducing psychotic symptoms with the latter the preferred medication choice (see Chapter 21). Haloperidol, risperidone, aripiprazole, quetiapine, paliperidone, and olanzapine are FDA approved for treating schizophrenia in ages 13 yr and older. The choice of which agent to use first is typically based on FDA approval status, side-effect profile, patient and family preference, clinician familiarity, and cost. Depot antipsychotics have not been studied in pediatric age groups and have inherent risks with long-term exposure to side effects. Although clozapine is effective in treating both positive and negative symptoms, its risk for agranulocytosis and seizures limits its use to those patients with treatmentresistant disorders. Most patients require long-term treatment and are at significant risk to relapse if their medication is discontinued. The goal is to maintain the medication at the lowest effective dose so as to minimize potential adverse events. Many patients will continue to experience some degree of positive or negative symptoms, requiring ongoing treatment. Patients should maintain regular physician contact so as to monitor symptom course, side effects, and adherence. Individuals prescribed antipsychotic medications need to be systematically monitored for side effects, including sedation, abnormal movements, weight gain, hyperprolactinemia, elevated liver transaminases, diabetes, hyperlipidemia, hematologic effects (leukopenia or neutropenia), seizures, neuroleptic malignant syndrome, and cardiovascular effects. For atypical antipsychotics, body mass index, fasting blood glucose, fasting triglycerides/cholesterol, waist circumference, highdensity lipoprotein/low-density lipoprotein, blood pressure, and symptoms of diabetes should be checked at baseline and at regular intervals thereafter. Regular physical activity and nutritional balance should be part of a comprehensive treatment plan. Abnormal movements (dystonia, akathisia, tardive dyskinesia) need periodic assessment preferably using a standardized instrument such as the Abnormal Involuntary Movement Scale (AIMS). The need for antiparkinsonian agents may be a consideration for patients, particularly those at risk for acute dystonia or who have a previous history of dystonic reactions. In patients with a personal or family history of cardiac abnormalities, including syncope, palpitations, arrhythmias, or sudden unexplained death, a baseline electrocardiogram with subsequent monitoring should be considered, along with cardiology consultation. Alternative pharmacology should be considered if the resting

Chapter 31  ◆  Childhood Psychoses  189 heart rate exceeds 130 beats/min, or the PR, QRS, and QTc exceed 200, 120, and 460 msec, respectively. Electroconvulsive therapy (ECT) may be used with severely impaired adolescents if medications are either not helpful or cannot be tolerated. It has not been systematically studied in children. Bibliography is available at Expert Consult.

31.2  Psychosis Associated with Epilepsy David R. DeMaso Schizophrenia spectrum and other psychotic disorders include psychotic disorder due to another medical condition (Table 31-6). Psychosis associated with epilepsy has been reported in children and adults. Also called schizophrenic-like psychosis of epilepsy, the disorder manifests with delusions or hallucinations, along with poor insight. The characterization is complicated by the fact that anticonvulsant drugs can present with psychosis and antipsychotic drugs can lower the seizure threshold, producing seizures. Psychosis associated with epilepsy can be further differentiated into ictal, interictal, and postictal psychosis. Ictal-induced psychosis is a form of nonconvulsive status epilepticus, usually complex partial status that can last for hours to days and is associated with periods of impaired consciousness. Brief interictal psychosis can last days to weeks and is associated with paranoia, delusions, and auditory hallucinations. Chronic interictal psychosis resembles schizophrenia and manifests with paranoia, visual hallucinations, and catatonia. Postictal psychosis is the most common type (observed in 2-7% of patients with epilepsy); it lasts up to 1 wk and then spontaneously remits. The diagnosis requires a strong index of suspicion and EEG monitoring. Treatment requires appropriate anticonvulsant drugs and, if the psychosis persists, initiating low-dose antipsychotic medication. Bibliography is available at Expert Consult.

31.3  Catatonia in Children and Adolescents Bonita F. Stanton Catatonia is a poorly defined state presenting as an unusual manifestation of decreased or increased muscle tone and decreased responsiveness (although agitation may be present) occurring in association with a broad array of conditions affecting children, adolescents and adults. These conditions include psychosis, autism spectrum disorder, developmental disorders, drug-induced conditions, affective disorders and Table 31-6  DSM-5 Diagnostic Criteria for Psychotic Disorder Due to Another Medical Condition A. Prominent hallucinations or delusions. B. There is evidence from the history, physical examination, or laboratory findings that the disturbance is the direct pathophysiological consequence of another medical condition. C. The disturbance is not better explained by another mental disorder. D. The disturbance does not occur exclusively during the course of a delirium. E. The disturbance causes clinically significant distress or impairment in social, occupational, or other important areas of functioning. Specify whether: With delusions: If delusions are the predominant symptom. With hallucinations: If hallucinations are the predominant symptom. Reprinted with permission from the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fifth Edition, (Copyright 2013). American Psychiatric Association, pp. 115–116.

a wide range of medical disorders (Table 31-7). Not surprising given the ill-defined nature of the condition, the prevalence of catatonia in children and adolescents is unknown, although it is generally believed to be significantly underdiagnosed. Recognition of catatonia by a clinician is very important because the disorder is generally very responsive to treatment with benzodiazepines and/or ECT.

DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT

Catatonia is defined as 3 or more of the 12 symptoms listed in Table 31-8. An important next step is the evaluation and possible elimination of medications being administered to the child for their potential to induce catatonic symptoms, a not-infrequent side effect of many medical and psychiatric medications. Of particular importance, antipsychotic agents should be discontinued as they have been associated with an increased incidence of malignant catatonia or neuroleptic malignant syndrome (see Chapter 21). Benzodiazepams (typically lorazepam) and ECT are effective in adults and appear to be effective in children. A treatment algorithm using a lorazepam challenge test (by mouth, intravenous, or intramuscular administration of lorazepam 1-2 mg) is shown in Figure 31-1. If the challenge test does reverse symptoms, increasing doses of lorazepam are indicated, with careful monitoring to avoid side effects. ECT may be indicated alone (if no improvement with lorazepam) or in combination with lorazepam if some but incomplete improvement is noted. Table 31-7  Conditions Associated with Catatonia Psychotic disorders Paranoid schizophrenia, catatonic schizophrenia, psychosis, autism, Prader-Willi syndrome, intellectual impairment Mood disorders Bipolar disorder- manic or mixed episodes Major depressive disorder Medical conditions Endocrine abnormalities, infections, electrolyte imbalances Neurologic conditions Epilepsy, strokes, traumatic brain injury, multiple sclerosis, encephalitis Drugs Withdrawal: Benzodiazepines, L-dopa, gabapentin Overdose: LSD, phencyclidine (PCP), cocaine, Ecstasy, disulfiram, levetiracetam Adapted from Weder ND, Muralee S, Penland H, Tampi RR: Catatonia: a review. Ann Clin Psychiatry 20(2):97–107, 2008, Table 2.

Table 31-8  Diagnostic Criteria of Catatonia in the DSM-5 Catatonia is defined as the presence of 3 or more of the following 1. Catalepsy (i.e., passive induction of a posture held against gravity) 2. Waxy flexibility (i.e., slight and even resistance to positioning by examiner) 3. Stupor (no psychomotor activity; not actively relating to environment) 4. Agitation, not influenced by external stimuli 5. Mutism (i.e., no, or very little, verbal response [Note: not applicable if there is an established aphasia]) 6. Negativism (i.e., opposing or not responding to instructions or external stimuli) 7. Posturing (i.e., spontaneous and active maintenance of a posture against gravity) 8. Mannerisms (i.e., odd caricature of normal actions) 9. Stereotypies (i.e., repetitive, abnormally frequent, non–goaldirected movements) 10. Grimacing 11. Echolalia (i.e., mimicking another’s speech) 12. Echopraxia (i.e., mimicking another’s movements) From Tandon R, Heckers S, Bustillo J, et al: Catatonia in DSM-5. Schizophr Res 150(1):26-30, 2013, Table 1.

Chapter 31  ◆  Childhood Psychoses  189.e1 Bibliography

Aberg KA, Liu Y, Bukszár J, et al: A comprehensive family-based replication study of schizophrenia genes, JAMA Psychiatry 70:573–581, 2013. Abidi S: Psychosis in children and youth: focus on early-onset schizophrenia, Pediatr Rev 34:296–306, 2013. American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry: AACAP official action. Summary of the practice parameters for the assessment and treatment of children and adolescents with schizophrenia. American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry 39:1580–1582, 2000. American Psychiatric Association: Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, ed 5, Washington, DC, 2013, American Psychiatric Association. Amminger GP, Schäfer MR, Papageorgiou K, et al: Long-chain omega-3 fatty acids for indicated prevention of psychotic disorders: a randomized, placebocontrolled trial, Arch Gen Psychiatry 67(2):146–154, 2010. Baren JM, Mace SE, Hendry PL, et al: Children’s mental health emergencies–part 2. Emergency department evaluation and treatment of children with mental health disorders, Pediatr Emerg Care 24:485–498, 2008. Chapman MR, Vause HE: Anti-NMDA receptor encephalitis: diagnosis, psychiatric-presentation, and treatment, Am J Psychiatry 168:245–251, 2011. Correll CU, Manu P, Olshanskiy V, et al: Cardiometabolic risk of secondgeneration antipsychotic medications during first-time use in children and adolescents, JAMA 302(16):1765–1773, 2009. Creten C, van der Zwann S, Blankespoor RJ, et al: Late onset autism and anti-NMDA-receptor encephalitis, Lancet 378:98–99, 2011. Cross-Disorder Group of the Psychiatric Genomics Consortium: Identification of risk loci shared effects on five major psychiatric disorders: a genome-wide analysis, Lancet 381:1371–1378, 2013. De Hert M, Vancampfort D, Correll CU, et al: Guidelines for screening and monitoring of cardiometabolic risk in schizophrenia: systematic evaluation, Br J Psychiatry 199(2):99–105, 2011. Diwadkar VA, Wadehra S, Pruitt P, et al: Disordered corticolimbic interactions during affective processing in children and adolescents at risk for schizophrenia revealed by functional magnetic resonance imaging and dynamic causal modeling, Arch Gen Psychiatry 69:231–242, 2012. Fazel S, Langstrom N, Hjern A, et al: Schizophrenia, substance abuse, and violent crime, JAMA 301:2016–2023, 2009. Findling RL, Johnson JL, McClellan J, et al: Double-blind maintenance safety and effectiveness findings from the Treatment of Early-Onset Schizophrenia Spectrum Study (TEOSS), J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry 49:583–594, 2010. Guha S, Rees E, Darvasi A, et al: Implications of a rare deletion at distal 16p11.2 in schizophrenia, JAMA Psychiatry 70:253–260, 2013. Hallak JEC, Maia-de-Oliveria JP, Abrao J, et al: Rapid improvement of acute schizophrenia symptoms after intravenous sodium nitroprusside, JAMA Psychiatry 70:668–676, 2013. Hart SJ, Bizzell J, McMahon MA, et al: Altered fronto-limbic activity in children and adolescents with familial high risk for schizophrenia, Psychiatry Res 212:19–27, 2013. Kayser MS, Titulaer MJ, Gresa-Arribas N, et al: Frequency and characteristics of isolated psychiatric episodes in anti-N-methyl-D-aspartate receptor encephalitis, JAMA Neurol 70:1133–1139, 2013. Kendall T: Treating negative symptoms of schizophrenia, BMJ 344:e664, 2012. Kendall T, Hollis C, Stafford M, et al: Recognition and management of psychosis and schizophrenia in children and young people: summary of NICE guidance, BMJ 346:F150, 2013. Larson MK, Walker EF, Compton MT: Early signs, diagnosis, therapeutics of the prodromal phase of schizophrenia and related psychotic disorders, Expert Rev Neurother 10:1347–1359, 2010.

Leucht S, Cipriani A, Spineli L, et al: Comparative efficacy and tolerability of 15 antipsychotic drugs in schizophrenia: a multiple-treatments meta-analysis, Lancet 382:951–962, 2013. Lieberman JA, Dixon LB, Goldman HH: early detection and intervention in schizophrenia: a new therapeutic model, JAMA 310:689–690, 2013. MacCabe JH, Wicks S, Löfving S, et al: Decline in cognitive performance between ages 13 and 18 yr and the risk of psychosis in adulthood, JAMA Psychiatry 70:261–270, 2013. Marshall M, Rathbone J: Early intervention for psychosis, Cochrane Database Syst Rev (6):CD004718, 2011. Mitchell AJ, Delaffon V, Vancampfort D, et al: Guideline concordant monitoring of metabolic risk in people treated with antipsychotic medication: systematic review and meta-analysis of screening practices, Psychol Med 42(1):125–147, 2012. National Institute for Health and Clinical Excellence: Psychosis and schizophrenia in children and young people overview. http://pathways.nice.org.uk/pathways/ psychosis-and-schizophrenia-in-children-and-young-people. Nicodemus KK, Law AJ, Radulescu E, et al: Biological validation of increased schizophrenia risk with NRG1, ERBB4, and AKT1 epistasis via functional neuroimaging in healthy controls, Arch Gen Psychiatry 67:991–1001, 2010. Rasetti R, Sambataro F, Chen Q, et al: Altered cortical network dynamics, Arch Gen Psychiatry 68:1207–1217, 2011. Rosenheck RA, Krystal JH, Lew R, et al: Long-acting risperidone and oral antipsychotics in unstable schizophrenia, N Engl J Med 364:842–850, 2011. Sedel F, Baumann N, Turpin JC, et al: Psychiatric manifestations revealing inborn errors of metabolism in adolescent and adults, J Inherit Metab Dis 30:631–641, 2007. Stafford MR, Jackson H, Mayo-Wilson E, et al: Early interventions to prevent psychosis systematic review and meta-analysis, BMJ 346:f185, 2013. Tiihonen J, Suokas JT, Suvisaari JA, et al: Polypharmacy with antipsychotics, antidepressants, or benzodiazepines and mortality in schizophrenia, Arch Gen Psychiatry 69:476–483, 2012. Van Os J: Antipsychotic drugs for prevention of relapse, Lancet 379:2030–2031, 2012. Xu B, Ionita-Laza I, Roos JL, et al: De novo gene mutations highlight patterns of genetic and neural complexity in schizophrenia, Nat Genet 44:1365–1369, 2012.

Bibliography

American Psychiatric Association: Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, ed 5, Washington, DC, 2013, American Psychiatric Association. Caraballo R, Koutroumanidis M, Panayiotopoulos CP, et al: Idiopathic childhood occipital epilepsy of gastaut: a review and differentiation from migraine and other epilepsies, J Child Neurol 24:1536–1542, 2009. Devinsky O: Postictal psychosis: common, dangerous, and treatable, Epilepsy Curr 8:31–34, 2008. Elliott B, Joyce E, Shorvon S: Delusions, illusions and hallucinations in epilepsy: 2. Complex phenomena and psychosis, Epilepsy Res 85(2–3):172–186, 2009. Farooq S, Sherin A: Interventions for psychotic symptoms concomitant with epilepsy (review), Cochrane Database Syst Rev (4):CD006118, 2008. Joshi CN, Booth FA, Sigurdson ES, et al: Postictal psychosis in a child, Pediatr Neurol 34:388–391, 2006. Kanner AM, Dunn DW: Diagnosis and management of depression and psychosis in children and adolescents with epilepsy, J Child Neurol 19:S65–S72, 2004.

190  Part III  ◆  Behavioral and Psychiatric Disorders Possible catatonia

Apply catatonia criteria

Medical work-up + urine toxicology

Assess severity of catatonia (e.g., using rating scales)

Search and eliminate culprit substances or medications Catatonia

LZP challenge test

Improved

Not improved

3-day LZP trial

Bilateral ECT

Much improved

Somewhat improved

Not improved

LZP continuation

LZP + Bilateral ECT

Bilateral ECT

When relapsing, LZP maintenance

When relapsing, maintenance LZP + ECT

When relapsing, maintenance-ECT

When relapsing, maintenance-ECT

Figure 31-1 Evaluation, diagnosis and treatment of catatonia in children and adolescents. ECT, electroconvulsive therapy; LZP, lorazepam. (From Dhossche DM, Wilson C, Wachtel LE: Catatonia in childhood and adolescents: implications for the DSM-5. Prim Psychiatry 17(4):23–26, 2010.)

The outlook for catatonia is greatly impacted by that of the associated condition(s). The long-term outcome for individuals treated with ECT is unknown, but mortality rates in catatonic patients declined after the introduction of ECT in treatment. Bibliography is available at Expert Consult.

31.4  Acute Phobic Hallucinations of Childhood Giuseppe J. Raviola, Michael L. Trieu, David R. DeMaso, and Heather J. Walter Among adults, hallucinations are viewed as synonymous with psychosis and as harbingers of serious psychopathology. In children, hallucinations can be part of normal development or can be associated with nonpsychotic psychopathology, psychosocial stressors, drug intoxication, or physical illness. The first clinical task in evaluating youth who report hallucinations is to sort out those that are associated with severe mental illness from those that derive from other causes (Fig. 31-2).

CLINICAL MANIFESTATIONS

Hallucinations are perceptions (typically auditory, visual, tactile, or olfactory) that occur in the absence of identifiable external stimuli. Hallucinations can be further categorized as nondiagnostic (hearing footsteps, knocking, or one’s name) and diagnostic (hearing 1 or more voices saying words other than one’s own name). In children with nonpsychotic hallucinations, the symptoms of psychosis are absent. Nonpsychotic hallucinations commonly occur in the context of severe traumatic stress, developmental difficulties, social and emotional deprivation, parents whose own psychopathology pro-

Hallucinations

Mental status examination

Delusions / Psychosis

Normal

• Schizophrenia • Bipolar disorder • Major depressive disorder • Drug induced • Delusional infestation • Autoimmune encephalitis

• • • •

History of seizures • Complex partial epilepsy • Idiopathic occipital epilepsy of Gastaut

Fantasy Culture Grief Hypnogogic hallucinations • Night terrors • Acute phobic hallucinations • Fever

Figure 31-2 Evaluation of hallucinations.

motes a breakdown in the child’s sense of reality, cultural beliefs in mysticism, and unresolved mourning. Auditory hallucinations of voices telling the child to do bad things may be more often associated with disruptive behavior disorders than with psychotic diagnoses. Hearing a voice invoking suicide is often associated with depression. Trauma-related auditory hallucinations are commonly associated with posttraumatic stress disorder or a brief psychotic disorder with marked stressors. The content of the hallucinations may be relevant in understanding the underlying psychopathology and/or developmental issues.

Chapter 31  ◆  Childhood Psychoses  190.e1 Bibliography

Consoli A, Benmiloud M, Wachtel L, et al: Electroconvulsive therapy in adolescents with the catatonia syndrome: efficacy and ethics, J ECT 26(4):259– 265, 2010. Cornic F, Consoli A, Cohen D: Catatonic syndrome in children and adolescents, Psychiatr Ann 37:19–26, 2007. Dhossche DM: Catatonia in childhood and adolescence: implications for the DSM-5. http://primarypsychiatry.com/catatonia-in-childhood-and-adolescence -implications-for-the-dsm-5/. Dhossche DM, Wachtel LE: Catatonia is hidden in plain sight among different pediatric disorders: a review article, Pediatr Neurol 43(5):307–315, 2010.

Dhossche DM, Wilson C MD, Wachtel LE: Catatonia in childhood and adolescence: implications for the DSM-5, Prim Psychiatry 17:35–39, 2010. Peralta V, Campos MS, Garcia de Jalon E, et al: DSM-IV catatonia signs and criteria in first-episode, drug-naïve, psychotic patients: psychometric validity and response to antipsychotic medication, Schizophr Res 118:168–175, 2010. Tandon R, Heckers S, Bustillo J, et al: Catatonia in DSM-5, Schizophr Res 150(1):26–30, 2013. Weder ND, Muralee S, Penland H, et al: Catatonia: a review, Ann Clin Psychiatry 20(2):97–107, 2008.

Chapter 31  ◆  Childhood Psychoses  191 DIAGNOSIS AND DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOSIS

Acute phobic hallucinations are benign and common and occur in previously healthy preschool children. The hallucinations are often visual or tactile, last 10-60 minutes, and occur at any time but most often at night. The child is quite frightened and might complain that bugs or snakes are crawling over him or her and attempt to remove them. The cause is unknown. The differential diagnosis includes drug overdose or poisoning, high fever, encephalitis, and psychosis. The child’s fear is not alleviated by reassurance by the parents or physician, and the child is not amenable to reason. Findings on physical and mental status examinations are otherwise normal. Symptoms can persist for 1-3 days, slowly abating over 1-2 wk. The differential diagnosis of hallucinations comprises a broad range of mental disorders, including diagnoses in which hallucinations are not the hallmark feature, but may be viewed as associated symptoms (posttraumatic stress disorder, nonpsychotic mood disorders, and disruptive, impulse-control, and conduct disorders); diagnoses that are defined by psychotic features (brief psychotic disorder, schizophrenia, major depressive or bipolar disorder with psychotic features); and at-risk clinical states (poor reality testing). In addition, other medical

conditions can manifest with hallucinations, including drug intoxications (cannabis, LSD, cocaine, amphetamines, barbiturates), medication side effects (e.g., steroids, anticholinergic medications, stimulant medications), and physical illnesses (e.g., thyroid, parathyroid, and adrenal disorders; Wilson disease; electrolyte imbalances; infections; migraines; seizures; and neoplasms).

TREATMENT

The evaluation of the underlying condition directs the type of treatment needed. Nonpsychotic hallucinations suggest the need for disorder-specific psychotherapy (e.g., trauma-focused cognitive behavioral therapy for posttraumatic stress disorder) and perhaps adjunctive medication (e.g., an antidepressant for depression or anxiety, or a brief trial of antipsychotic medication for agitation). Cognitive-behavioral therapy focused on helping the youth understand the origin of the hallucinations and on developing coping strategies for stressful situations may be helpful for older children and adolescents. True psychotic hallucinations suggest the need for antipsychotic medication. Bibliography is available at Expert Consult.

Chapter 31  ◆  Childhood Psychoses  191.e1 Bibliography

McGee R, Williams S, Poulton R: Hallucinations in nonpsychotic children, J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry 39:12–13, 2000. Owen MJ, Craddock N: Diagnosis of functional psychoses: time to face the future, Lancet 373:190–191, 2009. Pao M, Lohman C, Gracey D, et al: Visual, tactile, and phobic hallucinations: recognition and management in the emergency department, Pediatr Emerg Care 20:30–34, 2004.

Schreier A, Wolke D, Thomas K, et al: Prospective study of peer victimization in childhood and psychotic symptoms in a nonclinical population at age 12 years, Arch Gen Psychiatry 66:527–536, 2009. Sosland M, Edelsohn G: Hallucinations in children, Curr Psychiatry Rep 7:180–188, 2005. Wong S, Bewley A: Patients with delusional infestation (delusional parasitosis) often require prolonged treatment as recurrence of symptoms after cessation of treatment is common: an observational study, Br J Dermatol 165:893–896, 2011.

Learning Disorders Chapter

32 

Neurodevelopmental Function and Dysfunction in the School-Age Child Desmond P. Kelly and Mindo J. Natale

A neurodevelopmental function is a basic brain process needed for learning and productivity. Neurodevelopmental variation refers to differences in neurodevelopmental functioning. Wide variations in these functions exist within and between individuals. These differences can change over time and need not represent pathology or abnormality. Neurodevelopmental dysfunctions reflect disruptions of neuroanatomic structure or psychophysiologic function and place a child at-risk for developmental, cognitive, emotional, behavioral, psychosocial and adaptive challenges. For the school-age child, an area of particular focus is academic skill development. Academic disorders have been diagnostically classified as Specific Learning Disorder (SLD) by the revised Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorder Fifth Edition (DSM-5). Changes in DSM-5 (compared to DSM-IV) involve a broadening of the diagnostic criteria in an effort to recognize factors that may interrupt the effective acquisition of academic skills that include reading, written language, spelling and mathematics. The International Classification of Diseases (ICD) of the World Health Organization, 10th Edition (ICD-10) categorizes Specific Developmental Disorders of Scholastic Skills that include Reading Disorder, Spelling Disorder, Disorder of Arithmetical Skills, and Mixed Disorder of Scholastic Skills. Dyslexia (reading disorder) is included in ICD-10 in a separate category of symbolic dysfunction. The terms, Dyscalculia (mathematics disorder), and Dysgraphia (written language disorder) are also used by investigators and clinicians, but their inclusion in diagnostic classification systems has been inconsistent and a source of some disagreement among experts. Traditionally, the educational system has identified SLDs through the process of psychoeducational testing. Through this process, students experiencing academic problems would be evaluated psychometrically. Typical testing batteries have usually included measures of overall intelligence and academic skills. A student exhibiting a significant discrepancy between scores on tests of intelligence and tests of academic achievement could be classified as a student with an SLD, and would subsequently be eligible for Special Education Services. The degree of discrepancy required for such classification often differed between states and even between school districts. In a marked change in approach to the identification of SLDs, the reauthorization of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA) in 2004 introduced the Response to Intervention (RTI) model, which does not necessitate that schools use the discrepancy model for determining if a student has an SLD. Instead, schools may employ research-based intervention approaches and monitor a student’s response to that intervention

192

IV

before initiating psychoeducational testing. This approach has been met with some disapproval, as those who challenge its effectiveness argue that the RTI model, in and of itself, should not be used to identify children with SLD. The underlying view behind this objection rests with the notion that children may fail to respond to RTI for a variety of reasons (e.g., underlying neurocognitive weakness), not just because a SLD exists. Overall estimates of the prevalence of SLD’s range from 3-10%. Some data indicate that approximately 8% of children 3-17 yr of age have, at one point, been identified as having a SLD. Prevalence estimates can vary owing to numerous factors, including differences in definitions and criteria used for classification and diagnosis, as well as differences in methods of assessment.

ETIOLOGY AND PATHOGENESIS

TERMINOLOGY AND EPIDEMIOLOGY

PART

Neurodevelopmental dysfunction may present for any number of reasons. These include pre-/perinatal, genetic, medical, psychologic, environmental and sociocultural influences. Genes that contribute to neurodevelopmental dysfunction have been identified. Reading disorders can be both familial and heritable, and studies have linked some reading disabilities to specific gene loci on chromosomes 6 and 15. Chromosomal abnormalities can lead to unique patterns of dysfunction, such as visual–spatial deficits in girls diagnosed with Turner syndrome or language deficits in children with fragile X syndrome (see Chapter 81). Chromosome 22q11.2 deletion syndrome (DiGeorge or velocardiofacial syndrome [see Chapter 125]) is associated with predictable patterns of neurodevelopmental dys­function, including a higher prevalence of intellectual disability, and deficits in visual–spatial processing, executive function, attention, working memory, verbal learning, arithmetic, and language with relative strengths in selected reading and spelling skills. Investigations of the neuroanatomical substrates have also yielded important information about the underlying causes of neurodevelopmental dysfunction. Multiple investigations have identified differences in the left parietotemporal and left occipitotemporal brain regions of individuals with dyslexia compared to those without reading difficulties (see Chapter 34). Studies also describe the neural circuitry, primarily in the parietal cortex, underlying mathematical competencies such as the processing of numerical magnitude, and mental arithmetic investigations support a broader role for the white matter in active learning and memory than was previously estimated. Perinatal risk factors that are associated with neurodevelopmental dysfunction include very-low birthweight, severe intrauterine growth restriction, perinatal hypoxic–ischemia encephalopathy, and prenatal exposure to substances such as alcohol and drugs (see Chapter 96). Increased risk of academic and frontal lobe disorders also is associated with environmental toxins, including lead (see Chapter 721); drugs such as cocaine; infections such as meningitis and HIV; and brain injury secondary to intraventricular hemorrhage, periventricular leukomalacia, or head trauma. Early psychologic trauma can result in both structural and neurochemical changes in the developing brain, which may contribute to neurodevelopmental dysfunction. Findings suggest that the effects of exposure to trauma (see Chapter 39) and/or abuse (see Chapter 40) early in the developmental course can induce disruption of the brain’s regulatory system with connections in the orbitofrontal cortex, and may influence right-hemisphere function with associated risk for problems with information processing, memory, and frontal lobe related operations (e.g., focus and self-regulation). Environmental and sociocultural deprivation can lead to, or potentiate, neurodevelopmental dysfunction, which most often results from a combination of contributing factors, rather than a single cause.

Chapter 32  ◆  Neurodevelopmental Function and Dysfunction in the School-Age Child  193 CORE NEURODEVELOPMENTAL FUNCTIONS

The neurodevelopmental processes that are critical for academic success may best be understood as falling within core neurodevelopmental domains.

Sensory and Motor Development

Sensory development (e.g., auditory, visual, tactile, proprioceptive) begins well before birth. This neurodevelopmental process is crucial in helping children experience, understand, and manipulate their environments. Through sensory experiences, children’s brains mature as new neuronal pathways are created and existing pathways are strengthened. Any interruption of this process may result in sensory-motor deficits and delays (e.g., apraxia) that can interfere with early development and academic performance. Sensory development for the school-age child progresses in association with environmental exposure and with the development of other cognitive processes such as motor development. There are 3 distinct, yet related, forms of neuromotor ability: graphomotor, fine motor, and gross motor coordination. Graphomotor function refers to the specific motor aspects of written output. Several subtypes of graphomotor dysfunction significantly impede writing. Some children harbor weaknesses of visualization during writing. They have trouble picturing the configurations of letters and words as they write (orthographics). Their written output tends to be poorly legible, with inconsistent spacing between words. Others have weaknesses in orthographic memory, which interferes with their ability to recall and/or reproduce letter and number forms rapidly and accurately. They may labor over individual letters and prefer printing (manuscript) to cursive writing. Some exhibit signs of finger agnosia or weak graphomotor feedback; they have trouble localizing their fingers while they write. As a result, they need to keep their eyes very close to the page and tend to apply excessive pressure to the pencil. Others struggle with graphomotor production deficits. For these children, trouble producing the highly coordinated motor sequences needed for writing results in difficulty assigning writing roles to specific muscle groups in their hands. This phenomenon has also been described as dyspraxic dysgraphia. It is important to emphasize that a child may show excellent fine motor dexterity (as revealed in mechanical or artistic domains) but very poor graphomotor fluency (with labored or poorly legible writing). For the school-age child, problems with fine motor function can disrupt their ability to communicate in written form, to excel in artistic and crafts activities, and can interfere with learning a musical instrument or mastering a computer keyboard. The term dyspraxia relates to difficulty in developing an ideomotor plan and activating coordinated and integrated visual motor actions to complete a task or solve a motor problem, such as assembling a model. Some children exhibit gross motor incoordination. They have problems in processing “outer spatial” information to guide gross motor actions. Affected children may be inept at catching or throwing a ball because they cannot form accurate judgments about trajectories in space. Others demonstrate diminished body position sense. They do not efficiently receive or interpret proprioceptive and kinesthetic feedback from peripheral joints and muscles. They are likely to evidence difficulties when activities demand balance and ongoing tracking of body movement. Others are unable to satisfy the motor praxis demands of certain gross motor activities. It may be hard for them to recall or plan complex motor procedures such as those needed for dancing, gymnastics, or swimming. Children with gross motor problems can incur considerable embarrassment in physical education classes. Gross motor weaknesses can lead to social rejection, withdrawal, and generalized feelings of inadequacy.

Language

Language is one of the most critical and complex cognitive functions and can be broadly divided into receptive (auditory comprehension/ understanding) and expressive (speech and language production and/ or communication) functions. Children who primarily experience receptive language problems may have difficulty understanding verbal

information, following instructions and explanations, and interpreting what they hear. Expressive language weaknesses can result from problems with speech production and/or problems with higher level language development (see Chapter 35). Speech production difficulties include oromotor problems affecting articulation, verbal fluency, and naming. Some children have trouble with sound sequencing within words. Others find it hard to regulate the rhythm or prosody of their verbal output. Their speech may be dysfluent, hesitant, and inappropriate in tone. Problems with word retrieval can result in problems in finding exact words when needed (as in a class discussion) or substituting definitions for words (circumlocution). Children who evidence higher level expressive language impediments have trouble formulating sentences, using grammar acceptably, and organizing spoken (and possibly written) narratives. In considering disordered language, whether in reception or expression, it is vital to ascertain the potential underlying difficulties that are contributing. Some children, for example, have particular problems with phonology (see Chapter 35). Commonly, a weak phonologic sense has a negative effect not only on language processing, but also on the development of reading, writing and even mathematics (e.g., word problems). Children with semantic deficits have trouble learning the meaning of words, and as a result, may use words improperly (e.g., out of context). Other common language deficiencies include difficulty with syntax (word order), problems with discourse (paragraphs and passages), an underdeveloped sense of metalinguistics (the ability to think about and analyze how language works), and trouble with drawing appropriate inferences (supplying missing information) from language. Difficulty with language pragmatics, or the social understanding and application of language, can be another significant impediment. Language weaknesses not only contribute to problems with reading, writing and math, but can also manifest in the content areas, such as the sciences, which necessitate the processing of dense verbal material in textbooks and the rapid convergent recall of facts, and social studies courses that often entail the use of sophisticated language and verbal abstract concepts (e.g., democracy). Learning foreign languages can be a serious problem. In contrast, children who possess strong language skills are often able to make use of their linguistic facility to compensate for any academic problems; it may be possible to verbalize one’s way through a mathematics curriculum, thereby circumventing a tendency to be confused by predominantly nonverbal concepts (e.g., ratio, equation, and diameter). To one degree or another, all academic skills are taught largely through language, and thus it is not surprising that children who experience language dysfunction often experience problems with academic performance. In fact, some studies suggest that up to 80% of children who present with a SLD also experience language-based weaknesses.

Visual–Spatial/Visual–Perceptual Function

The process of visual development begins well before birth, with continued development and refinement throughout childhood (see Chapter 621). Important structures involved in the development and function of the visual system, beyond the eyes themselves, include the retina, optic cells (e.g., rods and cones), the optic chiasm, the optic nerves, the brainstem (control of automatic responses like pupil dilation), the thalamus (e.g., lateral geniculate nucleus for form, motion, color), and the primary (visual space and orientation) and secondary (color perception) visual processing regions located in and around the occipital lobe. Other brain areas, considered to be outside of the primary visual system, are also important to visual function, helping to process what (temporal lobe) is seen and where it is located in space (parietal lobe). The left and right cerebral hemispheres interact considerably in visual processes, with each hemisphere possessing more specialized functions, including left hemisphere mediated processing of details, patterns, and linear information, and right hemisphere processing of the gestalt and overall form. Some of the more critical aspects of visual processing to develop in the school-age child include spatial relations—the ability to accurately perceive objects in space in relation to other objects; visual

194  Part IV  ◆  Learning Disorders discrimination—the ability to differentiate and identify objects based on their individual attributes such as size, shape, color, form, and position; and, visual closure—the ability to recognize or identify an object even when the entire object cannot be seen. Children with subtle visual deficits are often misidentified and/or missed completely. Indications of visual processing deficits in the school-age child may include difficulty learning to draw and write, and problems with art activities. These children might also have trouble discriminating between left and right. They might encounter problems recognizing letters and words, resulting in delayed reading, spelling, and writing. Visual–spatial processing dysfunctions are not a common cause of chronic reading disorders, but more recent investigations have established that deficits in orthographic coding (visual–spatial analysis of character-based systems) can contribute to reading disorders. Spelling and writing can emerge as a weakness because children with visual processing problems commonly have trouble with the precise visual configurations of words. In mathematics, these children often have difficulty with visual–spatial orientation, with resultant difficulty aligning digits in columns when performing calculations and/or difficulty managing geometric material. In the social realm, intact visual processing allows a child to make use of visual or physical cues when communicating and interpreting the paralinguistic aspects of language. Secure visual functions are also necessary to process proprioceptive and kinesthetic feedback and to coordinate movements during physical activities. Children with visual processing deficits are thus susceptible to problems such as social isolation and withdrawal and consequent behavioral and/or emotional difficulties.

Intellectual Function

The concept of intellectual function, or intelligence, has had many definitions and theoretical models, and achieving a consensus on the subject has been challenging. Well-known theories include Spearman’s unitary concept of “the g-factor,” the “verbal and nonverbal” theories (e.g., Binet, Thorndike), the 2-factor theory from Catell (crystallized vs fluid intelligence), Luria’s simultaneous and successive processing model, and more recent models that view intelligence as a global construct composed of more-specific cognitive functions (e.g., auditory and visual–perceptual processing, spatial abilities, processing speed, and working memory). A useful definition of intellectual function is the capacity to think in the abstract, reason, problem solve and comprehend. The expression of intellect is mediated by many factors, including language development, sensorimotor abilities, genetics, heredity, environment, and neurodevelopmental dysfunction or neuropathology. When an individual’s intelligence is measured at a standard score of 70 or lower, and significant weaknesses in adaptive skills are indicated, consideration of the diagnosis of Intellectual Disability would be warranted. In DSM-5, the previous diagnostic term of Mental Retardation has been changed to Intellectual Disability. DSM-5 also includes the term Intellectual Developmental Disorder to indicate weaknesses in intellectual functioning that begin during the early developmental period (Chapter 36). The clinical assessment of intellectual functioning has proved useful in identifying intellectual disability, informing treatment strategies, and in predicting future functionality (e.g., academic, occupational and social). Notwithstanding, intelligence test scores (e.g., IQ) reflect only part of an individual’s ability profile. Functionally, there are some common characteristics that distinguish children with deficient intellectual functioning from those with average or above average abilities. Typically, those at the lowest end of the spectrum (e.g., profound or severe intellectual deficiencies) are incapable of independent function, and require a highly structured environment with constant aid and supervision (see Chapter 36). At the other end of the spectrum are those with unusually well-developed intellect (e.g., gifted). Although this level of intellectual functioning offers many opportunities, it can also be associated with functional challenges related to socialization, learning style, and communication and perceptual differences. Individuals whose intellect falls in the below average range (sometimes

referred to as the “borderline” or “slow learner” range) tend to experience greater difficulty processing and managing information that is abstract, making connections between concepts and ideas, and generalizing information (e.g., may be able to comprehend a concept in one setting but are unable to carry it over and apply it in different situation). In general, these individuals tend to do better when information is presented in more concrete and explicit terms, and when working with rote information (e.g., memorizing specific material). Stronger intellect is associated with better-developed concept formation, critical thinking, problem solving, understanding and formulation of rules, brainstorming and creativity, and metacognition (the ability to “think about thinking”)

Frontal Lobe Functioning Attention

Most brain processes are heavily dependent on functional arousal, alertness, and attention. Any malfunction within or across these systems will likely cause some degree of breakdown in other cognitive processes. Functional attention subsumes intact neuroanatomic and neurochemical brain systems. Structurally, brain regions involved include subcortical, cortical, and association areas throughout the brain. Primary structures involved include brainstem regions (e.g., basal ganglia), the limbic system (e.g., amygdala and hippocampus), and the frontal lobes (e.g., prefrontal cortex). The neurotransmitter dopamine, along with its neuronal pathways, has been identified as a major chemical modulator of attention. It is through the cognitive mechanisms of attention and executive functions that the child’s brain acquires, organizes, and processes information. These mechanisms also allow the child to regulate, plan, and monitor their behaviors and thoughts. Children with attention dysfunction comprise a widely heterogeneous group who show various patterns of impairment of these systems (see Chapter 33). The resulting symptoms not only affect behavior, learning, and academic skills development, but also have an impact on the child’s emotional, social, and adaptive development and functioning. Attention is far from a unitary, independent, or specific function. This may be illustrated best through the phenotype associated with Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD). ADHD is not only a disorder of impaired focus, but also includes a host of symptoms related to problems with vigilance, distractibility, impulsivity in thought and behavior, hyperactivity, and flexibility. Disordered attention can occur owing to faulty mechanisms in and/or across subdomains of attention. These subdomains include selective attention (the ability to focus attention to a particular stimulus and to discriminate relevant from irrelevant information), divided attention (the ability to orient to more than one stimulus at a given time), sustained attention (the ability to maintain one’s focus), and alternating attention (the capacity to shift focus between stimuli). Attention problems in school-age children can manifest at any point in the process, from arousal through output. Children with diminished alertness and arousal can exhibit signs of mental fatigue in a classroom or when engaged in any activity requiring sustained focus. They might yawn, stretch, fidget, and daydream. They can become overactive in an effort to attain or maintain a higher level of arousal. They are apt to have difficulty allocating and sustaining their concentration, and their efforts may be erratic and unpredictable, with extreme performance inconsistency. These children can also have difficulty discriminating between important and unimportant information. Such weaknesses of determining saliency often result in focusing on the wrong stimuli, at home, in school, and socially, and can result in the child’s missing important information and can impede their ability to take notes, to summarize information, or to recognize what to study for a test. In the social context, poor attention may result in inept social interaction (e.g., because of factors such as not “hearing” what others say). Some children present with what has been termed sluggish cognitive tempo. Children with sluggish cognitive tempo have many inattentive features without a history of significant hyperactivity and/or impulsiveness. Some researchers believe that sluggish cognitive tempo may be a different disorder from ADHD, with its own characteristics, including hypoactivity, lethargy, confusion, and mental “fogginess.”

Chapter 32  ◆  Neurodevelopmental Function and Dysfunction in the School-Age Child  195 Distractibility can take the form of listening to extraneous noises instead of a teacher, staring out the window, or constantly thinking about the future. These children often show evidence of superficial concentration, where their level of focus is not of sufficient intensity to capture specific information. As a result, these children are often described as “forgetful” because directions and explanations need to be repeated and details (e.g., changes in operational signs in mathematics) may be missed. These children can also exhibit difficulties with cognitive activation and generalization, passively processing and not linking information with prior knowledge and experience, or overrelying on prior experience. Attention dysfunction can affect the output of work, behavior, and/ or social activity. These children have a tendency to perform or act without previewing a likely outcome or thinking through the potential consequences of what they are about to do or say. Their impulsivity can lead to careless mistakes in academic work and unintended misbehavior. It is important to appreciate that most children with attentional dysfunction also harbor other forms of neurodevelopmental dysfunction that can be associated with academic disorders (with some estimates suggesting up to 60% comorbidity).

Table 32-1

Symptom Expression of Executive Dysfunction

EXECUTIVE FUNCTION DEFICIT Disinhibition

Impulsivity/poor behavioral regulation Interrupts “Blurts” things out

Shifting

Problems with transitioning from one task/ activity to another Unable to adjust to unexpected change Repeats unsuccessful problem-solving approaches

Initiation

Difficulty independently beginning tasks/ activities Lacks initiative Difficulty developing ideas or making decisions

Working memory

Challenges following multistep instruction (e.g., only completes 1 of 3 steps) Forgetfulness

Organization and planning

Fails to plan ahead Work is often disorganized Procrastinates and does not complete tasks “Messy” child

Self-monitoring

Fails to recognize errors and check work Does not appreciate impact of actions on others Poor self-awareness

Affect control

Experiences behavioral and emotional outbursts (e.g., tantrums) Easily upset/frustrated Frequent mod changes

Executive Functioning

There is considerable overlap between attention and executive functioning. Additions to the ICD classification system include a code for Frontal Lobe and Executive Function Deficit (799.55). Executive functioning is an umbrella term used to describe specific cognitive processes involved in regulating, guiding, organizing, and monitoring of thoughts and actions (cognitive, behavioral, and emotional functions) to achieve a specific goal. Processes considered to be executive in nature include inhibition control, flexibility (the ability to shift between activities or thoughts), emotional control, initiation skills, planning, organization, working memory, and self-monitoring. Studies indicate that executive functioning can be strengthened in children as young as age 4 yr, which suggests that executive functioning is actively developing in the preschool-age child. Executive function deficits that have particular impact on school function include inhibition, or inhibitory control, the ability to control a response, whether it be cognitive or behavioral. Children with inhibitory control deficits may answers questions prematurely and fail to check their work. Behaviorally, these children may speak without first considering the impact of what they say. In the social context, disinhibited children may interrupt others and demonstrate other impulsive behaviors that often interfere with interpersonal relationships (see Chapter 33). The function of working memory has been the focus of significant research efforts. Working memory can be defined as the ability to hold, manipulate, and store information for short periods. In its simplest form, working memory involves the interaction of short-term verbal and visual processes (e.g., memory, phonologic, awareness and spatial skills) with a centralized control mechanism that is responsible for coordinating all of the cognitive processes involved (e.g., temporarily suspending information in memory while working with it). Developmentally, working memory capacity can double or triple between the preschool years and adolescence. A child with working memory dysfunction might carry a number and then forget what it was that the child intended to do after carrying that number. Working memory is an equally important underlying function for reading, where it enables the child to remember the beginning of a paragraph when the child arrives at the end of it. In writing, working memory helps children remember what they intend to express in written form while they are performing another task, like placing a comma or working on spelling a word correctly. Working memory also enables the linkage between new incoming information in short-term memory with prior knowledge or skills held in longer-term memory (Table 32-1).

Memory

Memory is a term used to describe the cognitive mechanism by which information is acquired, retained, and recalled. Structurally, some major brain areas involved in memory processing include the

SYMPTOM EXPRESSION

hippocampus, the fornix, the temporal lobes, and the cerebellum, with connections in and between most brain regions. The memory system can be partitioned into subsystems based on processing sequences; the form, time span, and method of recall; whether memories are conscious or unconsciously recalled; and the types of memory impairments that can occur. Once information has been identified (through auditory, visual, tactile, and/or other sensory processes), it needs to be encoded and registered, a mental process that constructs a representation of the information into the memory system. The period of time (typically seconds) during which this information is being held and/or manipulated for registration, and ultimately encoded, consolidated, and retained, is referred to as working memory (see above). Other descriptors include short-term memory and immediate memory. Consolidation and storage represent the process by which information in short-term memory is transferred into long-term memory. Information in long-term memory can be available for hours or as long as a life span. Long-term memories are generally thought to be housed, in whole or in part, in specific brain regions (e.g., the cortex, cerebellum). Ordinarily, consolidation in long-term memory is accomplished in 1 or more of 4 ways: pairing 2 bits of information (such as a group of letters and the English sound it represents); storing procedures (consolidating new skills, such as the steps in solving mathematics problems); classifying data in categories (filing all insects together in memory); and linking new information to established rules, patterns, or systems of organization (rule-based learning). Once information finds its way into long-term memory, it must be accessed. In general, information can be retrieved spontaneously (a process known as free recall) or with the aid of cues (cued or recognition recall). Some other common descriptors of memory include anterograde memory (the capacity to learn from a single point in time

196  Part IV  ◆  Learning Disorders forward), retrograde memory (the capacity to recall information that was already learned), and explicit memory (conscious awareness of recall), implicit memory (subconscious recall: no awareness that the memory system is being activated), procedural memory (memory for how to do things), and prospective memory or remembering to remember. As children proceed through school, the demands for the efficient use of memory progressively increase. By secondary school, rapid and precise recall is heavily emphasized. Children can have trouble with 1 or more memory mechanisms. They might struggle with the initial registration of information in short-term memory. Others might have difficulty storing newly introduced information. Other children might have difficulty accessing (retrieving) information, despite having registered and stored it effectively. Children can experience frustration in their efforts at consolidating information into long-term memory and/ or encounter difficulty with simultaneous recall (retrieval of several facts or procedures at once). Some students exhibit delayed automatization: not enough of what they have learned in the past is accessible to them instantaneously and with no expenditure of effort. Such skills as forming letters, mastering mathematical facts, and decoding words must ultimately become automatic if students are to make good academic progress. Weaknesses with memory processing can be highly specific and/or dependent on the material. Some children struggle to learn visualspatial material, whereas others may be deficient in learning auditory information. Some have difficulty processing linear data or sequential information. Some can experience difficulty with rote data (e.g., word lists) yet have little or no difficulty registering information in context (e.g., a narrative). Although in-depth examination (e.g., neuropsychologic testing) is often necessary to differentiate potential memory weaknesses and their impact on the child’s overall functioning, screening for memory problems should be part of any well-child examination.

Social Cognition

For the school-age child, the development and effective use of social skills is of immeasurable importance. It is heavily dependent on secure social cognition, which is composed of mental processes that allow an individual to understand and interact with the social environment. Although some evidence shows that social cognition exists as a discrete area of neurodevelopmental function, multiple cognitive processes are involved with social cognition. These include the ability to recognize, interpret, and make sense of the thoughts, communications (verbal and nonverbal), and actions of others, the ability to understand that others’ perceptions, perspectives, and intentions might differ from our own (commonly referred to as “theory of mind”), the ability to use language to communicate with others socially (pragmatic language), and the ability to make inferences about others and/or the environment based on contextual information. It can also be argued that social cognition involves processes associated with memory and executive functions like flexibility.

CLINICAL MANIFESTATIONS

School-age children with neurodevelopmental dysfunctions vary widely with regard to clinical presentations. Their specific patterns of academic performance and behavior represent final common pathways, the convergence of many forces, including interacting cognitive strengths and deficits; environmental, social, or cultural factors; temperament; educational experience; and intrinsic resilience (Table 32-2). Symptoms of academic disorders differ with age. Children in preschool or kindergarten might present with delayed language development, including problems with articulation, vocabulary development, word finding and rhyming. They often experience early challenges with learning colors, shapes, letters and numbers, the alphabet, and days of the week. Difficulty following instructions, overactivity, and distractibility may be early symptoms of emerging attention and inhibitory control weaknesses. Difficulties with fine motor development (e.g., grasping crayons and pencils, coloring or drawing) and social interaction are not uncommon. As these children enter elementary school, they can evidence problems integrating and associating letters and

Table 32-2

Neurodevelopmental Dysfunction Underlying Academic Disorders

ACADEMIC DISORDER

POTENTIAL UNDERLYING NEURODEVELOPMENTAL DYSFUNCTION

Reading

Language • Phonologic processing • Verbal fluency • Syntactic and semantic skills Memory • Working memory Sequencing Visual–spatial Attention

Written expression, spelling

Language • Phonologic processing • Syntactic and semantic skills Graphomotor Visual–spatial Memory • Working memory Sequencing Attention

Mathematics

Visual–spatial Memory • Working memory Language Sequencing Graphomotor Attention

Isolated neurodevelopmental dysfunction can lead to a specific academic disorder, but more often there is a combination of factors underlying weak academic performance. In addition to the dysfunction in neurodevelopmental domains as listed in the table, the clinician must also consider the possibility of limitations of intellectual and cognitive abilities or associated social and emotional problems.

sounds and problems with semantic knowledge such as mixing up their words (like go and eat). While learning to read and spell, challenges with reversals (b/d), inversions (m/w), transpositions (felt/left), and substitutions (house/home) might persist. Reading comprehension may be weak. Children with early signs of a mathematics weakness might have difficulty with concepts of quantity or with adding or subtracting without using concrete representation (e.g., their fingers when calculating). Difficulty learning time concepts and confusion with directions (right/left) might also be observed. Sequencing problems are noted in reading, spelling and writing, and mathematics. Poor fine motor control and coordination and poor planning can lead to spelling and writing problems. Attention and behavioral regulation weaknesses observed earlier can continue, and together with executive functioning weaknesses (e.g., organization, initiation skills), further complicate the child’s ability to acquire and generalize new knowledge. Middle school brings with it a significant shift in cognitive, academic, and regulatory demands, as children in this age group are expected to be increasingly independent, causing further difficulties for a child with existing attention, inhibitory, and/or executive challenges. In reading and writing, middle school children might present with transposition and sequencing errors; might struggle with root words, prefixes, and suffixes; might have difficulty with written expression; and might avoid reading and writing altogether. Challenges completing word problems in math are common. Difficulty with recall of information might also be experienced. Although observable in both lower and more advanced grades, behavioral, emotional, and/or social difficulties tend to become more salient in middle school children who experience cognitive and/or academic problems. Many of these challenges continue well into high school. High school students can present with deficient reading comprehension, written expression, and slower processing efficiency. Trouble answering

Chapter 32  ◆  Neurodevelopmental Function and Dysfunction in the School-Age Child  197 open-ended questions, dealing with abstract information, and producing executive control (e.g., self-monitoring, organization, planning, and self-starting) is often reported.

Reading

Reading disorders (see Chapter 34), also termed dyslexia, can stem from any number of neurodevelopmental dysfunctions as described earlier (see Table 32-2). Most commonly, language and/or auditory processing weaknesses are present as evidenced by poor phonologic processing. Challenges with phonologic processing often result in deficiencies at the level of decoding individual words and, consequently, a delay in automaticity (e.g., acquiring a repertoire of words they can identify instantly) that causes reading to be slow, laborious, and frustrating. Without effective identification and intervention, reading comprehension, and ultimately the acquisition of knowledge may be seriously compromised. Deficits in other core neurodevelopmental domains might also be present. Weak working memory might make it difficult for a child to hold sounds and/or symbols in mind while breaking down words into their component sounds or might cause reading comprehension problems. Some children experience temporalordering weaknesses and struggle with reblending phonemes into correct sequences. Memory dysfunction can cause problems with recall and summarization of what was read. Some children with higher-order cognitive deficiencies have trouble understanding what they read because they lack a strong grasp of the concepts in a text. Although relatively rare as a cause of reading difficulty, problems with visual– spatial functions (e.g., visual perception) can cause children difficulty in recognizing letters. It is not unusual for children with reading problems to avoid reading practice, and a delay in reading proficiency becomes increasingly pronounced and difficult to remediate.

Spelling and Writing

Spelling and writing impairments share many related underlying processing deficits with reading, so it is not surprising that the 2 disorders often occur simultaneously in school-age children (see Table 32-2). Core neurodevelopmental weaknesses can include phonologic and decoding difficulties, orthographic problems (coding letters and words into memory), and morphologic deficits (use of suffixes, prefixes, and root words). Problems in these areas can manifest as phonetically poor, yet visually comparable approximations to the actual word (faght for fight), spelling that is phonetically correct but visually incorrect (fite for fight), and inadequate spelling patterns (played as plade). Children with memory disorders might misspell words because of coding weaknesses. Others misspell because of poor auditory working memory that interferes with their ability to process letters. Sequencing weaknesses often result in transposition errors when spelling. Overall, the careful analysis of a child’s errors can provide valuable insights into the nature of their spelling problems. As children proceed through school, demands increase for large amounts of well-organized written output. Writing difficulties have been classified as disorder of written expression, or dysgraphia (see Table 32-2). Although many of the same dysfunctions described for reading and spelling can contribute to problems with writing, written expression is the most complex of the language arts, requiring synthesis of many neurodevelopmental functions (e.g., auditory, visual–spatial, memory, executive). Deficits in any of these domains can be problematic. Even when a child’s phonologic and/or orthographic skills are functional, the child can experience writing problems owing to weaknesses with language, attention, sequencing and/or fine motor development. These weaknesses can occur in written output that is difficult to comprehend, disjointed, and/ or poorly organized. The child with working memory challenges can lose track of what the child intended to write. Attention deficits can make it hard for a child to mobilize and sustain the mental effort, pacing, and self-monitoring demands necessary for writing. In many cases, writing is laborious because of an underlying graphomotor dysfunction (e.g., fluency does not keep pace with ideation and language production). Thoughts may also be forgotten or underdeveloped during writing because the mechanical effort is so taxing.

Mathematics

Delays in mathematical ability, known as mathematics disorder or dyscalculia, can be especially refractory to correction, partly because math involves the assimilation of both procedural knowledge (e.g., calculations) and higher-order cognitive processes (e.g., working memory) (see Table 32-2). A school-based study found that no student who was delayed for longer than 6 mo in mathematics in 6th grade ever caught up; another study found persistence of severe arithmetic disorder in half of affected preteen children. Factors associated with persistence of difficulties included the disorder’s severity and heritability. Significant mathematical weaknesses can become virtually insurmountable because the subject is so cumulative in its structure. Some children experience mathematics failure because of weaknesses in reasoning and problem solving (e.g., intellectual functioning). It may be hard for them to grasp and apply concepts effectively and/or systematically. Good mathematicians are able to use both verbal and perceptual conceptualization to understand such concepts as fractions, percentages, equations, and proportion. Children with language dysfunctions have difficulty in mathematics because they have trouble understanding their teachers’ verbal explanations of quantitative concepts and operations and are likely to experience frustration in solving word problems and in processing the vast network of technical vocabulary in math. Mathematics also relies on visualization. Children who have difficulty forming and recalling visual imagery may be at a disadvantage in acquiring mathematical skills. They might experience problems writing numbers correctly, placing value locations, and processing geometric shapes or fractions. Children with attention, inhibitory control, or executive deficits (e.g., working memory) may be unable to focus on fine detail (such as operational signs), might take an impulsive approach to problem solving, engage in little or no self-monitoring, forget components of the same problem, or commit careless errors. When a child’s memory system is weak, the child might have difficulty recalling appropriate procedures and automatizing mathematical facts (e.g., multiplication tables). Moreover, it is not unusual for children with mathematical disabilities to have superimposed mathematics phobias. Anxiety over mathematics can be especially debilitating.

Nonacademic Problems

Neurodevelopmental dysfunctions commonly have effects that extend far beyond academic performance. These effects may be related to the dysfunctions themselves or to secondary sequelae (e.g., persistent failure and frustration). The impulsivity and lack of effective selfmonitoring of children with attention and impulse-control deficits can lead to unacceptable actions that were unintentional. Children with neurodevelopmental dysfunctions can experience excessive performance anxiety or clinical depression, and sadness, self-deprecatory comments, declining self-esteem, chronic fatigue, loss of interests, and even suicidal ideation can ensue. Some children lose motivation. They tend to give up and exhibit learned helplessness, a sense that they have no control over their destiny. Therefore, they feel no need to exert effort and develop future goals. These children may be easily led toward dysfunctional interpersonal relationships, detrimental behaviors (e.g., delinquency), and the development of mental health and personality disorders, such as mood disorders (see Chapter 26) or antisocial personality disorder.

ASSESSMENT AND DIAGNOSIS

The primary care pediatrician has a critical role in identifying and evaluating the child with an academic disorder. A system of screening and surveillance should be incorporated into routine office visits to promote early identification of academic difficulties. The pediatrician should be aware of a family medical history that includes a parent who still struggles with reading or time management, or an older sibling who has failed at school. Factors in the child’s medical history should be flagged, such as extreme prematurity or chronic medical conditions. Children with low birthweight and those born prematurely who appear to have been spared more serious neurologic problems might only manifest academic problems later in their school career and they

198  Part IV  ◆  Learning Disorders warrant particular attention. Children falling into these high risk categories should be flagged for an increased level of scrutiny at routine well-child visits as well as acute-care visits, especially if physical complaints are nonspecific. There should be a low threshold for initiating further school performance screening and assessment of these children. Warning signs might be subtle or absent and problems will not be recognized unless there is a system of eliciting and identifying school problems as part of the routine well-child visit. Parents might have concerns about their child’s learning progress but be reluctant to share these with the pediatrician unless prompted such as through completion of a standard developmental screening questionnaires or direct questioning of parents regarding possible concerns about their child’s school performance. Inconsistency in report from grade to grade may sometimes be caused by a difference in teaching styles or classroom demands. The type of deficit will also be influential; for example, problems with basic phonemic awareness would be more apparent earlier, while reading comprehension difficulties would emerge later. Review of school report cards can provide useful clues to patterns of neurodevelopmental dysfunction. In addition to the patterns of grades in the various academic skill areas, it is also important to review ratings of classroom behavior, sometimes listed under headings such as deportment, behavior, conduct, effort/work habits, or citizenship. Review of standardized testing is helpful, and poor scores could be caused by a learning disorder, ADHD, anxiety, lack of motivation, or some combination thereof. Conversely, above-average scores tend to rule out learning or attention problems, but motivation or adjustment issues could then explain a discrepancy between standardized scores and classroom performance. Comparison of how long the homework should take, and how long it takes the child is recommended. Children with ADHD, learning disorders, or emotional/behavioral issues often find homework to be a contentious activity. The primary care physician is responsible for identifying or ruling out any underlying or associated medical problems that could be impeding the academic performance of the patient who is struggling in school. Vision and hearing screening are critical components of the medical evaluation and any suspicion of sensory difficulty should warrant referral for more definitive testing. The influence of chronic medical problems or potential side effects of medications should be considered. Sleep deprivation is increasingly being recognized as a contributor to academic problems and the possibility of substance abuse must always be a consideration, especially in the adolescent who was previously achieving well at school and has manifested a rapid decline in academic performance. The physician should be alert for dysmorphic physical features, minor congenital anomalies, or constellations of physical findings (such as cardiac anomalies and palatal anomalies in velocardiofacial syndrome) and should perform a detailed neurologic examination. Special investigations, such as electroencephalograms or brain scans, are not indicated in the absence of specific medical findings. Measures of brain function, such as functional MRI, offer insight into possible areas of neurodevelopmental dysfunction, but they largely remain only research tools with limited application in the general clinical setting at this time. If problems emerge, the pediatrician should address medical causes or associated conditions. The pediatrician can advise and assist parents in obtaining necessary psychoeducational and/or emotional evaluations through the school or by referral to independent clinicians. Those physicians with a particular interest in learning disorders can extend their participation in the evaluation process. They can obtain data on neurodevelopmental function through the use of questionnaires completed by the parents, the school, and (if old enough) the child, providing information about behavioral adjustment, patterns of academic performance, and traits associated with specific developmental dysfunctions. Screening instruments such as the Pediatric Symptoms Checklist and standardized behavioral questionnaires, including the Child Behavior Checklist (CBCL) and the Behavior Assessment System for Children–Second Edition (BASC-2) can aid in evaluation (see Chapter 20).

The physician may also perform an extended neurologic and developmental assessment. Available pediatric neurodevelopmental examination instruments that facilitate direct sampling of various neurodevelopmental functions, such as attention, memory, and language, include the Pediatric Early Elementary Examination (PEEX II) and the Pediatric Examination of Educational Readiness at Middle Childhood (PEERAMID II). Examinations of this type also include direct behavioral observations and assessment of minor neurologic indicators (sometimes called soft signs). The latter include various associated movements and other phenomena often associated with neurodevelopmental dysfunction. A child who is functioning poorly during the school years usually requires a multidisciplinary evaluation, including a pediatrician, a psychologist, and, if possible, a psychoeducational specialist (sometimes called an educational diagnostician) who can undertake a detailed analysis of academic skills and subskills. Other professionals should become involved, as needed, in individual cases, such as a speechlanguage pathologist, an occupational therapist, a neurologist, and a social worker. In some cases, more in-depth examination of a child’s neurocognitive status is warranted. This is particularly true for children who present with developmental or cognitive difficulties in the presence of a medical condition (e.g., epilepsy, traumatic brain injury, childhood cancers/brain tumors, genetic conditions). A neuropsychologic evaluation involves comprehensive assessment of brain function as a means of understanding brain function across domains. The goal of neuropsychologic assessment is to understand brain function via identification of a child’s profile of cognitive strengths and weaknesses. Neuropsychologic data are often analyzed together with other tests (e.g., structural), such as MRIs, to look for supporting evidence of any areas of difficulty (e.g., memory weaknesses associated with temporal lobe anomalies). Many children undergo evaluations in school. Such assessments are guaranteed in the United States under Public Law 101-476, the IDEA. In addition, children found to have attentional dysfunction and other disorders might qualify for educational accommodations under Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973. Multidisciplinary evaluations conducted in schools are usually very helpful, but they are focused primarily on determining whether a student meets the eligibility criteria for special education services. School budgeting constraints or lack of personnel can also affect the quality of evaluations and the extent of recommended services. Many parents seek independent evaluations or second opinions outside of the school setting, and pediatricians can facilitate such outside assessments. Psychoeducational testing can yield relevant data, especially when such assessments include careful analyses that pinpoint where breakdowns are occurring in the processes of reading, spelling, writing, and mathematics. Input from multiple sources can be used in formulating specific recommendations for regular and special educational teachers and for interventions that can be implemented at home. A mental health specialist can be valuable in identifying family-based issues or psychiatric disorders that may be complicating or aggravating neurodevelopmental dysfunctions.

TREATMENT

There are a number of standard approaches that should be incorporated into any management plan for a student who is struggling academically. The primary physician can play an important role as a consultant in overseeing and monitoring the implementation of these steps. Management of children with neurodevelopmental dysfunctions often needs to be multidisciplinary. Most children require several of the following forms of intervention.

Demystification

Many children with neurodevelopmental dysfunctions have little or no understanding of the nature or sources of their academic difficulties. Once an appropriate descriptive assessment has been performed, it is important to explain to the child the nature of the dysfunction while delineating the child’s strengths. This explanation should be provided

Chapter 32  ◆  Neurodevelopmental Function and Dysfunction in the School-Age Child  199 in nontechnical language, communicating a sense of optimism and a desire to be helpful and supportive.

Bypass Strategies (Accommodations)

Numerous techniques can enable a child to circumvent neurodevelopmental dysfunctions. Such bypass strategies are ordinarily used in the regular classroom. Examples of bypass strategies include using a calculator while solving mathematical problems, writing essays with a word processor, presenting oral instead of written reports, solving fewer mathematical problems, being seated near the teacher to minimize distraction, presenting correctly solved mathematical problems visually, and taking standardized tests untimed. These bypass strategies do not cure neurodevelopmental dysfunctions, but they minimize their academic and nonacademic effects and can provide a scaffold for more successful academic achievement.

Interventions (Remediation of Skills)

Interventions can be implemented at home and in school to strengthen the weak links in academic skills. Reading specialists, mathematics tutors, and other such professionals can use diagnostic data to select techniques that use a student’s neurodevelopmental strengths in an effort to improve decoding skills, writing ability, or mathematical computation skills. Remediation need not focus exclusively on specific academic areas. Many students need assistance in acquiring study skills, cognitive strategies, and productive organizational habits. Early identification is critical so that appropriate instructional interventions can be introduced in an effort to minimize the long-term effects of academic disorders. Any interventions should be empirically supported (e.g., phonologically based reading intervention has been shown to significantly improve reading skills in school-age children). Remediation may take place in a resource room or learning center at school and is usually limited to children who have met the educational criteria for special education resource services as described earlier. Interventions that can be implemented at home could include drills to aid the automatization of subskills, such as arithmetic facts or letter formations, or the use of phonologically based reading programs. There are a number of treatment/intervention approaches to strengthening executive function that have demonstrated positive findings. These include computerized training programs such as CogMed (Pearson) that has been demonstrated to strengthen working memory skills in children via a computer game model. Curriculum-based classroom programs, such as the Tools of the Mind (Tools) and PATHS (Promoting Alternative Thinking Strategies) also have accumulating research support. These programs employ approaches such as social play and target areas such as self-control and problem-solving to teach and strengthen executive functions. Aerobic exercise and martial arts such as Tae Kwon Do, which stresses discipline and emphasizes the development of self-regulation (e.g., impulse control), have demonstrated improvements that generalize in many aspects of executive functions and attention.

Developmental Therapy

Controversy exists about the efficacy of treatments to enhance weak developmental functions. Nevertheless, some forms of developmental therapy are widely accepted. Speech-language pathologists commonly offer intervention for children with various forms of language disability. Occupational therapists strive to improve the motor skills of certain students with writing problems, and physical therapists address gross motor clumsiness.

Curriculum Modifications

Many children with neurodevelopmental dysfunctions require alterations in the school curriculum to succeed, especially as they progress

through secondary school. Students with memory weaknesses might need to have their courses selected for them so that they do not have an inordinate cumulative memory load in any single semester. The timing of foreign language learning, the selection of a mathematics curriculum, and the choice of science courses are critical issues for many of these struggling adolescents.

Strengthening of Strengths

Affected children need to have their affinities, potentials, and talents identified clearly and exploited widely. It is as important to augment strengths as it is to attempt to remedy deficiencies. Athletic skills, artistic inclinations, creative talents, and mechanical abilities are among the potential assets of certain students who are underachieving academically. Parents and school personnel need to create opportunities for such students to build on these assets and to achieve respect and praise for their efforts. These well-developed personal assets can ultimately have implications for the transition into young adulthood, including career or college selection.

Individual and Family Counseling

When academic difficulties are complicated by family problems or identifiable psychiatric disorders, psychotherapy may be indicated. Clinical psychologists or child psychiatrists may offer long- or short-term therapy. Such intervention may involve the child alone or the entire family. Cognitive-behavioral therapy is a technique that is increasingly popular. It is essential that the therapist have a firm understanding of the nature of a child’s neurodevelopmental dysfunctions.

Controversial Therapies

A variety of treatment methods for neurodevelopmental dysfunctions have been proposed that currently have no known scientific evidence base of efficacy. This list includes dietary interventions (vitamins, elimination of food additives or potential allergens), neuromotor programs or medications to address vestibular dysfunction, eye exercises, filters, tinted lenses, and various technologic devices. Parents should be cautioned against expending the excessive amounts of time and financial resources usually demanded by these remedies. In many cases, it is difficult to distinguish the nonspecific beneficial effects of increased support and attention paid to the child from the supposed target effects of the intervention.

Medication

Psychopharmacologic agents may be especially helpful in lessening the toll of neurodevelopmental dysfunctions. Most commonly, stimulant medications are used in the treatment of children with attention deficits. Although most children with attention deficits have other associated dysfunctions (such as language disorders, memory problems, motor weaknesses, or social skill deficits), medications such as methylphenidate, dextroamphetamine, lisdexamfetamine, mixed amphetamine salts, and atomoxetine can be important adjuncts to treatment by helping some children focus more selectively and control their impulsivity. When depression or excessive anxiety is a significant component of the clinical picture, antidepressants or antianxiety drugs may be helpful. Other drugs may improve behavioral control (see Chapter 21). Children receiving medication need regular follow-up visits that include a history to check for side effects, a review of current behavioral checklists, a complete physical examination, and appropriate modifications of the medication dose. Periodic trials off medication are recommended to establish whether the medication is still necessary. Bibliography is available at Expert Consult.

Chapter 32  ◆  Neurodevelopmental Function and Dysfunction in the School-Age Child  199.e1 Bibliography

American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Children with Disabilities: The pediatrician’s role in development and implementation of an Individual Education Plan (IEP) and/or an Individual Family Service Plan (IFSP), Pediatrics 104:124–127, 1999. American Psychiatric Association, American Psychiatric Publishing: Intellectual disability and specific learning disorder fact sheets, Washington, DC, 2013, American Psychiatric Publishing. American Psychiatric Association: Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, ed 5, Arlington, VA, 2013, American Psychiatric Publishing. Ansari D: Neurocognitive approaches to developmental disorders of numerical and mathematical cognition: The perils of neglecting development, Learn Individ Differ 20:123–129, 2010. Bernstein JH, Waber DP: Executive capacities from a developmental perspective. In Meltzer L, editor: Executive function in education, New York, 2007, Guilford Press. Booth JR: Brain basis of learning and development of language and reading. In Coch D, Dawson G, Fischer KW, editors: Human behavior, learning and the developing brain, typical development, New York, 2007, Guilford Press. Dehn MJ: Working memory and academic learning: assessment and intervention, Hoboken, NJ, 2008, John Wiley & Sons. Diamond A, Lee K: Interventions shown to aid executive function development in children 4-12 years old, Science 333(6045):959–964, 2011. Fletcher JM, Reid Lyon G, Fuchs LS, et al: Learning disabilities: from identification to intervention, New York, 2007, Guilford Press. Goswami U: Typical reading development and developmental dyslexia across language. In Coch D, Dawson G, Fischer KW, editors: Human behavior,

learning and the developing brain, typical development, New York, 2007, Guilford Press. Hale JB, et al: Implementation if IDEA: integrating response to intervention and cognitive assessment methods, Psychol Sch 43(7):2006. Katusic SK, Colligan RC, Weaver AL, et al: The forgotten learning disability: epidemiology of written-language disorder in a population-based cohort (1976–1982), Rochester, Minnesota, Pediatrics 123(5):1306–1313, 2009. Kelly DP, Aylward GP: Identifying school performance problems in the pediatric office, Pediatr Ann 34:288–298, 2005. Pennington B: Diagnosing learning disorders, ed 2, New York, 2009, Guilford Press. Schore AN: The effects of early relational trauma on right brain development, affect regulation, and infant mental health, Infant Ment Health J 22(1–2):201– 269, 2001. Shahi V, Veerapandiyan A, Schoch K, et al: Social skills and associated psychopathology in children with chromosome 22q11.2 deletion syndrome: implications for intervention, J Intellect Disabil Res 56(9):86–878, 2012. Tanaka H, Black JM, Hulme C, et al: The brain basis of the phonological deficit in dyslexia is independent of IQ, Psychol Sci 22(11):1442–1451, 2011. Weber P, Lutschg J, Fahnenstich H: Cerebral hemodynamic changes in response to an executive function task in children with attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder measured by near-infrared spectroscopy, J Dev Behav Pediatr 26:105–111, 2005. Wiebe SA, Sheffield T, Nelson JM, et al: The structure of executive function in 3-year-olds, J Exp Child Psychol 108(3):436–452, 2011.

200  Part IV  ◆  Learning Disorders

Chapter

33 

Attention-Deficit/ Hyperactivity Disorder David K. Urion Attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) is the most common neurobehavioral disorder of childhood and one of among the most prevalent chronic health conditions affecting school-age children. ADHD is characterized by inattention, including increased distractibility and difficulty sustaining attention; poor impulse control and decreased self-inhibitory capacity; and motor overactivity and motor restlessness (Table 33-1). Definitions vary in different countries (Table 33-2). Affected children commonly experience academic underachievement, problems with interpersonal relationships with family members and peers, and low self-esteem. ADHD often co-occurs with other emotional, behavioral, language, and learning disorders (Table 33-3). For 40-50% of affected children, the disorder appears to continue with varying manifestations into adulthood, and leads to significant under- and unemployment, social dysfunction, and an increased risk of antisocial behaviors including substance abuse, difficulties maintaining relationships, and encounters with the law.

ETIOLOGY

ADHD may be a final common pathway for a variety of complex brain developmental processes. Mothers of children with ADHD are more likely to experience birth complications, such as toxemia, lengthy labor, and complicated delivery. Maternal drug use, smoking and alcohol use during pregnancy, lead or mercury exposure (prenatal or postnatal) are commonly linked to attentional difficulties associated with the development of ADHD. Food colorings and preservatives have inconsistently been associated with hyperactivity in previously hyperactive children. There is a very strong genetic component to ADHD. Genetic studies have primarily implicated at least 2 candidate genes, the dopamine transporter gene (DAT1) and a particular form of the dopamine 4 receptor gene (DRD4), in the development of ADHD. Additional genes that might contribute to ADHD include DOCK2 associated with a pericentric inversion 46N inv(3)(p14:q21) involved in cytokine regulation, a sodium-hydrogen exchange gene, other dopaminergic genes (DRD5), serotonergic genes (5HTT, HTR1B), and the synaptosomalassociated protein, SNAP-25. Abnormal brain structures are linked to an increased risk of ADHD; 20% of children with severe traumatic brain injury are reported to have subsequent onset of substantial symptoms of impulsivity and inattention. Children with head or other injury and in whom ADHD is later diagnosed might have impaired balance or impulsive behavior as part of the ADHD, thus predisposing them to injury. Structural and functional abnormalities have been identified in children with ADHD without preexisting identifiable brain injury. These include dysregulation of the frontal subcortical circuits, small cortical volumes in this region, widespread small-volume reduction throughout the brain, and abnormalities of the cerebellum, particularly midline/vermian elements. Abnormalities in neural networks or circuits have been identified with functional MRI. Psychosocial family stressors can also contribute to or exacerbate the symptoms of ADHD, including poverty, exposure to violence, and under- or malnutrition.

EPIDEMIOLOGY

Studies of the prevalence of ADHD across the globe have generally reported that 9% of school-age children are affected, although rates vary considerably by country, perhaps partly as a result of differing

sampling and testing techniques. Rates may be higher if symptoms (inattention, impulsivity, hyperactivity) are considered in the absence of functional impairment. The prevalence rate in adolescent samples is 2-6%. Approximately 2% of adults have ADHD. ADHD is often underdiagnosed in children and adolescents. Youth with ADHD are often undertreated with respect to what is known about the needed and appropriate doses of medications. Many children with ADHD also present with comorbid neuropsychiatric diagnoses, including opposition defiant disorder, conduct disorder, learning disabilities, depression, and anxiety disorders. The incidence of ADHD appears increased in children with neurologic disorders such as epilepsies, neurofibromatosis, tuberous sclerosis (see Table 33-3).

PATHOGENESIS

MRI studies indicate that a loss of normal asymmetry in the brain, in addition to smaller brain volumes of specific structures, such as the prefrontal cortex and basal ganglia, is seen in the brains of children with ADHD. Children with ADHD have approximately a 5-10% reduction in the volume of these brain structures. Functional MRI findings suggest low blood flow to the striatum. Functional MRI data also suggest deficits in a widespread functional networks for selective and tonic attention in ADHD, that include the striatum, prefrontal regions, parietal lobe, and temporal lobe. The prefrontal cortex and basal ganglia are rich in dopamine receptors. This knowledge, plus data about the dopaminergic mechanisms of action of medication treatment for ADHD, has led to the dopamine hypothesis, which postulates that disturbances in the dopamine system may be related to the onset of ADHD. Fluorodopa positron emission tomography scans also support the dopamine hypothesis through the identification of low levels of dopamine activity in adults.

CLINICAL MANIFESTATIONS

Development of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 4th edition (DSM-IV) criteria leading to the diagnosis of ADHD occurred mainly in field trials with children 5-12 yr of age. Fewer studies utilizing Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fifth Edition (DSM-5) criteria are available, but those that are available suggest a good correlation with data from DSM-IV criteria-based studies, despite the broadened age-based definition for onset of symptoms in DSM-5 (see Table 33-1). The current DSM-5 criteria state that the behavior must be developmentally inappropriate (substantially different from that of other children of the same age and developmental level), must begin before age 12 yr, must be present for at least 6 mo, must be present in 2 or more settings and reported as such by independent observers, and must not be secondary to another disorder. DSM-5 identifies 3 subtypes of ADHD. The first subtype, ADHD, predominantly inattentive type, often includes cognitive impairment and is more common in females. The other 2 subtypes, ADHD, predominantly hyperactive-impulsive type, and ADHD, combined type, are more commonly diagnosed in males. Clinical manifestations of ADHD may change with age. The symptoms may vary from motor restlessness and aggressive and disruptive behavior, which are common in preschool children, to disorganized, distractible, and inattentive symptoms, which are more typical in older adolescents and adults. ADHD is often difficult to diagnose in preschoolers because distractibility and inattention are may be considered developmental norms during this period.

DIAGNOSIS AND DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOSIS

A diagnosis of ADHD is made primarily in clinical settings after a thorough evaluation, including a careful history and clinical interview to rule in or to identify other causes or contributing factors; completion of behavior rating scales by different observers from at least 2 settings (e.g., teacher and parent); a physical examination; and any necessary or indicated laboratory tests which arise from conditions suspected based on history and/or physical examination. It is important to systematically gather and evaluate information from a variety of sources, including the child, parents, teachers, physicians, and, when appropriate, other caretakers, over the course of both diagnosis and subsequent management.

Chapter 33  ◆  Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder  201 Table 33-1

DSM-5 Diagnostic Criteria for Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder

DIAGNOSTIC CRITERIA 1. A persistent pattern of inattention and/or hyperactivity-impulsivity that interferes with functioning or development, as characterized by (1) and/or (2): 1. Inattention: Six (or more) of the following symptoms have persisted for at least 6 months to a degree that is inconsistent with developmental level and that negatively impacts directly on social and academic/occupational activities: • Note: The symptoms are not solely a manifestation of oppositional behavior, defiance, hostility, or failure to understand tasks or instructions. For older adolescents and adults (age 17 and older), at least five symptoms are required. 1. Often fails to give close attention to details or makes careless mistakes in schoolwork, at work, or during other activities (e.g., overlooks or misses details, work is inaccurate). 2. Often has difficulty sustaining attention in tasks or play activities (e.g., has difficulty remaining focused during lectures, conversations, or lengthy reading). 3. Often does not seem to listen when spoken to directly (e.g., mind seems elsewhere, even in the absence of any obvious distraction). 4. Often does not follow through on instructions and fails to finish schoolwork, chores, or duties in the workplace (e.g., starts tasks but quickly loses focus and is easily sidetracked). 5. Often has difficulty organizing tasks and activities (e.g., difficulty managing sequential tasks; difficulty keeping materials and belongings in order; messy, disorganized work; has poor time management; fails to meet deadlines). 6. Often avoids, dislikes, or is reluctant to engage in tasks that require sustained mental effort (e.g., schoolwork or homework; for older adolescents and adults, preparing reports, completing forms, reviewing lengthy papers). 7. Often loses things necessary for tasks or activities (e.g., school materials, pencils, books, tools, wallets, keys, paperwork, eyeglasses, mobile telephones). 8. Is often easily distracted by extraneous stimuli (for older adolescents and adults, may include unrelated thoughts). 9. Is often forgetful in daily activities (e.g., doing chores, running errands; for older adolescents and adults, returning calls, paying bills, keeping appointments). 2. Hyperactivity and impulsivity: Six (or more) of the following symptoms have persisted for at least 6 months to a degree that is inconsistent with developmental level and that negatively impacts directly on social and academic/occupational activities: • Note: The symptoms are not solely a manifestation of oppositional behavior, defiance, hostility, or a failure to understand tasks or instructions. For older adolescents and adults (age 17 and older), at least five symptoms are required. 1. Often fidgets with or taps hands or feet or squirms in seat. 2. Often leaves seat in situations when remaining seated is expected (e.g., leaves his or her place in the classroom, in the office or other workplace, or in other situations that require remaining in place). 3. Often runs about or climbs in situations where it is inappropriate. (Note: In adolescents or adults, may be limited to feeling restless.) 4. Often unable to play or engage in leisure activities quietly. 5. Is often “on the go,” acting as if “driven by a motor” (e.g., is unable to be or uncomfortable being still for extended time, as in restaurants, meetings; may be experienced by others as being restless or difficult to keep up with). 6. Often talks excessively. 7. Often blurts out an answer before a question has been completed (e.g., completes people’s sentences; cannot wait for turn in conversation). 8. Often has difficulty waiting his or her turn (e.g., while waiting in line). 9. Often interrupts or intrudes on others (e.g., butts into conversations, games, or activities; may start using other people’s things without asking or receiving permission; for adolescents and adults, may intrude into or take over what others are doing). 2. Several inattentive or hyperactive-impulsive symptoms were present prior to age 12 years. 3. Several inattentive or hyperactive-impulsive symptoms are present in two or more settings (e.g., at home, school, or work; with friends or relatives; in other activities). 4. There is clear evidence that the symptoms interfere with, or reduce the quality of, social, academic, or occupational functioning. 5. The symptoms do not occur exclusively during the course of schizophrenia or another psychotic disorder and are not better explained by another mental disorder (e.g., mood disorder, anxiety disorder, dissociative disorder, personality disorder, substance intoxication or withdrawal). Specify whether: • Combined presentation: If both Criterion A1 (inattention) and Criterion A2 (hyperactivity-impulsivity) are met for the past 6 months. • Predominantly inattentive presentation: If Criterion A1 (inattention) is met but Criterion A2 (hyperactivity-impulsivity) is not met for the past 6 months. • Predominantly hyperactive/impulsive presentation: If Criterion A2 (hyperactivity-impulsivity) is met and Criterion A1 (inattention) is not met for the past 6 months. Specify if: • In partial remission: When full criteria were previously met, fewer than the full criteria have been met for the past 6 months, and the symptoms still result in impairment in social, academic, or occupational functioning. Specify current severity: • Mild: Few, if any, symptoms in excess of those required to make the diagnosis are present, and symptoms result in no more than minor impairments in social or occupational functioning. • Moderate: Symptoms or functional impairment between “mild” and “severe” are present. • Severe: Many symptoms in excess of those required to make the diagnosis, or several symptoms that are particularly severe, are present, or the symptoms result in marked impairment in social or occupational functioning. Reprinted with permission from American Psychiatric Association: Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, fifth edition, Washington, DC, 2013, American Psychiatric Association. Copyright 2013 American Psychiatric Association.

Clinical Interview and History

The clinical interview allows a comprehensive understanding as to whether the symptoms meet the diagnostic criteria for ADHD. During the interview, the clinician should gather information pertaining to the history of the presenting problems, the child’s overall health and development, and the social and family history. The interview should emphasize factors that might affect the development or integrity of the central

nervous system or reveal chronic illness, sensory impairments, or medication use that might affect the child’s functioning. Disruptive social factors, such as family discord, situational stress, and abuse or neglect, can result in hyperactive or anxious behaviors. A family history of 1st-degree relatives with ADHD, mood or anxiety disorders, learning disability, antisocial disorder, or alcohol or substance abuse might indicate an increased risk of ADHD and/or comorbid conditions.

202  Part IV  ◆  Learning Disorders Table 33-2

Differences Between U.S. and European Criteria for ADHD or HKD

DSM-5 ADHD

ICD-10 HKD

SYMPTOMS Either or both of following: At least 6 of 9 inattentive symptoms At least 6 of 9 hyperactive or impulsive symptoms

PERVASIVENESS Some impairment from symptoms is present in >1 setting

All of following: At least 6 of 8 inattentive symptoms At least 3 of 5 hyperactive symptoms At least 1 of 4 impulsive symptoms Criteria are met for >1 setting

ADHD, attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder; DSM-5, Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fifth Edition; HKD, hyperkinetic disorder; ICD-10, International Classification of Diseases, 10th edition. Adapted from Biederman J, Faraone S: Attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder, Lancet 366:237–248, 2005.

Table 33-3

Differential Diagnosis of Attention-Deficit/ Hyperactivity Disorder

PSYCHOSOCIAL FACTORS Response to physical or sexual abuse Response to inappropriate parenting practices Response to parental psychopathology Response to acculturation Response to inappropriate classroom setting DIAGNOSES ASSOCIATED WITH ADHD BEHAVIORS Fragile X syndrome Fetal alcohol syndrome Pervasive developmental disorders Obsessive-compulsive disorder Gilles de la Tourette syndrome Attachment disorder with mixed emotions and conduct MEDICAL AND NEUROLOGIC CONDITIONS Thyroid disorders (including general resistance to thyroid hormone) Heavy metal poisoning (including lead) Adverse effects of medications Effects of abused substances Sensory deficits (hearing and vision) Auditory and visual processing disorders Neurodegenerative disorder, especially leukodystrophies Posttraumatic head injury Postencephalitic disorder Note: Coexisting conditions with possible ADHD presentation include oppositional defiant disorder, anxiety disorders, conduct disorder, depressive disorders, learning disorders, and language disorders. Presence of 1 or more of the symptoms of these disorders can fall within the spectrum of normal behavior, whereas a range of these symptoms may be problematic but fall short of meeting the full criteria for the disorder. From Reiff MI, Stein MT: Attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder evaluation and diagnosis: a practical approach in office practice, Pediatr Clin North Am 50:1019–1048, 2003. Adapted from Reiff MI: Attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorders. In Bergman AB, editor: 20 Common problems in pediatrics, New York, 2001, McGraw-Hill, p 273.

Behavior Rating Scales

Behavior rating scales are useful in establishing the magnitude and pervasiveness of the symptoms, but are not sufficient alone to make a diagnosis of ADHD. There are a variety of well-established behavior rating scales that have obtained good results in discriminating between children with ADHD and control subjects. These measures include, but are not limited to, the Vanderbilt ADHD Diagnostic Rating Scale; the Conner Rating Scales (parent and teacher); the ADHD Index; the

Swanson, Nolan, and Pelham Checklist (SNAP); and the ADD-H: Comprehensive Teacher Rating Scale (ACTeRS). Other broadband checklists, such as the Achenbach Child Behavior Checklist (CBCL) or Behavioral Assessment Scale for Children (BASC), are useful, particularly in instances where the child may be experiencing co-occurring problems in other areas (anxiety, depression, conduct problems). Some, such as the BASC, include a validation scale to help determine the reliability of a given observer’s assessment of the child.

Physical Examination and Laboratory Findings

There are no standard laboratory tests available to identify ADHD in children. The presence of hypertension, ataxia, or a thyroid disorder should prompt further diagnostic evaluation. Impaired fine motor movement and poor coordination and other subtle neurologic motor signs (difficulties with finger tapping, alternating movements, fingerto-nose, skipping, tracing a maze, cutting paper) are common, but they are not sufficiently specific to contribute to a diagnosis of ADHD. The clinician should also identify any possible vision or hearing problems. The clinician should consider testing for elevated lead levels in children who present with some or all of the diagnostic criteria, if these children are exposed to environmental factors that might put them at risk (substandard housing, old paint, proximity to a highway which led to deposition of lead in the topsoil from automobile exhaust years ago). Behavior in the structured laboratory setting might not reflect the child’s typical behavior in the home or school environment. Therefore, reliance on observed behavior in a physician’s office can result in an incorrect diagnosis. Computerized attentional tasks and electroencephalographic assessments are not needed to make the diagnosis, and compared to the clinical gold standard they are subject to false-positive and false-negative errors. Nonetheless, the FDA has approved the Neuropsychiatric EEG-Based Assessment Aide (NEBA) system, which may identify an abnormal theta : beta wave ratio associated with ADHD.

Differential Diagnosis

Chronic illnesses, such as migraine headaches, absence seizures, asthma and allergies, hematologic disorders, diabetes, childhood cancer, affect up to 20% of children in the United States and can impair children’s attention and school performance, either because of the disease itself or because of the medications used to treat or control the underlying illness (medications for asthma, steroids, anticonvulsants, antihistamines) (see Table 33-3). In older children and adolescents, substance abuse (see Chapter 114) can result in declining school performance and inattentive behavior. Sleep disorders, including those secondary to chronic upper airway obstruction from enlarged tonsils and adenoids, often result in behavioral and emotional symptoms, although such problems are not likely to be principal contributing causes of ADHD (see Chapter 19). Periodic leg movements of sleep/restless leg syndrome is associated with attentional symptoms, and inquiry regarding this should be made during the history. Behavioral and emotional disorders can cause disrupted sleep patterns as well. Depression and anxiety disorders (see Chapters 25 and 26) can cause many of the same symptoms as ADHD (inattention, restlessness, inability to focus and concentrate on work, poor organization, forgetfulness), but can also be comorbid conditions. Obsessive-compulsive disorder can mimic ADHD, particularly when recurrent and persistent thoughts, impulses, or images are intrusive and interfere with normal daily activities. Adjustment disorders secondary to major life stresses (death of a close family member, parents’ divorce, family violence, parents’ substance abuse, a move, shared social trauma such as bombings or other attacks) or parent–child relationship disorders involving conflicts over discipline, overt child abuse and/or neglect, or overprotection can result in symptoms similar to those of ADHD. Although ADHD is believed to result from primary impairment of attention, impulse control, and motor activity, there is a high prevalence of comorbidity with other neuropsychiatric disorders (see Table 33-3). Of children with ADHD, 15-25% have learning disabilities, 30-35% have developmental language disorders, 15-20% have

Chapter 33  ◆  Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder  203 diagnosed mood disorders, and 20-25% have coexisting anxiety disorders. Children with ADHD can also have co-occurring diagnoses of sleep disorders, memory impairment, and decreased motor skills.

TREATMENT Psychosocial Treatments

Once the diagnosis of ADHD is established, the caregiver should discuss with the parents and child the ways ADHD can affect learning, behavior, self-esteem, social skills, and family function. The clinician should set goals for the family to improve the child’s interpersonal relationships, develop study skills, and decrease disruptive behaviors. Parent support groups with appropriate professional consultation to such groups can be very helpful.

Behaviorally Oriented Treatments

Treatments geared toward behavioral management often occur in the time frame of 8-12 sessions. The goal of such treatment is for the clinician to identify targeted behaviors that cause impairment in the child’s life (disruptive behavior, difficulty in completing homework, failure to obey home or school rules) and for the child to work on progressively improving the child’s skill in these areas. The clinician should guide the parents and teachers in implementing rules, consequences, and rewards to encourage desired behaviors. In short-term comparison trials, stimulants have been more effective than behavioral treatments used alone; behavioral interventions are only modestly successful at improving behavior, but they may be particularly useful for children with complex comorbidities and family stressors, when combined with medication.

Medications

The most widely used medications for the treatment of ADHD and the treatment of choice are the presynaptic dopaminergic agonists, commonly called psychostimulant medications, including methylphenidate (Ritalin, Concerta, Metadate, Focalin, Daytrana), amphetamine, and/or various amphetamine and dextroamphetamine preparations (Dexedrine, Adderall, Vyvanse) (Table 33-4). Longer-acting, oncedaily forms of each of the major types of stimulant medications are available and facilitate compliance with treatment and coverage over a longer period of time. The clinician should prescribe a stimulant treatment, either methylphenidate or an amphetamine compound. If a full range of methylphenidate dosages is used, approximately 25% of patients have an optimal response on a low (C FECH hypoexpression allele, or ALAS2 exon 11 deletions are increasingly important for genetic counseling. EPP may improve during pregnancy. In classic EPP, DNA studies in both parents can predict the risk for EPP occurring in an offspring.

Dual Porphyria

Dual porphyria refers to patients with porphyria who have deficiencies of more than 1 enzyme of the heme biosynthetic pathway. An unusual pattern of porphyrin precursors and porphyrins may suggest the presence of 2 enzyme deficiencies. Mutations of 2 heme pathway enzymes have been documented in only 2 patients with porphyria. One presented with acute porphyria and had heterozygous mutations in both the CPOX and ALAD genes. The other had symptoms of AIP and PCT and was documented to have both PBGD and UROD mutations. In other reported cases, 1 or both enzyme deficiencies were based on enzyme measurements.

Porphyria Resulting from Tumors

Very rarely, hepatocellular tumors contain and presumably produce excess porphyrins, but such cases have not been studied carefully. Hepatocellular carcinomas complicating PCT and acute hepatic porphyrias usually are not described as containing large amounts of porphyrins. Erythropoietic porphyrias can develop late in life from clonal expansion of erythroid cells containing a specific enzyme deficiency in patients who have developed myelodysplastic or myeloproliferative syndromes. Bibliography is available at Expert Consult.

Chapter 91  ◆  The Porphyrias  773.e1 Bibliography

Porphyria Cutanea Tarda

Anderson KE, Sassa S, Bishop DF, et al: Disorders of heme biosynthesis: X-linked sideroblastic anemias and the porphyrias. In Scriver CR, Beaudet AL, Sly WS, editors: The metabolic and molecular basis of inherited disease, vol II, ed 8, New York, 2001, McGraw-Hill, pp 2991–3062. Bonkovsky HL, Guo JT, Hou W, et al: Porphyrin and heme metabolism and the porphyrias, Compr Physiol 3(1):365–401, 2013.

Erythropoietic Protoporphyria

General

Acute Porphyrias

Dowman JK, Gunson BK, Mirza DF, et al: UK Liver Selection and Allocation Working Party. Liver transplantation for acute intermittent porphyria is complicated by a high rate of hepatic artery thrombosis, Liver Transpl 18(2):195–200, 2012. Stein P, Badminton M, Barth J, et al: Best practice guidelines on clinical management of acute attacks of porphyria and their complications, Ann Clin Biochem 50(Pt 3):217–223, 2013.

Congenital Erythropoietic Porphyria

Katugampola RP, Anstey AV, Finlay AY, et al: A management algorithm for congenital erythropoietic porphyria derived from a study of 29 cases, Br J Dermatol 167(4):888–900, 2012.

Singal AK, Kormos-Hallberg C, Lee C, et al: Low-dose hydroxychloroquine is as effective as phlebotomy in treatment of patients with porphyria cutanea tarda, Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol 10(12):1402–1409, 2012. Balwani M, Doheny D, Bishop DF, et al: Porphyrias Consortium of the National Institutes of Health Rare Diseases Clinical Research Network. Loss-of-function ferrochelatase and gain-of-function erythroid-specific 5-aminolevulinate synthase mutations causing erythropoietic protoporphyria and x-linked protoporphyria in North American patients reveal novel mutations and a high prevalence of X-linked protoporphyria, Mol Med 19:26–35, 2013. Harms J, Lautenschlager S, Minder CE, et al: An alpha-melanocyte-stimulating hormone analogue in erythropoietic protoporphyria, N Engl J Med 360:306– 307, 2009. Minder EI, Schneider-Yin X, Steurer J, et al: A systematic review of treatment options for dermal photosensitivity in erythropoietic protoporphyria, Cell Mol Biol (Noisy-Le-Grand) 55:84–97, 2009. Whatley SD, Mason NG, Holme SA, et al: Molecular epidemiology of erythropoietic protoporphyria in the U.K, Br J Dermatol 162(3):642–646, 2010.

Chapter 92  ◆  Hypoglycemia  773 characterized ultimately by the autonomous ability to maintain euglycemia. Because prematurity or placental insufficiency may limit tissue nutrient deposits, and genetic abnormalities in enzymes or hormones may become evident in the neonate, hypoglycemia is common in the neonatal period.

DEFINITION

In neonates, there is not always an obvious correlation between blood glucose concentration and the classic clinical manifestations of hypoglycemia. The absence of symptoms does not indicate that glucose concentration is normal and has not fallen to less than some optimal level for maintaining brain metabolism. There is evidence that hypoxemia and ischemia may potentiate the role of hypoglycemia in causing permanent brain damage. Consequently, the lower limit of accepted normality of the blood glucose level in newborn infants with associated illness that already impairs cerebral metabolism has not been determined (see Chapter 107). Out of concern for possible neurologic, intellectual, or psychologic sequelae in later life, most authorities recommend that any value of blood glucose 2 µU/mL with hypoglycemia is abnormal. The insulin (µU/mL):glucose (mg/dL) ratio is commonly >0.4; plasma insulin-like growth factor binding protein-1 (IGFBP-1), β OH butyrate, and FFA levels are low with hyperinsulinism. Rare instances of activating mutations in the insulin receptor signaling pathway have been reported where the clinical and biochemical features are similar to states of excessive insulin secretion, yet insulin concentrations are low to the point of being undetectable. Hence, the preferred term is hyperinsulinism, to describe a state of increased insulin action. Macrosomic infants may present with hypoglycemia from the first days of life. Infants with lesser degrees of hyperinsulinism may manifest hypoglycemia only after the first few weeks to months, when the frequency of feedings has been decreased to permit the infant to sleep through the night, and hyperinsulinism prevents the mobilization of endogenous glucose. Increasing appetite and demands for feeding, wilting spells, jitteriness, and frank seizures are the most common presenting features. Additional clues include the rapid development of fasting hypoglycemia within 4-8 hr of food deprivation compared with other causes of hypoglycemia (Tables 92-3 and 92-4); the need for high rates of exogenous glucose infusion to prevent hypoglycemia, often at rates >10-15 mg/kg/min; the absence of ketonemia or acidosis; and elevated C-peptide or proinsulin levels at the time of hypoglycemia. The latter insulin-related products are absent in factitious hypoglycemia from exogenous administration of insulin as a form of child abuse (Munchausen by proxy syndrome; see Chapter 40.2). Hypoglycemia is invariably provoked by withholding feedings for several hours, permitting simultaneous measurement of glucose, insulin, ketones, and FFAs in the same sample at the time of clinically manifested hypoglycemia. This is termed the critical sample. The glycemic response to glucagon at the time of hypoglycemia reveals a brisk increment in glucose concentration of at least 40 mg/dL, which implies that glucose mobilization has been restrained by insulin but that glycogenolytic mechanisms are intact (Tables 92-5, 92-6, and 92-7). The measurement of serum IGFBP-1 concentration may help diagnose hyperinsulinism. The secretion of IGFBP-1 is acutely inhibited by insulin action; IGFBP-1 concentrations are low during hyperinsulinisminduced hypoglycemia. In patients with spontaneous or fastinginduced hypoglycemia with a low insulin level (ketotic hypoglycemia, normal fasting), IGFBP-1 concentrations are significantly higher. The differential diagnosis of endogenous hyperinsulinism includes diffuse β-cell hyperplasia or focal β-cell microadenoma. The distinction between these 2 major entities is important because the former, if unresponsive to medical therapy, requires near total pancreatectomy, despite which hypoglycemia may persist or diabetes mellitus may ensue at some later time. Some affected infants may respond to sirolimus. By contrast, focal adenomas diagnosed

Table 92-3  Hypoglycemia in Infants and Children: Clinical and Laboratory Features GROUP

GLUCOSE* (mg/dL)

INSULIN (µU/mL)

HYPERINSULINEMIA (N = 12) Mean 7.4 SEM 2.0

AGE AT DIAGNOSIS (mo)

23.1 2.7

22.4 3.2

NONHYPERINSULINEMIA (N = 16) Mean 41.8 SEM 7.3

36.1 2.4

5.8 0.9

FASTING TIME TO HYPOGLYCEMIA (hr) 2.1† 0.6 18.2 2.9

*In hypoglycemia caused by hyperinsulinism β OH butyrate and FFA are low compared with normal at same duration of fasting. † Milder forms of hyperinsulinism may require up to 18 hr of fasting to provoke hypoglycemia. SEM, standard error of mean. Adapted from Antunes JD, Geffner ME, Lippe BM, et al: Childhood hypoglycemia: differentiating hyperinsulinemic from nonhyperinsulinemic causes, J Pediatr 116:105–108, 1990.

HYPOGLYCEMIA/ HYPERINSULINEMIA

FAMILY HISTORY

MOLECULAR DEFECTS

ASSOCIATED CLINICAL, BIOCHEMICAL, OR MOLECULAR FEATURES

RESPONSE TO MEDICAL MANAGEMENT

RECOMMENDED SURGICAL APPROACH

TYPE

MACROSOMIA

PROGNOSIS

Sporadic

Present at birth

Moderate/severe in first days to weeks of life

Negative

? SUR1/KIR 6.2 Mutations not always identified in diffuse hyperplasia

Loss of heterozygosity in microadenomatous tissue

Generally poor; may respond better to somatostatin than to diazoxide

Partial pancreatectomy if frozen section shows β-cell crowding with small nuclei—suggests microadenoma Subtotal >95% pancreatectomy if frozen section shows giant nuclei in β-cells—suggests diffuse hyperplasia

Excellent if focal adenoma is removed, thereby curing hypoglycemia and retaining sufficient pancreas to avoid diabetes Guarded if subtotal (>95%) pancreatectomy is performed because diabetes develops in, and hypoglycemia persists in

Autosomal recessive

Present at birth

Severe in first days to weeks of life

Positive

SUR/KIR 6.2

Consanguinity a feature in some populations

Poor

Subtotal pancreatectomy

Guarded

Autosomal dominant

Unusual

Moderate onset usually post 6 mo of age

Positive

Glucokinase (activating) Some cases gene unknown

None

Very good to excellent

Surgery usually not required Partial pancreatectomy only if medical management fails

Excellent

Autosomal dominant

Unusual

Moderate onset usually post 6 mo of age

Positive

Glutamate dehydrogenase (activating)

Modest hyperammonemia

Very good to excellent

Surgery usually not required

Excellent

BeckwithWiedemann syndrome

Present at birth

Moderate, spontaneously resolves post 6 mo of age

Negative

Duplicating/ imprinting in chromosome 11p15.1

Macroglossia, omphalocele, hemihypertrophy

Good

Not recommended

Excellent for hypoglycemia; guarded for possible development of embryonal tumors (Wilms hepatoblastoma)

Congenital disorders of glycosylation

Not usual

Moderate/onset post 3 mo of age

Negative

Phosphomannose isomerase deficiency

Hepatomegaly, vomiting, intractable diarrhea

Good with mannose supplement

Not recommended

Fair

778  Part XI  ◆  Metabolic Disorders

Table 92-4  Correlation of Clinical Features with Molecular Defects in Persistent Hyperinsulinemic Hypoglycemia in Infancy

Chapter 92  ◆  Hypoglycemia  779 Table 92-5  Analysis of Critical Blood Sample During Hypoglycemia and 30 Minutes After Glucagon* SUBSTRATES Glucose Free fatty acids Ketones Lactate Uric acid Ammonia HORMONES Insulin Cortisol Growth hormone Thyroxine, thyroid-stimulating hormone Insulin-like growth factor binding protein-1† *Glucagon 50 µg/kg with maximum of 1 mg IV or IM. † Measure once only before or after glucagon administration. Rise in glucose of ≥40 mg/dL after glucagon given at the time of hypoglycemia strongly suggests a hyperinsulinemic state with adequate hepatic glycogen stores and intact glycogenolytic enzymes. If ammonia is elevated to 100-200 µM, consider activating mutation of glutamate dehydrogenase.

Table 92-6  Criteria for Diagnosing Hyperinsulinism Based on “Critical” Samples (Drawn at a Time of Fasting Hypoglycemia: Plasma Glucose 2 µU/mL)* 2. Hypofatty acidemia (plasma free fatty acids 5 µU/mL, suspect endogenous hyperinsulinemia; if >100 µU/mL, suspect factitious hyperinsulinemia (exogenous insulin injection). Admit to hospital for supervised fast. 6. If cortisol is 5-10 µU/mL in the presence of documented hypoglycemia confirm this diagnosis. The presence of

Chapter 92  ◆  Hypoglycemia  787 Fasting

Hypoglycemia

Acidosis

Figure 92-5  Algorithm for diagnosis of hypogly-

cemia based on fasting fuel responses. F1,6diPase, fructose-1,6-diphosphatase; FFA, free  fatty acid; G-6Pase, glucose-6-phosphatase; GH, growth hormone; GSD, glycogen storage disease; SGA, small for gestational age. (From Kliegman RM, Greenbaum LA, Lye PS, editors: Practical strategies in pediatric diagnosis and therapy, ed 2, Philadelphia, 2004, Elsevier Saunders.)

No acidosis

Fuel responses

Lactic acidosis

Ketoacidosis

Possible disorders

G-6-Pase deficiency F-1,6-diPase deficiency Pyruvate carboxylase deficiency Normal neonates

Normal child Ketotic hypoglycemic GSD types 0,3,6,9 GH deficiency Cortisol deficiency

hepatomegaly should arouse suspicion of an enzyme deficiency such as glucose-6-phosphate in glycogen storage disease-1 or other glycogen storage diseases; if a non–glucose-reducing sugar is present in the urine (e.g., Clinitest positive but Clinistix negative), galactosemia is most likely. In males, the presence of a microphallus suggests the possibility of hypopituitarism, which also may be associated with cholestatic jaundice in both sexes; evidence of a midline facial defect such as cleft palate also suggests possible hypopituitarism as the cause of hypoglycemia via deficiency in growth hormone and/or cortisol. A high index of suspicion and awareness of hypoglycemia as the cause for unusual behavior of any “sick” newborn should prompt a bedside glucose determination. However, because glucose meters have an accuracy of only ±20%, any blood glucose value 4 NA

High Moderate Low Moderate Low Moderate Low Low

3 6 12 6 12 6 12 12

Systemic disease

NA

NA

NA

Low

12

TYPE

From Cassidy J, Kivlin J, Lindsley C, et al: Section on Rheumatology; Section on Ophthalmology: Ophthalmologic examinations in children with juvenile rheumatoid arthritis, Pediatrics 117:1843–1845, 2006.

Figure 155-5 Hands and wrists of a girl with polyarticular juvenile idiopathic arthritis, rheumatoid factor–negative. Notice the symmetric involvement of the wrists, metacarpophalangeal joints, and proximal and distal interphalangeal joints. In this photograph, there is cream with occlusive dressing on the patient’s right hand in preparation for placement of an intravenous line for administration of a biologic agent.

(Fig. 155-8). Cervical spine involvement (Fig. 155-9), manifesting as decreased neck extension, occurs with a risk of atlantoaxial subluxation and neurologic sequelae. Hip disease may be subtle, with findings of decreased or painful range of motion on exam (Fig. 155-10). sJIA is characterized by arthritis, fever, rash, and prominent visceral involvement, including hepatosplenomegaly, lymphadenopathy, and serositis (pericarditis). The characteristic fever, defined as spiking temperatures to ≥39°C (102.2°F), occurs on a daily or twice-daily basis for at least 2 wk, with a rapid return to normal or subnormal temperatures (Fig. 155-11). The fever is often present in the evening and is frequently accompanied by a characteristic faint, erythematous, macular rash. The evanescent salmon-colored lesions, classic for sJIA, are linear or circular and are most commonly distributed over the trunk and proximal extremities (Fig. 155-12). The classic rash is nonpruritic and migratory with lesions lasting 70% of affected children. Without arthritis, the differential diagnosis includes the episodic fever syndromes, infection, and malignancy. Some children initially present with only systemic features, and evolve over time, but definitive diagnosis requires presence of arthritis. Arthritis may affect any number of joints, but the course is classically polyarticular, may be very destructive, and can include hip, cervical spine, and temporomandibular joint involvement. Macrophage activation syndrome (MAS) is a rare but potentially fatal complication of sJIA that can occur at any time (onset, medication

change, active or remission) during the disease course. It is also referred to as secondary hemophagocytic syndrome or hemophagocytic lymphohistiocytosis (HLH) (see Chapter 507). There is increasing evidence that sJIA/MAS and HLH share similar functional defects in granuledependent cytotoxic lymphocyte activity. MAS classically manifests as acute onset of high spiking fevers, lymphadenopathy, hepatosplenomegaly, and encephalopathy. Laboratory evaluation shows thrombocytopenia and leukopenia with elevated liver enzymes, lactate dehydrogenase, ferritin, and triglycerides. Patients may have purpura and mucosal bleeding, as well as elevated fibrin split product values and prolonged prothrombin and partial prothromboplastin times. The erythrocyte sedimentation rate (ESR) falls because of hypofibrinogenemia and hepatic dysfunction, a feature useful in distinguishing MAS from a flare of systemic disease (Table 155-6). Although finalized diagnostic criteria for MAS do not currently exist, the features that were decided by an international consensus panel as the most important indicators of MAS include a falling platelet count, extreme hyperferritinemia, evidence of macrophage hemophagocytosis in the bone marrow, increased liver enzymes, falling leukocyte count, persistent, continuous fever ≥38°C (100.4°F), falling ESR, hypofibrinogenemia, and hypertriglyceridemia. A relative change in laboratory values is likely more relevant in making an early diagnosis than are absolute normal values. The diagnosis is suggested by clinical criteria and is confirmed by bone marrow biopsy demonstrating hemophagocytosis (Table 1556). Emergency treatment with high-dose intravenous methylprednisolone, cyclosporine, or anakinra may be effective. Severe cases may require therapy similar to that for primary HLH (see Chapter 507). Bone mineral metabolism and skeletal maturation are adversely affected in children with JIA, regardless of subtype. Children with JIA have decreased bone mass (osteopenia), which appears to be associated with increased disease activity. Increased levels of cytokines such as TNF-α and IL-6, both key regulators in bone metabolism, have deleterious effects on bone within the joint as well as systemically in the axial and appendicular bones. Abnormalities of skeletal maturation become most prominent during the pubertal growth spurt.

DIAGNOSIS

JIA is a clinical diagnosis without any diagnostic laboratory tests. The meticulous clinical exclusion of other diseases and many mimics is therefore essential. Laboratory studies, including tests for ANA and RF, are only supportive or prognostic, and their results may be normal in patients with JIA (see Tables 155-1 to 155-4).

DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOSIS

The differential diagnosis for arthritis is broad and a careful, thorough investigation for other underlying etiology is imperative (Table 155-7). History, physical exam, laboratory tests, and radiography may help exclude other possible causes. Arthritis can be a presenting manifestation for any of the multisystem rheumatic diseases of childhood, including systemic lupus erythematosus (see Chapter 158), juvenile dermatomyositis (see Chapter 159), sarcoidosis (see Chapter 165), and

Chapter 155  ◆  Juvenile Idiopathic Arthritis  1165

A

B

Figure 155-6 Progression of joint destruction in a girl with polyarticular juvenile idiopathic arthritis, rheumatoid factor–positive, despite doses

of corticosteroids sufficient to suppress symptoms in the interval between the radiographs shown in A and B. A, Radiograph of the hand at onset. B, Radiograph taken 4 yr later, showing a loss of articular cartilage and destructive changes in the distal and proximal interphalangeal and metacarpophalangeal joints as well as destruction and fusion of wrist bones.

Figure 155-8 CT scan of the temporomandibular joint of a patient with juvenile idiopathic arthritis exhibiting destruction on the right.

A

B

Figure 155-7 Rheumatoid nodules overlying bony prominences in

an adolescent with rheumatoid factor–positive polyarthritis. (From Rosenberg AM, Oen KG: Polyarthritis. In Cassiday JT, Petty RE, Laxer RM, et al, editors: Textbook of pediatric rheumatology, ed 6, Philadelphia, 2011, Saunders Elsevier, Fig. 15-5, p. 257.)

the vasculitic syndromes (see Chapter 167). In scleroderma (see Chapter 160), limited range of motion as a consequence of sclerotic skin overlying a joint may be confused with sequelae from chronic inflammatory arthritis. Acute rheumatic fever is characterized by exquisite joint pain and tenderness, a remittent fever, and a migratory polyarthritis. Autoimmune hepatitis can also be associated with an acute arthritis. Many infections are associated with arthritis, and a recent history of infectious symptoms may help make a distinction. Viruses, including parvovirus B19, rubella, Epstein-Barr virus, hepatitis B virus, and HIV,

1166  Part XVI  ◆  Rheumatic Diseases of Childhood

Figure 155-12 The rash of systemic juvenile idiopathic arthritis. The

rash is salmon-colored, macular, and nonpruritic. Individual lesions are transient and occur in crops over the trunk and extremities. (Reprinted from the American College of Rheumatology: Clinical slide collection on the rheumatic diseases, Atlanta, copyright 1991, 1995, 1997, ACR. Used with permission of the American College of Rheumatology.)

Figure 155-9 Radiograph of the cervical spine of a patient with active

juvenile idiopathic arthritis, showing fusion of the neural arch between joints C2 and C3, narrowing and erosion of the remaining neural arch joints, obliteration of the apophyseal space, and loss of the normal lordosis.

Table 155-6

Main Clinical, Laboratory, and Pathologic Features of Macrophage Activation Syndrome

LABORATORY CRITERIA 1. Cytopenias 2. Abnormal liver function tests 3. Coagulopathy (hypofibrinogenemia) 4. Decreased erythrocyte sedimentation rate 5. Hypertriglyceridemia 6. Hyponatremia 7. Hypoalbuminemia 8. Hyperferritinemia 9. Elevated sCD25 and sCD163 CLINICAL CRITERIA 1. Nonremitting fever 2. Hepatomegaly 3. Splenomegaly 4. Lymphadenopathy 5. Hemorrhages 6. Central nervous system dysfunction (headache, seizures, lethargy, coma, disorientation)

Figure 155-10 Severe hip disease in a 13 yr old boy with active

systemic juvenile idiopathic arthritis. Radiograph shows destruction of the femoral head and acetabula, joint space narrowing, and subluxation of left hip. The patient had received corticosteroids systemically for 9 yr.

Temperature (°C)

41 40 39 38 37 36 35

0

2

4

6

8

10

12 14 Days

16

18

20

22

24

Figure 155-11 High-spiking intermittent fever in a 3 yr old patient with systemic juvenile idiopathic arthritis. (From Ravelli A, Martini A: Juvenile idiopathic arthritis, Lancet 369:767–778, 2007.)

HISTOPATHOLOGIC CRITERIA 1. Macrophage hemophagocytosis in the bone marrow aspirate 2. Increased CD163 staining of the bone marrow From Ravelli A, Grom A, Behrens E, Cron R: Macrophage activation syndrome as part of systemic juvenile idiopathic arthritis: diagnosis, genetics, pathophysiology and treatment, Genes Immun 13:289–298, 2012.

can induce a transient arthritis. Arthritis may follow enteric infections (see Chapter 157). Lyme disease (see Chapter 222) should be considered in children with oligoarthritis living in or visiting endemic areas. Although a history of tick exposure, preceding flu-like illness, and subsequent rash should be sought, they are not always present. Monoarticular arthritis unresponsive to antiinflammatory treatment may be the result of chronic mycobacterial or other infection such as Kingella kingae, and the diagnosis is established by synovial fluid analysis or biopsy. Acute onset of fever and a painful, erythematous, hot joint suggests septic arthritis. Isolated hip pain with limited motion raises the possibility of suppurative arthritis (see Chapter 685), osteomyelitis (see Chapter 684), toxic synovitis, Legg-Calvé-Perthes disease, slipped capital femoral epiphysis, and chondrolysis of the hip (see Chapter 678). Lower-extremity arthritis and tenderness over insertion of ligaments and tendons, especially in a boy, raises the possibility of ERA (see Chapter 156). Psoriatic arthritis can manifest as limited joint involvement in an unusual distribution (e.g., small joints of the hand and

Chapter 155  ◆  Juvenile Idiopathic Arthritis  1167 Table 155-7

Conditions Causing Arthritis or Extremity Pain

RHEUMATIC AND INFLAMMATORY DISEASES Juvenile idiopathic arthritis Systemic lupus erythematosus Juvenile dermatomyositis Polyarteritis nodosa Scleroderma Sjögren syndrome Behçet disease Overlap syndromes Antineutrophilic cytoplasmic antibody (ANCA)-associated vasculitis Sarcoidosis Kawasaki syndrome Henoch-Schönlein purpura Chronic recurrent multifocal osteomyelitis SERONEGATIVE SPONDYLOARTHROPATHIES Juvenile ankylosing spondylitis Inflammatory bowel disease Psoriatic arthritis Reactive arthritis associated with urethritis, iridocyclitis, and mucocutaneous lesions INFECTIOUS ILLNESSES Bacterial arthritis (septic arthritis, Staphylococcus aureus, Kingella kingae, pneumococcus, gonococcus, Haemophilus influenzae) Lyme disease Viral illness (parvovirus, rubella, mumps, Epstein-Barr virus, hepatitis B, Chikungunya virus) Fungal arthritis Mycobacterial infection Spirochetal infection Endocarditis REACTIVE ARTHRITIS Acute rheumatic fever Reactive arthritis (postinfectious caused by Shigella, Salmonella, Yersinia, Chlamydia, or meningococcus) Serum sickness Toxic synovitis of the hip Postimmunization IMMUNODEFICIENCIES Hypogammaglobulinemia Immunoglobulin A deficiency Human immunodeficiency virus CONGENITAL AND METABOLIC DISORDERS Gout Pseudogout Mucopolysaccharidoses Thyroid disease (hypothyroidism, hyperthyroidism) Hyperparathyroidism Vitamin C deficiency (scurvy) Hereditary connective tissue disease (Marfan syndrome, Ehlers-Danlos syndrome) Fabry disease Farber disease Amyloidosis (familial Mediterranean fever)

ankle) years prior to onset of cutaneous disease. Inflammatory bowel disease may manifest as oligoarthritis, usually affecting joints in the lower extremities, as well as gastrointestinal symptoms, elevations in ESR, and microcytic anemia. Many conditions present solely with arthralgias (i.e., joint pain). Hypermobility may cause joint pain, especially in the lower extremities. Growing pains should be suspected in a child between the ages of 4-12 yr complaining of leg pain in the evenings with normal investigative studies and no morning symptoms. Nocturnal pain also alerts to the possibility of a malignancy. An adolescent with missed school days may suggest a diagnosis of fibromyalgia (see Chapter 168). Children with leukemia or neuroblastoma may have joint or bone pain resulting from malignant infiltration of the bone, synovium, or, more often, the bone marrow, sometimes mo before demonstrating

BONE AND CARTILAGE DISORDERS Trauma Patellofemoral syndrome Hypermobility syndrome Osteochondritis dissecans Avascular necrosis (including Legg-Calvé-Perthes disease) Hypertrophic osteoarthropathy Slipped capital femoral epiphysis Osteolysis Benign bone tumors (including osteoid osteoma) Histiocytosis Rickets NEUROPATHIC DISORDERS Peripheral neuropathies Carpal tunnel syndrome Charcot joints NEOPLASTIC DISORDERS Leukemia Neuroblastoma Lymphoma Bone tumors (osteosarcoma, Ewing sarcoma) Histiocytic syndromes Synovial tumors HEMATOLOGIC DISORDERS Hemophilia Hemoglobinopathies (including sickle cell disease) MISCELLANEOUS DISORDERS Autoinflammatory diseases Recurrent multifocal osteomyelitis Pigmented villonodular synovitis Plant-thorn synovitis (foreign-body arthritis) Myositis ossificans Eosinophilic fasciitis Tendinitis (overuse injury) Raynaud phenomenon PAIN SYNDROMES Fibromyalgia Growing pains Depression (with somatization) Reflex sympathetic dystrophy Regional myofascial pain syndromes

lymphoblasts on peripheral blood smear. Physical examination may reveal no tenderness, a deeper pain with palpation of the bone, or pain out of proportion to exam findings. Malignant pain often awakens the child from sleep and may cause cytopenias. Because platelets are an acute-phase reactant, a high ESR with leukopenia and a low normal platelet count may also be a clue to underlying leukemia. In addition, the characteristic quotidian fever of sJIA is absent in malignancy. Bone marrow examination is necessary for diagnosis. Some diseases, such as cystic fibrosis, diabetes mellitus, and the glycogen storage diseases, have associated arthropathies (see Chapter 169). Swelling that extends beyond the joint can be a sign of lymphedema or HenochSchönlein purpura (see Chapter 515). A peripheral arthritis indis­ tinguishable from JIA occurs in the humoral immunodeficiencies (see Chapter 124), such as common variable immunodeficiency and

1168  Part XVI  ◆  Rheumatic Diseases of Childhood X-linked agammaglobulinemia. Skeletal dysplasias associated with a degenerative arthropathy are diagnosed from their characteristic radiologic abnormalities. Systemic onset of JIA often presents as an fever of unknown origin (see Chapter 177). Important considerations in the differential diagnosis include infections (endocarditis, brucellosis, cat scratch disease, Q fever, mononucleosis), autoinflammatory disease (see Chapter 163) malignancy (leukemia, lymphoma, neuroblastoma) and HLH (see Chapter 507.2).

TREATMENT

The goals of treatment are to achieve disease remission, prevent or halt joint damage, and foster normal growth and development. All children with JIA need individualized treatment plans, and management is tailored according to disease subtype and severity, presence of poor

LABORATORY FINDINGS

Hematologic abnormalities often reflect the degree of systemic or articular inflammation, with elevated white blood cell and platelet counts and a microcytic anemia. Inflammation may also cause elevations in ESR and C-reactive protein, although it is not unusual for both to be normal in children with JIA. Elevated ANA titers are present in 40-85% of children with oligoarticular or polyarticular JIA, but are rare with sJIA. ANA seropositivity is associated with increased risk of chronic uveitis in JIA. Approximately 5-15% of patients with polyarticular JIA are seropositive for RF. Anti–cyclic citrullinated peptide antibody, like RF, is a marker of more aggressive disease. Both ANA and RF seropositivity can occur in association with transient events, such as viral infection. Children with sJIA usually have striking elevations in inflammatory markers and white blood cell and platelet counts. Hemoglobin levels are low, typically in the range of 7-10 g/dL, with indices consistent with anemia of chronic disease. The ESR is usually high, except in MAS. Although immunoglobulin levels tend to be high, ANA and RF are uncommon. Ferritin values are typically elevated and can be markedly increased in MAS (>10,000 ng/mL). In the setting of MAS, all cell lines have the potential to decline precipitously owing to the consumptive process. A low or normal white blood cell count and/or platelet count in a child with active sJIA should raise concerns for MAS. Early radiographic changes of arthritis include soft tissue swelling, periarticular osteopenia, and periosteal new-bone apposition around affected joints (Fig. 155-13). Continued active disease may lead to subchondral erosions, loss of cartilage, with varying degrees of bony destruction, and fusion. Characteristic radiographic changes in cervical spine, most frequently in the neural arch joints at C2-C3 (see Fig. 155-9) may progress to atlantoaxial subluxation. MRI is more sensitive than radiography to detect early changes (Fig. 155-14).

Figure 155-13 Early (6 mo duration) radiographic changes of juvenile

idiopathic arthritis. Soft-tissue swelling and periosteal new bone formation appear adjacent to the 2nd and 4th proximal interphalangeal joints.

Figure 155-14 MRI of the wrist in a child with wrist arthritis. Image on the left shows multiple erosions of carpal bones. Image on the right, obtained after administration of gadolinium contrast agent, reveals uptake consistent with active synovitis.

Chapter 155  ◆  Juvenile Idiopathic Arthritis  1169 Table 155-8 TYPICAL MEDICATIONS

Pharmacologic Treatment of Juvenile Idiopathic Arthritis (JIA) TYPICAL DOSES

NONSTEROIDAL ANTIINFLAMMATORY DRUGS Naproxen 15 mg/kg/day PO divided bid (maximum dose 500 mg bid) Ibuprofen Meloxicam

40 mg/kg/day PO divided tid (maximum dose 800 mg tid) 0.125 mg/kg PO once daily (maximum dose 15 mg daily)

DISEASE-MODIFYING ANTIRHEUMATIC DRUGS Methotrexate 0.5-1 mg/kg PO or SC weekly (maximum dose 25 mg/wk) Sulfasalazine

Leflunomide*

Initial 12.5 mg/kg PO daily; increase by 10 mg/kg/day Maintenance: 40-50 mg/kg divided bid (maximum dose 2 g/day) 10-20 mg PO daily

BIOLOGIC AGENTS Anti–Tumor Necrosis Factor-α Etanercept 0.8 mg/kg SC weekly or 0.4 mg/kg SC twice weekly (maximum dose 50 mg/wk)

JIA SUBTYPE

SIDE EFFECT(S)

Polyarthritis Systemic Oligoarthritis Same as above

Gastritis, renal and hepatic toxicity, pseudoporphyria

Same as above

Same as above

Polyarthritis Systemic Persistent or extended oligoarthritis Polyarthritis

Nausea, vomiting, oral ulcerations, hepatic toxicity, blood count dyscrasias, immunosuppression, teratogenicity GI upset, allergic reaction, pancytopenia, renal and hepatic toxicity, StevensJohnson syndrome

Polyarthritis

GI upset, hepatic toxicity, allergic rash, alopecia (reversible), teratogenicity (needs washout with cholestyramine)

Polyarthritis Systemic Persistent or extended oligoarthritis

Immunosuppressant, concern for malignancy, demyelinating disease, lupus-like reaction, injection site reaction Same as above, infusion reaction Same as above

Infliximab* Adalimumab

3-10 mg/kg IV q4-8wk Same as above Same as above 30 kg: 40 mg SC every other week Anticytotoxic T-Lymphocyte–Associated Antigen-4 Immunoglobulin Abatacept Polyarthritis 100 kg: 1,000 mg/dose IV q4wk Anti-CD20 Rituximab* Polyarthritis 750 mg/m2 IV 2 wk × 2 (maximum dose 1,000 mg) Interleukin-1 Inhibitors Anakinra* 1-2 mg/kg SC daily (maximum dose Systemic 100 mg/day) Canakinumab 15-40 kg: 2 mg/kg/dose SC q8wk Systemic >40 kg: 150 mg SC q8wk Rilonacept* 2.2 mg/kg/dose SC weekly (maximum Systemic dose 160 mg) Interleukin-6 Receptor Antagonist Tocilizumab Systemic 30 kg: 8 mg/kg/dose q2wk (maximum dose 800 mg)

Same as above

Immunosuppressant, concern for malignancy, infusion reaction Immunosuppressant, infusion reaction, progressive multifocal encephalopathy Immunosuppressant, GI upset, injection site reaction Immunosuppressant, headache, GI upset, injection site reaction Immunosuppressant, allergic reaction, dyslipidemia, injection site reaction Immunosuppressant, hepatic toxicity, dyslipidemia, cytopenias, GI upset, infusion reaction

bid, Twice daily; GI, gastrointestinal; IV, intravenous; PO, oral; SC, subcutaneous; tid, 3 times daily. *Not indicated by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration for use in JIA.

prognostic indicators, and response to medications. Disease management also requires monitoring for potential medication toxicities (see Chapter 154). Children with oligoarthritis often show partial response to nonsteroidal antiinflammatory drugs (NSAIDs), with improvement in inflammation and pain (Table 155-8). Those who have no or partial response after 4-6 wk of treatment with NSAIDs or who have functional limitations, such as joint contracture or leg-length discrepancy, benefit from injection of intraarticular corticosteroids. Triamcinolone hexacetonide is a long-lasting preparation that provides a prolonged response. A minority of patients with oligoarthritis show no response to NSAIDs and injections, and therefore require treatment with disease-modifying antirheumatic drugs (DMARDs), methotrexate, and, if no response, TNF inhibitors. NSAIDs alone rarely induce remission in children with polyarthritis or sJIA. Methotrexate is the oldest and least toxic of the DMARDs

available for adjunctive therapy. It may take 6-12 wk to see the effects of methotrexate. Failure of methotrexate monotherapy warrants the addition of a biologic DMARD. Biologic medications that inhibit proinflammatory cytokines, such as TNF-α, IL-1, and IL-6, demonstrated excellent disease control. TNF-α antagonists (e.g., etanercept, adalimumab) are used to treat children with an inadequate response to methotrexate, with poor prognostic factors, or with severe disease onset. Early aggressive therapy with a combination of methotrexate and a TNF-α antagonist may result in earlier achievement of clinically inactive disease. TNF inhibition is not as effective for the systemic symptoms found in sJIA. When systemic symptoms dominate systemic steroids are started followed by the initiation of IL-1 or IL-6 antagonist therapy, which often induces a dramatic and rapid response. Patients with severe disease activity may go directly to anakinra. Canakinumab, an IL-1β inhibitor, and tocilizumab, an IL-6 receptor antagonist, are

1170  Part XVI  ◆  Rheumatic Diseases of Childhood

Figure 155-15 Chronic anterior uveitis, or iridocyclitis, of juvenile idiopathic arthritis. Extensive posterior synechiae have resulted in a small, irregular pupil. A well-developed cataract and early band keratopathy can be seen at the medial and lateral margins of the cornea.

FDA-approved treatments for sJIA in children older than 2 yr. Standardized consensus treatment plans have been published to guide therapy for sJIA. These outline 4 treatment plans based on glucocorticoids, methotrexate, anakinra, or tocilizumab with optional glucocorticoid use in the latter 3 plans as clinically indicated. With the advent of newer DMARDs, the use of systemic corticosteroids can often be avoided or minimized. Systemic steroids are recommended only for management of severe systemic illness, for bridge therapy during the wait for therapeutic response to a DMARD, and for control of uveitis. Steroids impose risks of severe toxicities, including Cushing syndrome, growth retardation, and osteopenia, and they do not prevent joint destruction. Oral Janus kinase (JAK) inhibitors (tofacitinib, ruxolitinib) inhibit JAK signaling pathways involved in immune activation and inflammation. Tofacitinib is FDA approved for adults with rheumatoid arthritis. Management of JIA must include periodic slit-lamp ophthalmologic examinations to monitor for asymptomatic uveitis (see Table 155-5; Figs. 155-15 and 155-16). Optimal treatment of uveitis requires collaboration between the ophthalmologist and rheumatologist. Initial management of uveitis may include mydriatics and corticosteroids used topically, systemically, or through periocular injection. DMARDs allow for a decrease in exposure to steroids, and methotrexate and antibodies to TNF-α (adalimumab and infliximab) are effective in treating severe uveitis. Dietary evaluation and counseling to ensure appropriate calcium, vitamin D, protein, and caloric intake are important for children with JIA. Physical therapy and occupational therapy are invaluable adjuncts to any treatment program. A social worker and nurse clinician can be important resources for families, to recognize stresses imposed by a chronic illness, to identify appropriate community resources, and to aid compliance with the treatment protocol.

PROGNOSIS

Although the course of JIA in an individual child is unpredictable, some prognostic generalizations can be made on the basis of disease type and course. Studies analyzing management of JIA in the preTNF-α era indicate that up to 50% of patients with JIA have active disease persisting into early adulthood, often with severe limitations of physical function. Children with persistent oligoarticular disease fare well, with a majority achieving disease remission. Those with extended oligoarticu-

Figure 155-16 A slit-lamp examination shows “flare” in the fluid of the anterior chamber (caused by increased protein content) and keratic precipitates on the posterior surface of the cornea, representing small collections of inflammatory cells. (Courtesy of Dr. H.J. Kaplan. From Petty RE, Rosenbaum JT: Uveitis in juvenile idiopathic arthritis. In Cassidy JT, Petty RE, Laxer RM, et al, editors, Textbook of pediatric rheumatology, ed 6, Philadelphia, 2011, Saunders, Fig. 20-3, p. 309.)

lar disease have a poorer prognosis. Children with oligoarthritis, particularly girls who are ANA-positive and with onset of arthritis earlier than 6 yr of age, are at greatest risk for development of chronic uveitis. There is no association between the activity or severity of arthritis and uveitis. Persistent, uncontrolled anterior uveitis (see Fig. 155-15) can cause posterior synechiae, cataracts, glaucoma, and band keratopathy, with resultant blindness. Morbidity can be averted with early diagnosis and implementation of systemic therapy. The child with polyarticular JIA often has a more prolonged course of active joint inflammation and requires early and aggressive therapy. Predictors of severe and persistent disease include young age at onset, RF seropositivity or rheumatoid nodules, the presence of anti–cyclic citrullinated peptide antibodies, and large numbers of affected joints. Disease involving the hip and hand and wrist is also associated with a poorer prognosis and may lead to significant functional impairment. sJIA is often the most difficult to control in terms of both articular inflammation and systemic manifestations. Poorer prognosis is related to polyarticular distribution of arthritis, fever lasting >3 mo, and increased inflammatory markers, such as platelet count and ESR, for >6 mo. IL-1 and IL-6 inhibitors, have changed the management and improved the outcomes for children with severe and prolonged systemic disease. Orthopedic complications include leg length discrepancy and flexion contractures, particularly of the knees, hips, and wrists. Discrepancies in leg length can be managed with a shoe lift on the shorter side to prevent secondary scoliosis. Joint contractures require aggressive medical control of arthritis, often in conjunction with intraarticular corticosteroid injections, appropriate splinting, and stretching of the affected tendons. Popliteal cysts may require no treatment if they are small or respond to intraarticular corticosteroid injection in the anterior knee. Psychosocial adaptation may be affected by JIA. Studies indicate that, compared with control subjects, a significant number of children with JIA have problems with lifetime adjustment and employment. Disability not directly associated with arthritis may continue into young adulthood in as many as 20% of patients, together with continuing chronic pain syndromes at a similar frequency. Psychological complications, including problems with school attendance and socialization, may respond to counseling by mental health professionals. Bibliography is available at Expert Consult.

Chapter 155  ◆  Juvenile Idiopathic Arthritis  1170.e1 Bibliography

Angeles-Han S, Prahalad S: The genetics of juvenile idiopathic arthritis: what is new in 2010? Curr Rheumatol Rep 12:87–93, 2010. Behrens EM, Beukelman T, Gallo L, et al: Evaluation of the presentation of systemic onset juvenile rheumatoid arthritis: data from the Pennsylvania Systemic Onset Juvenile Arthritis Registry (PASOJAR), J Rheumatol 35:343–348, 2008. Beukelman T, Patkar NM, Saag KG, et al: 2011 American College of Rheumatology recommendations for the treatment of juvenile idiopathic arthritis: Initiation and safety monitoring of therapeutic agents for the treatment of arthritis and systemic features, Arthritis Care Res 63:465–482, 2011. Burmester GR, Panaccione R, Gordon KB, et al: Adalimumab: long-term safety in 23,458 patients from global clinical trials in rheumatoid arthritis, juvenile idiopathic arthritis, ankylosing spondylitis, psoriatic arthritis, psoriasis and Crohn’s disease, Ann Rheum Dis 72:517–524, 2013. Cassidy J, Kivlin J, Lindsley C, et al: Ophthalmologic examinations in children with juvenile rheumatoid arthritis, Pediatrics 117:1843–1845, 2006. Cohen SB, Emery P, Greenwald MW, et al: Rituximab for rheumatoid arthritis refractory to anti-tumor necrosis factor therapy: results of a multicenter, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, phase III trial evaluating primary efficacy and safety at twenty-four weeks, Arthritis Rheum 54: 2793–2806, 2006. De Benedetti F, Brunner HI, Ruperto N, et al: Randomized trial of tocilizumab in systemic juvenile idiopathic arthritis, N Engl J Med 367:2385–2395, 2012. DeWitt EM, Kimura Y, Beukelman T, et al: Consensus treatment plans for new-onset systemic juvenile idiopathic arthritis, Arthritis Care Res 64: 1001–1010, 2012. Dougados M, Baeten D: Arthritis 2–spondyloarthritis, Lancet 377:2127–2134, 2011. Flatø B, Lien G, Smerdel A, et al: Prognostic factors in juvenile rheumatoid arthritis: a case control study revealing early predictors and outcome after 14.9 years, J Rheumatol 30:386–393, 2003. Foell D, Wulffraat N, Wedderburn LR, et al: Methotrexate withdrawal at 6 vs 12 months in juvenile idiopathic arthritis in remission, JAMA 303:1266–1273, 2010. Fox DA: Kinase inhibition–a new approach to the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis, N Engl J Med 367:565–566, 2012. Gabay C, Emery P, van Vollenhaven R, et al: Tocilizumab monotherapy versus adalimumab monotherapy for treatment of rheumatoid arthritis (ADACTA): a randomized, double-blind, controlled phase 4 trial, Lancet 381:1541–1548, 2013. Gowdie PJ, Tse SM: Juvenile idiopathic arthritis, Pediatr Clin North Am 59:301– 372, 2012. LeBovidge JS, Lavigne JV, Donenberg GR, et al: Psychological adjustment of children and adolescents with chronic arthritis: a meta-analytic review, J Pediatr Psychol 28:29–39, 2003. Lehmberg K, Pink I, Eulenburg C, et al: Differentiating macrophage activation syndrome in systemic juvenile idiopathic arthritis from other forms of hemophagocytic lymphohistiocytosis, J Pediatr 162:1245–1251, 2013. Lovell DJ, Reiff A, Ilowite NT, et al: Safety and efficacy of up to eight years of continuous etanercept therapy in patients with juvenile rheumatoid arthritis, Arthritis Rheum 58:1496–1504, 2008. Lovell DJ, Ruperto N, Goodman S, et al: Adalimumab with or without methotrexate in juvenile rheumatoid arthritis, N Engl J Med 359:810–820, 2008.

The Medical Letter: Tofacitinib (Xeljanz) for rheumatoid arthritis, Med Lett Drugs Ther 55(1407):1–4, 2013. Nigrovic PA, Mannion M, Prince FH, et al: Anakinra as first-line diseasemodifying therapy in systemic juvenile idiopathic arthritis: report of forty-six patients from an international multicenter series, Arthritis Rheum 63:545–555, 2011. Ogilvie EM, Fife M, Thompson SD, et al: The -174G allele of the interleukin-6 gene confers susceptibility to systemic arthritis in children, Arthritis Rheum 48:3202–3206, 2003. Otten MH, Prince FHM, Armbrust W, et al: Factors associated with treatment response to etanercept in juvenile idiopathic arthritis, JAMA 306(21):2340– 2346, 2011. Packham JC, Hall MA: Long-term follow-up of 246 adults with juvenile idiopathic arthritis: functional outcome, Rheumatology 41:1428–1435, 2002. Petty RE, Southwood TR, Manners P, et al: International League of Associations for Rheumatology (ILAR) classification of juvenile idiopathic arthritis: second revision, Edmonton, 2001, J Rheumatol 31:390–392, 2004. Prakken B, Albani S, Martini A: Arthritis 3: Juvenile idiopathic arthritis, Lancet 377:2138–2146, 2011. Prince FHM, Otten MH, van Suijlekom-Smit WA: Diagnosis and management of juvenile idiopathic arthritis, BMJ 342:95–102, 2011. Ravelli A, Varnier GC, Oliveira S, et al: Antinuclear antibody-positive patients should be grouped as a separate category in the classification of juvenile idiopathic arthritis, Arthritis Rheum 63:267–275, 2011. Ravelli A, Grom A, Behrens E, et al: Macrophage activation syndrome as part of systemic juvenile idtiopathic arthritis: diagnosis, genetics, pathophysiology and treatment, Genes Immun 13:289–298, 2012. Richman NC, Yazdany J, Graf J, et al: Extraarticular manifestations of rheumatoid arthritis in a multiethnic cohort of predominantly Hispanic and Asian patients, Medicine (Baltimore) 92(2):92–97, 2013. Ruperto N, Brunner HI, Quartier P, et al: Two randomized trials of canakinumab in systemic juvenile idiopathic arthritis, N Engl J Med 367:2396–2406, 2012. Ruperto N, Lovell DJ, Cuttica R, et al: A randomized, placebo-controlled trial of infliximab plus methotrexate for the treatment of polyarticular-course juvenile rheumatoid arthritis, Arthritis Rheum 56:3096–3106, 2007. Ruperto N, Lovell DJ, Quartier P, et al: Abatacept in children with juvenile idiopathic arthritis: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled withdrawal trial, Lancet 372:383–391, 2008. Scott DL, Wolfe F, Huizinga TW: Rheumatoid arthritis, Lancet 376:1094–1106, 2010. Sikora KA, Grom AA: Update on the pathogenesis and treatment of systemic idiopathic arthritis, Curr Opin Pediatr 23:640–646, 2011. Silverman E, Mouy R, Spiegel L, et al: Leflunomide or methotrexate for juvenile rheumatoid arthritis, N Engl J Med 352:1655–1666, 2005. Ungar WJ, Costa V, Burnett HF, et al: The use of biologic response modifiers in polyarticular-course juvenile idiopathic arthritis: a systematic review, Semin Arthritis Rheum 42:597–618, 2013. Wallace CA, Giannini EH, Spalding SJ, et al: Trial of early aggressive therapy in polyarticular juvenile idiopathic arthritis, Arthritis Rheum 64:2012–2021, 2012. Wittkowski H, Frosch M, Wulffraat N, et al: S100A12 is a novel molecular marker differentiating systemic-onset juvenile idiopathic arthritis from other causes of fever of unknown origin, Arthritis Rheum 58:3924–3931, 2008.

Chapter 156  ◆  Ankylosing Spondylitis and Other Spondyloarthritides  1171

Chapter

for only approximately 2% of heritability. Infection with certain gastrointestinal or genital pathogens can trigger reactive arthritis (see Chapter 157 and Table 156-2); environmental triggers for other forms of spondyloarthritis have not been identified. Unusual properties of HLA-B27, such as its tendency to misfold and form unusual cell surface structures, may have a role. Inflamed joints and entheses in spondyloarthritides contain T cells, B cells, macrophages, osteoclasts, proliferating fibroblasts and osteoblasts. Bone loss and osteoproliferation in and around vertebral bodies and facet joints in long-standing AS contribute to significant morbidity.

156 

Ankylosing Spondylitis and Other Spondyloarthritides

CLINICAL MANIFESTATIONS AND DIAGNOSIS

Pamela F. Weiss and Robert A. Colbert

The diseases collectively referred to as spondyloarthritides include ankylosing spondylitis (AS), arthritis associated with inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) and psoriasis, and reactive arthritis following gastrointestinal or genitourinary infections (Tables 156-1 and 156-2). Many children with spondyloarthritis are classified in the juvenile idiopathic arthritis (JIA) category of enthesitis-related arthritis (ERA). Children and adolescents with spondyloarthritis, who may not meet ERA criteria, include arthritis associated with psoriasis or IBD, juvenile AS (JAS), and reactive arthritis.

EPIDEMIOLOGY

JIA is diagnosed in 90 per 100,000 children in the United States every year (see Chapter 155). ERA accounts for 10-20% of JIA, and has a mean age of onset of 12 yr. Unlike other JIA categories, males are affected more often than females, accounting for 60% of ERA cases. AS occurs in 0.2-0.5% of adults, with approximately 15% of cases beginning in childhood. These disorders can be familial, largely as a result of the influence of HLA-B27, which is found in 90% of JAS and 50% of ERA compared to 7% of healthy individuals. Approximately 20% of children with ERA have a family history of HLA-B27–associated disease, such as reactive arthritis, AS, or IBD with sacroiliitis.

Clinical manifestations that help distinguish spondyloarthritis from other forms of juvenile arthritis include arthritis of the axial skeleton (sacroiliac joints) and hips, enthesitis (inflammation at the site of tendon, ligament, or joint capsule attachment to bone), symptomatic eye inflammation (acute anterior uveitis), and gastrointestinal inflammation (even in the absence of IBD) (see Table 156-1).

Enthesitis-Related Arthritis

Children have ERA if they have either arthritis and enthesitis or arthritis or enthesitis, with at least 2 of the following characteristics: (1) sacroiliac joint tenderness or inflammatory lumbosacral pain, (2) the presence of HLA-B27, (3) onset of arthritis in a male older than 6 yr,

Table 156-2

Etiologic Microorganisms of Reactive Arthritis

PROBABLE Chlamydia trachomatis Shigella flexneri Salmonella enteritidis Salmonella typhimurium Yersinia enterocolitica Yersinia pseudotuberculosis Campylobacter jejuni

POSSIBLE Neisseria gonorrhoeae Mycoplasma fermentans Mycoplasma genitalium Ureaplasma urealyticum Escherichia coli Cryptosporidium Entamoeba histolytica Giardia lamblia Brucella abortus Clostridium difficile Streptococcus pyogenes Chlamydia pneumoniae Chlamydia psittaci

ETIOLOGY AND PATHOGENESIS

Spondyloarthritides are complex diseases in which susceptibility is largely genetically determined. HLA-B27 is responsible for 23.3% of AS heritability, with genes encoding the interleukin (IL)-23 receptor (IL23R), ERAP1 (endoplasmic reticulum aminopeptidase-1), IL-12p40 (IL12B), and others having important roles, but together accounting

Table 156-1

From Kim PS, Klausmeier TL, Orr DP: Reactive arthritis: a review. J Adolesc Health 44:309–315, 2009, Table 2, p. 311.

Overlapping Characteristics of the Spondyloarthritides

CHARACTERISTIC

JUVENILE ANKYLOSING SPONDYLITIS

JUVENILE PSORIATIC ARTHRITIS

INFLAMMATORY BOWEL DISEASE

REACTIVE ARTHRITIS

Enthesitis

+++

+

+

++

Axial arthritis

+++

++

++

+

Peripheral arthritis

+++

+++

+++

+++

HLA-B27 positive

+++

+

+++

+++

Antinuclear antibody positive



++





Rheumatoid factor positive









Systemic disease:   Eyes   Skin   Mucous membranes   Gastrointestinal tract

+ − − −

+ +++ − −

+ + + ++++

+ + + +++

Frequency of characteristics: −, absent; +, 25 degrees is considered normal.

TREATMENT

The goals in the management of DDH are to obtain and maintain a concentric reduction of the femoral head within the acetabulum in order to provide the optimal environment for the normal development of both the femoral head and acetabulum. The later the diagnosis of DDH is made, the more difficult it is to achieve these goals, the less potential there is for acetabular and proximal femoral remodeling, and the more complex the required treatments.

Newborns and Infants Younger Than 6 Months

Newborns hips that are Barlow-positive (reduced but dislocatable) or Ortolani-positive (dislocated but reducible) should generally be treated with a Pavlik harness as soon as the diagnosis is made. The management of newborns with dysplasia who are younger than 4 wk of age is less clear. A significant proportion of these hips normalize within 3-4 wk; consequently, many physicians prefer to reexamine these newborns after a few weeks before making treatment decisions. A study of 128 newborns with mildly dysplastic hips based on the results of an ultrasound (alpha angles between 43 and 50 degrees) who were randomly assigned to receive immediate abduction splinting or active sonographic surveillance from birth with Frejka splinting provided if treatment was subsequently needed revealed no difference in radiologic findings at 6 yr of age.

3278  Part XXXII  ◆  Bone and Joint Disorders Redislocation

Safe zone

Maximum abduction

Figure 678-10 Diagram of the safe zone of Ramsey.

Figure 678-9 Photograph of a Pavlik harness.

Triple diapers or abduction diapers have no place in the treatment of DDH in the newborn; they are usually ineffective and give the family a false sense of security. Acetabular dysplasia, subluxation, or dislocation can all be readily managed with the Pavlik harness. Although other braces are available (von Rosen splint, Frejka pillow), the Pavlik harness remains the most commonly used device worldwide (Fig. 678-9). By maintaining the Ortolani-positive hip in a Pavlik harness on a full-time basis for 6 wk, hip instability resolves in 95% of cases. After 6 mo of age, the failure rate for the Pavlik harness is >50% because it is difficult to maintain the increasingly active and crawling child in the harness. Frequent examinations and readjustments are necessary to ensure that the harness is fitting correctly. The anterior straps of the harness should be set to maintain the hips in flexion (usually ~90-100 degrees); excessive flexion is discouraged because of the risk of femoral nerve palsy. The posterior straps are designed to encourage abduction. These are generally set to allow adduction just to neutral, as forced abduction by the harness can lead to avascular necrosis of the femoral epiphysis. If follow-up examinations and ultrasounds do not demonstrate concentric reduction of the hip after 3-4 wk of Pavlik harness treatment, the harness should be abandoned. Continued use of the harness beyond this period in a persistently dislocated hip can cause Pavlik harness disease, or wearing away of the posterior aspect of the acetabulum, which can make the ultimate reduction less stable.

Children 6 Months to 2 Years of Age

The principal goals in the treatment of late-diagnosed dysplasia are to obtain and maintain reduction of the hip without damaging the femoral head. Closed reductions are performed in the operating room under general anesthesia. The hip is moved to determine the range of motion in which it remains reduced. This is compared to the maximal range of motion to construct a “safe zone” (Fig. 678-10). An arthrogram obtained at the time of reduction is very helpful for evaluating the depth and stability of the reduction (Fig. 678-11). The reduction is maintained in a well-molded spica cast, with the “human position” of moderate flexion and abduction being the preferred position. After the procedure, single-cut CT or MRI may be used to confirm the reduction. Twelve weeks after closed reduction, the plaster cast is removed; an abduction orthosis is often used at this point to encourage further remodeling of the acetabulum. Failure to obtain a stable hip with a closed reduction indicates the need for an open reduction. In patients younger than 2 yr of age, a secondary acetabular or femoral procedure is rarely required. The potential for acetabu-

Figure 678-11 Arthrogram of a reduced hip for evaluating the stability of reduction.

lar development after closed or open reduction is excellent and continues for 4-8 yr after the procedure.

Children Older Than 2 Years

Children 2-6 yr of age with a hip dislocation usually require an open reduction. In this age group, a concomitant femoral shortening osteotomy is often performed to reduce the pressure on the proximal femur and minimize the risk of osteonecrosis. Because the potential for acetabular development is markedly diminished in these older children, a pelvic osteotomy is usually performed in conjunction with the open reduction. Postoperatively, patients are immobilized in a spica cast for 6-12 wk.

COMPLICATIONS

The most important complication of DDH is avascular necrosis of the femoral epiphysis. Reduction of the femoral head under pressure or in extreme abduction can result in occlusion of the epiphyseal vessels and produce either partial or total infarction of the epiphysis. Revascularization soon follows, but if the physis is severely damaged, abnormal growth and development can occur. The hip is most vulnerable to this complication before 4-6 mo, when the ossific nucleus appears. Management, as previously outlined, is designed to minimize this complication. With appropriate treatment, the incidence of avascular necrosis for DDH is reduced to 5-15%. Other complications in DDH include redislocation, residual subluxation, acetabular dysplasia, and postoperative complications, including wound infections. Bibliography is available at Expert Consult.

Chapter 678  ◆  The Hip  3278.e1 Bibliography

Bracken J, Tran T, Ditchfield M: Developmental dysplasia of the hip: controversies and current concepts, J Paediatr Child Health 48(11):963–972, 2012. Bruras KR, Aukland SM, Markestad T, et al: Newborns with sonographically dysplastic and potentially unstable hips: 6-year follow-up of an RCT, Pediatrics 127:e661–e666, 2011. Dezateux C, Rosendahl K: Developmental dysplasia of the hip, Lancet 369:1541– 1552, 2007. Dogruel H, Atalar H, Yavuz OY, et al: Clinical examination versus ultrasonography in detecting developmental dysplasia of the hip, Int Orthop 32(3):415–419, 2008. Guille JT, Pizzutillo PD, MacEwen GD: Developmental dysplasia of the hip from birth to six months, J Am Acad Orthop Surg 8:232–242, 2000. Haynes DJ: Developmental dysplasia of the hip: etiology, pathogenesis and examination and physical findings in the newborn, Instr Course Lect 50:535– 540, 2001. Hennrikus WL: Developmental dysplasia of the hip: diagnosis and treatment in children younger than 6 months, Pediatr Ann 28:740–746, 1999. Laborie LB, Engesaeter IO, Lehmann TG, et al: Screening strategies for hip dysplasia: Long-term outcome of a randomized controlled trial, Pediatrics 132:492–501, 2013. Lehmann HP, Hinton R, Morello P, et al: American Academy of Pediatrics. Developmental dysplasia of the hip practice guideline: technical report, Pediatrics 105:1–25, 2000. Lowry CA, Donoghue VB, Murphy JF: Auditing hip ultrasound screening of infants at increased risk of developmental dysplasia of the hip, Arch Dis Child 90:579–581, 2005.

Mahan ST, Katz JN, Kim YJ: To screen or not to screen? A decision analysis of the utility of screening for developmental dysplasia of the hip, J Bone Joint Surg Am 91:1705–1719, 2009. Moseley CF: Developmental hip dysplasia and dislocation: management of the older child, Instr Course Lect 50:547–553, 2001. Roovers EA, Boere-Boonekamp MM, Castelein RM, et al: Effectiveness of ultrasound screening for developmental dysplasia of the hip, Arch Dis Child Fetal Neonatal Ed 90:F25–F30, 2005. Roy DR: Current concepts in Legg-Calvé-Perthes disease, Pediatr Ann 28:748–752, 1999. Sewell MD, Rosendahl K, Eastwood DM: Developmental dysplasia of the hip, BMJ 339:1242–1248, 2009. Shorter D, Hong T, Osborn DA: Screening programmes for developmental dysplasia of the hip in newborn infants, Cochrane Database Syst Rev (9):CD004595, 2011. U.S. Preventive Services Task Force: Screening for developmental dysplasia of the hip: recommendation statement, Pediatrics 117:898–902, 2006. West S, Witt J: Bilateral developmental dysplasia of the hips, BMJ 342:d2152, 2011. Willis RB: Developmental dysplasia of the hip: assessment and treatment before walking age, Instr Course Lect 50:541–545, 2001. Woolacott NF, Puhan MA, Steurer J, et al: Ultrasonography in screening for developmental dysplasia of the hip in newborns: systematic review, BMJ 330:1413–1415, 2005.

Chapter 678  ◆  The Hip  3279

678.2  Transient Monoarticular Synovitis (Toxic Synovitis) Wudbhav N. Sankar, B. David Horn, Lawrence Wells, and John P. Dormans Transient synovitis (toxic synovitis) is a reactive arthritis and is one of the most common causes of hip pain in young children.

ETIOLOGY

The cause of transient synovitis remains unknown. It has been variously described as a nonspecific inflammatory condition or as a postviral immunologic synovitis because it tends to follow recent viral illnesses.

CLINICAL MANIFESTATIONS

Although transient synovitis can occur in all age groups, it is most prevalent in children between 3 and 8 yr of age, with a mean onset at age 6 yr. Approximately 70% of all affected children have had a nonspecific upper respiratory tract infection 7-14 days before the onset of symptoms. Symptoms often develop acutely and usually consist of pain in the groin, anterior thigh, or knee, which may be referred from the hip. These children are usually able to bear weight on the affected limb and typically walk with a painful, limping gait. The hip is not held flexed, abducted, or laterally rotated unless a significant effusion is present. They are often afebrile or have a low-grade fever 50% of the lateral pillar height is maintained. In group C, the lateral pillar is more lucent than in group B and 3 wk with a sudden exacerbation of pain. Radiographs demonstrate femoral neck remodeling and further displacement of the capital epiphysis beyond the remodeled point of the femoral neck. The stability classification separates patients based on their ability to ambulate and is more useful in predicting prognosis and establishing a treatment plan. The SCFE is considered stable when the child is able to walk with or without crutches. A child with an unstable SCFE is unable to walk with or without walking aids. Patients with unstable SCFE have a much higher prevalence of osteonecrosis (up to 50%) compared to those with stable SCFE (nearly 0%). This is most likely because of the vascular injury caused at the time of initial displacement. SCFE may also be categorized by the degree of displacement of the epiphysis on the femoral neck. The head-shaft angle difference is 60 degrees in severe slips, compared to the normal contralateral side.

ETIOLOGY AND PATHOGENESIS

SCFEs are most likely caused by a combination of mechanical and endocrine factors. The plane of cleavage in most SCFEs occurs through the hypertrophic zone of the physis. During normal puberty, the physis becomes more vertically oriented, which converts mechanical forces from compression to shear. In addition, the hypertrophic zone becomes elongated in pubertal adolescents due to high levels of circulating hormones. This widening of the physis decreases the threshold for mechanical failure. Normal ossification depends on a number of different factors, including thyroid hormone, vitamin D, and calcium. Consequently, it is not surprising that SCFEs occur with increased incidence in children with medical disorders such as hypothyroidism, hypopituitarism, and renal osteodystrophy. Obesity, one of the largest risk factors for SCFE, affects both the mechanical load on the physis and the level of circulating hormones. The combination of mechanical and endocrine factors results in gradual failure of the physis, which allows posterior and inferior displacement of the head in relation to the femoral neck.

EPIDEMIOLOGY

The annual incidence of SCFE is 2 per 100,000 in the general population. Incidence has ranged from 0.2 per 100,000 in eastern Japan to 10.08 per 100,000 in the northeastern United States. The AfricanAmerican and Polynesian populations are reported to have an increased incidence of SCFE. Obesity is the most closely associated risk factor in the development of SCFE; approximately 65% of the patients are >90th percentile in weight-for-age profiles. There is a predilection for boys to

Chapter 678  ◆  The Hip  3281.e1 Bibliography

Hamer AJ: Pain in the hip and knee, BMJ 328:1067–1069, 2004. Herring JA, Neustadt JB, Williams JJ, et al: The lateral pillar classification of Legg-Calvé-Perthes disease, J Pediatr Orthop 12:143–150, 1992. Liu YF, Chen WM, Lin YF, et al: Type II collagen gene variants and inherited osteonecrosis of the femoral head, N Engl J Med 352:2294–2301, 2005. Perry DC, Green DJ, Bruce CE, et al: Abnormalities of vascular structure and function in children with Perthes disease, Pediatrics 130:e126–e131, 2012.

Perry DC, Machin DM, Pope D, et al: Racial and geographic factors in the incidence of Legg-Calvé-Perthes’ disease: a systematic review, Am J Epidemiol 175(3):159–166, 2012. Rich MM, Schoenecker PL: Management of Legg-Calvé-Perthes disease using an A-frame orthosis and hip range of motion: a 25-year experience, J Pediatr Orthop 33:112–119, 2013.

3282  Part XXXII  ◆  Bone and Joint Disorders Right

Left

Normal Klein’s line

Abnormal Klein’s line

Figure 678-15 Illustration of Klein’s line.

Figure 678-14 Progressive external rotation noted with flexion: the knee-axilla sign.

some of these radiographic findings can be subtle, most diagnoses can be readily made on the frogleg lateral view, which reveals the characteristic posterior and inferior displacement of the epiphysis in relation to the femoral neck (Fig. 678-16).

TREATMENT be affected more often than girls and for the left hip to be affected more often than the right. Bilateral involvement has been reported in as many as 60% of cases, nearly half of which may be present at the time of initial presentation.

CLINICAL MANIFESTATIONS

The classic patient presenting with a SCFE is an obese, AfricanAmerican boy between the ages of 11 and 16 yr. Girls present earlier, usually between 10 and 14 yr of age. Patients with chronic and stable SCFEs tend to present after weeks to months of symptoms. Patients usually limp to some degree and have an externally rotated lower extremity. Physical examination of the affected hip reveals a restriction of internal rotation, abduction, and flexion. Commonly, the examiner notes that as the affected hip is flexed, the thigh tends to rotate progressively into more external rotation with increased flexion (Fig. 678-14). Most patients complain of groin symptoms, but isolated thigh pain or knee pain is a common presentation from referred pain along the course of the obturator nerve. Missed or delayed diagnosis often occurs in children who present with knee pain and do not receive appropriate imaging of the hip. Patients with unstable SCFEs usually present in an urgent fashion. Children typically refuse to allow any range of motion of the hip; much like a hip fracture, the extremity is shortened, abducted, and externally rotated.

DIAGNOSTIC STUDIES

AP and frogleg lateral radiographic views of both hips are usually the only imaging studies needed to make the diagnosis. Because approximately 25% of patients have a contralateral slip on initial presentation, it is critical that both hips be carefully evaluated by the treating physician. Radiographic findings include widening and irregularity of the physis, a decrease in epiphyseal height in the center of the acetabulum, a crescent-shaped area of increased density in the proximal portion of the femoral neck, and the “blanch sign of Steel” corresponding to the double density created from the anteriorly displaced femoral neck overlying the femoral head. In an unaffected patient, Klein’s line, a straight line drawn along the superior cortex of the femoral neck on the AP radiograph, should intersect some portion of the lateral capital femoral epiphysis. With progressive displacement of the epiphysis, Klein’s line no longer intersects the epiphysis (Fig. 678-15). Although

Once the diagnosis is made, the patient should be admitted to the hospital immediately and placed on bed rest. Allowing the child to go home without definitive treatment increases the risk that a stable SCFE will become an unstable SCFE and that further displacement will occur. Children with atypical presentations (younger than 10 yr of age, thin body habitus) should have screening labs sent to rule out an underlying endocrinopathy. The goal of treatment is to prevent further progression of the slip and to stabilize (i.e., close) the physis. Although various forms of treatment have been used in the past, including spica casting, the current gold standard for the treatment of SCFE is in situ pinning with a single, large screw (Fig. 678-17). The term in situ implies that no attempt is made to reduce the displacement between the epiphysis and femoral neck because doing so increases the risk of osteonecrosis. Screws are typically placed percutaneously under fluoroscopic guidance. Postoperatively, most patients are allowed partial weightbearing with crutches for 4-6 wk, followed by a gradual return to normal activities. Patients should be monitored with serial radiographs to be sure that the physis is closing and that the slip is stable. After healing from the initial stabilization, patients with severe residual deformity may be candidates for proximal femoral osteotomy to correct the deformity, reduce impingement, and improve range of motion. Because 20-40% of children will develop a contralateral SCFE at some point, many orthopedists advocate prophylactic pin fixation of the contralateral (normal) side in patients with a unilateral SCFE. The benefits of preventing a possible slip must be balanced with the risks of performing a potentially unnecessary surgery. Several recent studies have attempted to analyze decision models for prophylactic pinning, but controversy remains regarding the optimal course of treatment.

COMPLICATIONS

Osteonecrosis and chondrolysis are the 2 most serious complications of SCFE. Osteonecrosis, or avascular necrosis, usually occurs as a result of injury to the retinacular vessels. This can be caused by an initial force of injury, particularly in unstable slips, forced manipulation of an acute or unstable SCFE, compression from intracapsular hematoma, or as a direct injury during surgery. Partial forms of osteonecrosis can also appear following internal fixation; this can be caused by a disruption of the intraepiphyseal blood vessels. Chondrolysis, on the other

B

A

C

Figure 678-16 Radiographic appearance of slipped capital femoral epiphysis (SCFE) on presentation. A, Appearance of acute SCFE on a frogleg

lateral view. The displacement of the epiphysis is suggestive of a Salter-Harris type I fracture of the upper femoral physis. There are no secondary adaptive changes noted in the femoral neck. B, Frogleg lateral radiographs in a patient with many months of thigh discomfort and a chronic slipped epiphysis. Adaptive changes in the femoral neck predominate, and the epiphysis is centered on the adapted femoral neck. C, Frogleg lateral radiographs of a patient with acute-on-chronic SCFE. The patient had several months of vague thigh pain, with sudden, severe exacerbation of that pain. The acute displacement of the epiphysis is evident. Unlike in acute SCFE (see A), secondary adaptive remodeling changes are also present in the femoral neck, beyond which the epiphysis has acutely displaced. (From Herring JA: Slipped capital femoral epiphysis. In Herring JA, editor: Tachdjian’s pediatric orthopaedics, ed 5, Philadelphia, 2014, WB Saunders, Fig. 18-1, p. 632.)

hand, is an acute dissolution of articular cartilage in the hip. There are no clear causes of this complication, but it is believed to be associated with more-severe slips, to occur more commonly among AfricanAmericans and girls, and to be associated with pins or screws protruding out of the femoral head. Bibliography is available at Expert Consult.

A

B Figure 678-17 Preoperative (A) and postoperative (B) radiographs demonstrating the in situ pinning in a case of slipped capital femoral epiphysis.

Chapter 678  ◆  The Hip  3283.e1 Bibliography

Azzopardi T, Sharma S, Bennet GC: Slipped capital femoral epiphysis in children aged less than 10 years, J Pediatr Orthop B 19:13–18, 2010. Loder RT, Dietz FR: What is the best evidence for the treatment of slipped capital femoral epiphysis? J Pediatr Orthop 32(Suppl 2):S158–S165, 2012.

Novais EN, Millis MB: Slipped capital femoral epiphysis: prevalence, pathogenesis, and natural history, Clin Orthop Relat Res 470(12):3432–3438, 2012.

Chapter 679  ◆  The Spine  3283

Chapter

679 

The Spine R. Justin Mistovich and David A. Spiegel Abnormalities of the spine can result from a variety of causes including congenital, developmental, and traumatic. In addition to spinal deformities, back pain has become increasingly prevalent in childhood and adolescence, and a thoughtful diagnostic evaluation is required to establish the diagnosis while minimizing the overutilization of healthcare resources. The most common deformities are scoliosis and kyphosis. An early diagnosis is important, as a subset of patients may be candidates for “preventive” strategies such as bracing. Early intervention may potentially reduce the number requiring surgery, or at least reduce the magnitude or risks if surgical treatment is required. Scoliosis may be from congenital bony deformities, may be idiopathic, including infantile, juvenile, or adolescent idiopathic scoliosis, or may be associated with a variety of underlying conditions, including neuromuscular diseases, connective tissue diseases, and genetic

3284  Part XXXII  ◆  Bone and Joint Disorders Table 679-1

Classification of Spinal Deformities

SCOLIOSIS Idiopathic Infantile Juvenile Adolescent Congenital Failure of formation   Wedge vertebrae   Hemivertebrae Failure of segmentation   Unilateral bar   Block vertebra   Mixed Neuromuscular Neuropathic diseases   Upper motor neuron   Cerebral palsy   Spinocerebellar degeneration (Friedreich ataxia, CharcotMarie-Tooth disease)   Syringomyelia   Spinal cord tumor   Spinal cord trauma   Lower motor neuron   Poliomyelitis   Spinal muscular atrophy

Myopathies Duchenne muscular dystrophy Arthrogryposis Other muscular dystrophies Syndromes Neurofibromatosis Marfan syndrome Compensatory Leg-length discrepancy KYPHOSIS Postural kyphosis (flexible) Scheuermann disease Congenital kyphosis   Failure of formation   Failure of segmentation   Mixed

Adapted from the Terminology Committee, Scoliosis Research Society: A glossary of scoliosis terms. Spine (Phila Pa 1976) 1:57, 1976.

syndromes (Table 679-1). The pediatrician is often the first to diagnose these conditions. A familiarity with the physical examination, as well as the natural history and treatment options, will help the pediatrician to not only establish an early diagnosis but also to provide basic counseling for the patient and family regarding the diagnosis, general prognosis, and whether any referral and/or further workup might be indicated. While parents and families are primarily concerned about the resulting cosmetic abnormalities, the physician diagnosing a patient with a spine deformity must carefully consider both the potential for underlying causes requiring treatment and the patient’s long-term prognosis. If a certain curve magnitude is crossed in a patient with adolescent idiopathic scoliosis, the curve will be likely to continue to progress in adulthood and may require surgical treatment. Progressive curvatures in the neuromuscular population may result in respiratory insufficiency in addition to a loss of sitting balance. Additionally, while the majority of patients with excessive thoracic kyphosis have benign flexible curves and require no active treatment, a subset will have a progressive or rigid deformity which may require treatment. Parents and the patient must have an understanding of the deformity, how it may progress, and potential complications associated with the diagnosis. Table 679-1 presents a classification of common spinal abnormalities.

NORMAL SPINAL CURVATURES

The spine has curvatures that are anatomically normal in the lateral (sagittal) plane. Cervical lordosis (convex anteriorly), thoracic kyphosis (convex posteriorly), and lumbar lordosis regions are biomechanically advantageous as they maintain relationships of the body relative to the forces of gravity, which is important for balance. These curvatures also help to conserve energy by minimizing the amount of muscular activity required to maintain an upright posture. Abnormalities affecting these normal curvatures, termed sagittal plane imbalances, can be measured on a sagittal spine radiograph. A vertical line, or plumb line, drawn from the center of the 7th cervical vertebra should normally fall through the posterosuperior corner of the sacrum. Disorders affecting sagittal alignment include thoracic hyperkyphosis and lumbar hyperlordosis. Although scoliosis is a

3-dimensional deformity, it is most commonly described as a lateral curvature of the spine in the frontal (coronal) plane.

679.1  Idiopathic Scoliosis R. Justin Mistovich and David A. Spiegel

DEFINITION

The word scoliosis takes its origin from the Greek word skolios, meaning bent or curved. Medically recognized for centuries, Hippocrates described scoliosis in his treatise On Articulations. Scoliosis is a complex 3-dimensional spinal deformity that is defined in the coronal plane as a curve of at least 10 degrees, measured by the Cobb method, on a posteroanterior (PA) radiograph of the spine. The deformity also includes rotation of the vertebrae and also malalignment in the sagittal plane, such as a segmental apical lordosis in thoracic curves.

ETIOLOGY

The etiology of idiopathic scoliosis remains unknown; it is likely that the cause is multifactorial with genetic, hormonal, cellular, anatomic, and functional contributions. A genetic link has been proposed with sex-linked dominant, autosomal dominant and polygenetic inheritance patterns all suggested. Genetic involvement has been substantiated in studies of twins, demonstrating a 73% concordance rate for adolescent idiopathic scoliosis (AIS) in monozygotic twins compared to a 36% concordance rate in dizygotic twins. AIS is 2-10 times more common in females than males. Investigators have attempted to explain this difference as a genetic effect: It has been hypothesized that males are not as susceptible to the involved genes as females. Therefore, affected males must inherit a larger number of susceptibility genes to have a scoliosis phenotype. Males would pass more susceptibility genes onto their children and would therefore have more affected children. This polygenetic prediction is known as the Carter effect; fathers with AIS transmit the disease to 80% of their children, but mothers with AIS transmit the disease to only 56% of their children. Certain polymorphisms in the estrogen receptor gene are linked to an increased curve progression and higher risk of requiring operative treatment. Genetic analysis may also be able to determine curve progression, although data concerning the effectiveness and validity of this are limited. Endocrine factors may have a possible role in the disease pathology. Lower plasma melatonin levels have been noted in patients with progressive curvatures. Abnormal levels of growth hormone and insulinlike growth factor-1 have also been discovered. Leptin, the hormone responsible for satiety, is found at lower levels in patients with AIS. Cellular structures may be involved in the disease process. Calmodulin, a regulator of the contractile properties of muscle, occurs at increased levels in the platelets of patients with progressive AIS. MRI studies of the brain in patients with AIS have found that the cerebellum of affected patients is hypertrophied in areas involving the somatosensory tracts, motor control, and response to visual stimulation. These areas of hypertrophy may be a compensation for impaired balance resulting from malalignment of the spine. Other studies have noted a decrease in regional brain volumes and white matter in the corpus callosum and internal capsule between patients affected with AIS and normal adolescents. Girls with AIS have also been noted to have a larger foramen magnum. The importance of these imaging findings remains unclear. Functional evaluations of patients with AIS have noted abnormalities in proprioception, postural balance, somatosensory function, somatosensory evoked potentials and electromyography. Patients with AIS have differences in vestibular-evoked myogenic potentials, suggesting that otolith system dysfunction may play a role in the disease. Approximately one-third of girls with AIS have osteopenia on dualenergy x-ray absorptiometry studies, and of these, 80% will have lifelong osteopenia. Osteopenia is linked to an increased risk of curve

Chapter 679  ◆  The Spine  3285 progression. It is nonetheless difficult to determine which findings are primary or causative, and which are secondary to the disease.

EPIDEMIOLOGY

The overall prevalence of idiopathic scoliosis in skeletally immature patients ranges from 1-3% of the population. Most curves are mild and do not require treatment, with only 0.5% greater than 20 degrees and 0.3% exceeding 30 degrees. While curves of ≤10 degrees occur equally in males and females, those requiring an intervention occur in a 7 : 1 female : male ratio.

CLASSIFICATION OF IDIOPATHIC SCOLIOSIS

Idiopathic scoliosis is classified according to the age at onset. Infantile scoliosis is rare, comprising 0.5-4% of all cases of idiopathic scoliosis. It describes patients with spinal curves noted from birth to 3 yr of age. Juvenile scoliosis accounts for 8-16% of cases of idiopathic scoliosis and affects children age 3-10 yr. AIS affects patients 11 yr of age and older, and comprises 70-80% of all cases of idiopathic scoliosis.

A

B

C

D

CLINICAL PRESENTATION OF IDIOPATHIC SCOLIOSIS

When evaluating a patient with a structural spinal curvature, a thorough history and physical examination are required because idiopathic scoliosis is a diagnosis of exclusion. All other potential causes, including congenital bone malformations, neuromuscular and connective tissue diseases, and tumors, must carefully be excluded. Patients often present after a positive screening by their primary care physician, through a school screening program, or because they (or their family or friends) have noticed a cosmetic deformity. It should be noted that school screening programs have become controversial, as some authors claim that the programs do not change the outcomes of patients requiring intervention, result in unnecessary physician visits and radiographs, and are not cost-effective. The British Orthopaedic Association and the U.S. Preventive Services Task Force have both issued statements recommending against routine screening for the above reasons. However, citing the need for early identification of scoliosis to reduce the risk of operative complications common to correction of large, neglected curves, the Scoliosis Research Society, an international organization of spine surgeons, still advocates for school screening. Back pain is not commonly a primary presenting complaint of patients with scoliosis, although when questioned, one-third of adolescents with idiopathic scoliosis will endorse some degree of back discomfort at some point in time. To keep this finding in perspective, approximately 35% of healthy adolescents complain of episodes of low back pain and discomfort. However, if a patient presents with the complaint of significant back pain associated with a curvature, the physician must perform a careful physical exam, check spinal radiographs, and evaluate for other causes of pain, including spondylosis, spondylolisthesis, tethered cords or a syrinx, herniated discs, or tumors such as osteoid osteoma or spinal cord tumor (see Chapter 679.5 below).

PHYSICAL EXAMINATION OF IDIOPATHIC SCOLIOSIS

Evaluate the patient in the standing position, from both the front and the side, to identify any asymmetry in the chest wall, trunk, and/or shoulders. Begin the examination focusing on the back. The earliest abnormality noted on physical exam in patients with scoliosis is asymmetry of the posterior chest wall on forward bending. This test, called the Adams forward-bending test (Fig. 679-1) is performed by placing a scoliometer at the apex of the deformity with the patient bending 45 degrees forward. An inclination measuring 7 degrees or more has been suggested as the cut off for orthopaedic referral. Scoliosis is a 3-dimensional deformity. Patients develop a posterior rib hump on the convex side of the spinal curve as a result of the rotational component of the deformity. The anterior chest wall may be prominent on the concavity of the curve as a result of outward rib rotation. Other

Figure 679-1 Structural changes in idiopathic scoliosis. A, As curvature increases, alterations in body configuration develop in both the primary and compensatory curve regions. B, Asymmetry of shoulder height, waistline, and elbow-to-flank distance are common findings. C, Vertebral rotation and associated posterior displacement of the ribs on the convex side of the curve are responsible for the characteristic deformity of the chest wall in scoliosis patients. D, In the school screening examination for scoliosis, the patient bends forward at the waist. Rib asymmetry of even a small degree is obvious. (From Scoles PV: Spinal deformity in childhood and adolescence. In Behrman RE, Vaughn VC III, editors: Nelson textbook of pediatrics, update 5, Philadelphia, 1989, WB Saunders.) associated findings may include elevation of the shoulder, a lateral shift of the trunk, or an apparent leg-length discrepancy. A lumbar curve may also compensate for a primary limb-length discrepancy, with the apex toward the shorter leg. Next, examine the patient from the side to evaluate the degree of kyphosis and lordosis. The upper thoracic spine normally has a smooth, gently rounded kyphotic curve with an apex in the midthoracic region. The cervical spine and lower lumbar spine have concave, or lordotic curves. The magnitude of these sagittal contours varies both with age and among individuals of the same age. Children have less cervical lordosis and more lumbar lordosis than do adults or adolescents. When examining a patient with idiopathic scoliosis, a common finding is a loss of the normal thoracic kyphosis, resulting in what is called a relative thoracic lordosis. A common benign finding in normal adolescent thoracic spines is a flexible roundback, or postural kyphosis. This can be corrected voluntarily when the patient extends his or her spine. This is different from sharp, abrupt, or accentuated forward angulation in the thoracic or thoracolumbar region, which is indicative of a pathologic kyphotic deformity. The final exam component is a careful neurologic examination, as scoliosis may be associated with an underlying neurologic diagnosis. Check superficial abdominal reflexes, extremity reflexes, muscle strength, and examine for clonus. A high suspicion is necessary in patients with infantile and juvenile idiopathic scoliosis because 20% have an associated intraspinal abnormality such as a tethered spinal cord or syringomyelia. The index of suspicion for neurologic involvement is further raised in the presence of back pain or neurologic symptoms, café-au-lait spots, a sacral dimple, midline cutaneous

3286  Part XXXII  ◆  Bone and Joint Disorders 32°

55°

38°

A

B

C

Figure 679-2 A-C, Cobb angles measurements. (From Morrissy, RT, Weinstein, SL: Lovell & Winter’s pediatric orthopaedics, ed 6, Philadelphia, 2006, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins.)

abnormalities such as a hair patch or skin tag, or a unilateral foot deformity.

RADIOGRAPHIC EVALUATION OF IDIOPATHIC SCOLIOSIS

Standing, high-quality, PA and lateral radiographs of the entire spine are recommended at the initial evaluation for patients with clinical findings suggestive of a spinal deformity. On the PA radiograph, the degree of curvature is determined by the Cobb method, in which the angle between the superior and inferior vertebrae tilted into the curve is measured (Fig. 679-2). A line is drawn across the superior end plate of each end vertebra, and the angle between perpendicular lines drawn from each of these is measured. Spinal MRI is indicated when there is suspicion of an underlying cause for the scoliosis, such as spinal cord abnormality based on age (infantile or juvenile curves), abnormal findings on the history and physical examination, and atypical radiographic features. Atypical radiographic findings may include certain curve patterns such as a left thoracic curve, double thoracic curves, or high thoracic curves. Other radiographic abnormalities include widening of the spinal canal and erosive or dysplastic changes in the vertebral body or ribs. On the lateral radiograph, an increase in thoracic kyphosis or an absence of segmental lordosis may be suggestive of an underlying neurologic abnormality.

NATURAL HISTORY OF IDIOPATHIC SCOLIOSIS

The decision to treat the patient is based on the natural history of idiopathic scoliosis. Uniquely, infantile idiopathic scoliosis may spontaneously resolve in 20-90% of cases. Patients with infantile scoliosis who have developmental delay, curves presenting after 1 yr of age, and larger magnitude curves are more likely to progress. A radiographic parameter called the Mehta angle can also be used to predict curve progression. This measurement examines the vertebra at the apex of the thoracic curve. It measures the angle formed by a line perpendicular from the vertebral end plate and a line down the center of the rib. The measurement is calculated on the convex and concave side, and

the final rib vertebral angle difference is calculated by subtracting the convex side from the concave side. A curve with an rib vertebral angle difference 20 degrees will progress in more than 80% of cases. Curves that resolve typically do so before 2 yr of age. Several factors affect the rate of curve progression in patients with AIS. Curves are more likely to progress in patients with significant growth remaining and skeletal immaturity, meaning that the growth plates, or physes, remain open allowing for continued skeletal growth. Findings associated with significant growth remaining are younger age, premenarchal status, Tanner stage I or II, and Risser sign (a radiographic measurement of ossification of the iliac crest) of 0 or 1. Other factors affecting progression are the curve magnitude, pattern, and patient gender. There is a relationship between curve progression and 3-dimensional spinal measurements of vertebral wedging, axial rotation, and torsion, possibly allowing for better prognostication of curves at risk. In general, female patients are more likely than males to have curves that progress. Younger, premenarchal girls with curves between 20 degrees and 30 degrees have a significantly higher risk of progression than do girls 2 yr after menarche with similar curves, demonstrating the significance of age on progression. The older group is unlikely to have any progression at all while premenarchal girls with the same curve are likely to progress. Thoracic curves 45-50 degrees may progress approximately 1 degree per year through life. Functionally, there are not many significant, clinically detrimental effects of smaller curves. Idiopathic thoracic curvatures greater than 60-70 degrees may be associated with abnormalities on pulmonary function testing, and curves of higher magnitude may cause clinically significant cardiopulmonary impairment and even cor pulmonale in severe curves. Long-term studies demonstrate that a degree of chronic back pain may be a problem for patients with scoliosis, although there is no definitive connection between pain and the curve magnitude or location. Furthermore, nearly 70% of patients with pain reported low or moderate severity of symptoms, stating that the pain does not interfere with normal activities.

Chapter 679  ◆  The Spine  3287 TREATMENT OF IDIOPATHIC SCOLIOSIS

Brace treatment may prevent curve progression in a significant number of patients with AIS and is most successful when an early diagnosis is established. The success rate depends upon the amount of growth remaining; patients with infantile or juvenile scoliosis are much more likely to require a surgical procedure than those with AIS. Adherence with the recommended protocol for wearing the brace will influence the outcome. Although various schedules for brace wear have been reported, from 12-23 hr daily, the brace is generally worn for 16 or more hours per day, maximizing wear when the patient is upright. Adherence can be a challenge in the adolescent population. Braces are offered for treatment of skeletally immature patients with curves >30 degrees at the first visit, or in patients who are being followed and have developed progression of their curvature beyond 25 degrees. Bracing is ineffective in curvatures >45 degrees. The brace is worn until cessation of growth in males, but in females some authors will consider weaning from the brace when the patient is more than 1.5 yr postmenarchal, is a Risser 4 or greater and/or has grown less than 1 cm over the previous 6 mo. Surgical treatment involves spinal arthrodesis or fusion and is usually recommended for skeletally immature patients with progressive curves >45 degrees and skeletally mature patients with curves >50 degrees. The goals of surgery are to arrest progression of the deformity, to improve cosmesis, and to achieve a balanced spine, all while minimizing the number of vertebral segments that are stabilized. Implants, including pedicle screws, sublaminar wires, and hooks, are attached to 2 longitudinal rods (Fig. 679-3). These are used to apply mechanical forces to the spine, correcting the deformity in both the

A

B

Figure 679-3 A, Preoperative standing posteroanterior radiograph of

a 14 yr old girl who was skeletally immature and developed a 68 degree right thoracic and a 53 degree left lumbar scoliosis. Her trunk was shifted to the right, and the left shoulder was slightly depressed. B, Based upon the risk of future progression, she was treated by an instrumented posterior spinal fusion from T3 to L3 with correction of the right thoracic curve to 20 degrees and the left lumbar curve to 10 degrees. Coronal spinal balance was restored, and shoulder height was maintained.

frontal and lateral planes. The spine is decorticated and bone graft is placed for the fusion portion of the procedure. Correction also maintains normal frontal and sagittal spinal balance. The strength of the spinal implants maintains correction without requiring a postoperative brace in the majority of cases. Most procedures are performed posteriorly using pedicle screw fixation, which affords excellent correction, especially of the rotational component of the deformity. Posterior osteotomies are often added to enhance flexibility and improve the degree of correction in stiffer curves. Anterior spinal releases requiring a thoracotomy are performed infrequently. Open anterior thoracic and thoracolumbar procedures violate the chest wall and often the diaphragm, and pulmonary function may take up to 2 yr to return to normal values. Even though thoracoscopic techniques can be utilized to perform anterior spinal release with or without instrumentation and fusion, their use is limited. Patients with conditions such as neurofibromatosis (see Chapter 596.1) and myelomeningocele (see Chapter 591.4) have a higher likelihood of achieving a non-union of their fusion, and an anterior fusion is considered in addition to the posterior fusion in these groups. Younger patients, in whom the triradiate cartilage remain open, are at risk for crankshaft, or progressive deformity/loss of correction as a consequence of continued anterior spinal growth, after a posterior fusion. Traditionally, these patients were treated by simultaneous anterior fusion to remove the growth potential; however, the rigidity of constructs with pedicle screws negates the need for this additional surgery. For idiopathic thoracolumbar and lumbar curves, an anterior fusion with instrumentation can be considered, although the posterior approach with osteotomies and pedicle screw fixation is being used more frequently to avoid the need for anterior surgery. Posterior spinal fusion has been associated with accelerated degeneration of the unfused levels. In many, this remains asymptomatic, but the long-term effects remain unknown. Several emerging techniques are being evaluated in the management of idiopathic scoliosis. These include new approaches to the spine, attempts to preserve remaining growth in younger patients, and even specialized treatments to save the lives of young patients with curves so significant that they result in mortality secondary to inadequate pulmonary volume. There are techniques to correct curves without limiting future growth and even to modulate spinal growth and prevent future fusion surgeries. The FDA-approved VEPTR (vertical expandable prosthetic titanium rib) helps young children with thoracic insufficiency syndrome caused by severe spinal curves with restrictive lung disease, often associated with a high mortality rate (see Chapter 679.2 below). The chest wall device can enlarge the thorax and correct scoliosis without adverse effect to somatic growth, likely triggering lung growth. After implantation, it is lengthened twice a year by minor surgery. Long-term survival rates are favorable for these extremely severe scoliosis patients treated by VEPTR. The device obtains and maintains correction without fusing the spine, which allows for alveolar development and maximizes trunk height prior to definitive spinal fusion. Growing rods have also been used in young children with scoliosis. These devices have fixation points placed at the proximal and distal ends of the deformity, with expandable rods placed subcutaneously, spanning the length of the deformity. Similar to the VEPTR, growing rods require additional minor operations to lengthen the rods twice a year until skeletal maturity or definitive spinal fusion. Intervertebral stapling is an experimental technique that attempts to dynamically modify spinal growth in immature individuals with smaller curves. Staples are placed through either an open or thoracoscopic approach across the intervertebral disk space (growth zone) on the convex side of the curve. This technique holds the spine in a corrected position and limits growth on the convex side, preventing further curvature, and achieving correction through concave growth. It remains to be seen whether this technique will play a role in the management of patients with idiopathic scoliosis. Bibliography is available at Expert Consult.

Chapter 679  ◆  The Spine  3287.e1 Bibliography

Adobor RD, et al: School screening and point prevalence of adolescent idiopathic scoliosis in 4000 Norwegian children aged 12 years, Scoliosis 6:23, 2011. Altaf F, Gibson A, Dannawi A, et al: Adolescent idiopathic scoliosis, BMJ 346:f1585, 2013. Carragee EJ, Lehman RA Jr: Spinal bracing in adolescent idiopathic scoliosis, N Engl J Med 369:1558–1560, 2013. Dede O, Demirkiran G, Yazici M: 2014 update on the “growing spine surgery” for young children with scoliosis, Curr Opin Pediatr 26:57–63, 2014. Do T, Fras C, Burke S, et al: Clinical value of routine preoperative magnetic resonance imaging in adolescent idiopathic scoliosis: A prospective study of three hundred and twenty-seven patients, J Bone Joint Surg Am 83:577–579, 2001. Dobbs M, Lenke LG, Szymanski DA, et al: Prevalence of neural axis abnormalities in patients with infantile idiopathic scoliosis, J Bone Joint Surg Am 84:2230– 2234, 2002. Goldberg CJ, Moore DP, Fogarty EE, et al: Adolescent idiopathic scoliosis: The effect of brace treatment on the incidence of surgery, Spine (Phila Pa 1976) 26:42–47, 2001. Herring JA: Tachdjian’s pediatric orthopaedics, ed 5, Philadelphia, 2014, Saunders/ Elsevier. Hresko MT: Idiopathic scoliosis in adolescents, N Engl J Med 368:834–841, 2013. Inoue M, Minami S, Nakata Y, et al: Prediction of curve progression in idiopathic scoliosis from gene polymorphic analysis, Stud Health Technol Inform 91:90–96, 2002. Kepler CK, Meredith DS, Green DW, et al: Long-term outcomes after posterior spine fusion for adolescent idiopathic scoliosis, Curr Opin Pediatr 24:68–75, 2012. Kruse LM, Buchan JG, Gurnett CA, et al: Polygenic threshold model with sex dimorphism in adolescent idiopathic scoliosis: the Carter effect, J Bone Joint Surg Am 94(16):1485–1491, 2012. Lenke LJ, Betz RR, Harms J, et al: Adolescent idiopathic scoliosis. A new classification to determine the extent of spinal arthrodesis, J Bone Joint Surg Am 83:1169–1181, 2001. Little DG, Song KM, Katz D, et al: Relationship of peak height velocity to other maturity indicators in idiopathic scoliosis in girls, J Bone Joint Surg Am 82:685–693, 2000.

Lykissas MG, Crawford AH, Jain VV: Complications of surgical treatment of pediatric spinal deformities, Orthop Clin North Am 44(3):357–370, 2013. Miller NH: Idiopathic scoliosis: cracking the genetic code and what does it mean? J Pediatr Orthop 31:S49–S52, 2011. Nault ML, Mac-Thiong JM, Roy-Beaudry M, et al: Three-dimensional spine parameters can differentiate between progressive and nonprogressive patients with AIS at the initial visit: a retrospective analysis, J Pediatr Orthop 33:618– 623, 2013. Pollak L, Shlamkovic N, Minewicz A, et al: Otolith dysfunction as a possible cause for the development of idiopathic scoliosis, J Pediatr Orthop 33:293–297, 2013. Shi L, Wang D, Hui SC, et al: Volumetric changes in cerebellar regions in adolescent idiopathic scoliosis compared with healthy controls, Spine J 13(12):1904–1911, 2013. Song KM, Little DG: Peak height velocity as a maturity factor for males with idiopathic scoliosis, J Pediatr Orthop 20:286–288, 2000. Sponseller PD: Sizing up scoliosis, JAMA 289:608–609, 2003. Sponseller PD: Bracing for adolescent idiopathic scoliosis in practice today, J Pediatr Orthop 31:S53–S60, 2011. Sun X, Wu T, Liu Z, et al: Osteopenia predicts curve progression of adolescent idiopathic scoliosis in girls treated with brace treatment, J Pediatr Orthop 33:366–371, 2013. Ueno M, Takaso M, Nakazawa T, et al: A 5-year epidemiological study on the prevalence rate of idiopathic scoliosis in Tokyo: school screening of more than 250,000 children, J Orthop Sci 16:1–6, 2011. Wang WJ: Top theories for the etiopathogenesis of adolescent idiopathic scoliosis, J Pediatr Orthop 31:S14–S27, 2011. Weinstein SL, Dolan LA, Spratt KF, et al: Health and function of patients with untreated idiopathic scoliosis, JAMA 289:559–567, 2003. Weinstein SL, Dolan LA, Wright JG, et al: Effects of bracing in adolescents with idiopathic scoliosis, N Engl J Med 369:1512–1521, 2013. Yim AP, Yeung HY, Sun G, et al: Abnormal skeletal growth in adolescent idiopathic scoliosis is associated with abnormal quantitative expression of melatonin receptor, MT2, Int J Mol Sci 14:6345–6358, 2013.

3288  Part XXXII  ◆  Bone and Joint Disorders

679.2  Congenital Scoliosis R. Justin Mistovich and David A. Spiegel

DEFINITION

Congenital scoliosis is a spinal deformity that results from abnormal development of the bony spinal column. Asymmetric spinal growth as a result of 1 or more vertebral anomalies leads to spinal curvature. The malformation(s) is (are) present at birth but may not become clinically apparent until a later time as growth progresses.

ETIOLOGY

Although the underlying cause of congenital scoliosis remains unknown, embryologic development of the spine begins at the 5th wk of gestation. An insult to the normal developmental process occurs, resulting in abnormal growth of 1 or more vertebrae.

ASSOCIATED CONDITIONS

The developmental insult is typically not limited to the spine alone: it is extremely common for children with congenital scoliosis to have associated malformations in other organ systems, which must be ruled out. Nearly 60% of patients with congenital scoliosis have other developmental malformations. Genitourinary abnormalities are identified in 20-40% of children with congenital scoliosis and include unilateral renal agenesis, ureteral duplication, horseshoe kidney, and genital anomalies. Approximately 2% of these patients have a silent obstructive uropathy that may be life-threatening. Renal ultrasonography should be performed early on in all children with congenital scoliosis, and other studies such as CT or MRI may also be required. Cardiac anomalies are identified in 10-25% of patients. A careful cardiac examination should be performed. Some clinicians recommend routine echocardiography.

Intraspinal anomalies are identified in approximately 15-40% of patients. Spinal dysraphism is the general term applied to such lesions (see Chapters 591 and 606). Examples include diastematomyelia, splitcord malformations, intraspinal lipomas, arachnoid cysts, teratomas, dermoid sinuses, fibrous bands, and tight filum terminale. Cutaneous findings that may be seen in patients with closed spinal dysraphism include hair patches, skin tags or dimples, sinuses, and hemangiomas. Infants with these cutaneous abnormalities overlying the spine may benefit from ultrasonography to rule out an occult spinal dysraphic condition. MRI is indicated in infants, but in the past was delayed in older patients until a clinical indication is present, such as tethering of the spinal cord, which may present as back or leg pain, calf atrophy, progressive unilateral foot deformity (especially cavovarus), and problems with bowel or bladder function.

CLASSIFICATION OF CONGENITAL SCOLIOSIS

Congenital scoliosis is classified by the type of developmental abnormality: either a failure of formation or a failure of segmentation. The deformities are then further described by the anatomic features of the affected vertebra. Failures of formation result in wedge vertebrae or hemivertebrae. Failures of segmentation result in unilateral bars vertebrae, or block vertebrae. Lastly, some instances of congenital scoliosis result from a combination of both failure of formation and failure of segmentation (Fig. 679-4). One or more bony anomalies may occur in isolation or in combination.

NATURAL HISTORY OF CONGENITAL SCOLIOSIS

The risk of progression depends on the growth potential of each anomaly, which may vary considerably. Close radiographic follow-up is required. Progression of these curves is most pronounced during periods of rapid growth associated with the 1st 2-3 yr of life and during the adolescent growth spurt.

Defects of Segmentation Block vertebra

Unilateral Bar

Unilateral Bar and Hemivertebra

Unilateral failure of segmentation

Bilateral failure of segmentation

Defects of Formation Hemivertebra

Unilateral complete failure of formation

Fully segmented Semi segmented

Wedge vertebra

Unilateral partial failure of formation

Incarcerated

Nonsegmented

Figure 679-4 The defects of segmentation and formation that can occur during spinal development. (From McMaster MJ: Congenital scoliosis. In Weinstein SL, editor: The pediatric spine: principles and practice, ed 2, Philadelphia, 2001, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, p. 163.)

Chapter 679  ◆  The Spine  3289

A

B

Figure 679-5 A, Anteroposterior preoperative radiograph of a 7 mo old boy with congenital scoliosis and fused ribs. A 3-dimensional reconstruc-

tion of a CT scan of the chest of this infant estimated his lung volume to be 173.2 mL3. B, Anteroposterior radiograph after implantation of a vertically expandable prosthetic titanium rib and several expansions over 33 mo. The lung volume now measures 330.3 mL3, an increase of 90.7%. (From Gollogly S, Smith JT, Campbell RM: Determining lung volume with three-dimensional reconstructions of CT scan data: a pilot study to evaluate the effects of expansion thoracoplasty on children with severe spinal deformities. J Pediatr Orthop 23:323–328, 2004.)

The anatomic characteristics of the malformed vertebra play a significant role in the progression of deformity. The most severe form of congenital scoliosis is a unilateral unsegmented bar with a contralateral hemivertebra. In this anomaly, the spine is fused the side of the unsegmented bar but also has a growth center on the other side at the location of the hemivertebra at the same level. This combination of deformities in the bony spine results in a rapidly progressive curve. As a result, all affected patients usually require surgical stabilization. A unilateral unsegmented bar is also associated with significant progression and in most cases will require surgical intervention. An isolated hemivertebra must be followed closely, and many, but not all, of these will be associated with a progressive deformity that requires surgical intervention. In contrast, an isolated block vertebra has little growth potential and rarely requires treatment.

TREATMENT OF CONGENITAL SCOLIOSIS

Early diagnosis and prompt treatment of progressive curves are essential. Bracing is not indicated for most congenital curves because of their structural nature, except in rare cases to treat additional curves not associated with the congenital abnormality. The treatment of progressive curves is spinal fusion, or arthrodesis. Once a bony abnormality is identified that is likely to progress, surgery is performed before progression occurs, preventing development or further inevitable progression of spinal deformity. If the deformity has already developed, surgical correction is difficult to achieve and the risk of neurologic complications is high. Both anterior and posterior spinal fusion is often required. Other procedures that are employed in selected patients include an isolated posterior spinal fusion. A convex hemiepiphysiodesis can be performed with certain deformities, fusing only 1 side of the spine to allow some correction of the deformity by permitting growth on the noninvolved side of the curve. Complete excision of a hemivertebra, along with fusion of a short segment of the spine, can be performed via a posterior approach and may result in better correction and spinal balance in selected cases.

It should be noted that surgery in these young, syndromic patients is not without risk. One recent study found a complication rate of nearly 85% and a mortality rate of >15% in patients who underwent operative treatment for all types of early onset scoliosis, including those with congenital scoliosis as well as other associated syndromes producing early onset scoliosis.

THORACIC INSUFFICIENCY SYNDROME

When multiple levels of the thoracic spine are involved in the presence of fused ribs, a progressive 3-dimensional deformity of the chest wall may impair lung development and function. This development is termed thoracic insufficiency syndrome. As a result of thoracic insufficiency syndrome, the chest wall cannot support normal respiration resulting in decreased life expectancy. Thoracic insufficiency syndrome may be seen in patients with several recognized conditions such as Jarcho-Levin syndrome (spondylocostal or spondylothoracic dysplasia; see Chapter 108) and Jeune syndrome (asphyxiating thoracic dystrophy; see Chapter 417.3), as well as patients with severe spinal deformities. These difficult cases are being treated with a technique called expansion thoracoplasty, in which the thoracic cage is gradually expanded over time by progressive lengthening of the chest wall on the concavity of the spinal deformity (or in some cases on both sides of the spine). The procedure involves an opening wedge thoracostomy, followed by placement of a vertical expandable titanium prosthetic rib. The implant is then lengthened at regular intervals (Fig. 679-5). The primary goal is to gradually correct the chest wall deformity to improve pulmonary function, and a secondary goal is correction of an associated spinal deformity. This technique is currently not approved by the FDA for the treatment of scoliosis in the absence of a thoracic insufficiency, and further study will help to refine and possible expand the indications for this new technique. Bibliography is available at Expert Consult.

Chapter 679  ◆  The Spine  3289.e1 Bibliography

Basu PS, Elsebaie H, Noordeen MH: Congenital spinal deformity: A comprehensive assessment at presentation, Spine (Phila Pa 1976) 27:2255–2259, 2002. Campbell RM, Hell-Vocke AK: Growth of the thoracic spine in congenital scoliosis after expansion thoracoplasty, J Bone Joint Surg Am 85:409–420, 2003. Campbell RM, Smith MD, Mayes TC, et al: The characteristics of thoracic insufficiency syndrome associated with fused ribs and congenital scoliosis, J Bone Joint Surg Am 85:399–408, 2003. Deviren V, Bervin S, Smith JA, et al: Excision of hemivertebrae in the management of congenital scoliosis involving the thoracic and thoracolumbar spine, J Bone Joint Surg Br 83:496–500, 2001. Gollogly S, Smith JT, Campbell RM: Determining lung volume with threedimensional reconstructions of CT scan data, J Pediatr Orthop 24:323–328, 2004. Herring JA: Tachdjian’s pediatric orthopaedics, ed 5, Philadelphia, 2014, Saunders/ Elsevier.

Kim YJ, Otsuka NY, Flynn JM, et al: Surgical treatment of congenital kyphosis, Spine (Phila Pa 1976) 26:2251–2257, 2001. McMaster MJ, Singh H: The surgical management of congenital kyphosis and kyphoscoliosis, Spine (Phila Pa 1976) 26:2146–2154, 2001. Phillips JH, Knapp DR Jr, Herrera-Soto J: Mortality and morbidity in early-onset scoliosis surgery, Spine (Phila Pa 1976) 38(4):324–327, 2013. Shen H, Wang Z, Liu J, et al: Abnormalities associated with congenital scoliosis: A retrospective study of 226 Chinese surgical cases, Spine 38:814–818, 2013. Smith JT, Gollogly S, Dunn HK: Simultaneous anterior-posterior approach through a costotransversectomy for the treatment of congenital kyphosis and acquired kyphoscoliotic deformities, J Bone Joint Surg Am 87:2281–2289, 2005. Suh SW, Sarwark JF, Vora A, et al: Evaluating congenital spine deformities for intraspinal anomalies with magnetic resonance imaging, J Pediatr Orthop 21:525–531, 2001.

3290  Part XXXII  ◆  Bone and Joint Disorders

679.3  Neuromuscular Scoliosis, Genetic Syndromes, and Compensatory Scoliosis R. Justin Mistovich and David A. Spiegel

NEUROMUSCULAR SCOLIOSIS

Scoliosis is frequently identified in children with neuromuscular diseases such as cerebral palsy, muscular dystrophies and other myopathies, spinal muscular atrophy, Friedreich ataxia, myelomeningocele, polio, and arthrogryposis. Children with spinal cord injuries are also at high risk for a progressive curvature. The etiology and natural history of these patients differ from idiopathic and congenital scoliosis. Most cases result from weakness and/or imbalance of the trunk musculature. Spasticity may also contribute to spinal curvatures. In some cases, such as myelomeningocele, coexisting congenital vertebral anomalies may be present, further contributing to curve development. As might be expected, neuromuscular scoliosis is most common in patients with higher degrees of neurologic impairment, usually those who are nonambulatory and may not have adequate control of their trunk. It is diagnosed in more than 70% of nonambulatory patients with cerebral palsy (see Chapter 598.1), and in more than 90% of patients with Duchenne muscular dystrophy (see Chapter 609.1). The diagnosis is suspected on physical examination. In nonambulators, the most common curve pattern is a C-shaped thoracolumbar or lumbar curve (Fig. 679-6). This curve is typically associated with pelvic obliquity. In contrast, ambulatory patients with diagnoses such as Friedreich ataxia may have curve patterns more similar to idiopathic scoliosis. In ambulatory patients, the examination is similar to the previously described physical examination for idiopathic scoliosis. In nonambulators, the back is inspected with the patient sitting upright. Any asymmetry should be noted. These patients often need manual support to maintain an upright position. If any progressive asymmetry is observed, then sitting PA and lateral radiographs are obtained. Because prophylactic treatment cannot alter the natural history of the disease, it is appropriate to establish the diagnosis clinically and obtain radiographs if the curve is noted to progress. The clinical course of patients with neuromuscular scoliosis depends on the severity of neuromuscular involvement as well as the nature of the underlying disease process. Progressive diseases are often associated with progressive curvatures. The consequences of a progressive

scoliosis in the neuromuscular population involve both function, especially sitting and standing balance, as well ease of hygiene and personal care. Pulmonary dysfunction may be expected with the gradual deformation of the rib cage and vertebra–pelvic axis, as well as collapse of the spine with the pelvis impinging on the rib cage. Diaphragmatic function is impaired, and changes in chest volume and chest wall architecture will undoubtedly exacerbate the pulmonary dysfunction owing to underlying muscle weakness. Pulmonary function may be difficult to document in some patient populations, especially those with severe cerebral palsy. Additionally, patients who initially were marginal ambulators may lose the ability to walk altogether as their scoliosis advances. Curves associated with pelvic obliquity result in asymmetric seating pressures, which may limit sitting endurance and may rarely cause skin breakdown and decubitus ulcers. Patients may also experience pain from impingement of the rib cage on the iliac crest. The treatment of neuromuscular scoliosis depends on the age of the patient, the underlying diagnosis, and the magnitude of the deformity. The goal is to achieve or maintain a straight spine over a level pelvis, especially in patients who are wheelchair bound, and to intervene early before curve magnitude and rigidity become severe. In contrast to idiopathic and congenital scoliosis, neuromuscular curves often continue to progress after skeletal maturity. In general, curves of greater than 40-50 degrees will continue to worsen over time. Brace treatment does not affect the natural history of neuromuscular scoliosis, and standard braces used for idiopathic scoliosis are poorly tolerated in neuromuscular patients. A soft spinal orthosis may improve sitting balance and ease of care, although it does not prevent progression of the curvature. In general, a spinal arthrodesis is offered to patients with progressive curvatures >40-50 degrees. The indications will differ somewhat based on the underlying diagnosis. For example, patients with Duchenne muscular dystrophy are offered surgery when their curves progress beyond 20-30 degrees, thereby having surgery before the anticipated decline in pulmonary or cardiac function preclude their ability to tolerate it. Ambulatory patients with curvatures similar to those seen in idiopathic scoliosis are managed by similar principles. Patients who are nonambulatory with pelvic obliquity are usually managed by a spinal fusion extending from the upper thoracic spine to the pelvis, similar to that described in the idiopathic scoliosis section. A brace is not required following this procedure. Treatment decisions must be individualized in those nonambulatory patients with spastic quadriplegia, and are based on loss of function, the potential to improve hygiene or personal care, and the desires of the family and/or caregivers. Although complications are relatively frequent in comparison with patients with nonneuromuscular curves, the available literature suggests that most patients benefit in terms of function and ease of care. To better identify patients at risk of complications, a recent study found that nonambulatory patients and those with curves 60 degrees or greater had a significantly increased risk of postoperative major complications, including ileus, pneumonia, infection, and wound problems. Because of the risks involved and potential for complications, this surgery should ideally be performed at centers with significant experience.

SYNDROMES AND GENETIC DISORDERS

Figure 679-6 Imaging shows a long C-shaped curve with convexity

to the left side and significant pelvic obliquity, a curve pattern often seen in patients with neuromuscular scoliosis. (From Pruthi S: Scoliosis. In Coley BD, editor: Caffey’s pediatric diagnostic imaging, ed 12, Philadelphia, 2013, WB Saunders, eFig. 135-10B.)

Representative examples of this diverse group of diagnoses include neurofibromatosis, osteogenesis imperfecta, connective tissue diseases including Marfan syndrome (see Chapter 702), Ehlers-Danlos syndrome (see Chapter 659), and Prader-Willi syndrome (see Chapter 81), among many others. Patients with these diagnoses should have their spine examined routinely during visits to their primary care physician. Similar to other types of scoliosis, the follow-up and treatment are based on the age of the patient, the degree of deformity, whether progression has been documented, and the underlying diagnosis.

COMPENSATORY SCOLIOSIS

Leg-length inequality is a common clinical diagnosis and is usually associated with a small compensatory lumbar curvature (see Chapter

Chapter 679  ◆  The Spine  3291 676). This is one cause of false-positive screening examinations. Patients with leg-length inequality may have the pelvis become tilted toward the shorter limb and subsequently develop an associated lumbar curve. The apex of the curve points toward the short leg. There is little evidence to suggest that a small compensatory lumbar curve places the patient at risk of progression or back pain. However, children with leg-length inequality may also have idiopathic or congenital scoliosis. A standing radiograph may be obtained with a block under the foot on the short side, which corrects the leg-length discrepancy and levels the pelvis. If the curvature disappears when the limb-length discrepancy is corrected, then a diagnosis of a compensatory curve is made. An alternative is a PA radiograph with the patient seated. In neuromuscular disorders such as polio or cerebral palsy, an adduction or abduction contracture of the hip, described as a fixed infrapelvic contracture, may have an associated compensatory lumbar scoliosis to maintain standing balance. For patients who ambulate, a 10-degree fixed contracture will result in up to 3 cm apparent leglength discrepancy. Bibliography is available at Expert Consult.

679.4  Kyphosis (Round-Back) R. Justin Mistovich and David A. Spiegel The normal thoracic spine has 20-50 degrees of kyphosis as measured from T3 to T12. This is measured using the Cobb method on a standing lateral radiograph of the thoracolumbar spine. A thoracic kyphosis in excess of the normal range of values is termed hyperkyphosis. These patients may present with cosmetic concerns, back pain, or both. A flexible or postural kyphosis may be overcorrected voluntarily or with postural adjustment, whereas a rigid kyphosis cannot be corrected passively. Causes of rigid kyphosis include Scheuermann disease and congenital kyphosis, among others. Table 679-2 lists conditions associated with hyperkyphosis. The evaluation and treatment depends on the underlying diagnosis, the degree of deformity and its flexibility, whether the deformity is progressive, and whether any symptoms are present.

Neither bracing nor surgery plays a role in the management of this condition.

STRUCTURAL KYPHOSIS Scheuermann Disease

Scheuermann disease is the most common form of structural hyperkyphosis and is defined by wedging of greater than 5 degrees of 3 or more consecutive vertebral bodies at the apex of the deformity on a lateral radiograph. In addition, the apex of the thoracic kyphosis is lower than expected. Other radiographic findings include irregularities of the vertebral end plates and Schmorl nodes, which are herniations of the vertebral disc into the surface of the vertebral body. The etiology remains unknown but most likely involves the influence of mechanical forces in a genetically susceptible individual. Histologic specimens taken from patients with Scheuermann disease show a disordered pattern of endochondral ossification. However, it remains unclear whether these findings are the primary result of a genetic or metabolic pathologic process, or simply the secondary result of mechanical overload. The reported incidence varies from 0.4-10%, affecting boys 3 times more frequently than girls.

Physical Exam and Clinical Manifestations

Examine the patient from the side. There is a hyperkyphosis of the thoracic spine typically associated with a sharp contour. The apex of the deformity will often be in the lower thoracic spine. Patients are unable to correct the deformity voluntarily. Pain is a relatively common complaint. It is typically mild and near the apex of the kyphosis. The symptoms are intermittent, rarely severe, and occasionally limit certain activities. Neurologic symptoms are uncommon.

Radiographic Evaluation

The standard imaging protocol includes standing PA and lateral radiographs (Fig. 679-7). A specific, standardized technique in which the

FLEXIBLE KYPHOSIS (POSTURAL KYPHOSIS)

Postural kyphosis is a common cosmetic concern and is most often recognized by family and friends. Adolescents with postural kyphosis can correct the curvature voluntarily. A standing lateral radiograph will show an increase in kyphosis but no pathologic changes of the involved vertebrae. There is no evidence to suggest that postural kyphosis progresses to a structural deformity. Although mild aching discomfort is sometimes reported, there is no evidence that the conditions leads to long-term symptoms or alterations in function or quality of life. The mainstay of treatment is reassurance. Physical therapy can be considered for muscular discomfort, although there are no data to suggest that a permanent alteration in alignment can be maintained.

Table 679-2

Conditions Associated with Hyperkyphosis

• Trauma causing spinal fractures • Spinal infections resulting from bacterial, tuberculosis, and fungal diseases • Metabolic diseases such as osteogenesis imperfecta or osteoporosis • Iatrogenic (laminectomy, spinal irradiation) • Neuromuscular diseases • Neoplasms • Congenital/developmental • Disorders of collagen such as Marfan syndrome • Dysplasias such as neurofibromatosis, achondroplasia, and mucopolysaccharidoses

Figure 679-7 Standing lateral radiograph of a 14 yr old boy with

severe Scheuermann kyphosis. This measures 92 degrees between T3 and T12. Note the wedging of the vertebrae at T6, T7, T8, and T9. The normal thoracic kyphosis is ≤40 degrees.

Chapter 679  ◆  The Spine  3291.e1 Bibliography

Jones KB, Sponseller PD, Shindle MK, et al: Longitudinal parental perceptions of spinal fusion for neuromuscular spine deformity in patients with totally involved cerebral palsy, J Pediatr Orthop 23:143–149, 2003. Spiegel DA, Flynn JM, Stasikelis PJ, et al: Curve patterns in Chiari I malformation and/or syringomyelia, Spine (Phila Pa 1976) 28:2139–2146, 2003.

Westerlund LE, Gill SS, Jjarosz TS, et al: Posterior-only unit rod instrumentation and fusion for neuromuscular scoliosis, Spine (Phila Pa 1976) 26:1984–1989, 2001.

3292  Part XXXII  ◆  Bone and Joint Disorders arms are folded across the chest is recommended for the lateral view. In addition to the diagnostic findings noted above, a mild scoliosis is commonly seen. Less frequently, a spondylolisthesis may be identified on the lateral radiograph.

Natural History

Treatment depends on the age of the patient, the degree of deformity, and whether any symptoms are present. As adolescents, patients with Scheuermann kyphosis may have more complaints of back pain compared to other adolescents, but this often improves after skeletal maturity. With regard to back pain, several studies have found no difference between Scheuermann patients and controls, whereas others have noted an increased incidence of constant back pain. Patients’ selfesteem, participation in activities of daily living and recreational activities, and level of education are not different than in the general population. Kyphotic deformities greater than 90 degrees are more likely to be aesthetically unacceptable, symptomatic, and progressive. Deformities in excess of 100 degrees may be associated with restrictive pulmonary dysfunction.

Treatment

Because there are few absolute guidelines for treatment, treatment decisions must be individualized. Skeletally immature patients with mild deformity may benefit from a hyperextension exercise program, but the effects of this strategy on pain relief and spinal alignment, or the natural history, remain unknown. Patients with more than 1 yr of growth remaining and a kyphosis of greater than 55-60 degrees may benefit from a bracing program. A Milwaukee brace, which extends up to the neck, is recommended for curves with an apex above T7, while curves with a lower apex often may be treated by a thoracolumbar orthosis. The brace should be worn for up to 23 hr daily. Consideration also may be given to a serial casting or stretching program to gain flexibility prior to instituting the brace program. The goal of the brace is to prevent progression. A permanent improvement in alignment is seen less frequently. Skeletally mature patients with little or no pain and acceptable cosmesis are not treated. A spinal fusion may be considered in the rare patient with progressive deformity >70-80 degrees who is dissatisfied with his or her cosmetic appearance or who has persistent back pain despite nonoperative measures. An instrumented posterior spinal fusion from the upper thoracic to the mid lumbar spine is commonly performed, with spinal osteotomies to promote shortening of the spine when correcting with compressive forces. Some surgeons have recommended an anterior spinal release (discectomies and fusion) in addition to the posterior spinal fusion; however, this procedure is performed less frequently because of the increased neurologic risks of this combined procedure as the spine is lengthened during the correction.

CONGENITAL KYPHOSIS

Congenital kyphosis results from congenital anomalies of the vertebrae. In an anterior failure of formation (type I), a portion of the vertebral body fails to form. A kyphosis is typically identified after birth, and there is a high risk of progression and neurologic dysfunction. Spinal cord dysfunction commonly results from compression at the apex of the deformity. The second type of congenital kyphosis involves an anterior failure of segmentation, in which 2 vertebrae are fused (type II). The posterior elements of the spine continue to grow but the anterior spine does not, resulting in a variably progressive kyphosis and a much lower risk of neurologic dysfunction. Patients must be followed closely, and treatment is required in a significant number of cases. Similar to congenital scoliosis, abnormalities of other organ systems should be ruled out. The treatment depends on the type of malformation, the degree of deformity, and whether neurologic symptoms are present. Bracing is ineffective, and surgical treatment is the only option for progressive curves. Because the natural history is so poor for type I deformities, spinal fusion is usually performed shortly after the diagnosis is made. The surgical goals are to prevent or treat kyphotic deformities, avoid neurologic deterioration, while maximizing spinal growth to the extent

possible. This usually involves some form of spinal fusion, which may include anterior and/or posterior components, with or without resection of the vertebral remnant, and spinal instrumentation. Ideally, only a short segment of the spine will be fused to try and maximize trunk height. Deformities caused by anterior failure of segmentation also require spinal stabilization in some cases, but progression is typically slower, and patients are often followed over years to determine whether surgical stabilization will be required. Bibliography is available at Expert Consult.

679.5  Back Pain in Children R. Justin Mistovich and David A. Spiegel With a lifetime prevalence of >70%, only the common cold affects individuals more frequently than back pain. Back pain is a frequent complaint in the pediatric and adolescent patient, affecting approximately 35% of adolescents. Back pain may be a physical manifestation of psychosocial factors in adolescents, similar to adults. Traditionally, the pediatric patient presenting with back pain warranted an aggressive clinical evaluation as the probability of establishing a specific diagnosis was high. Recent literature suggests that the incidence of both pediatric and adolescent back pain is increasing, while the proportion of patients having a diagnosable pathology is decreasing. In fact, a recent large cohort found no diagnosable pathology in 76% of patients. These trends add further complexity to determining the proper approach to diagnosis and treatment. The differential diagnosis is extensive (Table 679-3). Given the potential for serious pathology, a complete history and careful physical exam must be performed on all patients presenting with back pain, with appropriate diagnostic follow-up of concerning findings.

CLINICAL EVALUATION

A full, careful history is very important. Identify the location, character, and duration of symptoms. Any history of acute trauma or repetitive physical activities should be sought. Identify patients with at-risk athletic pursuits, including football lineman and gymnasts, who have a high incidence of spondylolysis (see Chapter 679.6). Symptoms consistent with a neoplastic or infectious etiology include pain that is constant or unrelenting, not relieved by rest, and wakes the patient from sleep. Fevers, chills, or constitutional symptoms of weight loss or malaise are additional red flags for infectious or neoplastic processes. Symptoms of neurologic dysfunction must also be uncovered. Patients should be questioned about the presence of any radicular symptoms, gait disturbance, muscle weakness, alterations in sensation, and changes in bowel or bladder function. The physical examination includes a complete musculoskeletal and neurologic assessment. The patient should be adequately undressed for the clinical exam. Inspect the patient from the back and the side, identifying any changes in alignment in the frontal or sagittal plane. Assess range of motion in flexion, extension, and lateral bending. Pain with extension suggests pathology within the posterior elements of the spine such as spondylolysis. Forward flexion will exacerbate pain linked to abnormalities of the anterior column of the spine (vertebral body or disc), such as a herniated disc or discitis. Younger children may be asked to pick up an object off the floor to assess spinal flexion. Palpation will reveal any areas of point tenderness over the posterior elements or the muscles and identify muscle spasm. As spinal pain may be referred, an abdominal examination should be performed, and a gynecologic evaluation should also be considered. Pathology at the sacroiliac joint may also mimic low back pain. This joint should be stressed by compression of the iliac wings or by external rotation at the hip (Faber test). A careful neurologic examination should be performed, including manual muscle testing, sensation, proprioception, and reflexes. Examine for myelopathy by performing the Babinski test, assessing for hyperreflexia, and checking for sustained, or greater than 3 beats, of

Chapter 679  ◆  The Spine  3292.e1 Bibliography

Boseker EH, Moe JH, Winter RB, et al: Determination of “normal” thoracic kyphosis: a roentgenographic study of 121 “normal” children, J Pediatr Orthop 20:796–798, 2000. Herring JA: Tachdjian’s pediatric orthopaedics, ed 5, Philadelphia, 2014, Saunders/ Elsevier. Papegelopoulos PJ, Klassen RA, Peterson HA, et al: Surgical treatment of Scheuermann’s disease with segmental compression instrumentation, Clin Orthop 386:139–149, 2001.

Poolman RW, Been HD, Ubags LH: Clinical outcome and radiographic results after operative treatment of Scheuermann’s disease, Eur Spine J 11:561–569, 2002. Ristolainen L, Kettunen JA, Heliövaara M, et al: Untreated Scheuermann’s disease: a 37-year follow-up study, Eur Spine J 21:819–824, 2012. Tsirikos AI, Jain AK: Scheuermann’s kyphosis; current controversies, J Bone Joint Surg Br 93:857–864, 2011.

Chapter 679  ◆  The Spine  3293 Table 679-3

Differential Diagnosis of Back Pain

INFLAMMATORY/INFECTIOUS Diskitis Vertebral osteomyelitis (pyogenic, tuberculous) Spinal epidural abscess Pyelonephritis Pancreatitis Psoas abscess RHEUMATOLOGIC Pauciarticular juvenile idiopathic arthritis Reiter syndrome Ankylosing spondylitis Psoriatic arthritis DEVELOPMENTAL Spondylolysis Spondylolisthesis Scheuermann disease Scoliosis TRAUMATIC (ACUTE VERSUS REPETITIVE) Hip–pelvic anomalies Herniated disk Overuse syndromes Vertebral stress fractures Upper cervical spine instability NEOPLASTIC Vertebral tumors   Benign   Eosinophilic granuloma   Aneurysmal bone cyst   Osteoid osteoma   Osteoblastoma Malignant   Osteogenic sarcoma   Leukemia   Lymphoma   Metastatic tumor Spinal cord, ganglia, and nerve roots   Intramedullary spinal cord tumor   Sympathetic chain   Ganglioneuroma   Ganglioneuroblastoma   Neuroblastoma OTHER Intraabdominal or pelvic pathology Following lumbar puncture Conversion reaction Juvenile osteoporosis

clonus. The superficial abdominal reflex should be tested by gently stroking the skin on each of the four quadrants surrounding the umbilicus. Normally, the umbilicus will move toward the area stimulated. A normal examination includes symmetry in the response on both sides of the midline, even if the reflex cannot be elicited on either side. An abnormal test suggests the presence of a subtle abnormality of spinal cord function, most commonly syringomyelia. Perform a straight-leg raise test to check for nerve root tension caused by a herniated disk, slipped vertebral apophysis, or other pathology. This examination should reproduce any neurologic symptoms distal to the knee.

MEDICAL DECISION MAKING

A detailed history and physical exam are the most important components of the initial evaluation, and should focus on identifying red flags and differentiating between mechanical and nonmechanical back pain. Findings consistent with a nonmechanical etiology, warrant a more aggressive evaluation and/or prompt referral (Table 679-4). Patients with mechanical back pain and symptoms that are activityrelated and improve with rest are typically treated by rest or activity

Table 679-4

Findings Consistent with a Nonmechanical Etiology Warranting Further Evaluation

• History of trauma • Pain that wakes the patient from sleep • Constant pain unrelieved by rest • Constitutional or systemic symptoms of fevers, chills, malaise, weight loss • Any neurologic dysfunction including weakness, numbness, radicular pain, gait changes, or bowel and bladder changes • Abnormalities in spinal alignment • Bony tenderness to palpation or vertebral step-offs • Significant pain with provocative tests (spinal flexion or extension) • Positive straight-leg raise test for neurologic symptoms below the knee • Abnormal neurologic exam

restrictions and nonnarcotic analgesics. Physical therapy for core strengthening can be considered. The patient is asked to return for a follow-up appointment after 4-6 wks. Plain radiographs are commonly obtained at the discretion of individual practitioners, although, if no red flags are present, consider delaying radiographs until the follow-up appointment because of the cumulative adverse effects of radiation exposure. Patients presenting with concerning findings or those who have not improved after 6 wk of conservative care are subject to further investigation.

RADIOGRAPHIC AND LABORATORY EVALUATION

When further workup is indicated, posteroanterior and lateral radiographs of the involved region of the spine are the initial images of choice. Some clinicians will also utilize oblique radiographs of the lumber spine when spondylolysis is in the differential diagnosis. If plain radiographs are normal, advanced imaging modalities are considered including a 3-phase technetium bone scan, a bone scan with single-photon emission CT if spondylolysis is suspected, CT for viewing osseous detail, and MRI for viewing soft tissue and intraspinal detail. There are advantages and disadvantages with each, and no evidenced-based guidelines are available for the work-up or back pain in the pediatric population. When systemic signs or constitutional symptoms are present, a complete blood cell count with differential, erythrocyte sedimentation rate, and C-reactive protein should be ordered. In certain cases, laboratory tests to evaluate for inflammatory diseases, such as juvenile idiopathic arthritis, seronegative spondyloarthropathies, and ankylosing spondylitis, are indicated. Bibliography is available at Expert Consult.

679.6  Spondylolysis and Spondylolisthesis R. Justin Mistovich and David A. Spiegel Spondylolysis represents a defect in the pars interarticularis, the segment of bone connecting the superior and inferior articular facets in the vertebra. It is thought to result from repetitive hyperextension stresses, in which compressive forces are transmitted from the inferior articular facet of the superior vertebra to the pars interarticularis of the inferior vertebra. A stress fracture, unilateral or bilateral, may progress to a spondylolysis. In many cases, this stress fracture does not heal, resulting in a pseudarthrosis or false joint, and thereby allowing motion through this bony area where motion should not normally exist. Spondylolysis is common in athletes who engage in repetitive spinal hyperextension, especially gymnasts, football interior lineman, weight lifters, and wrestlers. Approximately 4-8% of the entire pediatric population is affected, making it the most common cause of back pain in

Chapter 679  ◆  The Spine  3293.e1 Bibliography

Balague F, Dudler J, Nordin M: Low-back pain in children, Lancet 361:1403–1404, 2003. Bhangle SD, Sapru S, Panush RS: Back pain made simple: an approach based on principles and evidence, Cleve Clin J Med 76(7):393–399, 2009. Bhatia NN, Chow G, Timon SJ, et al: Diagnostic modalities for the evaluation of pediatric back pain, J Pediatr Orthop 28:230–233, 2008. Feldman DS, Hedden DM, Wright JG: The use of bone scan to investigate back pain in children and adolescents, J Pediatr Orthop 20:790–795, 2000. Jones GT, Macfarlane GJ: Epidemiology of low back pain in children and adolescents, Arch Dis Child 90:312–316, 2005.

Miller R, Beck NA, Sampson NR, et al: Imaging modalities for low back pain in children: a review of spondyloysis and undiagnosed mechanical back pain, J Pediatr Orthop 33:282–288, 2013. Miller P, Kendrick D, Bentley E, et al: Cost-effectiveness of lumbar spine radiography in primary care patients with low back pain, Spine (Phila Pa 1976) 27(20):2291–2297, 2002. Parisini P, DiSilvestre M, Greggi T, et al: Lumbar disc excision in children and adolescents, Spine (Phila Pa 1976) 26:1997–2000, 2001. Speed C: Low back pain, BMJ 328:1119–1121, 2004. Watson KD, Papageorgiou AC, Jones GT, et al: Low back pain in schoolchildren: the role of the mechanical and psychosocial factors, Arch Dis Child 88:12–17, 2003.

3294  Part XXXII  ◆  Bone and Joint Disorders adolescents when a diagnosis can be established. Patients with excessive lordosis in the lumbar spine may be predisposed to developing a spondylolysis, and a genetic component has also been suggested. The lesion is most common at L5, but it may be identified at upper lumbar levels as well. Spondylolisthesis represents a forward slippage of 1 vertebra on another and is also identified in approximately 4-5% of the population. There are multiple causes of spondylolisthesis, including dysplastic/ congenital, isthmic (from a pars stress fracture), traumatic, and neoplastic. In children and adolescents, the most common types are dysplastic and isthmic. Between 5% and 15% of patients with spondylolysis will develop spondylolisthesis. Spondylolisthesis is assessed on a standing lateral radiograph of the lumbosacral junction according to (1) percentage of forward translation of 1 vertebra on the other, (2) rotation of the involved vertebrae in the sagittal plane (slip angle), and (3) relative position of the sacrum during upright posture. For example, a grade 1 slip of L5 on S1 has less than 25% of the width of the vertebral body of L5 translated anteriorly on S1. Similarly, grade 2 is 25-50%, grade 3 is 50-75%, grade 4 is 75-100%. Spondyloptosis, or grade 5, describes a complete displacement of 1 vertebral body on the level below. The slip angle, which demonstrates the degree to which the superior vertebra is flexed forward relative to the underlying vertebra, and the verticality of the sacrum, both have a significant effect on sagittal balance or relationship of the sagittal weightbearing axis to the body segments. Abnormalities in sagittal spinal balance may be associated with compensatory flexion of the knees during ambulation, hamstring spasm and/or contracture, and back pain.

CLINICAL MANIFESTATIONS

Spondylolysis may occasionally be asymptomatic and diagnosed incidentally on imaging obtained for other reasons. Usually though, it presents with mechanical low back pain that may radiate to the buttocks, with or without spasm of the hamstring muscles. Neurologic symptoms are rare in patients with spondylolysis. However, patients with spondylolisthesis may experience neurologic symptoms from compression of the nerve roots causing radiculopathy or even the surgical emergency of cauda equina in which bowel and bladder function is affected.

PHYSICAL EXAM

Patients with spondylolysis often have discomfort with spinal extension or hyperextension. Provocative testing may include keeping the spine extended for 10-20 seconds to see if back pain can be reproduced. There may be discomfort with palpation of the spinous process of the involved vertebra. Patients with higher grades of spondylolisthesis demonstrate loss of lumbar lordosis, flattening of the buttocks on visual inspection, and a vertical sacrum caused by posterior rotation of the pelvis. A step off may be palpated between the spinous processes of the involved vertebrae. Hamstring contracture is testing by measuring the popliteal angle. The hip is flexed to 90 degrees while fully extending the contralateral hip to level the pelvis. The knee is then passively extended, and the popliteal angle represents the angle between the thigh (vertical) and the lower leg axis. The involved spinous processes may be tender to palpation. A careful, complete neurologic examination is essential.

RADIOGRAPHIC EVALUATION

The initial evaluation of the lumbar region should include high-quality anteroposterior and lateral radiographs. Some authors also prefer to obtain oblique radiographs, which demonstrate the classic “Scotty dog” finding. One study suggests that a series of 4 views may not offer greater diagnostic accuracy than 2 views. Standing PA and lateral radiographs are obtained if findings suggestive of scoliosis or hyperkyphosis are also present (Figs. 679-8 and 679-9). In patients with normal plain films, a bone scan with single-photon emission CT may help to diagnose a spondylolysis during the earliest stage of a stress reaction, prior to the formation of a stress fracture or an established pseudarthrosis. A CT scan with thin cuts may provide additional information to establish the presence of a pars defect. MRI is indicated in the presence of signs or symptoms of cauda equina or nerve root involvement.

TREATMENT

The asymptomatic patient with spondylolysis requires no treatment. Patients with pain are treated initially by activity modification, physical therapy for core strengthening, and nonnarcotic analgesics. The use of a lumbosacral orthosis, which immobilizes the spine in slight flexion to decompress the posterior elements, may lead to a faster resolution of symptoms. This orthosis is typically worn for 3-4 mo. Participation

2

3

4

4

5

5

1

A

B

Figure 679-8 A, Normal spine at 9 mo of age. B, Spondylolysis in the L4 vertebra at 10 yr of age. (From Silverman FN, Kuhn JP: Essentials of Caffey’s pediatric x-ray diagnosis, Chicago, 1990, Year Book Medical Publishers, p. 94.)

Chapter 679  ◆  The Spine  3295

679.7  Spine Infection R. Justin Mistovich and David A. Spiegel

Figure 679-9 Defect in the pars interarticularis (arrow) of the neural arch of L5 (spondylolysis) that has permitted the body of L5 to slip forward (spondylolisthesis) on the body of S1. (From Silverman FN, Kuhn JP: Essentials of Caffey’s pediatric x-ray diagnosis, Chicago, 1990, Year Book Medical Publishers, p. 95.)

in sports or other activities that exacerbate pain should be restricted until the symptoms have resolved. Most patients experience resolution of their symptoms even though the spondylolysis heals in only a small number of patients. Surgery is offered for chronic, refractory back pain when conservative measures have failed. For those with spondylolysis at L5, a posterior spinal fusion from L5 to S1 is indicated as the mobility at this joint is limited relative to that observed at higher levels in the spine. For the infrequent cases in which the defect is at higher levels in the lumbar spine, techniques for repairing the pseudarthrosis without fusion are considered. Recommendations for the management of spondylolisthesis depend on the age of the patient, the presence of pain or neurologic symptoms, and the degree of deformity. For low-grade lesions with a slip